MIMX9322

eDMA: Enhanced Direct Memory Access (eDMA) Controller Driver

void EDMA_Init(EDMA_Type *base, const edma_config_t *config)

Initializes the eDMA peripheral.

This function ungates the eDMA clock and configures the eDMA peripheral according to the configuration structure. All emda enabled request will be cleared in this function.

Note

This function enables the minor loop map feature.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• config – A pointer to the configuration structure, see “edma_config_t”.

void EDMA_Deinit(EDMA_Type *base)

Deinitializes the eDMA peripheral.

This function gates the eDMA clock.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

void EDMA_InstallTCD(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_tcd_t *tcd)

Push content of TCD structure into hardware TCD register.

Parameters:

• base – EDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – EDMA channel number.

• tcd – Point to TCD structure.

void EDMA_GetDefaultConfig(edma_config_t *config)

Gets the eDMA default configuration structure.

This function sets the configuration structure to default values. The default configuration is set to the following values.

config.enableContinuousLinkMode = false;
config.enableHaltOnError = true;
config.enableRoundRobinArbitration = false;
config.enableDebugMode = false;

Parameters:

• config – A pointer to the eDMA configuration structure.

void EDMA_ResetChannel(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Sets all TCD registers to default values.

This function sets TCD registers for this channel to default values.

Note

This function must not be called while the channel transfer is ongoing or it causes unpredictable results.

Note

This function enables the auto stop request feature.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – eDMA channel number.

void EDMA_SetTransferConfig(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, const edma_transfer_config_t *config, edma_tcd_t *nextTcd)

Configures the eDMA transfer attribute.

This function configures the transfer attribute, including source address, destination address, transfer size, address offset, and so on. It also configures the scatter gather feature if the user supplies the TCD address. Example:

edma_transfer_t config;
edma_tcd_t tcd;
config.srcAddr = ..;
config.destAddr = ..;
...
EDMA_SetTransferConfig(DMA0, channel, &config, &stcd);

Note

If nextTcd is not NULL, it means scatter gather feature is enabled and DREQ bit is cleared in the previous transfer configuration, which is set in the eDMA_ResetChannel.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – eDMA channel number.

• config – Pointer to eDMA transfer configuration structure.

• nextTcd – Point to TCD structure. It can be NULL if users do not want to enable scatter/gather feature.

void EDMA_SetMinorOffsetConfig(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, const edma_minor_offset_config_t *config)

Configures the eDMA minor offset feature.

The minor offset means that the signed-extended value is added to the source address or destination address after each minor loop.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – eDMA channel number.

• config – A pointer to the minor offset configuration structure.

void EDMA_SetChannelPreemptionConfig(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, const edma_channel_Preemption_config_t *config)

Configures the eDMA channel preemption feature.

This function configures the channel preemption attribute and the priority of the channel.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – eDMA channel number

• config – A pointer to the channel preemption configuration structure.

void EDMA_SetChannelLink(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_channel_link_type_t type, uint32_t linkedChannel)

Sets the channel link for the eDMA transfer.

This function configures either the minor link or the major link mode. The minor link means that the channel link is triggered every time CITER decreases by 1. The major link means that the channel link is triggered when the CITER is exhausted.

Note

Users should ensure that DONE flag is cleared before calling this interface, or the configuration is invalid.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – eDMA channel number.

• type – A channel link type, which can be one of the following:

  • kEDMA_LinkNone

  • kEDMA_MinorLink

  • kEDMA_MajorLink

• linkedChannel – The linked channel number.

void EDMA_SetModulo(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_modulo_t srcModulo, edma_modulo_t destModulo)

Sets the source modulo and the destination modulo for the eDMA transfer.

This function defines a specific address range specified to be the value after (SADDR + SOFF)/(DADDR + DOFF) calculation is performed or the original register value. It provides the ability to implement a circular data queue easily.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – eDMA channel number.

• srcModulo – A source modulo value.

• destModulo – A destination modulo value.

static inline void EDMA_EnableAutoStopRequest(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, bool enable)

Enables an auto stop request for the eDMA transfer.

If enabling the auto stop request, the eDMA hardware automatically disables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – eDMA channel number.

• enable – The command to enable (true) or disable (false).

void EDMA_EnableChannelInterrupts(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupt source for the eDMA transfer.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – eDMA channel number.

• mask – The mask of interrupt source to be set. Users need to use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_DisableChannelInterrupts(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupt source for the eDMA transfer.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – eDMA channel number.

• mask – The mask of the interrupt source to be set. Use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_SetMajorOffsetConfig(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, int32_t sourceOffset, int32_t destOffset)

Configures the eDMA channel TCD major offset feature.

Adjustment value added to the source address at the completion of the major iteration count

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – edma channel number.

• sourceOffset – source address offset will be applied to source address after major loop done.

• destOffset – destination address offset will be applied to source address after major loop done.

void EDMA_ConfigChannelSoftwareTCD(edma_tcd_t *tcd, const edma_transfer_config_t *transfer)

Sets TCD fields according to the user’s channel transfer configuration structure, edma_transfer_config_t.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_ConfigChannelSoftwareTCDExt

Application should be careful about the TCD pool buffer storage class,

• For the platform has cache, the software TCD should be put in non cache section

• The TCD pool buffer should have a consistent storage class.

Note

This function enables the auto stop request feature.

Parameters:

• tcd – Pointer to the TCD structure.

• transfer – channel transfer configuration pointer.

void EDMA_TcdReset(edma_tcd_t *tcd)

Sets all fields to default values for the TCD structure.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdResetExt

This function sets all fields for this TCD structure to default value.

Note

This function enables the auto stop request feature.

Parameters:

• tcd – Pointer to the TCD structure.

void EDMA_TcdSetTransferConfig(edma_tcd_t *tcd, const edma_transfer_config_t *config, edma_tcd_t *nextTcd)

Configures the eDMA TCD transfer attribute.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdSetTransferConfigExt

The TCD is a transfer control descriptor. The content of the TCD is the same as the hardware TCD registers. The TCD is used in the scatter-gather mode. This function configures the TCD transfer attribute, including source address, destination address, transfer size, address offset, and so on. It also configures the scatter gather feature if the user supplies the next TCD address. Example:

edma_transfer_t config = {
...
}
edma_tcd_t tcd __aligned(32);
edma_tcd_t nextTcd __aligned(32);
EDMA_TcdSetTransferConfig(&tcd, &config, &nextTcd);

Note

TCD address should be 32 bytes aligned or it causes an eDMA error.

Note

If the nextTcd is not NULL, the scatter gather feature is enabled and DREQ bit is cleared in the previous transfer configuration, which is set in the EDMA_TcdReset.

Parameters:

• tcd – Pointer to the TCD structure.

• config – Pointer to eDMA transfer configuration structure.

• nextTcd – Pointer to the next TCD structure. It can be NULL if users do not want to enable scatter/gather feature.

void EDMA_TcdSetMinorOffsetConfig(edma_tcd_t *tcd, const edma_minor_offset_config_t *config)

Configures the eDMA TCD minor offset feature.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdSetMinorOffsetConfigExt

A minor offset is a signed-extended value added to the source address or a destination address after each minor loop.

Parameters:

• tcd – A point to the TCD structure.

• config – A pointer to the minor offset configuration structure.

void EDMA_TcdSetChannelLink(edma_tcd_t *tcd, edma_channel_link_type_t type, uint32_t linkedChannel)

Sets the channel link for the eDMA TCD.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdSetChannelLinkExt

This function configures either a minor link or a major link. The minor link means the channel link is triggered every time CITER decreases by 1. The major link means that the channel link is triggered when the CITER is exhausted.

Note

Users should ensure that DONE flag is cleared before calling this interface, or the configuration is invalid.

Parameters:

• tcd – Point to the TCD structure.

• type – Channel link type, it can be one of:

  • kEDMA_LinkNone

  • kEDMA_MinorLink

  • kEDMA_MajorLink

• linkedChannel – The linked channel number.

void EDMA_TcdSetModulo(edma_tcd_t *tcd, edma_modulo_t srcModulo, edma_modulo_t destModulo)

Sets the source modulo and the destination modulo for the eDMA TCD.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdSetModuloExt

This function defines a specific address range specified to be the value after (SADDR + SOFF)/(DADDR + DOFF) calculation is performed or the original register value. It provides the ability to implement a circular data queue easily.

Parameters:

• tcd – A pointer to the TCD structure.

• srcModulo – A source modulo value.

• destModulo – A destination modulo value.

static inline void EDMA_TcdEnableAutoStopRequest(edma_tcd_t *tcd, bool enable)

Sets the auto stop request for the eDMA TCD.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdEnableAutoStopRequestExt

If enabling the auto stop request, the eDMA hardware automatically disables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

• tcd – A pointer to the TCD structure.

• enable – The command to enable (true) or disable (false).

void EDMA_TcdEnableInterrupts(edma_tcd_t *tcd, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupt source for the eDMA TCD.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdEnableInterruptsExt

Parameters:

• tcd – Point to the TCD structure.

• mask – The mask of interrupt source to be set. Users need to use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_TcdDisableInterrupts(edma_tcd_t *tcd, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupt source for the eDMA TCD.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdDisableInterruptsExt

Parameters:

• tcd – Point to the TCD structure.

• mask – The mask of interrupt source to be set. Users need to use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_TcdSetMajorOffsetConfig(edma_tcd_t *tcd, int32_t sourceOffset, int32_t destOffset)

Configures the eDMA TCD major offset feature.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdSetMajorOffsetConfigExt

Adjustment value added to the source address at the completion of the major iteration count

Parameters:

• tcd – A point to the TCD structure.

• sourceOffset – source address offset wiil be applied to source address after major loop done.

• destOffset – destination address offset will be applied to source address after major loop done.

void EDMA_ConfigChannelSoftwareTCDExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, const edma_transfer_config_t *transfer)

Sets TCD fields according to the user’s channel transfer configuration structure, edma_transfer_config_t.

Application should be careful about the TCD pool buffer storage class,

• For the platform has cache, the software TCD should be put in non cache section

• The TCD pool buffer should have a consistent storage class.

Note

This function enables the auto stop request feature.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• tcd – Pointer to the TCD structure.

• transfer – channel transfer configuration pointer.

void EDMA_TcdResetExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd)

Sets all fields to default values for the TCD structure.

This function sets all fields for this TCD structure to default value.

Note

This function enables the auto stop request feature.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• tcd – Pointer to the TCD structure.

void EDMA_TcdSetTransferConfigExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, const edma_transfer_config_t *config, edma_tcd_t *nextTcd)

Configures the eDMA TCD transfer attribute.

The TCD is a transfer control descriptor. The content of the TCD is the same as the hardware TCD registers. The TCD is used in the scatter-gather mode. This function configures the TCD transfer attribute, including source address, destination address, transfer size, address offset, and so on. It also configures the scatter gather feature if the user supplies the next TCD address. Example:

edma_transfer_t config = {
...
}
edma_tcd_t tcd __aligned(32);
edma_tcd_t nextTcd __aligned(32);
EDMA_TcdSetTransferConfig(&tcd, &config, &nextTcd);

Note

TCD address should be 32 bytes aligned or it causes an eDMA error.

Note

If the nextTcd is not NULL, the scatter gather feature is enabled and DREQ bit is cleared in the previous transfer configuration, which is set in the EDMA_TcdReset.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• tcd – Pointer to the TCD structure.

• config – Pointer to eDMA transfer configuration structure.

• nextTcd – Pointer to the next TCD structure. It can be NULL if users do not want to enable scatter/gather feature.

void EDMA_TcdSetMinorOffsetConfigExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, const edma_minor_offset_config_t *config)

Configures the eDMA TCD minor offset feature.

A minor offset is a signed-extended value added to the source address or a destination address after each minor loop.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• tcd – A point to the TCD structure.

• config – A pointer to the minor offset configuration structure.

void EDMA_TcdSetChannelLinkExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, edma_channel_link_type_t type, uint32_t linkedChannel)

Sets the channel link for the eDMA TCD.

This function configures either a minor link or a major link. The minor link means the channel link is triggered every time CITER decreases by 1. The major link means that the channel link is triggered when the CITER is exhausted.

Note

Users should ensure that DONE flag is cleared before calling this interface, or the configuration is invalid.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• tcd – Point to the TCD structure.

• type – Channel link type, it can be one of:

  • kEDMA_LinkNone

  • kEDMA_MinorLink

  • kEDMA_MajorLink

• linkedChannel – The linked channel number.

void EDMA_TcdSetModuloExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, edma_modulo_t srcModulo, edma_modulo_t destModulo)

Sets the source modulo and the destination modulo for the eDMA TCD.

This function defines a specific address range specified to be the value after (SADDR + SOFF)/(DADDR + DOFF) calculation is performed or the original register value. It provides the ability to implement a circular data queue easily.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• tcd – A pointer to the TCD structure.

• srcModulo – A source modulo value.

• destModulo – A destination modulo value.

static inline void EDMA_TcdEnableAutoStopRequestExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, bool enable)

Sets the auto stop request for the eDMA TCD.

If enabling the auto stop request, the eDMA hardware automatically disables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• tcd – A pointer to the TCD structure.

• enable – The command to enable (true) or disable (false).

void EDMA_TcdEnableInterruptsExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupt source for the eDMA TCD.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• tcd – Point to the TCD structure.

• mask – The mask of interrupt source to be set. Users need to use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_TcdDisableInterruptsExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupt source for the eDMA TCD.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• tcd – Point to the TCD structure.

• mask – The mask of interrupt source to be set. Users need to use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_TcdSetMajorOffsetConfigExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, int32_t sourceOffset, int32_t destOffset)

Configures the eDMA TCD major offset feature.

Adjustment value added to the source address at the completion of the major iteration count

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• tcd – A point to the TCD structure.

• sourceOffset – source address offset wiil be applied to source address after major loop done.

• destOffset – destination address offset will be applied to source address after major loop done.

static inline void EDMA_EnableChannelRequest(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Enables the eDMA hardware channel request.

This function enables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – eDMA channel number.

static inline void EDMA_DisableChannelRequest(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Disables the eDMA hardware channel request.

This function disables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – eDMA channel number.

static inline void EDMA_TriggerChannelStart(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Starts the eDMA transfer by using the software trigger.

This function starts a minor loop transfer.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – eDMA channel number.

uint32_t EDMA_GetRemainingMajorLoopCount(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Gets the remaining major loop count from the eDMA current channel TCD.

This function checks the TCD (Task Control Descriptor) status for a specified eDMA channel and returns the number of major loop count that has not finished.

Note

1. This function can only be used to get unfinished major loop count of transfer without the next TCD, or it might be inaccuracy.

1. The unfinished/remaining transfer bytes cannot be obtained directly from registers while the channel is running. Because to calculate the remaining bytes, the initial NBYTES configured in DMA_TCDn_NBYTES_MLNO register is needed while the eDMA IP does not support getting it while a channel is active. In another word, the NBYTES value reading is always the actual (decrementing) NBYTES value the dma_engine is working with while a channel is running. Consequently, to get the remaining transfer bytes, a software-saved initial value of NBYTES (for example copied before enabling the channel) is needed. The formula to calculate it is shown below: RemainingBytes = RemainingMajorLoopCount * NBYTES(initially configured)

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – eDMA channel number.

Returns:

Major loop count which has not been transferred yet for the current TCD.

static inline uint32_t EDMA_GetErrorStatusFlags(EDMA_Type *base)

Gets the eDMA channel error status flags.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

Returns:

The mask of error status flags. Users need to use the _edma_error_status_flags type to decode the return variables.

uint32_t EDMA_GetChannelStatusFlags(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Gets the eDMA channel status flags.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – eDMA channel number.

Returns:

The mask of channel status flags. Users need to use the _edma_channel_status_flags type to decode the return variables.

void EDMA_ClearChannelStatusFlags(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Clears the eDMA channel status flags.

Parameters:

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – eDMA channel number.

• mask – The mask of channel status to be cleared. Users need to use the defined _edma_channel_status_flags type.

void EDMA_CreateHandle(edma_handle_t *handle, EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Creates the eDMA handle.

This function is called if using the transactional API for eDMA. This function initializes the internal state of the eDMA handle.

Parameters:

• handle – eDMA handle pointer. The eDMA handle stores callback function and parameters.

• base – eDMA peripheral base address.

• channel – eDMA channel number.

void EDMA_InstallTCDMemory(edma_handle_t *handle, edma_tcd_t *tcdPool, uint32_t tcdSize)

Installs the TCDs memory pool into the eDMA handle.

This function is called after the EDMA_CreateHandle to use scatter/gather feature. This function shall only be used while users need to use scatter gather mode. Scatter gather mode enables EDMA to load a new transfer control block (tcd) in hardware, and automatically reconfigure that DMA channel for a new transfer. Users need to prepare tcd memory and also configure tcds using interface EDMA_SubmitTransfer.

Parameters:

• handle – eDMA handle pointer.

• tcdPool – A memory pool to store TCDs. It must be 32 bytes aligned.

• tcdSize – The number of TCD slots.

void EDMA_SetCallback(edma_handle_t *handle, edma_callback callback, void *userData)

Installs a callback function for the eDMA transfer.

This callback is called in the eDMA IRQ handler. Use the callback to do something after the current major loop transfer completes. This function will be called every time one tcd finished transfer.

Parameters:

• handle – eDMA handle pointer.

• callback – eDMA callback function pointer.

• userData – A parameter for the callback function.

void EDMA_PrepareTransferConfig(edma_transfer_config_t *config, void *srcAddr, uint32_t srcWidth, int16_t srcOffset, void *destAddr, uint32_t destWidth, int16_t destOffset, uint32_t bytesEachRequest, uint32_t transferBytes)

Prepares the eDMA transfer structure configurations.

This function prepares the transfer configuration structure according to the user input.

Note

The data address and the data width must be consistent. For example, if the SRC is 4 bytes, the source address must be 4 bytes aligned, or it results in source address error (SAE). User can check if 128 bytes support is available for specific instance by FSL_FEATURE_EDMA_INSTANCE_SUPPORT_128_BYTES_TRANSFERn.

Parameters:

• config – The user configuration structure of type edma_transfer_t.

• srcAddr – eDMA transfer source address.

• srcWidth – eDMA transfer source address width(bytes).

• srcOffset – source address offset.

• destAddr – eDMA transfer destination address.

• destWidth – eDMA transfer destination address width(bytes).

• destOffset – destination address offset.

• bytesEachRequest – eDMA transfer bytes per channel request.

• transferBytes – eDMA transfer bytes to be transferred.

void EDMA_PrepareTransfer(edma_transfer_config_t *config, void *srcAddr, uint32_t srcWidth, void *destAddr, uint32_t destWidth, uint32_t bytesEachRequest, uint32_t transferBytes, edma_transfer_type_t type)

Prepares the eDMA transfer structure.

This function prepares the transfer configuration structure according to the user input.

Note

The data address and the data width must be consistent. For example, if the SRC is 4 bytes, the source address must be 4 bytes aligned, or it results in source address error (SAE).

Parameters:

• config – The user configuration structure of type edma_transfer_t.

• srcAddr – eDMA transfer source address.

• srcWidth – eDMA transfer source address width(bytes).

• destAddr – eDMA transfer destination address.

• destWidth – eDMA transfer destination address width(bytes).

• bytesEachRequest – eDMA transfer bytes per channel request.

• transferBytes – eDMA transfer bytes to be transferred.

• type – eDMA transfer type.

void EDMA_PrepareTransferTCD(edma_handle_t *handle, edma_tcd_t *tcd, void *srcAddr, uint32_t srcWidth, int16_t srcOffset, void *destAddr, uint32_t destWidth, int16_t destOffset, uint32_t bytesEachRequest, uint32_t transferBytes, edma_tcd_t *nextTcd)

Prepares the eDMA transfer content descriptor.

This function prepares the transfer content descriptor structure according to the user input.

Note

The data address and the data width must be consistent. For example, if the SRC is 4 bytes, the source address must be 4 bytes aligned, or it results in source address error (SAE).

Parameters:

• handle – eDMA handle pointer.

• tcd – Pointer to eDMA transfer content descriptor structure.

• srcAddr – eDMA transfer source address.

• srcWidth – eDMA transfer source address width(bytes).

• srcOffset – source address offset.

• destAddr – eDMA transfer destination address.

• destWidth – eDMA transfer destination address width(bytes).

• destOffset – destination address offset.

• bytesEachRequest – eDMA transfer bytes per channel request.

• transferBytes – eDMA transfer bytes to be transferred.

• nextTcd – eDMA transfer linked TCD address.

status_t EDMA_SubmitTransferTCD(edma_handle_t *handle, edma_tcd_t *tcd)

Submits the eDMA transfer content descriptor.

This function submits the eDMA transfer request according to the transfer content descriptor. In scatter gather mode, call this function will add a configured tcd to the circular list of tcd pool. The tcd pools is setup by call function EDMA_InstallTCDMemory before.

Typical user case:

1. submit single transfer

   edma_tcd_t tcd;
   EDMA_PrepareTransferTCD(handle, tcd, ....)
   EDMA_SubmitTransferTCD(handle, tcd)
   EDMA_StartTransfer(handle)
   

2. submit static link transfer,

   edma_tcd_t tcd[2];
   EDMA_PrepareTransferTCD(handle, &tcd[0], ....)
   EDMA_PrepareTransferTCD(handle, &tcd[1], ....)
   EDMA_SubmitTransferTCD(handle, &tcd[0])
   EDMA_StartTransfer(handle)
   

3. submit dynamic link transfer

   edma_tcd_t tcdpool[2];
   EDMA_InstallTCDMemory(&g_DMA_Handle, tcdpool, 2);
   edma_tcd_t tcd;
   EDMA_PrepareTransferTCD(handle, tcd, ....)
   EDMA_SubmitTransferTCD(handle, tcd)
   EDMA_PrepareTransferTCD(handle, tcd, ....)
   EDMA_SubmitTransferTCD(handle, tcd)
   EDMA_StartTransfer(handle)
   

4. submit loop transfer

   edma_tcd_t tcd[2];
   EDMA_PrepareTransferTCD(handle, &tcd[0], ...,&tcd[1])
   EDMA_PrepareTransferTCD(handle, &tcd[1], ..., &tcd[0])
   EDMA_SubmitTransferTCD(handle, &tcd[0])
   EDMA_StartTransfer(handle)
   

Parameters:

• handle – eDMA handle pointer.

• tcd – Pointer to eDMA transfer content descriptor structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_EDMA_Success – It means submit transfer request succeed.

• kStatus_EDMA_QueueFull – It means TCD queue is full. Submit transfer request is not allowed.

• kStatus_EDMA_Busy – It means the given channel is busy, need to submit request later.

status_t EDMA_SubmitTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle, const edma_transfer_config_t *config)

Submits the eDMA transfer request.

This function submits the eDMA transfer request according to the transfer configuration structure. In scatter gather mode, call this function will add a configured tcd to the circular list of tcd pool. The tcd pools is setup by call function EDMA_InstallTCDMemory before.

Parameters:

• handle – eDMA handle pointer.

• config – Pointer to eDMA transfer configuration structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_EDMA_Success – It means submit transfer request succeed.

• kStatus_EDMA_QueueFull – It means TCD queue is full. Submit transfer request is not allowed.

• kStatus_EDMA_Busy – It means the given channel is busy, need to submit request later.

status_t EDMA_SubmitLoopTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle, edma_transfer_config_t *transfer, uint32_t transferLoopCount)

Submits the eDMA scatter gather transfer configurations.

The function is target for submit loop transfer request, the ring transfer request means that the transfer request TAIL is link to HEAD, such as, A->B->C->D->A, or A->A

To use the ring transfer feature, the application should allocate several transfer object, such as

edma_channel_transfer_config_t transfer[2];
EDMA_TransferSubmitLoopTransfer(psHandle, &transfer, 2U);

Then eDMA driver will link transfer[0] and transfer[1] to each other

Note

Application should check the return value of this function to avoid transfer request submit failed

Parameters:

• handle – eDMA handle pointer

• transfer – pointer to user’s eDMA channel configure structure, see edma_channel_transfer_config_t for detail

• transferLoopCount – the count of the transfer ring, if loop count is 1, that means that the one will link to itself.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – It means submit transfer request succeed

• kStatus_EDMA_Busy – channel is in busy status

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Invalid Argument

void EDMA_StartTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle)

eDMA starts transfer.

This function enables the channel request. Users can call this function after submitting the transfer request or before submitting the transfer request.

Parameters:

• handle – eDMA handle pointer.

void EDMA_StopTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle)

eDMA stops transfer.

This function disables the channel request to pause the transfer. Users can call EDMA_StartTransfer() again to resume the transfer.

Parameters:

• handle – eDMA handle pointer.

void EDMA_AbortTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle)

eDMA aborts transfer.

This function disables the channel request and clear transfer status bits. Users can submit another transfer after calling this API.

Parameters:

• handle – DMA handle pointer.

static inline uint32_t EDMA_GetUnusedTCDNumber(edma_handle_t *handle)

Get unused TCD slot number.

This function gets current tcd index which is run. If the TCD pool pointer is NULL, it will return 0.

Parameters:

• handle – DMA handle pointer.

Returns:

The unused tcd slot number.

static inline uint32_t EDMA_GetNextTCDAddress(edma_handle_t *handle)

Get the next tcd address.

This function gets the next tcd address. If this is last TCD, return 0.

Parameters:

• handle – DMA handle pointer.

Returns:

The next TCD address.

void EDMA_HandleIRQ(edma_handle_t *handle)

eDMA IRQ handler for the current major loop transfer completion.

This function clears the channel major interrupt flag and calls the callback function if it is not NULL.

Note: For the case using TCD queue, when the major iteration count is exhausted, additional operations are performed. These include the final address adjustments and reloading of the BITER field into the CITER. Assertion of an optional interrupt request also occurs at this time, as does a possible fetch of a new TCD from memory using the scatter/gather address pointer included in the descriptor (if scatter/gather is enabled).

For instance, when the time interrupt of TCD[0] happens, the TCD[1] has already been loaded into the eDMA engine. As sga and sga_index are calculated based on the DLAST_SGA bitfield lies in the TCD_CSR register, the sga_index in this case should be 2 (DLAST_SGA of TCD[1] stores the address of TCD[2]). Thus, the “tcdUsed” updated should be (tcdUsed - 2U) which indicates the number of TCDs can be loaded in the memory pool (because TCD[0] and TCD[1] have been loaded into the eDMA engine at this point already.).

For the last two continuous ISRs in a scatter/gather process, they both load the last TCD (The last ISR does not load a new TCD) from the memory pool to the eDMA engine when major loop completes. Therefore, ensure that the header and tcdUsed updated are identical for them. tcdUsed are both 0 in this case as no TCD to be loaded.

See the “eDMA basic data flow” in the eDMA Functional description section of the Reference Manual for further details.

Parameters:

• handle – eDMA handle pointer.

FSL_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION

eDMA driver version

Version 2.10.4.

_edma_transfer_status eDMA transfer status

Values:

enumerator kStatus_EDMA_QueueFull

TCD queue is full.

enumerator kStatus_EDMA_Busy

Channel is busy and can’t handle the transfer request.

enum _edma_transfer_size

eDMA transfer configuration

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize1Bytes

Source/Destination data transfer size is 1 byte every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize2Bytes

Source/Destination data transfer size is 2 bytes every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize4Bytes

Source/Destination data transfer size is 4 bytes every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize32Bytes

Source/Destination data transfer size is 32 bytes every time

enum _edma_modulo

eDMA modulo configuration

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_ModuloDisable

Disable modulo

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo2bytes

Circular buffer size is 2 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo4bytes

Circular buffer size is 4 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo8bytes

Circular buffer size is 8 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo16bytes

Circular buffer size is 16 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo32bytes

Circular buffer size is 32 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo64bytes

Circular buffer size is 64 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo128bytes

Circular buffer size is 128 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo256bytes

Circular buffer size is 256 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo512bytes

Circular buffer size is 512 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo1Kbytes

Circular buffer size is 1 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo2Kbytes

Circular buffer size is 2 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo4Kbytes

Circular buffer size is 4 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo8Kbytes

Circular buffer size is 8 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo16Kbytes

Circular buffer size is 16 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo32Kbytes

Circular buffer size is 32 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo64Kbytes

Circular buffer size is 64 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo128Kbytes

Circular buffer size is 128 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo256Kbytes

Circular buffer size is 256 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo512Kbytes

Circular buffer size is 512 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo1Mbytes

Circular buffer size is 1 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo2Mbytes

Circular buffer size is 2 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo4Mbytes

Circular buffer size is 4 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo8Mbytes

Circular buffer size is 8 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo16Mbytes

Circular buffer size is 16 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo32Mbytes

Circular buffer size is 32 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo64Mbytes

Circular buffer size is 64 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo128Mbytes

Circular buffer size is 128 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo256Mbytes

Circular buffer size is 256 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo512Mbytes

Circular buffer size is 512 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo1Gbytes

Circular buffer size is 1 G bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo2Gbytes

Circular buffer size is 2 G bytes.

enum _edma_channel_link_type

Channel link type.

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_LinkNone

No channel link

enumerator kEDMA_MinorLink

Channel link after each minor loop

enumerator kEDMA_MajorLink

Channel link while major loop count exhausted

_edma_channel_status_flags eDMA channel status flags.

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_DoneFlag

DONE flag, set while transfer finished, CITER value exhausted

enumerator kEDMA_ErrorFlag

eDMA error flag, an error occurred in a transfer

enumerator kEDMA_InterruptFlag

eDMA interrupt flag, set while an interrupt occurred of this channel

_edma_error_status_flags eDMA channel error status flags.

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_DestinationBusErrorFlag

Bus error on destination address

enumerator kEDMA_SourceBusErrorFlag

Bus error on the source address

enumerator kEDMA_ScatterGatherErrorFlag

Error on the Scatter/Gather address, not 32byte aligned.

enumerator kEDMA_NbytesErrorFlag

NBYTES/CITER configuration error

enumerator kEDMA_DestinationOffsetErrorFlag

Destination offset not aligned with destination size

enumerator kEDMA_DestinationAddressErrorFlag

Destination address not aligned with destination size

enumerator kEDMA_SourceOffsetErrorFlag

Source offset not aligned with source size

enumerator kEDMA_SourceAddressErrorFlag

Source address not aligned with source size

enumerator kEDMA_ErrorChannelFlag

Error channel number of the cancelled channel number

enumerator kEDMA_TransferCanceledFlag

Transfer cancelled

enumerator kEDMA_ValidFlag

No error occurred, this bit is 0. Otherwise, it is 1.

_edma_interrupt_enable eDMA interrupt source

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_ErrorInterruptEnable

Enable interrupt while channel error occurs.

enumerator kEDMA_MajorInterruptEnable

Enable interrupt while major count exhausted.

enumerator kEDMA_HalfInterruptEnable

Enable interrupt while major count to half value.

enum _edma_transfer_type

eDMA transfer type

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_MemoryToMemory

Transfer from memory to memory

enumerator kEDMA_PeripheralToMemory

Transfer from peripheral to memory

enumerator kEDMA_MemoryToPeripheral

Transfer from memory to peripheral

enumerator kEDMA_PeripheralToPeripheral

Transfer from Peripheral to peripheral

typedef enum _edma_transfer_size edma_transfer_size_t

eDMA transfer configuration

typedef enum _edma_modulo edma_modulo_t

eDMA modulo configuration

typedef enum _edma_channel_link_type edma_channel_link_type_t

Channel link type.

typedef enum _edma_transfer_type edma_transfer_type_t

eDMA transfer type

typedef struct _edma_channel_Preemption_config edma_channel_Preemption_config_t

eDMA channel priority configuration

typedef struct _edma_minor_offset_config edma_minor_offset_config_t

eDMA minor offset configuration

typedef edma_core_tcd_t edma_tcd_t

eDMA TCD.

This structure is same as TCD register which is described in reference manual, and is used to configure the scatter/gather feature as a next hardware TCD.

typedef struct _edma_transfer_config edma_transfer_config_t

edma4 channel transfer configuration

The transfer configuration structure support full feature configuration of the transfer control descriptor.

1.To perform a simple transfer, below members should be initialized at least .srcAddr - source address .dstAddr - destination address .srcWidthOfEachTransfer - data width of source address .dstWidthOfEachTransfer - data width of destination address, normally it should be as same as srcWidthOfEachTransfer .bytesEachRequest - bytes to be transferred in each DMA request .totalBytes - total bytes to be transferred .srcOffsetOfEachTransfer - offset value in bytes unit to be applied to source address as each source read is completed .dstOffsetOfEachTransfer - offset value in bytes unit to be applied to destination address as each destination write is completed enablchannelRequest - channel request can be enabled together with transfer configure submission

2.The transfer configuration structure also support advance feature: Programmable source/destination address range(MODULO) Programmable minor loop offset Programmable major loop offset Programmable channel chain feature Programmable channel transfer control descriptor link feature

Note

User should pay attention to the transfer size alignment limitation

1. the bytesEachRequest should align with the srcWidthOfEachTransfer and the dstWidthOfEachTransfer that is to say bytesEachRequest % srcWidthOfEachTransfer should be 0

2. the srcOffsetOfEachTransfer and dstOffsetOfEachTransfer must be aligne with transfer width

3. the totalBytes should align with the bytesEachRequest

4. the srcAddr should align with the srcWidthOfEachTransfer

5. the dstAddr should align with the dstWidthOfEachTransfer

6. the srcAddr should align with srcAddrModulo if modulo feature is enabled

7. the dstAddr should align with dstAddrModulo if modulo feature is enabled If anyone of above condition can not be satisfied, the edma4 interfaces will generate assert error.

typedef struct _edma_config edma_config_t

eDMA global configuration structure.

typedef void (*edma_callback)(struct _edma_handle *handle, void *userData, bool transferDone, uint32_t tcds)

Define callback function for eDMA.

This callback function is called in the EDMA interrupt handle. In normal mode, run into callback function means the transfer users need is done. In scatter gather mode, run into callback function means a transfer control block (tcd) is finished. Not all transfer finished, users can get the finished tcd numbers using interface EDMA_GetUnusedTCDNumber.

Param handle:

EDMA handle pointer, users shall not touch the values inside.

Param userData:

The callback user parameter pointer. Users can use this parameter to involve things users need to change in EDMA callback function.

Param transferDone:

If the current loaded transfer done. In normal mode it means if all transfer done. In scatter gather mode, this parameter shows is the current transfer block in EDMA register is done. As the load of core is different, it will be different if the new tcd loaded into EDMA registers while this callback called. If true, it always means new tcd still not loaded into registers, while false means new tcd already loaded into registers.

Param tcds:

How many tcds are done from the last callback. This parameter only used in scatter gather mode. It tells user how many tcds are finished between the last callback and this.

typedef struct _edma_handle edma_handle_t

eDMA transfer handle structure

FSL_EDMA_DRIVER_EDMA4

eDMA driver name

EDMA_ALLOCATE_TCD(name, number)

Macro used for allocate edma TCD.

DMA_DCHPRI_INDEX(channel)

Compute the offset unit from DCHPRI3.

struct _edma_channel_Preemption_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA channel priority configuration

Public Members

bool enableChannelPreemption

If true: a channel can be suspended by other channel with higher priority

bool enablePreemptAbility

If true: a channel can suspend other channel with low priority

uint8_t channelPriority

Channel priority

struct _edma_minor_offset_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA minor offset configuration

Public Members

bool enableSrcMinorOffset

Enable(true) or Disable(false) source minor loop offset.

bool enableDestMinorOffset

Enable(true) or Disable(false) destination minor loop offset.

uint32_t minorOffset

Offset for a minor loop mapping.

struct _edma_transfer_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

edma4 channel transfer configuration

The transfer configuration structure support full feature configuration of the transfer control descriptor.

1.To perform a simple transfer, below members should be initialized at least .srcAddr - source address .dstAddr - destination address .srcWidthOfEachTransfer - data width of source address .dstWidthOfEachTransfer - data width of destination address, normally it should be as same as srcWidthOfEachTransfer .bytesEachRequest - bytes to be transferred in each DMA request .totalBytes - total bytes to be transferred .srcOffsetOfEachTransfer - offset value in bytes unit to be applied to source address as each source read is completed .dstOffsetOfEachTransfer - offset value in bytes unit to be applied to destination address as each destination write is completed enablchannelRequest - channel request can be enabled together with transfer configure submission

2.The transfer configuration structure also support advance feature: Programmable source/destination address range(MODULO) Programmable minor loop offset Programmable major loop offset Programmable channel chain feature Programmable channel transfer control descriptor link feature

Note

User should pay attention to the transfer size alignment limitation

1. the bytesEachRequest should align with the srcWidthOfEachTransfer and the dstWidthOfEachTransfer that is to say bytesEachRequest % srcWidthOfEachTransfer should be 0

2. the srcOffsetOfEachTransfer and dstOffsetOfEachTransfer must be aligne with transfer width

3. the totalBytes should align with the bytesEachRequest

4. the srcAddr should align with the srcWidthOfEachTransfer

5. the dstAddr should align with the dstWidthOfEachTransfer

6. the srcAddr should align with srcAddrModulo if modulo feature is enabled

7. the dstAddr should align with dstAddrModulo if modulo feature is enabled If anyone of above condition can not be satisfied, the edma4 interfaces will generate assert error.

Public Members

uint32_t srcAddr

Source data address.

uint32_t destAddr

Destination data address.

edma_transfer_size_t srcTransferSize

Source data transfer size.

edma_transfer_size_t destTransferSize

Destination data transfer size.

int16_t srcOffset

Sign-extended offset value in byte unit applied to the current source address to form the next-state value as each source read is completed

int16_t destOffset

Sign-extended offset value in byte unit applied to the current destination address to form the next-state value as each destination write is completed.

uint32_t minorLoopBytes

bytes in each minor loop or each request range: 1 - (2^30 -1) when minor loop mapping is enabled range: 1 - (2^10 - 1) when minor loop mapping is enabled and source or dest minor loop offset is enabled range: 1 - (2^32 - 1) when minor loop mapping is disabled

uint32_t majorLoopCounts

minor loop counts in each major loop, should be 1 at least for each transfer range: (0 - (2^15 - 1)) when minor loop channel link is disabled range: (0 - (2^9 - 1)) when minor loop channel link is enabled total bytes in a transfer = minorLoopCountsEachMajorLoop * bytesEachMinorLoop

uint16_t enabledInterruptMask

channel interrupt to enable, can be OR’ed value of _edma_interrupt_enable

edma_modulo_t srcAddrModulo

source circular data queue range

int32_t srcMajorLoopOffset

source major loop offset

edma_modulo_t dstAddrModulo

destination circular data queue range

int32_t dstMajorLoopOffset

destination major loop offset

bool enableSrcMinorLoopOffset

enable source minor loop offset

bool enableDstMinorLoopOffset

enable dest minor loop offset

int32_t minorLoopOffset

burst offset, the offset will be applied after minor loop update

bool enableChannelMajorLoopLink

channel link when major loop complete

uint32_t majorLoopLinkChannel

major loop link channel number

bool enableChannelMinorLoopLink

channel link when minor loop complete

uint32_t minorLoopLinkChannel

minor loop link channel number

edma_tcd_t *linkTCD

pointer to the link transfer control descriptor

struct _edma_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA global configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableGlobalChannelLink

Enable(true) channel linking is available and controlled by each channel’s link settings.

bool enableHaltOnError

Enable (true) transfer halt on error. Any error causes the HALT bit to set. Subsequently, all service requests are ignored until the HALT bit is cleared.

bool enableDebugMode

Enable(true) eDMA4 debug mode. When in debug mode, the eDMA4 stalls the start of a new channel. Executing channels are allowed to complete.

bool enableRoundRobinArbitration

Enable(true) channel linking is available and controlled by each channel’s link settings.

struct _edma_handle

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA transfer handle structure

Public Members

edma_callback callback

Callback function for major count exhausted.

void *userData

Callback function parameter.

EDMA_Type *base

eDMA peripheral base address

EDMA_TCDType *tcdBase

eDMA peripheral tcd base address.

edma_tcd_t *tcdPool

Pointer to memory stored TCDs.

uint32_t channel

eDMA channel number.

volatile int8_t header

The first TCD index. Should point to the next TCD to be loaded into the eDMA engine.

volatile int8_t tail

The last TCD index. Should point to the next TCD to be stored into the memory pool.

volatile int8_t tcdUsed

The number of used TCD slots. Should reflect the number of TCDs can be used/loaded in the memory.

volatile int8_t tcdSize

The total number of TCD slots in the queue.

eDMA core Driver

enum _edma_tcd_type

eDMA tcd flag type

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_EDMA4Flag

Data access for eDMA4 transfers.

enumerator kEDMA_EDMA5Flag

Instruction access for eDMA4 transfers.

typedef struct _edma_core_mp edma_core_mp_t

edma core channel struture definition

typedef struct _edma_core_channel edma_core_channel_t

edma core channel struture definition

typedef enum _edma_tcd_type edma_tcd_type_t

eDMA tcd flag type

typedef struct _edma5_core_tcd edma5_core_tcd_t

edma5 core TCD struture definition

typedef struct _edma4_core_tcd edma4_core_tcd_t

edma4 core TCD struture definition

typedef struct _edma_core_tcd edma_core_tcd_t

edma core TCD struture definition

typedef edma_core_channel_t EDMA_ChannelType

EDMA typedef.

typedef edma_core_tcd_t EDMA_TCDType

typedef void EDMA_Type

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_EDBG_MASK

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_ERCA_MASK

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_HAE_MASK

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_HALT_MASK

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_GCLC_MASK

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_GMRC_MASK

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_EDBG(x)

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_ERCA(x)

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_HAE(x)

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_HALT(x)

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_GCLC(x)

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_GMRC(x)

DMA_CSR_INTMAJOR_MASK

DMA_CSR_INTHALF_MASK

DMA_CSR_DREQ_MASK

DMA_CSR_ESG_MASK

DMA_CSR_BWC_MASK

DMA_CSR_BWC(x)

DMA_CSR_START_MASK

DMA_CITER_ELINKNO_CITER_MASK

DMA_BITER_ELINKNO_BITER_MASK

DMA_CITER_ELINKNO_CITER_SHIFT

DMA_CITER_ELINKYES_CITER_MASK

DMA_CITER_ELINKYES_CITER_SHIFT

DMA_ATTR_SMOD_MASK

DMA_ATTR_DMOD_MASK

DMA_CITER_ELINKNO_ELINK_MASK

DMA_CSR_MAJORELINK_MASK

DMA_BITER_ELINKYES_ELINK_MASK

DMA_CITER_ELINKYES_ELINK_MASK

DMA_CSR_MAJORLINKCH_MASK

DMA_BITER_ELINKYES_LINKCH_MASK

DMA_CITER_ELINKYES_LINKCH_MASK

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFYES_MLOFF_MASK

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFYES_DMLOE_MASK

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFYES_SMLOE_MASK

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFNO_NBYTES_MASK

DMA_ATTR_DMOD(x)

DMA_ATTR_SMOD(x)

DMA_BITER_ELINKYES_LINKCH(x)

DMA_CITER_ELINKYES_LINKCH(x)

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFYES_MLOFF(x)

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFYES_DMLOE(x)

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFYES_SMLOE(x)

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFNO_NBYTES(x)

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFYES_NBYTES(x)

DMA_ATTR_DSIZE(x)

DMA_ATTR_SSIZE(x)

DMA_CSR_DREQ(x)

DMA_CSR_MAJORLINKCH(x)

DMA_CH_MATTR_WCACHE(x)

DMA_CH_MATTR_RCACHE(x)

DMA_CH_CSR_SIGNEXT_MASK

DMA_CH_CSR_SIGNEXT_SHIFT

DMA_CH_CSR_SWAP_MASK

DMA_CH_CSR_SWAP_SHIFT

DMA_CH_SBR_INSTR_MASK

DMA_CH_SBR_INSTR_SHIFT

DMA_CH_MUX_SOURCE(x)

DMA_ERR_DBE_FLAG

DMA error flag.

DMA_ERR_SBE_FLAG

DMA_ERR_SGE_FLAG

DMA_ERR_NCE_FLAG

DMA_ERR_DOE_FLAG

DMA_ERR_DAE_FLAG

DMA_ERR_SOE_FLAG

DMA_ERR_SAE_FLAG

DMA_ERR_ERRCHAN_FLAG

DMA_ERR_ECX_FLAG

DMA_ERR_FLAG

DMA_CLEAR_DONE_STATUS(base, channel)

get/clear DONE bit

DMA_GET_DONE_STATUS(base, channel)

DMA_ENABLE_ERROR_INT(base, channel)

enable/disable error interupt

DMA_DISABLE_ERROR_INT(base, channel)

DMA_CLEAR_ERROR_STATUS(base, channel)

get/clear error status

DMA_GET_ERROR_STATUS(base, channel)

DMA_CLEAR_INT_STATUS(base, channel)

get/clear INT status

DMA_GET_INT_STATUS(base, channel)

DMA_ENABLE_MAJOR_INT(base, channel)

enable/dsiable MAJOR/HALF INT

DMA_ENABLE_HALF_INT(base, channel)

DMA_DISABLE_MAJOR_INT(base, channel)

DMA_DISABLE_HALF_INT(base, channel)

EDMA_TCD_ALIGN_SIZE

EDMA tcd align size.

EDMA_CORE_BASE(base)

EDMA base address convert macro.

EDMA_MP_BASE(base)

EDMA_CHANNEL_BASE(base, channel)

EDMA_TCD_BASE(base, channel)

EDMA_TCD_TYPE(x)

EDMA TCD type macro.

EDMA_TCD_SADDR(tcd, flag)

EDMA TCD address convert macro.

EDMA_TCD_SOFF(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_ATTR(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_NBYTES(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_SLAST(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_DADDR(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_DOFF(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_CITER(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_DLAST_SGA(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_CSR(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_BITER(tcd, flag)

struct _edma_core_mp

#include <fsl_edma_core.h>

edma core channel struture definition

Public Members

__IO uint32_t MP_CSR

Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10000, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t MP_ES

Channel Error Status, array offset: 0x10004, array step: 0x10000

struct _edma_core_channel

#include <fsl_edma_core.h>

edma core channel struture definition

Public Members

__IO uint32_t CH_CSR

Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10000, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t CH_ES

Channel Error Status, array offset: 0x10004, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t CH_INT

Channel Interrupt Status, array offset: 0x10008, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t CH_SBR

Channel System Bus, array offset: 0x1000C, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t CH_PRI

Channel Priority, array offset: 0x10010, array step: 0x10000

struct _edma5_core_tcd

#include <fsl_edma_core.h>

edma5 core TCD struture definition

Public Members

__IO uint32_t SADDR

SADDR register, used to save source address

__IO uint32_t SADDR_HIGH

SADDR HIGH register, used to save source address

__IO uint16_t SOFF

SOFF register, save offset bytes every transfer

__IO uint16_t ATTR

ATTR register, source/destination transfer size and modulo

__IO uint32_t NBYTES

Nbytes register, minor loop length in bytes

__IO uint32_t SLAST

SLAST register

__IO uint32_t SLAST_SDA_HIGH

SLAST SDA HIGH register

__IO uint32_t DADDR

DADDR register, used for destination address

__IO uint32_t DADDR_HIGH

DADDR HIGH register, used for destination address

__IO uint32_t DLAST_SGA

DLASTSGA register, next tcd address used in scatter-gather mode

__IO uint32_t DLAST_SGA_HIGH

DLASTSGA HIGH register, next tcd address used in scatter-gather mode

__IO uint16_t DOFF

DOFF register, used for destination offset

__IO uint16_t CITER

CITER register, current minor loop numbers, for unfinished minor loop.

__IO uint16_t CSR

CSR register, for TCD control status

__IO uint16_t BITER

BITER register, begin minor loop count.

uint8_t RESERVED[16]

Aligned 64 bytes

struct _edma4_core_tcd

#include <fsl_edma_core.h>

edma4 core TCD struture definition

Public Members

__IO uint32_t SADDR

SADDR register, used to save source address

__IO uint16_t SOFF

SOFF register, save offset bytes every transfer

__IO uint16_t ATTR

ATTR register, source/destination transfer size and modulo

__IO uint32_t NBYTES

Nbytes register, minor loop length in bytes

__IO uint32_t SLAST

SLAST register

__IO uint32_t DADDR

DADDR register, used for destination address

__IO uint16_t DOFF

DOFF register, used for destination offset

__IO uint16_t CITER

CITER register, current minor loop numbers, for unfinished minor loop.

__IO uint32_t DLAST_SGA

DLASTSGA register, next tcd address used in scatter-gather mode

__IO uint16_t CSR

CSR register, for TCD control status

__IO uint16_t BITER

BITER register, begin minor loop count.

struct _edma_core_tcd

#include <fsl_edma_core.h>

edma core TCD struture definition

union MP_REGS

Public Members

struct _edma_core_mp EDMA5_REG

struct EDMA5_REG

Public Members

__IO uint32_t MP_INT_LOW

Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10008, array step: 0x10000

__I uint32_t MP_INT_HIGH

Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x1000C, array step: 0x10000

__I uint32_t MP_HRS_LOW

Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10010, array step: 0x10000

__I uint32_t MP_HRS_HIGH

Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10014, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t MP_STOPCH

Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10020, array step: 0x10000

__I uint32_t MP_SSR_LOW

Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10030, array step: 0x10000

__I uint32_t MP_SSR_HIGH

Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10034, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t CH_GRPRI [64]

Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10100, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t CH_MUX [64]

Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10200, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t CH_PROT [64]

Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10400, array step: 0x10000

union CH_REGS

Public Members

struct _edma_core_channel EDMA5_REG

struct _edma_core_channel EDMA4_REG

struct EDMA5_REG

Public Members

__IO uint32_t CH_MATTR

Memory Attributes Register, array offset: 0x10018, array step: 0x8000

struct EDMA4_REG

Public Members

__IO uint32_t CH_MUX

Channel Multiplexor Configuration, array offset: 0x10014, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint16_t CH_MATTR

Memory Attributes Register, array offset: 0x10018, array step: 0x8000

union TCD_REGS

Public Members

edma4_core_tcd_t edma4_tcd

eDMA soc Driver

ENET: Ethernet MAC Driver

void ENET_GetDefaultConfig(enet_config_t *config)

Gets the ENET default configuration structure.

The purpose of this API is to get the default ENET MAC controller configure structure for ENET_Init(). User may use the initialized structure unchanged in ENET_Init(), or modify some fields of the structure before calling ENET_Init(). Example:

enet_config_t config;
ENET_GetDefaultConfig(&config);

Parameters:

• config – The ENET mac controller configuration structure pointer.

status_t ENET_Up(ENET_Type *base, enet_handle_t *handle, const enet_config_t *config, const enet_buffer_config_t *bufferConfig, uint8_t *macAddr, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Initializes the ENET module.

This function initializes the module with the ENET configuration.

Note

ENET has two buffer descriptors legacy buffer descriptors and enhanced IEEE 1588 buffer descriptors. The legacy descriptor is used by default. To use the IEEE 1588 feature, use the enhanced IEEE 1588 buffer descriptor by defining “ENET_ENHANCEDBUFFERDESCRIPTOR_MODE” and calling ENET_Ptp1588Configure() to configure the 1588 feature and related buffers after calling ENET_Up().

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – ENET handler pointer.

• config – ENET mac configuration structure pointer. The “enet_config_t” type mac configuration return from ENET_GetDefaultConfig can be used directly. It is also possible to verify the Mac configuration using other methods.

• bufferConfig – ENET buffer configuration structure pointer. The buffer configuration should be prepared for ENET Initialization. It is the start address of “ringNum” enet_buffer_config structures. To support added multi-ring features in some soc and compatible with the previous enet driver version. For single ring supported, this bufferConfig is a buffer configure structure pointer, for multi-ring supported and used case, this bufferConfig pointer should be a buffer configure structure array pointer.

• macAddr – ENET mac address of Ethernet device. This MAC address should be provided.

• srcClock_Hz – The internal module clock source for MII clock.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed to initialize the ethernet driver.

• kStatus_ENET_InitMemoryFail – Init fails since buffer memory is not enough.

status_t ENET_Init(ENET_Type *base, enet_handle_t *handle, const enet_config_t *config, const enet_buffer_config_t *bufferConfig, uint8_t *macAddr, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Initializes the ENET module.

This function ungates the module clock and initializes it with the ENET configuration.

Note

ENET has two buffer descriptors legacy buffer descriptors and enhanced IEEE 1588 buffer descriptors. The legacy descriptor is used by default. To use the IEEE 1588 feature, use the enhanced IEEE 1588 buffer descriptor by defining “ENET_ENHANCEDBUFFERDESCRIPTOR_MODE” and calling ENET_Ptp1588Configure() to configure the 1588 feature and related buffers after calling ENET_Init().

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – ENET handler pointer.

• config – ENET mac configuration structure pointer. The “enet_config_t” type mac configuration return from ENET_GetDefaultConfig can be used directly. It is also possible to verify the Mac configuration using other methods.

• bufferConfig – ENET buffer configuration structure pointer. The buffer configuration should be prepared for ENET Initialization. It is the start address of “ringNum” enet_buffer_config structures. To support added multi-ring features in some soc and compatible with the previous enet driver version. For single ring supported, this bufferConfig is a buffer configure structure pointer, for multi-ring supported and used case, this bufferConfig pointer should be a buffer configure structure array pointer.

• macAddr – ENET mac address of Ethernet device. This MAC address should be provided.

• srcClock_Hz – The internal module clock source for MII clock.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed to initialize the ethernet driver.

• kStatus_ENET_InitMemoryFail – Init fails since buffer memory is not enough.

void ENET_Down(ENET_Type *base)

Stops the ENET module.

This function disables the ENET module.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

void ENET_Deinit(ENET_Type *base)

Deinitializes the ENET module.

This function gates the module clock, clears ENET interrupts, and disables the ENET module.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

static inline void ENET_Reset(ENET_Type *base)

Resets the ENET module.

This function restores the ENET module to reset state. Note that this function sets all registers to reset state. As a result, the ENET module can’t work after calling this function.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

void ENET_SetMII(ENET_Type *base, enet_mii_speed_t speed, enet_mii_duplex_t duplex)

Sets the ENET MII speed and duplex.

This API is provided to dynamically change the speed and dulpex for MAC.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• speed – The speed of the RMII mode.

• duplex – The duplex of the RMII mode.

void ENET_SetSMI(ENET_Type *base, uint32_t srcClock_Hz, bool isPreambleDisabled)

Sets the ENET SMI(serial management interface)- MII management interface.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• srcClock_Hz – This is the ENET module clock frequency. See clock distribution.

• isPreambleDisabled – The preamble disable flag.

  • true Enables the preamble.

  • false Disables the preamble.

static inline bool ENET_GetSMI(ENET_Type *base)

Gets the ENET SMI- MII management interface configuration.

This API is used to get the SMI configuration to check whether the MII management interface has been set.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

Returns:

The SMI setup status true or false.

static inline uint32_t ENET_ReadSMIData(ENET_Type *base)

Reads data from the PHY register through an SMI interface.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

Returns:

The data read from PHY

static inline void ENET_StartSMIWrite(ENET_Type *base, uint8_t phyAddr, uint8_t regAddr, enet_mii_write_t operation, uint16_t data)

Sends the MDIO IEEE802.3 Clause 22 format write command.

After calling this function, need to check whether the transmission is over then do next MDIO operation. For ease of use, encapsulated ENET_MDIOWrite() can be called. For customized requirements, implement with combining separated APIs.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• phyAddr – The PHY address. Range from 0 ~ 31.

• regAddr – The PHY register address. Range from 0 ~ 31.

• operation – The write operation.

• data – The data written to PHY.

static inline void ENET_StartSMIRead(ENET_Type *base, uint8_t phyAddr, uint8_t regAddr, enet_mii_read_t operation)

Sends the MDIO IEEE802.3 Clause 22 format read command.

After calling this function, need to check whether the transmission is over then do next MDIO operation. For ease of use, encapsulated ENET_MDIORead() can be called. For customized requirements, implement with combining separated APIs.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• phyAddr – The PHY address. Range from 0 ~ 31.

• regAddr – The PHY register address. Range from 0 ~ 31.

• operation – The read operation.

status_t ENET_MDIOWrite(ENET_Type *base, uint8_t phyAddr, uint8_t regAddr, uint16_t data)

MDIO write with IEEE802.3 Clause 22 format.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• phyAddr – The PHY address. Range from 0 ~ 31.

• regAddr – The PHY register. Range from 0 ~ 31.

• data – The data written to PHY.

Returns:

kStatus_Success MDIO access succeeds.

Returns:

kStatus_Timeout MDIO access timeout.

status_t ENET_MDIORead(ENET_Type *base, uint8_t phyAddr, uint8_t regAddr, uint16_t *pData)

MDIO read with IEEE802.3 Clause 22 format.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• phyAddr – The PHY address. Range from 0 ~ 31.

• regAddr – The PHY register. Range from 0 ~ 31.

• pData – The data read from PHY.

Returns:

kStatus_Success MDIO access succeeds.

Returns:

kStatus_Timeout MDIO access timeout.

void ENET_SetMacAddr(ENET_Type *base, uint8_t *macAddr)

Sets the ENET module Mac address.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• macAddr – The six-byte Mac address pointer. The pointer is allocated by application and input into the API.

void ENET_GetMacAddr(ENET_Type *base, uint8_t *macAddr)

Gets the ENET module Mac address.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• macAddr – The six-byte Mac address pointer. The pointer is allocated by application and input into the API.

void ENET_AddMulticastGroup(ENET_Type *base, uint8_t *address)

Adds the ENET device to a multicast group.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• address – The six-byte multicast group address which is provided by application.

void ENET_LeaveMulticastGroup(ENET_Type *base, uint8_t *address)

Moves the ENET device from a multicast group.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• address – The six-byte multicast group address which is provided by application.

static inline void ENET_ActiveRead(ENET_Type *base)

Activates frame reception for multiple rings.

This function is to active the enet read process.

Note

This must be called after the MAC configuration and state are ready. It must be called after the ENET_Init(). This should be called when the frame reception is required.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

static inline void ENET_EnableSleepMode(ENET_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the MAC to enter sleep mode. This function is used to set the MAC enter sleep mode. When entering sleep mode, the magic frame wakeup interrupt should be enabled to wake up MAC from the sleep mode and reset it to normal mode.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• enable – True enable sleep mode, false disable sleep mode.

static inline void ENET_GetAccelFunction(ENET_Type *base, uint32_t *txAccelOption, uint32_t *rxAccelOption)

Gets ENET transmit and receive accelerator functions from MAC controller.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• txAccelOption – The transmit accelerator option. The “enet_tx_accelerator_t” is recommended to be used to as the mask to get the exact the accelerator option.

• rxAccelOption – The receive accelerator option. The “enet_rx_accelerator_t” is recommended to be used to as the mask to get the exact the accelerator option.

static inline void ENET_EnableInterrupts(ENET_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the ENET interrupt.

This function enables the ENET interrupt according to the provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members. See enet_interrupt_enable_t. For example, to enable the TX frame interrupt and RX frame interrupt, do the following.

ENET_EnableInterrupts(ENET, kENET_TxFrameInterrupt | kENET_RxFrameInterrupt);

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• mask – ENET interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of the enumeration enet_interrupt_enable_t.

static inline void ENET_DisableInterrupts(ENET_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the ENET interrupt.

This function disables the ENET interrupts according to the provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members. See enet_interrupt_enable_t. For example, to disable the TX frame interrupt and RX frame interrupt, do the following.

ENET_DisableInterrupts(ENET, kENET_TxFrameInterrupt | kENET_RxFrameInterrupt);

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• mask – ENET interrupts to disable. This is a logical OR of the enumeration enet_interrupt_enable_t.

static inline uint32_t ENET_GetInterruptStatus(ENET_Type *base)

Gets the ENET interrupt status flag.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

Returns:

The event status of the interrupt source. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration enet_interrupt_enable_t.

static inline void ENET_ClearInterruptStatus(ENET_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the ENET interrupt events status flag.

This function clears enabled ENET interrupts according to the provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members. See the enet_interrupt_enable_t. For example, to clear the TX frame interrupt and RX frame interrupt, do the following.

ENET_ClearInterruptStatus(ENET, kENET_TxFrameInterrupt | kENET_RxFrameInterrupt);

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• mask – ENET interrupt source to be cleared. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration enet_interrupt_enable_t.

void ENET_SetRxISRHandler(ENET_Type *base, enet_isr_t ISRHandler)

Set the second level Rx IRQ handler.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• ISRHandler – The handler to install.

void ENET_SetTxISRHandler(ENET_Type *base, enet_isr_t ISRHandler)

Set the second level Tx IRQ handler.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• ISRHandler – The handler to install.

void ENET_SetErrISRHandler(ENET_Type *base, enet_isr_t ISRHandler)

Set the second level Err IRQ handler.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• ISRHandler – The handler to install.

void ENET_GetRxErrBeforeReadFrame(enet_handle_t *handle, enet_data_error_stats_t *eErrorStatic, uint8_t ringId)

Gets the error statistics of a received frame for ENET specified ring.

This API must be called after the ENET_GetRxFrameSize and before the ENET_ReadFrame(). If the ENET_GetRxFrameSize returns kStatus_ENET_RxFrameError, the ENET_GetRxErrBeforeReadFrame can be used to get the exact error statistics. This is an example.

status = ENET_GetRxFrameSize(&g_handle, &length, 0);
if (status == kStatus_ENET_RxFrameError)
{
    Comments: Get the error information of the received frame.
    ENET_GetRxErrBeforeReadFrame(&g_handle, &eErrStatic, 0);
    Comments: update the receive buffer.
    ENET_ReadFrame(EXAMPLE_ENET, &g_handle, NULL, 0);
}

Parameters:

• handle – The ENET handler structure pointer. This is the same handler pointer used in the ENET_Init.

• eErrorStatic – The error statistics structure pointer.

• ringId – The ring index, range from 0 ~ (FSL_FEATURE_ENET_INSTANCE_QUEUEn(x) - 1).

void ENET_EnableStatistics(ENET_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables collection of transfer statistics.

Note that this function does not reset any of the already collected data, use the function ENET_ResetStatistics to clear the transfer statistics if needed.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• enable – True enable statistics collection, false disable statistics collection.

void ENET_GetStatistics(ENET_Type *base, enet_transfer_stats_t *statistics)

Gets transfer statistics.

Copies the actual value of hardware counters into the provided structure. Calling this function does not reset the counters in hardware.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• statistics – The statistics structure pointer.

void ENET_ResetStatistics(ENET_Type *base)

Resets transfer statistics.

Sets the value of hardware transfer counters to zero.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

status_t ENET_GetRxFrameSize(enet_handle_t *handle, uint32_t *length, uint8_t ringId)

Gets the size of the read frame for specified ring.

This function gets a received frame size from the ENET buffer descriptors.

Note

The FCS of the frame is automatically removed by MAC and the size is the length without the FCS. After calling ENET_GetRxFrameSize, ENET_ReadFrame() should be called to receive frame and update the BD if the result is not “kStatus_ENET_RxFrameEmpty”.

Parameters:

• handle – The ENET handler structure. This is the same handler pointer used in the ENET_Init.

• length – The length of the valid frame received.

• ringId – The ring index or ring number.

Return values:

• kStatus_ENET_RxFrameEmpty – No frame received. Should not call ENET_ReadFrame to read frame.

• kStatus_ENET_RxFrameError – Data error happens. ENET_ReadFrame should be called with NULL data and NULL length to update the receive buffers.

• kStatus_Success – Receive a frame Successfully then the ENET_ReadFrame should be called with the right data buffer and the captured data length input.

status_t ENET_ReadFrame(ENET_Type *base, enet_handle_t *handle, uint8_t *data, uint32_t length, uint8_t ringId, uint32_t *ts)

Reads a frame from the ENET device. This function reads a frame (both the data and the length) from the ENET buffer descriptors. User can get timestamp through ts pointer if the ts is not NULL.

Note

It doesn’t store the timestamp in the receive timestamp queue. The ENET_GetRxFrameSize should be used to get the size of the prepared data buffer. This API uses memcpy to copy data from DMA buffer to application buffer, 4 bytes aligned data buffer in 32 bits platforms provided by user may let compiler use optimization instruction to reduce time consumption. This is an example:

uint32_t length;
enet_handle_t g_handle;
Comments: Get the received frame size firstly.
status = ENET_GetRxFrameSize(&g_handle, &length, 0);
if (length != 0)
{
    Comments: Allocate memory here with the size of "length"
    uint8_t *data = memory allocate interface;
    if (!data)
    {
        ENET_ReadFrame(ENET, &g_handle, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
        Comments: Add the console warning log.
    }
    else
    {
        status = ENET_ReadFrame(ENET, &g_handle, data, length, 0, NULL);
        Comments: Call stack input API to deliver the data to stack
    }
}
else if (status == kStatus_ENET_RxFrameError)
{
    Comments: Update the received buffer when a error frame is received.
    ENET_ReadFrame(ENET, &g_handle, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
}

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – The ENET handler structure. This is the same handler pointer used in the ENET_Init.

• data – The data buffer provided by user to store the frame which memory size should be at least “length”.

• length – The size of the data buffer which is still the length of the received frame.

• ringId – The ring index or ring number.

• ts – The timestamp address to store received timestamp.

Returns:

The execute status, successful or failure.

status_t ENET_SendFrame(ENET_Type *base, enet_handle_t *handle, const uint8_t *data, uint32_t length, uint8_t ringId, bool tsFlag, void *context)

Transmits an ENET frame for specified ring.

Note

The CRC is automatically appended to the data. Input the data to send without the CRC. This API uses memcpy to copy data from DMA buffer to application buffer, 4 bytes aligned data buffer in 32 bits platforms provided by user may let compiler use optimization instruction to reduce time consumption.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – The ENET handler pointer. This is the same handler pointer used in the ENET_Init.

• data – The data buffer provided by user to send.

• length – The length of the data to send.

• ringId – The ring index or ring number.

• tsFlag – Timestamp enable flag.

• context – Used by user to handle some events after transmit over.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Send frame succeed.

• kStatus_ENET_TxFrameBusy – Transmit buffer descriptor is busy under transmission. The transmit busy happens when the data send rate is over the MAC capacity. The waiting mechanism is recommended to be added after each call return with kStatus_ENET_TxFrameBusy.

status_t ENET_SetTxReclaim(enet_handle_t *handle, bool isEnable, uint8_t ringId)

Enable or disable tx descriptors reclaim mechanism.

Note

This function must be called when no pending send frame action. Set enable if you want to reclaim context or timestamp in interrupt.

Parameters:

• handle – The ENET handler pointer. This is the same handler pointer used in the ENET_Init.

• isEnable – Enable or disable flag.

• ringId – The ring index or ring number.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed to enable/disable Tx reclaim.

• kStatus_Fail – Fail to enable/disable Tx reclaim.

void ENET_ReclaimTxDescriptor(ENET_Type *base, enet_handle_t *handle, uint8_t ringId)

Reclaim tx descriptors. This function is used to update the tx descriptor status and store the tx timestamp when the 1588 feature is enabled. This is called by the transmit interupt IRQ handler after the complete of a frame transmission.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – The ENET handler pointer. This is the same handler pointer used in the ENET_Init.

• ringId – The ring index or ring number.

status_t ENET_GetRxFrame(ENET_Type *base, enet_handle_t *handle, enet_rx_frame_struct_t *rxFrame, uint8_t ringId)

Receives one frame in specified BD ring with zero copy.

This function uses the user-defined allocation and free callbacks. Every time application gets one frame through this function, driver stores the buffer address(es) in enet_buffer_struct_t and allocate new buffer(s) for the BD(s). If there’s no memory buffer in the pool, this function drops current one frame to keep the Rx frame in BD ring is as fresh as possible.

Note

Application must provide a memory pool including at least BD number + n buffers in order for this function to work properly, because each BD must always take one buffer while driver is running, then other extra n buffer(s) can be taken by application. Here n is the ceil(max_frame_length(set by RCR) / bd_rx_size(set by MRBR)). Application must also provide an array structure in rxFrame->rxBuffArray with n index to receive one complete frame in any case.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – The ENET handler pointer. This is the same handler pointer used in the ENET_Init.

• rxFrame – The received frame information structure provided by user.

• ringId – The ring index or ring number.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed to get one frame and allocate new memory for Rx buffer.

• kStatus_ENET_RxFrameEmpty – There’s no Rx frame in the BD.

• kStatus_ENET_RxFrameError – There’s issue in this receiving.

• kStatus_ENET_RxFrameDrop – There’s no new buffer memory for BD, drop this frame.

status_t ENET_StartTxFrame(ENET_Type *base, enet_handle_t *handle, enet_tx_frame_struct_t *txFrame, uint8_t ringId)

Sends one frame in specified BD ring with zero copy.

This function supports scattered buffer transmit, user needs to provide the buffer array.

Note

Tx reclaim should be enabled to ensure the Tx buffer ownership can be given back to application after Tx is over.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – The ENET handler pointer. This is the same handler pointer used in the ENET_Init.

• txFrame – The Tx frame structure.

• ringId – The ring index or ring number.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed to send one frame.

• kStatus_ENET_TxFrameBusy – The BD is not ready for Tx or the reclaim operation still not finishs.

• kStatus_ENET_TxFrameOverLen – The Tx frame length is over max ethernet frame length.

void ENET_TransmitIRQHandler(ENET_Type *base, enet_handle_t *handle)

The transmit IRQ handler.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – The ENET handler pointer.

void ENET_ReceiveIRQHandler(ENET_Type *base, enet_handle_t *handle)

The receive IRQ handler.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – The ENET handler pointer.

void ENET_ErrorIRQHandler(ENET_Type *base, enet_handle_t *handle)

Some special IRQ handler including the error, mii, wakeup irq handler.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – The ENET handler pointer.

void ENET_Ptp1588IRQHandler(ENET_Type *base)

the common IRQ handler for the 1588 irq handler.

This is used for the 1588 timer interrupt.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

void ENET_CommonFrame0IRQHandler(ENET_Type *base)

the common IRQ handler for the tx/rx/error etc irq handler.

This is used for the combined tx/rx/error interrupt for single/mutli-ring (frame 0).

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

FSL_ENET_DRIVER_VERSION

Defines the driver version.

FSL_FEATURE_ENET_QUEUE

Defines the queue number.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_RX_EMPTY_MASK

Empty bit mask.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_RX_SOFTOWNER1_MASK

Software owner one mask.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_RX_WRAP_MASK

Next buffer descriptor is the start address.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_RX_SOFTOWNER2_Mask

Software owner two mask.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_RX_LAST_MASK

Last BD of the frame mask.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_RX_MISS_MASK

Received because of the promiscuous mode.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_RX_BROADCAST_MASK

Broadcast packet mask.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_RX_MULTICAST_MASK

Multicast packet mask.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_RX_LENVLIOLATE_MASK

Length violation mask.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_RX_NOOCTET_MASK

Non-octet aligned frame mask.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_RX_CRC_MASK

CRC error mask.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_RX_OVERRUN_MASK

FIFO overrun mask.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_RX_TRUNC_MASK

Frame is truncated mask.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_TX_READY_MASK

Ready bit mask.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_TX_SOFTOWENER1_MASK

Software owner one mask.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_TX_WRAP_MASK

Wrap buffer descriptor mask.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_TX_SOFTOWENER2_MASK

Software owner two mask.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_TX_LAST_MASK

Last BD of the frame mask.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_TX_TRANMITCRC_MASK

Transmit CRC mask.

ENET_FRAME_MAX_FRAMELEN

Default maximum Ethernet frame size without VLAN tag.

ENET_FRAME_VLAN_TAGLEN

Ethernet single VLAN tag size.

ENET_FRAME_CRC_LEN

CRC size in a frame.

ENET_FRAME_TX_LEN_LIMITATION(x)

ENET_FIFO_MIN_RX_FULL

ENET minimum receive FIFO full.

ENET_RX_MIN_BUFFERSIZE

ENET minimum buffer size.

ENET_PHY_MAXADDRESS

Maximum PHY address.

ENET_TX_INTERRUPT

Enet Tx interrupt flag.

ENET_RX_INTERRUPT

Enet Rx interrupt flag.

ENET_TS_INTERRUPT

Enet timestamp interrupt flag.

ENET_ERR_INTERRUPT

Enet error interrupt flag.

Defines the status return codes for transaction.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_ENET_InitMemoryFail

Init fails since buffer memory is not enough.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_RxFrameError

A frame received but data error happen.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_RxFrameFail

Failed to receive a frame.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_RxFrameEmpty

No frame arrive.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_RxFrameDrop

Rx frame is dropped since no buffer memory.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_TxFrameOverLen

Tx frame over length.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_TxFrameBusy

Tx buffer descriptors are under process.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_TxFrameFail

Transmit frame fail.

enum _enet_mii_mode

Defines the MII/RMII/RGMII mode for data interface between the MAC and the PHY.

Values:

enumerator kENET_MiiMode

MII mode for data interface.

enumerator kENET_RmiiMode

RMII mode for data interface.

enum _enet_mii_speed

Defines the 10/100/1000 Mbps speed for the MII data interface.

Notice: “kENET_MiiSpeed1000M” only supported when mii mode is “kENET_RgmiiMode”.

Values:

enumerator kENET_MiiSpeed10M

Speed 10 Mbps.

enumerator kENET_MiiSpeed100M

Speed 100 Mbps.

enum _enet_mii_duplex

Defines the half or full duplex for the MII data interface.

Values:

enumerator kENET_MiiHalfDuplex

Half duplex mode.

enumerator kENET_MiiFullDuplex

Full duplex mode.

enum _enet_mii_write

Define the MII opcode for normal MDIO_CLAUSES_22 Frame.

Values:

enumerator kENET_MiiWriteNoCompliant

Write frame operation, but not MII-compliant.

enumerator kENET_MiiWriteValidFrame

Write frame operation for a valid MII management frame.

enum _enet_mii_read

Defines the read operation for the MII management frame.

Values:

enumerator kENET_MiiReadValidFrame

Read frame operation for a valid MII management frame.

enumerator kENET_MiiReadNoCompliant

Read frame operation, but not MII-compliant.

enum _enet_special_control_flag

Defines a special configuration for ENET MAC controller.

These control flags are provided for special user requirements. Normally, these control flags are unused for ENET initialization. For special requirements, set the flags to macSpecialConfig in the enet_config_t. The kENET_ControlStoreAndFwdDisable is used to disable the FIFO store and forward. FIFO store and forward means that the FIFO read/send is started when a complete frame is stored in TX/RX FIFO. If this flag is set, configure rxFifoFullThreshold and txFifoWatermark in the enet_config_t.

Values:

enumerator kENET_ControlFlowControlEnable

Enable ENET flow control: pause frame.

enumerator kENET_ControlRxPayloadCheckEnable

Enable ENET receive payload length check.

enumerator kENET_ControlRxPadRemoveEnable

Padding is removed from received frames.

enumerator kENET_ControlRxBroadCastRejectEnable

Enable broadcast frame reject.

enumerator kENET_ControlMacAddrInsert

Enable MAC address insert.

enumerator kENET_ControlStoreAndFwdDisable

Enable FIFO store and forward.

enumerator kENET_ControlSMIPreambleDisable

Enable SMI preamble.

enumerator kENET_ControlPromiscuousEnable

Enable promiscuous mode.

enumerator kENET_ControlMIILoopEnable

Enable ENET MII loop back.

enumerator kENET_ControlVLANTagEnable

Enable normal VLAN (single vlan tag).

enum _enet_interrupt_enable

List of interrupts supported by the peripheral. This enumeration uses one-bit encoding to allow a logical OR of multiple members. Members usually map to interrupt enable bits in one or more peripheral registers.

Values:

enumerator kENET_BabrInterrupt

Babbling receive error interrupt source

enumerator kENET_BabtInterrupt

Babbling transmit error interrupt source

enumerator kENET_GraceStopInterrupt

Graceful stop complete interrupt source

enumerator kENET_TxFrameInterrupt

TX FRAME interrupt source

enumerator kENET_TxBufferInterrupt

TX BUFFER interrupt source

enumerator kENET_RxFrameInterrupt

RX FRAME interrupt source

enumerator kENET_RxBufferInterrupt

RX BUFFER interrupt source

enumerator kENET_MiiInterrupt

MII interrupt source

enumerator kENET_EBusERInterrupt

Ethernet bus error interrupt source

enumerator kENET_LateCollisionInterrupt

Late collision interrupt source

enumerator kENET_RetryLimitInterrupt

Collision Retry Limit interrupt source

enumerator kENET_UnderrunInterrupt

Transmit FIFO underrun interrupt source

enumerator kENET_PayloadRxInterrupt

Payload Receive error interrupt source

enumerator kENET_WakeupInterrupt

WAKEUP interrupt source

enumerator kENET_TsAvailInterrupt

TS AVAIL interrupt source for PTP

enumerator kENET_TsTimerInterrupt

TS WRAP interrupt source for PTP

enum _enet_event

Defines the common interrupt event for callback use.

Values:

enumerator kENET_RxEvent

Receive event.

enumerator kENET_TxEvent

Transmit event.

enumerator kENET_ErrEvent

Error event: BABR/BABT/EBERR/LC/RL/UN/PLR .

enumerator kENET_WakeUpEvent

Wake up from sleep mode event.

enumerator kENET_TimeStampEvent

Time stamp event.

enumerator kENET_TimeStampAvailEvent

Time stamp available event.

enum _enet_tx_accelerator

Defines the transmit accelerator configuration.

Note that the hardware does not insert ICMPv6 protocol checksums as mentioned in errata ERR052152.

Values:

enumerator kENET_TxAccelIsShift16Enabled

Transmit FIFO shift-16.

enumerator kENET_TxAccelIpCheckEnabled

Insert IP header checksum.

enumerator kENET_TxAccelProtoCheckEnabled

Insert protocol checksum (TCP, UDP, ICMPv4).

enum _enet_rx_accelerator

Defines the receive accelerator configuration.

Note that the hardware does not validate ICMPv6 protocol checksums as mentioned in errata ERR052152.

Values:

enumerator kENET_RxAccelPadRemoveEnabled

Padding removal for short IP frames.

enumerator kENET_RxAccelIpCheckEnabled

Discard with wrong IP header checksum.

enumerator kENET_RxAccelProtoCheckEnabled

Discard with wrong protocol checksum (TCP, UDP, ICMPv4).

enumerator kENET_RxAccelMacCheckEnabled

Discard with Mac layer errors.

enumerator kENET_RxAccelisShift16Enabled

Receive FIFO shift-16.

typedef enum _enet_mii_mode enet_mii_mode_t

Defines the MII/RMII/RGMII mode for data interface between the MAC and the PHY.

typedef enum _enet_mii_speed enet_mii_speed_t

Defines the 10/100/1000 Mbps speed for the MII data interface.

Notice: “kENET_MiiSpeed1000M” only supported when mii mode is “kENET_RgmiiMode”.

typedef enum _enet_mii_duplex enet_mii_duplex_t

Defines the half or full duplex for the MII data interface.

typedef enum _enet_mii_write enet_mii_write_t

Define the MII opcode for normal MDIO_CLAUSES_22 Frame.

typedef enum _enet_mii_read enet_mii_read_t

Defines the read operation for the MII management frame.

typedef enum _enet_special_control_flag enet_special_control_flag_t

Defines a special configuration for ENET MAC controller.

These control flags are provided for special user requirements. Normally, these control flags are unused for ENET initialization. For special requirements, set the flags to macSpecialConfig in the enet_config_t. The kENET_ControlStoreAndFwdDisable is used to disable the FIFO store and forward. FIFO store and forward means that the FIFO read/send is started when a complete frame is stored in TX/RX FIFO. If this flag is set, configure rxFifoFullThreshold and txFifoWatermark in the enet_config_t.

typedef enum _enet_interrupt_enable enet_interrupt_enable_t

List of interrupts supported by the peripheral. This enumeration uses one-bit encoding to allow a logical OR of multiple members. Members usually map to interrupt enable bits in one or more peripheral registers.

typedef enum _enet_event enet_event_t

Defines the common interrupt event for callback use.

typedef enum _enet_tx_accelerator enet_tx_accelerator_t

Defines the transmit accelerator configuration.

Note that the hardware does not insert ICMPv6 protocol checksums as mentioned in errata ERR052152.

typedef enum _enet_rx_accelerator enet_rx_accelerator_t

Defines the receive accelerator configuration.

Note that the hardware does not validate ICMPv6 protocol checksums as mentioned in errata ERR052152.

typedef struct _enet_rx_bd_struct enet_rx_bd_struct_t

Defines the receive buffer descriptor structure for the little endian system.

typedef struct _enet_tx_bd_struct enet_tx_bd_struct_t

Defines the enhanced transmit buffer descriptor structure for the little endian system.

typedef struct _enet_data_error_stats enet_data_error_stats_t

Defines the ENET data error statistics structure.

typedef struct _enet_rx_frame_error enet_rx_frame_error_t

Defines the Rx frame error structure.

typedef struct _enet_transfer_stats enet_transfer_stats_t

Defines the ENET transfer statistics structure.

typedef struct enet_frame_info enet_frame_info_t

Defines the frame info structure.

typedef struct _enet_tx_dirty_ring enet_tx_dirty_ring_t

Defines the ENET transmit dirty addresses ring/queue structure.

typedef void *(*enet_rx_alloc_callback_t)(ENET_Type *base, void *userData, uint8_t ringId)

Defines the ENET Rx memory buffer alloc function pointer.

typedef void (*enet_rx_free_callback_t)(ENET_Type *base, void *buffer, void *userData, uint8_t ringId)

Defines the ENET Rx memory buffer free function pointer.

typedef struct _enet_buffer_config enet_buffer_config_t

Defines the receive buffer descriptor configuration structure.

Note that for the internal DMA requirements, the buffers have a corresponding alignment requirements.

1. The aligned receive and transmit buffer size must be evenly divisible by ENET_BUFF_ALIGNMENT. when the data buffers are in cacheable region when cache is enabled, all those size should be aligned to the maximum value of “ENET_BUFF_ALIGNMENT” and the cache line size.

2. The aligned transmit and receive buffer descriptor start address must be at least 64 bit aligned. However, it’s recommended to be evenly divisible by ENET_BUFF_ALIGNMENT. buffer descriptors should be put in non-cacheable region when cache is enabled.

3. The aligned transmit and receive data buffer start address must be evenly divisible by ENET_BUFF_ALIGNMENT. Receive buffers should be continuous with the total size equal to “rxBdNumber * rxBuffSizeAlign”. Transmit buffers should be continuous with the total size equal to “txBdNumber * txBuffSizeAlign”. when the data buffers are in cacheable region when cache is enabled, all those size should be aligned to the maximum value of “ENET_BUFF_ALIGNMENT” and the cache line size.

typedef struct _enet_handle enet_handle_t

typedef void (*enet_callback_t)(ENET_Type *base, enet_handle_t *handle, enet_event_t event, enet_frame_info_t *frameInfo, void *userData)

ENET callback function.

typedef struct _enet_config enet_config_t

Defines the basic configuration structure for the ENET device.

Note:

1. macSpecialConfig is used for a special control configuration, A logical OR of “enet_special_control_flag_t”. For a special configuration for MAC, set this parameter to 0.

2. txWatermark is used for a cut-through operation. It is in steps of 64 bytes: 0/1 - 64 bytes written to TX FIFO before transmission of a frame begins. 2 - 128 bytes written to TX FIFO …. 3 - 192 bytes written to TX FIFO …. The maximum of txWatermark is 0x2F - 4032 bytes written to TX FIFO …. txWatermark allows minimizing the transmit latency to set the txWatermark to 0 or 1 or for larger bus access latency 3 or larger due to contention for the system bus.

3. rxFifoFullThreshold is similar to the txWatermark for cut-through operation in RX. It is in 64-bit words. The minimum is ENET_FIFO_MIN_RX_FULL and the maximum is 0xFF. If the end of the frame is stored in FIFO and the frame size if smaller than the txWatermark, the frame is still transmitted. The rule is the same for rxFifoFullThreshold in the receive direction.

4. When “kENET_ControlFlowControlEnable” is set in the macSpecialConfig, ensure that the pauseDuration, rxFifoEmptyThreshold, and rxFifoStatEmptyThreshold are set for flow control enabled case.

5. When “kENET_ControlStoreAndFwdDisabled” is set in the macSpecialConfig, ensure that the rxFifoFullThreshold and txFifoWatermark are set for store and forward disable.

6. The rxAccelerConfig and txAccelerConfig default setting with 0 - accelerator are disabled. The “enet_tx_accelerator_t” and “enet_rx_accelerator_t” are recommended to be used to enable the transmit and receive accelerator. After the accelerators are enabled, the store and forward feature should be enabled. As a result, kENET_ControlStoreAndFwdDisabled should not be set.

7. The intCoalesceCfg can be used in the rx or tx enabled cases to decrese the CPU loading.

typedef struct _enet_tx_bd_ring enet_tx_bd_ring_t

Defines the ENET transmit buffer descriptor ring/queue structure.

typedef struct _enet_rx_bd_ring enet_rx_bd_ring_t

Defines the ENET receive buffer descriptor ring/queue structure.

typedef struct _enet_buffer_struct enet_buffer_struct_t

typedef struct _enet_rx_frame_attribute_struct enet_rx_frame_attribute_t

typedef struct _enet_rx_frame_struct enet_rx_frame_struct_t

typedef struct _enet_tx_frame_struct enet_tx_frame_struct_t

typedef void (*enet_isr_t)(ENET_Type *base, enet_handle_t *handle)

Define interrupt IRQ handler.

const clock_ip_name_t s_enetClock[]

Pointers to enet clocks for each instance.

uint32_t ENET_GetInstance(ENET_Type *base)

Get the ENET instance from peripheral base address.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

Returns:

ENET instance.

ENET_BUFFDESCRIPTOR_RX_ERR_MASK

Defines the receive error status flag mask.

struct _enet_rx_bd_struct

#include <fsl_enet.h>

Defines the receive buffer descriptor structure for the little endian system.

Public Members

uint16_t length

Buffer descriptor data length.

uint16_t control

Buffer descriptor control and status.

uint32_t buffer

Data buffer pointer.

struct _enet_tx_bd_struct

#include <fsl_enet.h>

Defines the enhanced transmit buffer descriptor structure for the little endian system.

Public Members

uint16_t length

Buffer descriptor data length.

uint16_t control

Buffer descriptor control and status.

uint32_t buffer

Data buffer pointer.

struct _enet_data_error_stats

#include <fsl_enet.h>

Defines the ENET data error statistics structure.

Public Members

uint32_t statsRxLenGreaterErr

Receive length greater than RCR[MAX_FL].

uint32_t statsRxAlignErr

Receive non-octet alignment/

uint32_t statsRxFcsErr

Receive CRC error.

uint32_t statsRxOverRunErr

Receive over run.

uint32_t statsRxTruncateErr

Receive truncate.

struct _enet_rx_frame_error

#include <fsl_enet.h>

Defines the Rx frame error structure.

Public Members

bool statsRxTruncateErr

Receive truncate.

bool statsRxOverRunErr

Receive over run.

bool statsRxFcsErr

Receive CRC error.

bool statsRxAlignErr

Receive non-octet alignment.

bool statsRxLenGreaterErr

Receive length greater than RCR[MAX_FL].

struct _enet_transfer_stats

#include <fsl_enet.h>

Defines the ENET transfer statistics structure.

Public Members

uint32_t statsRxFrameCount

Rx frame number.

uint32_t statsRxFrameOk

Good Rx frame number.

uint32_t statsRxCrcErr

Rx frame number with CRC error.

uint32_t statsRxAlignErr

Rx frame number with alignment error.

uint32_t statsRxDropInvalidSFD

Dropped frame number due to invalid SFD.

uint32_t statsRxFifoOverflowErr

Rx FIFO overflow count.

uint32_t statsTxFrameCount

Tx frame number.

uint32_t statsTxFrameOk

Good Tx frame number.

uint32_t statsTxCrcAlignErr

The transmit frame is error.

uint32_t statsTxFifoUnderRunErr

Tx FIFO underrun count.

struct enet_frame_info

#include <fsl_enet.h>

Defines the frame info structure.

Public Members

void *context

User specified data

struct _enet_tx_dirty_ring

#include <fsl_enet.h>

Defines the ENET transmit dirty addresses ring/queue structure.

Public Members

enet_frame_info_t *txDirtyBase

Dirty buffer descriptor base address pointer.

uint16_t txGenIdx

tx generate index.

uint16_t txConsumIdx

tx consume index.

uint16_t txRingLen

tx ring length.

bool isFull

tx ring is full flag.

struct _enet_buffer_config

#include <fsl_enet.h>

Defines the receive buffer descriptor configuration structure.

Note that for the internal DMA requirements, the buffers have a corresponding alignment requirements.

1. The aligned receive and transmit buffer size must be evenly divisible by ENET_BUFF_ALIGNMENT. when the data buffers are in cacheable region when cache is enabled, all those size should be aligned to the maximum value of “ENET_BUFF_ALIGNMENT” and the cache line size.

2. The aligned transmit and receive buffer descriptor start address must be at least 64 bit aligned. However, it’s recommended to be evenly divisible by ENET_BUFF_ALIGNMENT. buffer descriptors should be put in non-cacheable region when cache is enabled.

3. The aligned transmit and receive data buffer start address must be evenly divisible by ENET_BUFF_ALIGNMENT. Receive buffers should be continuous with the total size equal to “rxBdNumber * rxBuffSizeAlign”. Transmit buffers should be continuous with the total size equal to “txBdNumber * txBuffSizeAlign”. when the data buffers are in cacheable region when cache is enabled, all those size should be aligned to the maximum value of “ENET_BUFF_ALIGNMENT” and the cache line size.

Public Members

uint16_t rxBdNumber

Receive buffer descriptor number.

uint16_t txBdNumber

Transmit buffer descriptor number.

uint16_t rxBuffSizeAlign

Aligned receive data buffer size.

uint16_t txBuffSizeAlign

Aligned transmit data buffer size.

volatile enet_rx_bd_struct_t *rxBdStartAddrAlign

Aligned receive buffer descriptor start address: should be non-cacheable.

volatile enet_tx_bd_struct_t *txBdStartAddrAlign

Aligned transmit buffer descriptor start address: should be non-cacheable.

uint8_t *rxBufferAlign

Receive data buffer start address.

uint8_t *txBufferAlign

Transmit data buffer start address.

bool rxMaintainEnable

Receive buffer cache maintain.

bool txMaintainEnable

Transmit buffer cache maintain.

enet_frame_info_t *txFrameInfo

Transmit frame information start address.

struct _enet_config

#include <fsl_enet.h>

Defines the basic configuration structure for the ENET device.

Note:

1. macSpecialConfig is used for a special control configuration, A logical OR of “enet_special_control_flag_t”. For a special configuration for MAC, set this parameter to 0.

2. txWatermark is used for a cut-through operation. It is in steps of 64 bytes: 0/1 - 64 bytes written to TX FIFO before transmission of a frame begins. 2 - 128 bytes written to TX FIFO …. 3 - 192 bytes written to TX FIFO …. The maximum of txWatermark is 0x2F - 4032 bytes written to TX FIFO …. txWatermark allows minimizing the transmit latency to set the txWatermark to 0 or 1 or for larger bus access latency 3 or larger due to contention for the system bus.

3. rxFifoFullThreshold is similar to the txWatermark for cut-through operation in RX. It is in 64-bit words. The minimum is ENET_FIFO_MIN_RX_FULL and the maximum is 0xFF. If the end of the frame is stored in FIFO and the frame size if smaller than the txWatermark, the frame is still transmitted. The rule is the same for rxFifoFullThreshold in the receive direction.

4. When “kENET_ControlFlowControlEnable” is set in the macSpecialConfig, ensure that the pauseDuration, rxFifoEmptyThreshold, and rxFifoStatEmptyThreshold are set for flow control enabled case.

5. When “kENET_ControlStoreAndFwdDisabled” is set in the macSpecialConfig, ensure that the rxFifoFullThreshold and txFifoWatermark are set for store and forward disable.

6. The rxAccelerConfig and txAccelerConfig default setting with 0 - accelerator are disabled. The “enet_tx_accelerator_t” and “enet_rx_accelerator_t” are recommended to be used to enable the transmit and receive accelerator. After the accelerators are enabled, the store and forward feature should be enabled. As a result, kENET_ControlStoreAndFwdDisabled should not be set.

7. The intCoalesceCfg can be used in the rx or tx enabled cases to decrese the CPU loading.

Public Members

uint32_t macSpecialConfig

Mac special configuration. A logical OR of “enet_special_control_flag_t”.

uint32_t interrupt

Mac interrupt source. A logical OR of “enet_interrupt_enable_t”.

uint16_t rxMaxFrameLen

Receive maximum frame length.

enet_mii_mode_t miiMode

MII mode.

enet_mii_speed_t miiSpeed

MII Speed.

enet_mii_duplex_t miiDuplex

MII duplex.

uint8_t rxAccelerConfig

Receive accelerator, A logical OR of “enet_rx_accelerator_t”.

uint8_t txAccelerConfig

Transmit accelerator, A logical OR of “enet_rx_accelerator_t”.

uint16_t pauseDuration

For flow control enabled case: Pause duration.

uint8_t rxFifoEmptyThreshold

For flow control enabled case: when RX FIFO level reaches this value, it makes MAC generate XOFF pause frame.

uint8_t rxFifoFullThreshold

For store and forward disable case, the data required in RX FIFO to notify the MAC receive ready status.

uint8_t txFifoWatermark

For store and forward disable case, the data required in TX FIFO before a frame transmit start.

uint8_t ringNum

Number of used rings. default with 1 &#8212; single ring.

enet_rx_alloc_callback_t rxBuffAlloc

Callback function to alloc memory, must be provided for zero-copy Rx.

enet_rx_free_callback_t rxBuffFree

Callback function to free memory, must be provided for zero-copy Rx.

enet_callback_t callback

General callback function.

void *userData

Callback function parameter.

struct _enet_tx_bd_ring

#include <fsl_enet.h>

Defines the ENET transmit buffer descriptor ring/queue structure.

Public Members

volatile enet_tx_bd_struct_t *txBdBase

Buffer descriptor base address pointer.

uint16_t txGenIdx

The current available transmit buffer descriptor pointer.

uint16_t txConsumIdx

Transmit consume index.

volatile uint16_t txDescUsed

Transmit descriptor used number.

uint16_t txRingLen

Transmit ring length.

struct _enet_rx_bd_ring

#include <fsl_enet.h>

Defines the ENET receive buffer descriptor ring/queue structure.

Public Members

volatile enet_rx_bd_struct_t *rxBdBase

Buffer descriptor base address pointer.

uint16_t rxGenIdx

The current available receive buffer descriptor pointer.

uint16_t rxRingLen

Receive ring length.

struct _enet_handle

#include <fsl_enet.h>

Defines the ENET handler structure.

Public Members

enet_rx_bd_ring_t rxBdRing[1]

Receive buffer descriptor.

enet_tx_bd_ring_t txBdRing[1]

Transmit buffer descriptor.

uint16_t rxBuffSizeAlign[1]

Receive buffer size alignment.

uint16_t txBuffSizeAlign[1]

Transmit buffer size alignment.

bool rxMaintainEnable[1]

Receive buffer cache maintain.

bool txMaintainEnable[1]

Transmit buffer cache maintain.

uint8_t ringNum

Number of used rings.

enet_callback_t callback

Callback function.

void *userData

Callback function parameter.

enet_tx_dirty_ring_t txDirtyRing[1]

Ring to store tx frame information.

bool txReclaimEnable[1]

Tx reclaim enable flag.

enet_rx_alloc_callback_t rxBuffAlloc

Callback function to alloc memory for zero copy Rx.

enet_rx_free_callback_t rxBuffFree

Callback function to free memory for zero copy Rx.

uint8_t multicastCount[64]

Multicast collisions counter

struct _enet_buffer_struct

#include <fsl_enet.h>

Public Members

void *buffer

The buffer store the whole or partial frame.

uint16_t length

The byte length of this buffer.

struct _enet_rx_frame_attribute_struct

#include <fsl_enet.h>

Public Members

bool promiscuous

This frame is received because of promiscuous mode.

struct _enet_rx_frame_struct

#include <fsl_enet.h>

Public Members

enet_buffer_struct_t *rxBuffArray

Rx frame buffer structure.

uint16_t totLen

Rx frame total length.

enet_rx_frame_attribute_t rxAttribute

Rx frame attribute structure.

enet_rx_frame_error_t rxFrameError

Rx frame error.

struct _enet_tx_frame_struct

#include <fsl_enet.h>

Public Members

enet_buffer_struct_t *txBuffArray

Tx frame buffer structure.

uint32_t txBuffNum

Buffer number of this Tx frame.

void *context

Driver reclaims and gives it in Tx over callback, usually store network packet header.

EQOS-TSN: Ethernet QoS with TSN Driver

Enet_qos_qos

void ENET_QOS_GetDefaultConfig(enet_qos_config_t *config)

Gets the ENET default configuration structure.

The purpose of this API is to get the default ENET configure structure for ENET_QOS_Init(). User may use the initialized structure unchanged in ENET_QOS_Init(), or modify some fields of the structure before calling ENET_QOS_Init(). Example:

enet_qos_config_t config;
ENET_QOS_GetDefaultConfig(&config);

Parameters:

• config – The ENET mac controller configuration structure pointer.

status_t ENET_QOS_Up(ENET_QOS_Type *base, const enet_qos_config_t *config, uint8_t *macAddr, uint8_t macCount, uint32_t refclkSrc_Hz)

Initializes the ENET module.

This function initializes it with the ENET basic configuration.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• config – ENET mac configuration structure pointer. The “enet_qos_config_t” type mac configuration return from ENET_QOS_GetDefaultConfig can be used directly. It is also possible to verify the Mac configuration using other methods.

• macAddr – Pointer to ENET mac address array of Ethernet device. This MAC address should be provided.

• macCount – Count of macAddr in the ENET mac address array

• refclkSrc_Hz – ENET input reference clock.

status_t ENET_QOS_Init(ENET_QOS_Type *base, const enet_qos_config_t *config, uint8_t *macAddr, uint8_t macCount, uint32_t refclkSrc_Hz)

Initializes the ENET module.

This function ungates the module clock and initializes it with the ENET basic configuration.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• config – ENET mac configuration structure pointer. The “enet_qos_config_t” type mac configuration return from ENET_QOS_GetDefaultConfig can be used directly. It is also possible to verify the Mac configuration using other methods.

• macAddr – Pointer to ENET mac address array of Ethernet device. This MAC address should be provided.

• macCount – Count of macAddr in the ENET mac address array

• refclkSrc_Hz – ENET input reference clock.

void ENET_QOS_Down(ENET_QOS_Type *base)

Stops the ENET module.

This function disables the ENET module.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

void ENET_QOS_Deinit(ENET_QOS_Type *base)

Deinitializes the ENET module.

This function gates the module clock and disables the ENET module.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

uint32_t ENET_QOS_GetInstance(ENET_QOS_Type *base)

Get the ENET instance from peripheral base address.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

Returns:

ENET instance.

status_t ENET_QOS_DescriptorInit(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_config_t *config, enet_qos_buffer_config_t *bufferConfig)

Initialize for all ENET descriptors.

Note

This function is do all tx/rx descriptors initialization. Because this API read all interrupt registers first and then set the interrupt flag for all descriptors, if the interrupt register is set. so the descriptor initialization should be called after ENET_QOS_Init(), ENET_QOS_EnableInterrupts() and ENET_QOS_CreateHandle()(if transactional APIs are used).

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• config – The configuration for ENET.

• bufferConfig – All buffers configuration.

status_t ENET_QOS_RxBufferAllocAll(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_handle_t *handle)

Allocates Rx buffers for all BDs. It’s used for zero copy Rx. In zero copy Rx case, Rx buffers are dynamic. This function will populate initial buffers in all BDs for receiving. Then ENET_QOS_GetRxFrame() is used to get Rx frame with zero copy, it will allocate new buffer to replace the buffer in BD taken by application application should free those buffers after they’re used.

Note

This function should be called after ENET_QOS_CreateHandler() and buffer allocating callback function should be ready.

Parameters:

• base – ENET_QOS peripheral base address.

• handle – The ENET_QOS handler structure. This is the same handler pointer used in the ENET_QOS_Init.

void ENET_QOS_RxBufferFreeAll(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_handle_t *handle)

Frees Rx buffers in all BDs. It’s used for zero copy Rx. In zero copy Rx case, Rx buffers are dynamic. This function will free left buffers in all BDs.

Parameters:

• base – ENET_QOS peripheral base address.

• handle – The ENET_QOS handler structure. This is the same handler pointer used in the ENET_QOS_Init.

void ENET_QOS_StartRxTx(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t txRingNum, uint8_t rxRingNum)

Starts the ENET rx/tx. This function enable the tx/rx and starts the rx/tx DMA. This shall be set after ENET initialization and before starting to receive the data.

Note

This must be called after all the ENET initialization. And should be called when the ENET receive/transmit is required.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• rxRingNum – The number of the used rx rings. It shall not be larger than the ENET_QOS_RING_NUM_MAX(2). If the ringNum is set with 1, the ring 0 will be used.

• txRingNum – The number of the used tx rings. It shall not be larger than the ENET_QOS_RING_NUM_MAX(2). If the ringNum is set with 1, the ring 0 will be used.

status_t ENET_QOS_SetMII(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_mii_speed_t speed, enet_qos_mii_duplex_t duplex)

Sets the ENET MII speed and duplex.

This API is provided to dynamically change the speed and duplex for MAC.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• speed – The speed of the RMII mode.

• duplex – The duplex of the RMII mode.

Returns:

kStatus_Success The ENET MII speed and duplex has been set successfully.

Returns:

kStatus_InvalidArgument Could not set the desired ENET MII speed and duplex combination.

void ENET_QOS_SetSMI(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint32_t csrClock_Hz)

Sets the ENET SMI(serial management interface)- MII management interface.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• csrClock_Hz – CSR clock frequency in HZ

static inline bool ENET_QOS_IsSMIBusy(ENET_QOS_Type *base)

Checks if the SMI is busy.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

Returns:

The status of MII Busy status.

static inline uint16_t ENET_QOS_ReadSMIData(ENET_QOS_Type *base)

Reads data from the PHY register through SMI interface.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

Returns:

The data read from PHY

void ENET_QOS_StartSMIWrite(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t phyAddr, uint8_t regAddr, uint16_t data)

Sends the MDIO IEEE802.3 Clause 22 format write command. After send command, user needs to check whether the transmission is over with ENET_QOS_IsSMIBusy().

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• phyAddr – The PHY address.

• regAddr – The PHY register address.

• data – The data written to PHY.

void ENET_QOS_StartSMIRead(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t phyAddr, uint8_t regAddr)

Sends the MDIO IEEE802.3 Clause 22 format read command. After send command, user needs to check whether the transmission is over with ENET_QOS_IsSMIBusy().

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• phyAddr – The PHY address.

• regAddr – The PHY register address.

void ENET_QOS_StartExtC45SMIWrite(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t portAddr, uint8_t devAddr, uint16_t regAddr, uint16_t data)

Sends the MDIO IEEE802.3 Clause 45 format write command. After send command, user needs to check whether the transmission is over with ENET_QOS_IsSMIBusy().

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• portAddr – The MDIO port address(PHY address).

• devAddr – The device address.

• regAddr – The PHY register address.

• data – The data written to PHY.

void ENET_QOS_StartExtC45SMIRead(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t portAddr, uint8_t devAddr, uint16_t regAddr)

Sends the MDIO IEEE802.3 Clause 45 format read command. After send command, user needs to check whether the transmission is over with ENET_QOS_IsSMIBusy().

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• portAddr – The MDIO port address(PHY address).

• devAddr – The device address.

• regAddr – The PHY register address.

status_t ENET_QOS_MDIOWrite(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t phyAddr, uint8_t regAddr, uint16_t data)

MDIO write with IEEE802.3 MDIO Clause 22 format.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• phyAddr – The PHY address.

• regAddr – The PHY register.

• data – The data written to PHY.

Returns:

kStatus_Success MDIO access succeeds.

Returns:

kStatus_Timeout MDIO access timeout.

status_t ENET_QOS_MDIORead(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t phyAddr, uint8_t regAddr, uint16_t *pData)

MDIO read with IEEE802.3 MDIO Clause 22 format.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• phyAddr – The PHY address.

• regAddr – The PHY register.

• pData – The data read from PHY.

Returns:

kStatus_Success MDIO access succeeds.

Returns:

kStatus_Timeout MDIO access timeout.

status_t ENET_QOS_MDIOC45Write(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t portAddr, uint8_t devAddr, uint16_t regAddr, uint16_t data)

MDIO write with IEEE802.3 Clause 45 format.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• portAddr – The MDIO port address(PHY address).

• devAddr – The device address.

• regAddr – The PHY register address.

• data – The data written to PHY.

Returns:

kStatus_Success MDIO access succeeds.

Returns:

kStatus_Timeout MDIO access timeout.

status_t ENET_QOS_MDIOC45Read(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t portAddr, uint8_t devAddr, uint16_t regAddr, uint16_t *pData)

MDIO read with IEEE802.3 Clause 45 format.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• portAddr – The MDIO port address(PHY address).

• devAddr – The device address.

• regAddr – The PHY register address.

• pData – The data read from PHY.

Returns:

kStatus_Success MDIO access succeeds.

Returns:

kStatus_Timeout MDIO access timeout.

static inline void ENET_QOS_SetMacAddr(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t *macAddr, uint8_t index)

Sets the ENET module Mac address.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• macAddr – The six-byte Mac address pointer. The pointer is allocated by application and input into the API.

• index – Configure macAddr to MAC_ADDRESS[index] register.

void ENET_QOS_GetMacAddr(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t *macAddr, uint8_t index)

Gets the ENET module Mac address.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• macAddr – The six-byte Mac address pointer. The pointer is allocated by application and input into the API.

• index – Get macAddr from MAC_ADDRESS[index] register.

void ENET_QOS_AddMulticastGroup(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t *address)

Adds the ENET_QOS device to a multicast group.

Parameters:

• base – ENET_QOS peripheral base address.

• address – The six-byte multicast group address which is provided by application.

void ENET_QOS_LeaveMulticastGroup(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t *address)

Moves the ENET_QOS device from a multicast group.

Parameters:

• base – ENET_QOS peripheral base address.

• address – The six-byte multicast group address which is provided by application.

static inline void ENET_QOS_AcceptAllMulticast(ENET_QOS_Type *base)

Enable ENET device to accept all multicast frames.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

static inline void ENET_QOS_RejectAllMulticast(ENET_QOS_Type *base)

ENET device reject to accept all multicast frames.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

void ENET_QOS_EnterPowerDown(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint32_t *wakeFilter)

Set the MAC to enter into power down mode. the remote power wake up frame and magic frame can wake up the ENET from the power down mode.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• wakeFilter – The wakeFilter provided to configure the wake up frame filter. Set the wakeFilter to NULL is not required. But if you have the filter requirement, please make sure the wakeFilter pointer shall be eight continuous 32-bits configuration.

static inline void ENET_QOS_ExitPowerDown(ENET_QOS_Type *base)

Set the MAC to exit power down mode. Exit from the power down mode and recover to normal work mode.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

status_t ENET_QOS_EnableRxParser(ENET_QOS_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable/Disable Rx parser,please notice that for enable/disable Rx Parser, should better disable Receive first.

Parameters:

• base – ENET_QOS peripheral base address.

• enable – Enable/Disable Rx parser function

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Configure rx parser success.

• kStatus_ENET_QOS_Timeout – Poll status flag timeout.

void ENET_QOS_EnableInterrupts(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the ENET DMA and MAC interrupts.

This function enables the ENET interrupt according to the provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enet_qos_dma_interrupt_enable_t and enet_qos_mac_interrupt_enable_t. For example, to enable the dma and mac interrupt, do the following.

ENET_QOS_EnableInterrupts(ENET, kENET_QOS_DmaRx | kENET_QOS_DmaTx | kENET_QOS_MacPmt);

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• mask – ENET interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of both enumeration :: enet_qos_dma_interrupt_enable_t and enet_qos_mac_interrupt_enable_t.

void ENET_QOS_DisableInterrupts(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the ENET DMA and MAC interrupts.

This function disables the ENET interrupt according to the provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enet_qos_dma_interrupt_enable_t and enet_qos_mac_interrupt_enable_t. For example, to disable the dma and mac interrupt, do the following.

ENET_QOS_DisableInterrupts(ENET, kENET_QOS_DmaRx | kENET_QOS_DmaTx | kENET_QOS_MacPmt);

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• mask – ENET interrupts to disables. This is a logical OR of both enumeration :: enet_qos_dma_interrupt_enable_t and enet_qos_mac_interrupt_enable_t.

static inline uint32_t ENET_QOS_GetDmaInterruptStatus(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t channel)

Gets the ENET DMA interrupt status flag.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• channel – The DMA Channel. Shall not be larger than ENET_QOS_RING_NUM_MAX.

Returns:

The event status of the interrupt source. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration :: enet_qos_dma_interrupt_enable_t.

static inline void ENET_QOS_ClearDmaInterruptStatus(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Clear the ENET DMA interrupt status flag.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• channel – The DMA Channel. Shall not be larger than ENET_QOS_RING_NUM_MAX.

• mask – The interrupt status to be cleared. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration :: enet_qos_dma_interrupt_enable_t.

static inline uint32_t ENET_QOS_GetMacInterruptStatus(ENET_QOS_Type *base)

Gets the ENET MAC interrupt status flag.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

Returns:

The event status of the interrupt source. Use the enum in enet_qos_mac_interrupt_enable_t and right shift ENET_QOS_MACINT_ENUM_OFFSET to mask the returned value to get the exact interrupt status.

void ENET_QOS_ClearMacInterruptStatus(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the ENET mac interrupt events status flag.

This function clears enabled ENET interrupts according to the provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members. See the enet_qos_mac_interrupt_enable_t. For example, to clear the TX frame interrupt and RX frame interrupt, do the following.

ENET_QOS_ClearMacInterruptStatus(ENET, kENET_QOS_MacPmt);

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• mask – ENET interrupt source to be cleared. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration :: enet_qos_mac_interrupt_enable_t.

static inline bool ENET_QOS_IsTxDescriptorDmaOwn(enet_qos_tx_bd_struct_t *txDesc)

Get the tx descriptor DMA Own flag.

Parameters:

• txDesc – The given tx descriptor.

Return values:

True – the dma own tx descriptor, false application own tx descriptor.

void ENET_QOS_SetupTxDescriptor(enet_qos_tx_bd_struct_t *txDesc, void *buffer1, uint32_t bytes1, void *buffer2, uint32_t bytes2, uint32_t framelen, bool intEnable, bool tsEnable, enet_qos_desc_flag flag, uint8_t slotNum)

Setup a given tx descriptor. This function is a low level functional API to setup or prepare a given tx descriptor.

Note

This must be called after all the ENET initialization. And should be called when the ENET receive/transmit is required. Transmit buffers are ‘zero-copy’ buffers, so the buffer must remain in memory until the packet has been fully transmitted. The buffers should be free or requeued in the transmit interrupt irq handler.

Parameters:

• txDesc – The given tx descriptor.

• buffer1 – The first buffer address in the descriptor.

• bytes1 – The bytes in the fist buffer.

• buffer2 – The second buffer address in the descriptor.

• bytes2 – The bytes in the second buffer.

• framelen – The length of the frame to be transmitted.

• intEnable – Interrupt enable flag.

• tsEnable – The timestamp enable.

• flag – The flag of this tx descriptor, enet_qos_desc_flag .

• slotNum – The slot num used for AV only.

static inline void ENET_QOS_UpdateTxDescriptorTail(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t channel, uint32_t txDescTailAddrAlign)

Update the tx descriptor tail pointer. This function is a low level functional API to update the the tx descriptor tail. This is called after you setup a new tx descriptor to update the tail pointer to make the new descriptor accessible by DMA.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• channel – The tx DMA channel.

• txDescTailAddrAlign – The new tx tail pointer address.

static inline void ENET_QOS_UpdateRxDescriptorTail(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t channel, uint32_t rxDescTailAddrAlign)

Update the rx descriptor tail pointer. This function is a low level functional API to update the the rx descriptor tail. This is called after you setup a new rx descriptor to update the tail pointer to make the new descriptor accessible by DMA and to anouse the rx poll command for DMA.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• channel – The rx DMA channel.

• rxDescTailAddrAlign – The new rx tail pointer address.

static inline uint32_t ENET_QOS_GetRxDescriptor(enet_qos_rx_bd_struct_t *rxDesc)

Gets the context in the ENET rx descriptor. This function is a low level functional API to get the the status flag from a given rx descriptor.

Note

This must be called after all the ENET initialization. And should be called when the ENET receive/transmit is required.

Parameters:

• rxDesc – The given rx descriptor.

Return values:

The – RDES3 regions for write-back format rx buffer descriptor.

void ENET_QOS_UpdateRxDescriptor(enet_qos_rx_bd_struct_t *rxDesc, void *buffer1, void *buffer2, bool intEnable, bool doubleBuffEnable)

Updates the buffers and the own status for a given rx descriptor. This function is a low level functional API to Updates the buffers and the own status for a given rx descriptor.

Note

This must be called after all the ENET initialization. And should be called when the ENET receive/transmit is required.

Parameters:

• rxDesc – The given rx descriptor.

• buffer1 – The first buffer address in the descriptor.

• buffer2 – The second buffer address in the descriptor.

• intEnable – Interrupt enable flag.

• doubleBuffEnable – The double buffer enable flag.

status_t ENET_QOS_ConfigureRxParser(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_rxp_config_t *rxpConfig, uint16_t entryCount)

Configure flexible rx parser.

This function is used to configure the flexible rx parser table.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address..

• rxpConfig – The rx parser configuration pointer.

• entryCount – The rx parser entry count.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Configure rx parser success.

• kStatus_ENET_QOS_Timeout – Poll status flag timeout.

status_t ENET_QOS_ReadRxParser(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_rxp_config_t *rxpConfig, uint16_t entryIndex)

Read flexible rx parser configuration at specified index.

This function is used to read flexible rx parser configuration at specified index.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address..

• rxpConfig – The rx parser configuration pointer.

• entryIndex – The rx parser entry index to read, start from 0.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Configure rx parser success.

• kStatus_ENET_QOS_Timeout – Poll status flag timeout.

status_t ENET_QOS_EstProgramGcl(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_est_gcl_t *gcl, uint32_t ptpClk_Hz)

Program Gate Control List.

This function is used to program the Enhanced Scheduled Transmisson. (IEEE802.1Qbv)

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address..

• gcl – Pointer to the Gate Control List structure.

• ptpClk_Hz – frequency of the PTP clock.

status_t ENET_QOS_EstReadGcl(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_est_gcl_t *gcl, uint32_t listLen, bool hwList)

Read Gate Control List.

This function is used to read the Enhanced Scheduled Transmisson list. (IEEE802.1Qbv)

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address..

• gcl – Pointer to the Gate Control List structure.

• listLen – length of the provided opList array in gcl structure.

• hwList – Boolean if True read HW list, false read SW list.

static inline void ENET_QOS_FpeEnable(ENET_QOS_Type *base)

Enable Frame Preemption.

This function is used to enable frame preemption. (IEEE802.1Qbu)

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address..

static inline void ENET_QOS_FpeDisable(ENET_QOS_Type *base)

Disable Frame Preemption.

This function is used to disable frame preemption. (IEEE802.1Qbu)

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address..

static inline void ENET_QOS_FpeConfigPreemptable(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint8_t queueMask)

Configure preemptable transmit queues.

This function is used to configure the preemptable queues. (IEEE802.1Qbu)

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address..

• queueMask – bitmask representing queues to set in preemptable mode. The N-th bit represents the queue N.

void ENET_QOS_AVBConfigure(ENET_QOS_Type *base, const enet_qos_cbs_config_t *config, uint8_t queueIndex)

Sets the ENET AVB feature.

ENET_QOS AVB feature configuration, set transmit bandwidth. This API is called when the AVB feature is required.

Parameters:

• base – ENET_QOS peripheral base address.

• config – The ENET_QOS AVB feature configuration structure.

• queueIndex – ENET_QOS queue index.

void ENET_QOS_GetStatistics(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_transfer_stats_t *statistics)

Gets statistical data in transfer.

Parameters:

• base – ENET_QOS peripheral base address.

• statistics – The statistics structure pointer.

void ENET_QOS_CreateHandler(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_handle_t *handle, enet_qos_config_t *config, enet_qos_buffer_config_t *bufferConfig, enet_qos_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Create ENET Handler.

This is a transactional API and it’s provided to store all data which are needed during the whole transactional process. This API should not be used when you use functional APIs to do data tx/rx. This is function will store many data/flag for transactional use, so all configure API such as ENET_QOS_Init(), ENET_QOS_DescriptorInit(), ENET_QOS_EnableInterrupts() etc.

Note

as our transactional transmit API use the zero-copy transmit buffer. so there are two thing we emphasize here:

1. tx buffer free/requeue for application should be done in the tx interrupt handler. Please set callback: kENET_QOS_TxIntEvent with tx buffer free/requeue process APIs.

2. the tx interrupt is forced to open.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – ENET handler.

• config – ENET configuration.

• bufferConfig – ENET buffer configuration.

• callback – The callback function.

• userData – The application data.

status_t ENET_QOS_GetRxFrameSize(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_handle_t *handle, uint32_t *length, uint8_t channel)

Gets the size of the read frame. This function gets a received frame size from the ENET buffer descriptors.

Note

The FCS of the frame is automatically removed by MAC and the size is the length without the FCS. After calling ENET_QOS_GetRxFrameSize, ENET_QOS_ReadFrame() should be called to update the receive buffers If the result is not “kStatus_ENET_QOS_RxFrameEmpty”.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – The ENET handler structure. This is the same handler pointer used in the ENET_QOS_Init.

• length – The length of the valid frame received.

• channel – The DMAC channel for the rx.

Return values:

• kStatus_ENET_QOS_RxFrameEmpty – No frame received. Should not call ENET_QOS_ReadFrame to read frame.

• kStatus_ENET_QOS_RxFrameError – Data error happens. ENET_QOS_ReadFrame should be called with NULL data and NULL length to update the receive buffers.

• kStatus_Success – Receive a frame Successfully then the ENET_QOS_ReadFrame should be called with the right data buffer and the captured data length input.

status_t ENET_QOS_ReadFrame(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_handle_t *handle, uint8_t *data, uint32_t length, uint8_t channel, enet_qos_ptp_time_t *ts)

Reads a frame from the ENET device. This function reads a frame from the ENET DMA descriptors. The ENET_QOS_GetRxFrameSize should be used to get the size of the prepared data buffer. For example use rx dma channel 0:

uint32_t length;
enet_qos_handle_t g_handle;
status = ENET_QOS_GetRxFrameSize(&g_handle, &length, 0);
if (length != 0)
{
    uint8_t *data = memory allocate interface;
    if (!data)
    {
        ENET_QOS_ReadFrame(ENET, &g_handle, NULL, 0, 0);
    }
    else
    {
       status = ENET_QOS_ReadFrame(ENET, &g_handle, data, length, 0);
    }
}
else if (status == kStatus_ENET_QOS_RxFrameError)
{
    ENET_QOS_ReadFrame(ENET, &g_handle, NULL, 0, 0);
}

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – The ENET handler structure. This is the same handler pointer used in the ENET_QOS_Init.

• data – The data buffer provided by user to store the frame which memory size should be at least “length”.

• length – The size of the data buffer which is still the length of the received frame.

• channel – The rx DMA channel. shall not be larger than 2.

• ts – Pointer to the structure enet_qos_ptp_time_t to save frame timestamp.

Returns:

The execute status, successful or failure.

status_t ENET_QOS_SendFrame(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_handle_t *handle, uint8_t *data, uint32_t length, uint8_t channel, bool isNeedTs, void *context, enet_qos_tx_offload_t txOffloadOps)

Transmits an ENET frame.

Note

The CRC is automatically appended to the data. Input the data to send without the CRC.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – The ENET handler pointer. This is the same handler pointer used in the ENET_QOS_Init.

• data – The data buffer provided by user to be send.

• length – The length of the data to be send.

• channel – Channel to send the frame, same with queue index.

• isNeedTs – True to enable timestamp save for the frame

• context – pointer to user context to be kept in the tx dirty frame information.

• txOffloadOps – The Tx frame checksum offload option.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Send frame succeed.

• kStatus_ENET_QOS_TxFrameBusy – Transmit buffer descriptor is busy under transmission. The transmit busy happens when the data send rate is over the MAC capacity. The waiting mechanism is recommended to be added after each call return with kStatus_ENET_QOS_TxFrameBusy.

void ENET_QOS_ReclaimTxDescriptor(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_handle_t *handle, uint8_t channel)

Reclaim tx descriptors. This function is used to update the tx descriptor status and store the tx timestamp when the 1588 feature is enabled. This is called by the transmit interrupt IRQ handler after the complete of a frame transmission.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – The ENET handler pointer. This is the same handler pointer used in the ENET_QOS_Init.

• channel – The tx DMA channel.

void ENET_QOS_CommonIRQHandler(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_handle_t *handle)

The ENET IRQ handler.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – The ENET handler pointer.

void ENET_QOS_SetISRHandler(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_isr_t ISRHandler)

Set the second level IRQ handler, allow user to overwrite the default second level weak IRQ handler.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• ISRHandler – The handler to install.

status_t ENET_QOS_Ptp1588CorrectTimerInCoarse(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_systime_op operation, uint32_t second, uint32_t nanosecond)

Correct the ENET PTP 1588 timer in coarse method.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• operation – The system time operation, refer to “enet_qos_systime_op”

• second – The correction second.

• nanosecond – The correction nanosecond.

status_t ENET_QOS_Ptp1588CorrectTimerInFine(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint32_t addend)

Correct the ENET PTP 1588 timer in fine method.

Note

Should take refer to the chapter “System time correction” and see the description for the “fine correction method”.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• addend – The addend value to be set in the fine method

static inline uint32_t ENET_QOS_Ptp1588GetAddend(ENET_QOS_Type *base)

Get the ENET Time stamp current addend value.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

Returns:

The addend value.

void ENET_QOS_Ptp1588GetTimerNoIRQDisable(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint64_t *second, uint32_t *nanosecond)

Gets the current ENET time from the PTP 1588 timer without IRQ disable.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• second – The PTP 1588 system timer second.

• nanosecond – The PTP 1588 system timer nanosecond. For the unit of the nanosecond is 1ns. so the nanosecond is the real nanosecond.

static inline status_t ENET_Ptp1588PpsControl(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_ptp_pps_instance_t instance, enet_qos_ptp_pps_trgt_mode_t trgtMode, enet_qos_ptp_pps_cmd_t cmd)

Sets the ENET PTP 1588 PPS control. All channels operate in flexible PPS output mode.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• instance – The ENET QOS PTP PPS instance.

• trgtMode – The target time register mode.

• cmd – The target flexible PPS output control command.

status_t ENET_QOS_Ptp1588PpsSetTrgtTime(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_ptp_pps_instance_t instance, uint32_t seconds, uint32_t nanoseconds)

Sets the ENET OQS PTP 1588 PPS target time registers.

Parameters:

• base – ENET QOS peripheral base address.

• instance – The ENET QOS PTP PPS instance.

• seconds – The target seconds.

• nanoseconds – The target nanoseconds.

static inline void ENET_QOS_Ptp1588PpsSetWidth(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_ptp_pps_instance_t instance, uint32_t width)

Sets the ENET OQS PTP 1588 PPS output signal interval.

Parameters:

• base – ENET QOS peripheral base address.

• instance – The ENET QOS PTP PPS instance.

• width – Signal Width. It is stored in terms of number of units of sub-second increment value. The width value must be lesser than interval value.

static inline void ENET_QOS_Ptp1588PpsSetInterval(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_ptp_pps_instance_t instance, uint32_t interval)

Sets the ENET OQS PTP 1588 PPS output signal width.

Parameters:

• base – ENET QOS peripheral base address.

• instance – The ENET QOS PTP PPS instance.

• interval – Signal Interval. It is stored in terms of number of units of sub-second increment value.

void ENET_QOS_Ptp1588GetTimer(ENET_QOS_Type *base, uint64_t *second, uint32_t *nanosecond)

Gets the current ENET time from the PTP 1588 timer.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• second – The PTP 1588 system timer second.

• nanosecond – The PTP 1588 system timer nanosecond. For the unit of the nanosecond is 1ns.so the nanosecond is the real nanosecond.

void ENET_QOS_GetTxFrame(enet_qos_handle_t *handle, enet_qos_frame_info_t *txFrame, uint8_t channel)

Gets the time stamp of the transmit frame.

This function is used for PTP stack to get the timestamp captured by the ENET driver.

Parameters:

• handle – The ENET handler pointer.This is the same state pointer used in ENET_QOS_Init.

• txFrame – Input parameter, pointer to enet_qos_frame_info_t for saving read out frame information.

• channel – Channel for searching the tx frame.

status_t ENET_QOS_GetRxFrame(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_handle_t *handle, enet_qos_rx_frame_struct_t *rxFrame, uint8_t channel)

Receives one frame in specified BD ring with zero copy.

This function will use the user-defined allocate and free callback. Every time application gets one frame through this function, driver will allocate new buffers for the BDs whose buffers have been taken by application.

Note

This function will drop current frame and update related BDs as available for DMA if new buffers allocating fails. Application must provide a memory pool including at least BD number + 1 buffers(+2 if enable double buffer) to make this function work normally. If user calls this function in Rx interrupt handler, be careful that this function makes Rx BD ready with allocating new buffer(normal) or updating current BD(out of memory). If there’s always new Rx frame input, Rx interrupt will be triggered forever. Application need to disable Rx interrupt according to specific design in this case.

Parameters:

• base – ENET peripheral base address.

• handle – The ENET handler pointer. This is the same handler pointer used in the ENET_Init.

• rxFrame – The received frame information structure provided by user.

• channel – Channel for searching the rx frame.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed to get one frame and allocate new memory for Rx buffer.

• kStatus_ENET_QOS_RxFrameEmpty – There’s no Rx frame in the BD.

• kStatus_ENET_QOS_RxFrameError – There’s issue in this receiving.

• kStatus_ENET_QOS_RxFrameDrop – There’s no new buffer memory for BD, drop this frame.

FSL_ENET_QOS_DRIVER_VERSION

Defines the driver version.

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_RD_BUFF1VALID_MASK

Defines for read format.

Buffer1 address valid.

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_RD_BUFF2VALID_MASK

Buffer2 address valid.

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_RD_IOC_MASK

Interrupt enable on complete.

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_RD_OWN_MASK

Own bit.

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_ERR_MASK

Defines for write back format.

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_PYLOAD_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_PTPMSGTYPE_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_PTPTYPE_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_PTPVERSION_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_PTPTSA_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_PACKETLEN_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_ERRSUM_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_TYPE_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_DE_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_RE_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_OE_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_RWT_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_GP_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_CRC_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_RS0V_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_RS1V_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_RS2V_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_LD_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_FD_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_CTXT_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_OWN_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_SA_FAILURE_MASK

ENET_QOS_RXDESCRIP_WR_DA_FAILURE_MASK

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_BL1_MASK

Defines for read format.

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_BL2_MASK

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_BL1(n)

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_BL2(n)

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_TTSE_MASK

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_IOC_MASK

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_FL_MASK

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_FL(n)

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_CIC(n)

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_TSE_MASK

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_SLOT(n)

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_SAIC(n)

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_CPC(n)

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_LDFD(n)

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_LD_MASK

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_FD_MASK

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_CTXT_MASK

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_RD_OWN_MASK

ENET_QOS_TXDESCRIP_WB_TTSS_MASK

Defines for write back format.

ENET_QOS_ABNORM_INT_MASK

ENET_QOS_NORM_INT_MASK

ENET_QOS_RING_NUM_MAX

The Maximum number of tx/rx descriptor rings.

ENET_QOS_FRAME_MAX_FRAMELEN

Default maximum Ethernet frame size.

ENET_QOS_FCS_LEN

Ethernet FCS length.

ENET_QOS_ADDR_ALIGNMENT

Recommended Ethernet buffer alignment.

ENET_QOS_BUFF_ALIGNMENT

Receive buffer alignment shall be 4bytes-aligned.

ENET_QOS_MTL_RXFIFOSIZE

The rx fifo size.

ENET_QOS_MTL_TXFIFOSIZE

The tx fifo size.

ENET_QOS_MACINT_ENUM_OFFSET

The offest for mac interrupt in enum type.

ENET_QOS_RXP_ENTRY_COUNT

RXP table entry count, implied by FRPES in MAC_HW_FEATURE3

ENET_QOS_RXP_BUFFER_SIZE

RXP Buffer size, implied by FRPBS in MAC_HW_FEATURE3

ENET_QOS_EST_WID

Width of the time interval in Gate Control List

ENET_QOS_EST_DEP

Maxmimum depth of Gate Control List

Defines the status return codes for transaction.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_ENET_QOS_InitMemoryFail

Init fails since buffer memory is not enough.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_QOS_RxFrameError

A frame received but data error happen.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_QOS_RxFrameFail

Failed to receive a frame.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_QOS_RxFrameEmpty

No frame arrive.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_QOS_RxFrameDrop

Rx frame is dropped since no buffer memory.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_QOS_TxFrameBusy

Transmit descriptors are under process.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_QOS_TxFrameFail

Transmit frame fail.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_QOS_TxFrameOverLen

Transmit oversize.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_QOS_Est_SwListBusy

SW Gcl List not yet processed by HW.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_QOS_Est_SwListWriteAbort

SW Gcl List write aborted .

enumerator kStatus_ENET_QOS_Est_InvalidParameter

Invalid parameter in Gcl List .

enumerator kStatus_ENET_QOS_Est_BtrError

Base Time Error when loading list.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_QOS_TrgtBusy

Target time register busy.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_QOS_Timeout

Target time register busy.

enumerator kStatus_ENET_QOS_PpsBusy

Pps command busy.

enum _enet_qos_mii_mode

Defines the MII/RGMII mode for data interface between the MAC and the PHY.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_MiiMode

MII mode for data interface.

enumerator kENET_QOS_RgmiiMode

RGMII mode for data interface.

enumerator kENET_QOS_RmiiMode

RMII mode for data interface.

enum _enet_qos_mii_speed

Defines the 10/100/1000 Mbps speed for the MII data interface.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_MiiSpeed10M

Speed 10 Mbps.

enumerator kENET_QOS_MiiSpeed100M

Speed 100 Mbps.

enumerator kENET_QOS_MiiSpeed1000M

Speed 1000 Mbps.

enumerator kENET_QOS_MiiSpeed2500M

Speed 2500 Mbps.

enum _enet_qos_mii_duplex

Defines the half or full duplex for the MII data interface.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_MiiHalfDuplex

Half duplex mode.

enumerator kENET_QOS_MiiFullDuplex

Full duplex mode.

enum _enet_qos_mii_normal_opcode

Define the MII opcode for normal MDIO_CLAUSES_22 Frame.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_MiiWriteFrame

Write frame operation for a valid MII management frame.

enumerator kENET_QOS_MiiReadFrame

Read frame operation for a valid MII management frame.

enum _enet_qos_dma_burstlen

Define the DMA maximum transmit burst length.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_BurstLen1

DMA burst length 1.

enumerator kENET_QOS_BurstLen2

DMA burst length 2.

enumerator kENET_QOS_BurstLen4

DMA burst length 4.

enumerator kENET_QOS_BurstLen8

DMA burst length 8.

enumerator kENET_QOS_BurstLen16

DMA burst length 16.

enumerator kENET_QOS_BurstLen32

DMA burst length 32.

enumerator kENET_QOS_BurstLen64

DMA burst length 64. eight times enabled.

enumerator kENET_QOS_BurstLen128

DMA burst length 128. eight times enabled.

enumerator kENET_QOS_BurstLen256

DMA burst length 256. eight times enabled.

enum _enet_qos_desc_flag

Define the flag for the descriptor.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_MiddleFlag

It’s a middle descriptor of the frame.

enumerator kENET_QOS_LastFlagOnly

It’s the last descriptor of the frame.

enumerator kENET_QOS_FirstFlagOnly

It’s the first descriptor of the frame.

enumerator kENET_QOS_FirstLastFlag

It’s the first and last descriptor of the frame.

enum _enet_qos_systime_op

Define the system time adjust operation control.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_SystimeAdd

System time add to.

enumerator kENET_QOS_SystimeSubtract

System time subtract.

enum _enet_qos_ts_rollover_type

Define the system time rollover control.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_BinaryRollover

System time binary rollover.

enumerator kENET_QOS_DigitalRollover

System time digital rollover.

enum _enet_qos_special_config

Defines some special configuration for ENET.

These control flags are provided for special user requirements. Normally, these is no need to set this control flags for ENET initialization. But if you have some special requirements, set the flags to specialControl in the enet_qos_config_t.

Note

“kENET_QOS_StoreAndForward” is recommended to be set.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_DescDoubleBuffer

The double buffer is used in the tx/rx descriptor.

enumerator kENET_QOS_StoreAndForward

The rx/tx store and forward enable.

enumerator kENET_QOS_PromiscuousEnable

The promiscuous enabled.

enumerator kENET_QOS_FlowControlEnable

The flow control enabled.

enumerator kENET_QOS_BroadCastRxDisable

The broadcast disabled.

enumerator kENET_QOS_MulticastAllEnable

All multicast are passed.

enumerator kENET_QOS_8023AS2KPacket

8023as support for 2K packets.

enumerator kENET_QOS_HashMulticastEnable

The multicast packets are filtered through hash table.

enumerator kENET_QOS_RxChecksumOffloadEnable

The Rx checksum offload enabled.

enum _enet_qos_dma_interrupt_enable

List of DMA interrupts supported by the ENET interrupt. This enumeration uses one-bot encoding to allow a logical OR of multiple members.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_DmaTx

Tx interrupt.

enumerator kENET_QOS_DmaTxStop

Tx stop interrupt.

enumerator kENET_QOS_DmaTxBuffUnavail

Tx buffer unavailable.

enumerator kENET_QOS_DmaRx

Rx interrupt.

enumerator kENET_QOS_DmaRxBuffUnavail

Rx buffer unavailable.

enumerator kENET_QOS_DmaRxStop

Rx stop.

enumerator kENET_QOS_DmaRxWatchdogTimeout

Rx watchdog timeout.

enumerator kENET_QOS_DmaEarlyTx

Early transmit.

enumerator kENET_QOS_DmaEarlyRx

Early receive.

enumerator kENET_QOS_DmaBusErr

Fatal bus error.

enum _enet_qos_mac_interrupt_enable

List of mac interrupts supported by the ENET interrupt. This enumeration uses one-bot encoding to allow a logical OR of multiple members.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_MacPmt

enumerator kENET_QOS_MacTimestamp

enum _enet_qos_event

Defines the common interrupt event for callback use.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_RxIntEvent

Receive interrupt event.

enumerator kENET_QOS_TxIntEvent

Transmit interrupt event.

enumerator kENET_QOS_WakeUpIntEvent

Wake up interrupt event.

enumerator kENET_QOS_TimeStampIntEvent

Time stamp interrupt event.

enum _enet_qos_queue_mode

Define the MTL mode for multiple queues/rings.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_AVB_Mode

Enable queue in AVB mode.

enumerator kENET_QOS_DCB_Mode

Enable queue in DCB mode.

enum _enet_qos_mtl_multiqueue_txsche

Define the MTL tx scheduling algorithm for multiple queues/rings.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_txWeightRR

Tx weight round-robin.

enumerator kENET_QOS_txWeightFQ

Tx weight fair queuing.

enumerator kENET_QOS_txDefictWeightRR

Tx deficit weighted round-robin.

enumerator kENET_QOS_txStrPrio

Tx strict priority.

enum _enet_qos_mtl_multiqueue_rxsche

Define the MTL rx scheduling algorithm for multiple queues/rings.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_rxStrPrio

Rx strict priority, Queue 0 has the lowest priority.

enumerator kENET_QOS_rxWeightStrPrio

Weighted Strict Priority.

enum _enet_qos_mtl_rxqueuemap

Define the MTL rx queue and DMA channel mapping.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_StaticDirctMap

The received fame in rx Qn(n = 0,1) directly map to dma channel n.

enumerator kENET_QOS_DynamicMap

The received frame in rx Qn(n = 0,1) map to the dma channel m(m = 0,1) related with the same Mac.

enum _enet_qos_rx_queue_route

Defines the package type for receive queue routing.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_PacketNoQ

enumerator kENET_QOS_PacketAVCPQ

enumerator kENET_QOS_PacketPTPQ

enumerator kENET_QOS_PacketDCBCPQ

enumerator kENET_QOS_PacketUPQ

enumerator kENET_QOS_PacketMCBCQ

enum _enet_qos_ptp_event_type

Defines the ENET PTP message related constant.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpEventMsgType

PTP event message type.

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpSrcPortIdLen

PTP message sequence id length.

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpEventPort

PTP event port number.

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpGnrlPort

PTP general port number.

enum _enet_qos_ptp_pps_instance

Defines the PPS instance numbers.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpPpsIstance0

PPS instance 0.

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpPpsIstance1

PPS instance 1.

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpPpsIstance2

PPS instance 2.

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpPpsIstance3

PPS instance 3.

enum _enet_qos_ptp_pps_trgt_mode

Defines the Target Time register mode.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpPpsTrgtModeOnlyInt

Only interrupts.

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpPpsTrgtModeIntSt

Both interrupt and output signal.

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpPpsTrgtModeOnlySt

Only output signal.

enum _enet_qos_ptp_pps_cmd

Defines commands for ppscmd register.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpPpsCmdNC

No Command.

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpPpsCmdSSP

Start Single Pulse.

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpPpsCmdSPT

Start Pulse Train.

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpPpsCmdCS

Cancel Start.

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpPpsCmdSPTAT

Stop Pulse Train At Time.

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpPpsCmdSPTI

Stop Pulse Train Immediately.

enumerator kENET_QOS_PtpPpsCmdCSPT

Cancel Stop Pulse Train.

enum _enet_qos_ets_list_length

Defines the enmueration of ETS list length.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_Ets_List_64

List length of 64

enumerator kENET_QOS_Ets_List_128

List length of 128

enumerator kENET_QOS_Ets_List_256

List length of 256

enumerator kENET_QOS_Ets_List_512

List length of 512

enumerator kENET_QOS_Ets_List_1024

List length of 1024

enum _enet_qos_ets_gccr_addr

Defines the enmueration of ETS gate control address.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_Ets_btr_low

BTR Low

enumerator kENET_QOS_Ets_btr_high

BTR High

enumerator kENET_QOS_Ets_ctr_low

CTR Low

enumerator kENET_QOS_Ets_ctr_high

CTR High

enumerator kENET_QOS_Ets_ter

TER

enumerator kENET_QOS_Ets_llr

LLR

enum _enet_qos_rxp_dma_chn

Defines the enmueration of DMA channel used for rx parser entry.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_Rxp_DMAChn0

DMA Channel 0 used for RXP entry match

enumerator kENET_QOS_Rxp_DMAChn1

DMA Channel 1 used for RXP entry match

enumerator kENET_QOS_Rxp_DMAChn2

DMA Channel 2 used for RXP entry match

enumerator kENET_QOS_Rxp_DMAChn3

DMA Channel 3 used for RXP entry match

enumerator kENET_QOS_Rxp_DMAChn4

DMA Channel 4 used for RXP entry match

enum _enet_qos_tx_offload

Define the Tx checksum offload options.

Values:

enumerator kENET_QOS_TxOffloadDisable

Disable Tx checksum offload.

enumerator kENET_QOS_TxOffloadIPHeader

Enable IP header checksum calculation and insertion.

enumerator kENET_QOS_TxOffloadIPHeaderPlusPayload

Enable IP header and payload checksum calculation and insertion.

enumerator kENET_QOS_TxOffloadAll

Enable IP header, payload and pseudo header checksum calculation and insertion.

typedef enum _enet_qos_mii_mode enet_qos_mii_mode_t

Defines the MII/RGMII mode for data interface between the MAC and the PHY.

typedef enum _enet_qos_mii_speed enet_qos_mii_speed_t

Defines the 10/100/1000 Mbps speed for the MII data interface.

typedef enum _enet_qos_mii_duplex enet_qos_mii_duplex_t

Defines the half or full duplex for the MII data interface.

typedef enum _enet_qos_mii_normal_opcode enet_qos_mii_normal_opcode

Define the MII opcode for normal MDIO_CLAUSES_22 Frame.

typedef enum _enet_qos_dma_burstlen enet_qos_dma_burstlen

Define the DMA maximum transmit burst length.

typedef enum _enet_qos_desc_flag enet_qos_desc_flag

Define the flag for the descriptor.

typedef enum _enet_qos_systime_op enet_qos_systime_op

Define the system time adjust operation control.

typedef enum _enet_qos_ts_rollover_type enet_qos_ts_rollover_type

Define the system time rollover control.

typedef enum _enet_qos_special_config enet_qos_special_config_t

Defines some special configuration for ENET.

These control flags are provided for special user requirements. Normally, these is no need to set this control flags for ENET initialization. But if you have some special requirements, set the flags to specialControl in the enet_qos_config_t.

Note

“kENET_QOS_StoreAndForward” is recommended to be set.

typedef enum _enet_qos_dma_interrupt_enable enet_qos_dma_interrupt_enable_t

List of DMA interrupts supported by the ENET interrupt. This enumeration uses one-bot encoding to allow a logical OR of multiple members.

typedef enum _enet_qos_mac_interrupt_enable enet_qos_mac_interrupt_enable_t

List of mac interrupts supported by the ENET interrupt. This enumeration uses one-bot encoding to allow a logical OR of multiple members.

typedef enum _enet_qos_event enet_qos_event_t

Defines the common interrupt event for callback use.

typedef enum _enet_qos_queue_mode enet_qos_queue_mode_t

Define the MTL mode for multiple queues/rings.

typedef enum _enet_qos_mtl_multiqueue_txsche enet_qos_mtl_multiqueue_txsche

Define the MTL tx scheduling algorithm for multiple queues/rings.

typedef enum _enet_qos_mtl_multiqueue_rxsche enet_qos_mtl_multiqueue_rxsche

Define the MTL rx scheduling algorithm for multiple queues/rings.

typedef enum _enet_qos_mtl_rxqueuemap enet_qos_mtl_rxqueuemap_t

Define the MTL rx queue and DMA channel mapping.

typedef enum _enet_qos_rx_queue_route enet_qos_rx_queue_route_t

Defines the package type for receive queue routing.

typedef enum _enet_qos_ptp_event_type enet_qos_ptp_event_type_t

Defines the ENET PTP message related constant.

typedef enum _enet_qos_ptp_pps_instance enet_qos_ptp_pps_instance_t

Defines the PPS instance numbers.

typedef enum _enet_qos_ptp_pps_trgt_mode enet_qos_ptp_pps_trgt_mode_t

Defines the Target Time register mode.

typedef enum _enet_qos_ptp_pps_cmd enet_qos_ptp_pps_cmd_t

Defines commands for ppscmd register.

typedef enum _enet_qos_ets_list_length enet_qos_ets_list_length_t

Defines the enmueration of ETS list length.

typedef enum _enet_qos_ets_gccr_addr enet_qos_ets_gccr_addr_t

Defines the enmueration of ETS gate control address.

typedef enum _enet_qos_rxp_dma_chn enet_qos_rxp_dma_chn_t

Defines the enmueration of DMA channel used for rx parser entry.

typedef enum _enet_qos_tx_offload enet_qos_tx_offload_t

Define the Tx checksum offload options.

typedef struct _enet_qos_rx_bd_struct enet_qos_rx_bd_struct_t

Defines the receive descriptor structure has the read-format and write-back format structure. They both has the same size with different region definition. so we define the read-format region as the receive descriptor structure Use the read-format region mask bits in the descriptor initialization Use the write-back format region mask bits in the receive data process.

typedef struct _enet_qos_tx_bd_struct enet_qos_tx_bd_struct_t

Defines the transmit descriptor structure has the read-format and write-back format structure. They both has the same size with different region definition. so we define the read-format region as the transmit descriptor structure Use the read-format region mask bits in the descriptor initialization Use the write-back format region mask bits in the transmit data process.

typedef struct _enet_qos_tx_bd_config_struct enet_qos_tx_bd_config_struct_t

Defines the Tx BD configuration structure.

typedef struct _enet_qos_ptp_time enet_qos_ptp_time_t

Defines the ENET PTP time stamp structure.

typedef struct enet_qos_frame_info enet_qos_frame_info_t

Defines the frame info structure.

typedef struct _enet_qos_tx_dirty_ring enet_qos_tx_dirty_ring_t

Defines the ENET transmit dirty addresses ring/queue structure.

typedef struct _enet_qos_ptp_config enet_qos_ptp_config_t

Defines the ENET PTP configuration structure.

typedef struct _enet_qos_est_gate_op enet_qos_est_gate_op_t

Defines the EST gate operation structure.

typedef struct _enet_qos_est_gcl enet_qos_est_gcl_t

Defines the EST gate control list structure.

typedef struct _enet_qos_rxp_config enet_qos_rxp_config_t

Defines the ENET_QOS Rx parser configuration structure.

typedef struct _enet_qos_buffer_config enet_qos_buffer_config_t

Defines the buffer descriptor configure structure.

Note

1. The receive and transmit descriptor start address pointer and tail pointer must be word-aligned.

2. The recommended minimum tx/rx ring length is 4.

3. The tx/rx descriptor tail address shall be the address pointer to the address just after the end of the last last descriptor. because only the descriptors between the start address and the tail address will be used by DMA.

4. The descriptor address is the start address of all used contiguous memory. for example, the rxDescStartAddrAlign is the start address of rxRingLen contiguous descriptor memories for rx descriptor ring 0.

5. The “*rxBufferstartAddr” is the first element of rxRingLen (2*rxRingLen for double buffers) rx buffers. It means the *rxBufferStartAddr is the rx buffer for the first descriptor the *rxBufferStartAddr + 1 is the rx buffer for the second descriptor or the rx buffer for the second buffer in the first descriptor. so please make sure the rxBufferStartAddr is the address of a rxRingLen or 2*rxRingLen array.

typedef struct _enet_qos_cbs_config enet_qos_cbs_config_t

Defines the CBS configuration for queue.

typedef struct enet_qos_tx_queue_config enet_qos_queue_tx_config_t

Defines the queue configuration structure.

typedef struct enet_qos_rx_queue_config enet_qos_queue_rx_config_t

Defines the queue configuration structure.

typedef struct enet_qos_multiqueue_config enet_qos_multiqueue_config_t

Defines the configuration when multi-queue is used.

typedef void *(*enet_qos_rx_alloc_callback_t)(ENET_QOS_Type *base, void *userData, uint8_t channel)

Defines the Rx memory buffer alloc function pointer.

typedef void (*enet_qos_rx_free_callback_t)(ENET_QOS_Type *base, void *buffer, void *userData, uint8_t channel)

Defines the Rx memory buffer free function pointer.

typedef struct _enet_qos_config enet_qos_config_t

Defines the basic configuration structure for the ENET device.

Note

Default the signal queue is used so the “*multiqueueCfg” is set default with NULL. Set the pointer with a valid configuration pointer if the multiple queues are required. If multiple queue is enabled, please make sure the buffer configuration for all are prepared also.

typedef struct _enet_qos_handle enet_qos_handle_t

typedef void (*enet_qos_callback_t)(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_handle_t *handle, enet_qos_event_t event, uint8_t channel, void *userData)

ENET callback function.

typedef struct _enet_qos_tx_bd_ring enet_qos_tx_bd_ring_t

Defines the ENET transmit buffer descriptor ring/queue structure.

typedef struct _enet_qos_rx_bd_ring enet_qos_rx_bd_ring_t

Defines the ENET receive buffer descriptor ring/queue structure.

typedef struct _enet_qos_state enet_qos_state_t

Defines the ENET state structure.

Note

The structure contains saved state for the instance. It could be stored in enet_qos_handle_t, but that’s used only with the transactional API.

typedef struct _enet_qos_buffer_struct enet_qos_buffer_struct_t

Defines the frame buffer structure.

typedef struct _enet_qos_rx_frame_error enet_qos_rx_frame_error_t

Defines the Rx frame error structure.

typedef struct _enet_qos_rx_frame_attribute_struct enet_qos_rx_frame_attribute_t

typedef struct _enet_qos_rx_frame_struct enet_qos_rx_frame_struct_t

Defines the Rx frame data structure.

typedef struct _enet_qos_transfer_stats enet_qos_transfer_stats_t

Defines the ENET QOS transfer statistics structure.

typedef void (*enet_qos_isr_t)(ENET_QOS_Type *base, enet_qos_handle_t *handle)

const clock_ip_name_t s_enetqosClock[]

Pointers to enet clocks for each instance.

void ENET_QOS_SetSYSControl(enet_qos_mii_mode_t miiMode)

Set ENET system configuration.

Note

User needs to provide the implementation because the implementation is SoC specific. This function set the phy selection and enable clock. It should be called before any other ethernet operation.

Parameters:

• miiMode – The MII/RGMII/RMII mode for interface between the phy and Ethernet.

void ENET_QOS_EnableClock(bool enable)

Enable/Disable ENET qos clock.

Note

User needs to provide the implementation because the implementation is SoC specific. This function should be called before config RMII mode.

struct _enet_qos_rx_bd_struct

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the receive descriptor structure has the read-format and write-back format structure. They both has the same size with different region definition. so we define the read-format region as the receive descriptor structure Use the read-format region mask bits in the descriptor initialization Use the write-back format region mask bits in the receive data process.

Public Members

__IO uint32_t buff1Addr

Buffer 1 address

__IO uint32_t reserved

Reserved

__IO uint32_t buff2Addr

Buffer 2 or next descriptor address

__IO uint32_t control

Buffer 1/2 byte counts and control

struct _enet_qos_tx_bd_struct

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the transmit descriptor structure has the read-format and write-back format structure. They both has the same size with different region definition. so we define the read-format region as the transmit descriptor structure Use the read-format region mask bits in the descriptor initialization Use the write-back format region mask bits in the transmit data process.

Public Members

__IO uint32_t buff1Addr

Buffer 1 address

__IO uint32_t buff2Addr

Buffer 2 address

__IO uint32_t buffLen

Buffer 1/2 byte counts

__IO uint32_t controlStat

TDES control and status word

struct _enet_qos_tx_bd_config_struct

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the Tx BD configuration structure.

Public Members

void *buffer1

The first buffer address in the descriptor.

uint32_t bytes1

The bytes in the fist buffer.

void *buffer2

The second buffer address in the descriptor.

uint32_t bytes2

The bytes in the second buffer.

uint32_t framelen

The length of the frame to be transmitted.

bool intEnable

Interrupt enable flag.

bool tsEnable

The timestamp enable.

enet_qos_tx_offload_t txOffloadOps

The Tx checksum offload option.

enet_qos_desc_flag flag

The flag of this tx desciriptor, see “enet_qos_desc_flag”.

struct _enet_qos_ptp_time

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the ENET PTP time stamp structure.

Public Members

uint64_t second

Second.

uint32_t nanosecond

Nanosecond.

struct enet_qos_frame_info

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the frame info structure.

Public Members

void *context

User specified data, could be buffer address for free

bool isTsAvail

Flag indicates timestamp available status

enet_qos_ptp_time_t timeStamp

Timestamp of frame

struct _enet_qos_tx_dirty_ring

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the ENET transmit dirty addresses ring/queue structure.

Public Members

enet_qos_frame_info_t *txDirtyBase

Dirty buffer descriptor base address pointer.

uint16_t txGenIdx

tx generate index.

uint16_t txConsumIdx

tx consume index.

uint16_t txRingLen

tx ring length.

bool isFull

tx ring is full flag, add this parameter to avoid waste one element.

struct _enet_qos_ptp_config

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the ENET PTP configuration structure.

Public Members

bool fineUpdateEnable

Use the fine update.

uint32_t defaultAddend

Default addend value when fine update is enable, could be 2^32 / (refClk_Hz / ENET_QOS_MICRSECS_ONESECOND / ENET_QOS_SYSTIME_REQUIRED_CLK_MHZ).

bool ptp1588V2Enable

The desired system time frequency. Must be lower than reference clock. (Only used with fine correction method). ptp 1588 version 2 is used.

enet_qos_ts_rollover_type tsRollover

1588 time nanosecond rollover.

struct _enet_qos_est_gate_op

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the EST gate operation structure.

struct _enet_qos_est_gcl

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the EST gate control list structure.

Public Members

bool enable

Enable or disable EST

uint64_t cycleTime

Base Time 32 bits seconds 32 bits nanoseconds

uint32_t extTime

Cycle Time 32 bits seconds 32 bits nanoseconds

uint32_t numEntries

Time Extension 32 bits seconds 32 bits nanoseconds

enet_qos_est_gate_op_t *opList

Number of entries

struct _enet_qos_rxp_config

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the ENET_QOS Rx parser configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t matchEnable

4-byte match data used for comparing with incoming packet

uint8_t acceptFrame

When matchEnable is set to 1, the matchData is used for comparing

uint8_t rejectFrame

When acceptFrame = 1 and data is matched, the frame will be sent to DMA channel

uint8_t inverseMatch

When rejectFrame = 1 and data is matched, the frame will be dropped

uint8_t nextControl

Inverse match

uint8_t reserved

Next instruction indexing control

uint8_t frameOffset

Reserved control fields

uint8_t okIndex

Frame offset in the packet data to be compared for match, in terms of 4 bytes.

uint8_t dmaChannel

Memory Index to be used next.

uint32_t reserved2

The DMA channel enet_qos_rxp_dma_chn_t used for receiving the frame when frame match and acceptFrame = 1

struct _enet_qos_buffer_config

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the buffer descriptor configure structure.

Note

1. The receive and transmit descriptor start address pointer and tail pointer must be word-aligned.

2. The recommended minimum tx/rx ring length is 4.

3. The tx/rx descriptor tail address shall be the address pointer to the address just after the end of the last last descriptor. because only the descriptors between the start address and the tail address will be used by DMA.

4. The descriptor address is the start address of all used contiguous memory. for example, the rxDescStartAddrAlign is the start address of rxRingLen contiguous descriptor memories for rx descriptor ring 0.

5. The “*rxBufferstartAddr” is the first element of rxRingLen (2*rxRingLen for double buffers) rx buffers. It means the *rxBufferStartAddr is the rx buffer for the first descriptor the *rxBufferStartAddr + 1 is the rx buffer for the second descriptor or the rx buffer for the second buffer in the first descriptor. so please make sure the rxBufferStartAddr is the address of a rxRingLen or 2*rxRingLen array.

Public Members

uint8_t rxRingLen

The length of receive buffer descriptor ring.

uint8_t txRingLen

The length of transmit buffer descriptor ring.

enet_qos_tx_bd_struct_t *txDescStartAddrAlign

Aligned transmit descriptor start address.

enet_qos_tx_bd_struct_t *txDescTailAddrAlign

Aligned transmit descriptor tail address.

enet_qos_frame_info_t *txDirtyStartAddr

Start address of the dirty tx frame information.

enet_qos_rx_bd_struct_t *rxDescStartAddrAlign

Aligned receive descriptor start address.

enet_qos_rx_bd_struct_t *rxDescTailAddrAlign

Aligned receive descriptor tail address.

uint32_t *rxBufferStartAddr

Start address of the rx buffers.

uint32_t rxBuffSizeAlign

Aligned receive data buffer size.

bool rxBuffNeedMaintain

Whether receive data buffer need cache maintain.

struct _enet_qos_cbs_config

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the CBS configuration for queue.

Public Members

uint16_t sendSlope

Send slope configuration.

uint16_t idleSlope

Idle slope configuration.

uint32_t highCredit

High credit.

uint32_t lowCredit

Low credit.

struct enet_qos_tx_queue_config

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the queue configuration structure.

Public Members

enet_qos_queue_mode_t mode

tx queue mode configuration.

uint32_t weight

Refer to the MTL TxQ Quantum Weight register.

uint32_t priority

Refer to Transmit Queue Priority Mapping register.

enet_qos_cbs_config_t *cbsConfig

CBS configuration if queue use AVB mode.

struct enet_qos_rx_queue_config

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the queue configuration structure.

Public Members

enet_qos_queue_mode_t mode

rx queue mode configuration.

uint8_t mapChannel

tx queue map dma channel.

uint32_t priority

Rx queue priority.

enet_qos_rx_queue_route_t packetRoute

Receive packet routing.

struct enet_qos_multiqueue_config

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the configuration when multi-queue is used.

Public Members

enet_qos_dma_burstlen burstLen

Burst len for the multi-queue.

uint8_t txQueueUse

Used Tx queue count.

enet_qos_mtl_multiqueue_txsche mtltxSche

Transmit schedule for multi-queue.

enet_qos_queue_tx_config_t txQueueConfig[(5U)]

Tx Queue configuration.

uint8_t rxQueueUse

Used Rx queue count.

enet_qos_mtl_multiqueue_rxsche mtlrxSche

Receive schedule for multi-queue.

enet_qos_queue_rx_config_t rxQueueConfig[(5U)]

Rx Queue configuration.

struct _enet_qos_config

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the basic configuration structure for the ENET device.

Note

Default the signal queue is used so the “*multiqueueCfg” is set default with NULL. Set the pointer with a valid configuration pointer if the multiple queues are required. If multiple queue is enabled, please make sure the buffer configuration for all are prepared also.

Public Members

uint16_t specialControl

The logic or of enet_qos_special_config_t

enet_qos_multiqueue_config_t *multiqueueCfg

Use multi-queue.

enet_qos_mii_mode_t miiMode

MII mode.

enet_qos_mii_speed_t miiSpeed

MII Speed.

enet_qos_mii_duplex_t miiDuplex

MII duplex.

uint16_t pauseDuration

Used in the tx flow control frame, only valid when kENET_QOS_FlowControlEnable is set.

enet_qos_ptp_config_t *ptpConfig

PTP 1588 feature configuration

uint32_t csrClock_Hz

CSR clock frequency in HZ.

enet_qos_rx_alloc_callback_t rxBuffAlloc

Callback to alloc memory, must be provided for zero-copy Rx.

enet_qos_rx_free_callback_t rxBuffFree

Callback to free memory, must be provided for zero-copy Rx.

struct _enet_qos_tx_bd_ring

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the ENET transmit buffer descriptor ring/queue structure.

Public Members

enet_qos_tx_bd_struct_t *txBdBase

Buffer descriptor base address pointer.

uint16_t txGenIdx

tx generate index.

uint16_t txConsumIdx

tx consume index.

volatile uint16_t txDescUsed

tx descriptor used number.

uint16_t txRingLen

tx ring length.

struct _enet_qos_rx_bd_ring

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the ENET receive buffer descriptor ring/queue structure.

Public Members

enet_qos_rx_bd_struct_t *rxBdBase

Buffer descriptor base address pointer.

uint16_t rxGenIdx

The current available receive buffer descriptor pointer.

uint16_t rxRingLen

Receive ring length.

uint32_t rxBuffSizeAlign

Receive buffer size.

struct _enet_qos_handle

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the ENET handler structure.

Public Members

uint8_t txQueueUse

Used tx queue count.

uint8_t rxQueueUse

Used rx queue count.

bool doubleBuffEnable

The double buffer is used in the descriptor.

bool rxintEnable

Rx interrupt enabled.

bool rxMaintainEnable[(5U)]

Rx buffer cache maintain enabled.

enet_qos_rx_bd_ring_t rxBdRing[(5U)]

Receive buffer descriptor.

enet_qos_tx_bd_ring_t txBdRing[(5U)]

Transmit buffer descriptor.

enet_qos_tx_dirty_ring_t txDirtyRing[(5U)]

Transmit dirty buffers addresses.

uint32_t *rxBufferStartAddr[(5U)]

Rx buffer start address for reInitialize.

enet_qos_callback_t callback

Callback function.

void *userData

Callback function parameter.

uint8_t multicastCount[64]

Multicast collisions counter

enet_qos_rx_alloc_callback_t rxBuffAlloc

Callback to alloc memory, must be provided for zero-copy Rx.

enet_qos_rx_free_callback_t rxBuffFree

Callback to free memory, must be provided for zero-copy Rx.

struct _enet_qos_state

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the ENET state structure.

Note

The structure contains saved state for the instance. It could be stored in enet_qos_handle_t, but that’s used only with the transactional API.

Public Members

enet_qos_mii_mode_t miiMode

MII mode.

struct _enet_qos_buffer_struct

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the frame buffer structure.

Public Members

void *buffer

The buffer store the whole or partial frame.

uint16_t length

The byte length of this buffer.

struct _enet_qos_rx_frame_error

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the Rx frame error structure.

Public Members

bool rxDstAddrFilterErr

Destination Address Filter Fail.

bool rxSrcAddrFilterErr

SA Address Filter Fail.

bool rxDribbleErr

Dribble error.

bool rxReceiveErr

Receive error.

bool rxOverFlowErr

Receive over flow.

bool rxWatchDogErr

Watch dog timeout.

bool rxGaintPacketErr

Receive gaint packet.

bool rxCrcErr

Receive CRC error.

struct _enet_qos_rx_frame_attribute_struct

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Public Members

bool isTsAvail

Rx frame timestamp is available or not.

enet_qos_ptp_time_t timestamp

The nanosecond part timestamp of this Rx frame.

struct _enet_qos_rx_frame_struct

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the Rx frame data structure.

Public Members

enet_qos_buffer_struct_t *rxBuffArray

Rx frame buffer structure.

uint16_t totLen

Rx frame total length.

enet_qos_rx_frame_attribute_t rxAttribute

Rx frame attribute structure.

enet_qos_rx_frame_error_t rxFrameError

Rx frame error.

struct _enet_qos_transfer_stats

#include <fsl_enet_qos.h>

Defines the ENET QOS transfer statistics structure.

Public Members

uint32_t statsRxFrameCount

Rx frame number.

uint32_t statsRxCrcErr

Rx frame number with CRC error.

uint32_t statsRxAlignErr

Rx frame number with alignment error.

uint32_t statsRxLengthErr

Rx frame length field doesn’t equal to packet size.

uint32_t statsRxFifoOverflowErr

Rx FIFO overflow count.

uint32_t statsTxFrameCount

Tx frame number.

uint32_t statsTxFifoUnderRunErr

Tx FIFO underrun count.

FGPIO Driver

FlexCAN: Flex Controller Area Network Driver

FlexCAN Driver

void FLEXCAN_EnterFreezeMode(CAN_Type *base)

Enter FlexCAN Freeze Mode.

This function makes the FlexCAN work under Freeze Mode.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

void FLEXCAN_ExitFreezeMode(CAN_Type *base)

Exit FlexCAN Freeze Mode.

This function makes the FlexCAN leave Freeze Mode.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

uint32_t FLEXCAN_GetInstance(CAN_Type *base)

Get the FlexCAN instance from peripheral base address.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

Returns:

FlexCAN instance.

bool FLEXCAN_CalculateImprovedTimingValues(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t bitRate, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz, flexcan_timing_config_t *pTimingConfig)

Calculates the improved timing values by specific bit Rates for classical CAN.

This function use to calculates the Classical CAN timing values according to the given bit rate. The Calculated timing values will be set in CTRL1/CBT/ENCBT register. The calculation is based on the recommendation of the CiA 301 v4.2.0 and previous version document.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• bitRate – The classical CAN speed in bps defined by user, should be less than or equal to 1Mbps.

• sourceClock_Hz – The Source clock frequency in Hz.

• pTimingConfig – Pointer to the FlexCAN timing configuration structure.

Returns:

TRUE if timing configuration found, FALSE if failed to find configuration.

void FLEXCAN_Init(CAN_Type *base, const flexcan_config_t *pConfig, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz)

Initializes a FlexCAN instance.

This function initializes the FlexCAN module with user-defined settings. This example shows how to set up the flexcan_config_t parameters and how to call the FLEXCAN_Init function by passing in these parameters.

flexcan_config_t flexcanConfig;
flexcanConfig.clkSrc               = kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc0;
flexcanConfig.bitRate              = 1000000U;
flexcanConfig.maxMbNum             = 16;
flexcanConfig.enableLoopBack       = false;
flexcanConfig.enableSelfWakeup     = false;
flexcanConfig.enableIndividMask    = false;
flexcanConfig.enableDoze           = false;
flexcanConfig.disableSelfReception = false;
flexcanConfig.enableListenOnlyMode = false;
flexcanConfig.timingConfig         = timingConfig;
FLEXCAN_Init(CAN0, &flexcanConfig, 40000000UL);

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• pConfig – Pointer to the user-defined configuration structure.

• sourceClock_Hz – FlexCAN Protocol Engine clock source frequency in Hz.

void FLEXCAN_Deinit(CAN_Type *base)

De-initializes a FlexCAN instance.

This function disables the FlexCAN module clock and sets all register values to the reset value.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

void FLEXCAN_GetDefaultConfig(flexcan_config_t *pConfig)

Gets the default configuration structure.

This function initializes the FlexCAN configuration structure to default values. The default values are as follows. flexcanConfig->clkSrc = kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc0; flexcanConfig->bitRate = 1000000U; flexcanConfig->bitRateFD = 2000000U; flexcanConfig->maxMbNum = 16; flexcanConfig->enableLoopBack = false; flexcanConfig->enableSelfWakeup = false; flexcanConfig->enableIndividMask = false; flexcanConfig->disableSelfReception = false; flexcanConfig->enableListenOnlyMode = false; flexcanConfig->enableDoze = false; flexcanConfig->enablePretendedeNetworking = false; flexcanConfig->enableMemoryErrorControl = true; flexcanConfig->enableNonCorrectableErrorEnterFreeze = true; flexcanConfig->enableTransceiverDelayMeasure = true; flexcanConfig->enableRemoteRequestFrameStored = true; flexcanConfig->payloadEndianness = kFLEXCAN_bigEndian; flexcanConfig.timingConfig = timingConfig;

Parameters:

• pConfig – Pointer to the FlexCAN configuration structure.

void FLEXCAN_SetTimingConfig(CAN_Type *base, const flexcan_timing_config_t *pConfig)

Sets the FlexCAN classical CAN protocol timing characteristic.

This function gives user settings to classical CAN or CAN FD nominal phase timing characteristic. The function is for an experienced user. For less experienced users, call the FLEXCAN_SetBitRate() instead.

Note

Calling FLEXCAN_SetTimingConfig() overrides the bit rate set in FLEXCAN_Init() or FLEXCAN_SetBitRate().

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• pConfig – Pointer to the timing configuration structure.

status_t FLEXCAN_SetBitRate(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz, uint32_t bitRate_Bps)

Set bit rate of FlexCAN classical CAN frame or CAN FD frame nominal phase.

This function set the bit rate of classical CAN frame or CAN FD frame nominal phase base on FLEXCAN_CalculateImprovedTimingValues() API calculated timing values.

Note

Calling FLEXCAN_SetBitRate() overrides the bit rate set in FLEXCAN_Init().

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• sourceClock_Hz – Source Clock in Hz.

• bitRate_Bps – Bit rate in Bps.

Returns:

kStatus_Success - Set CAN baud rate (only Nominal phase) successfully.

void FLEXCAN_SetRxMbGlobalMask(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the FlexCAN receive message buffer global mask.

This function sets the global mask for the FlexCAN message buffer in a matching process. The configuration is only effective when the Rx individual mask is disabled in the FLEXCAN_Init().

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• mask – Rx Message Buffer Global Mask value.

void FLEXCAN_SetRxFifoGlobalMask(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the FlexCAN receive FIFO global mask.

This function sets the global mask for FlexCAN FIFO in a matching process.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• mask – Rx Fifo Global Mask value.

void FLEXCAN_SetRxIndividualMask(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t maskIdx, uint32_t mask)

Sets the FlexCAN receive individual mask.

This function sets the individual mask for the FlexCAN matching process. The configuration is only effective when the Rx individual mask is enabled in the FLEXCAN_Init(). If the Rx FIFO is disabled, the individual mask is applied to the corresponding Message Buffer. If the Rx FIFO is enabled, the individual mask for Rx FIFO occupied Message Buffer is applied to the Rx Filter with the same index. Note that only the first 32 individual masks can be used as the Rx FIFO filter mask.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• maskIdx – The Index of individual Mask.

• mask – Rx Individual Mask value.

void FLEXCAN_SetTxMbConfig(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, bool enable)

Configures a FlexCAN transmit message buffer.

This function aborts the previous transmission, cleans the Message Buffer, and configures it as a Transmit Message Buffer.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• mbIdx – The Message Buffer index.

• enable – Enable/disable Tx Message Buffer.

  • true: Enable Tx Message Buffer.

  • false: Disable Tx Message Buffer.

void FLEXCAN_SetRxMbConfig(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, const flexcan_rx_mb_config_t *pRxMbConfig, bool enable)

Configures a FlexCAN Receive Message Buffer.

This function cleans a FlexCAN build-in Message Buffer and configures it as a Receive Message Buffer. User should invoke this API when CTRL2[RRS]=1. When CTRL2[RRS]=1, frame’s ID is compared to the IDs of the receive mailboxes with the CODE field configured as kFLEXCAN_RxMbEmpty, kFLEXCAN_RxMbFull or kFLEXCAN_RxMbOverrun. Message buffer will store the remote frame in the same fashion of a data frame. No automatic remote response frame will be generated. User need to setup another message buffer to respond remote request.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• mbIdx – The Message Buffer index.

• pRxMbConfig – Pointer to the FlexCAN Message Buffer configuration structure.

• enable – Enable/disable Rx Message Buffer.

  • true: Enable Rx Message Buffer.

  • false: Disable Rx Message Buffer.

void FLEXCAN_SetRemoteResponseMbConfig(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, const flexcan_frame_t *pFrame)

Configures a FlexCAN Remote Response Message Buffer.

User should invoke this API when CTRL2[RRS]=0. When CTRL2[RRS]=0, frame’s ID is compared to the IDs of the receive mailboxes with the CODE field configured as kFLEXCAN_RxMbRanswer. If there is a matching ID, then this mailbox content will be transmitted as response. The received remote request frame is not stored in receive buffer. It is only used to trigger a transmission of a frame in response.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• mbIdx – The Message Buffer index.

• pFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame structure for response.

void FLEXCAN_SetRxFifoConfig(CAN_Type *base, const flexcan_rx_fifo_config_t *pRxFifoConfig, bool enable)

Configures the FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO.

This function configures the FlexCAN Rx FIFO with given configuration.

Note

Legacy Rx FIFO only can receive classic CAN message.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• pRxFifoConfig – Pointer to the FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO configuration structure. Can be NULL when enable parameter is false.

• enable – Enable/disable Legacy Rx FIFO.

  • true: Enable Legacy Rx FIFO.

  • false: Disable Legacy Rx FIFO.

static inline uint32_t FLEXCAN_GetStatusFlags(CAN_Type *base)

Gets the FlexCAN module interrupt flags.

This function gets all FlexCAN status flags. The flags are returned as the logical OR value of the enumerators _flexcan_flags. To check the specific status, compare the return value with enumerators in _flexcan_flags.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

Returns:

FlexCAN status flags which are ORed by the enumerators in the _flexcan_flags.

static inline void FLEXCAN_ClearStatusFlags(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears status flags with the provided mask.

This function clears the FlexCAN status flags with a provided mask. An automatically cleared flag can’t be cleared by this function.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• mask – The status flags to be cleared, it is logical OR value of _flexcan_flags.

static inline void FLEXCAN_GetBusErrCount(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t *txErrBuf, uint8_t *rxErrBuf)

Gets the FlexCAN Bus Error Counter value.

This function gets the FlexCAN Bus Error Counter value for both Tx and Rx direction. These values may be needed in the upper layer error handling.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• txErrBuf – Buffer to store Tx Error Counter value.

• rxErrBuf – Buffer to store Rx Error Counter value.

static inline uint32_t FLEXCAN_GetMbStatusFlags(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Gets the FlexCAN Message Buffer interrupt flags.

This function gets the interrupt flags of a given Message Buffers.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• mask – The ORed FlexCAN Message Buffer mask.

Returns:

The status of given Message Buffers.

static inline void FLEXCAN_ClearMbStatusFlags(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the FlexCAN Message Buffer interrupt flags.

This function clears the interrupt flags of a given Message Buffers.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• mask – The ORed FlexCAN Message Buffer mask.

static inline void FLEXCAN_EnableInterrupts(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables FlexCAN interrupts according to the provided mask.

This function enables the FlexCAN interrupts according to the provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members, see _flexcan_interrupt_enable.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• mask – The interrupts to enable. Logical OR of _flexcan_interrupt_enable.

static inline void FLEXCAN_DisableInterrupts(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables FlexCAN interrupts according to the provided mask.

This function disables the FlexCAN interrupts according to the provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members, see _flexcan_interrupt_enable.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• mask – The interrupts to disable. Logical OR of _flexcan_interrupt_enable.

static inline void FLEXCAN_EnableMbInterrupts(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables FlexCAN Message Buffer interrupts.

This function enables the interrupts of given Message Buffers.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• mask – The ORed FlexCAN Message Buffer mask.

static inline void FLEXCAN_DisableMbInterrupts(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables FlexCAN Message Buffer interrupts.

This function disables the interrupts of given Message Buffers.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• mask – The ORed FlexCAN Message Buffer mask.

static inline void FLEXCAN_Enable(CAN_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the FlexCAN module operation.

This function enables or disables the FlexCAN module.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN base pointer.

• enable – true to enable, false to disable.

status_t FLEXCAN_WriteTxMb(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, const flexcan_frame_t *pTxFrame)

Writes a FlexCAN Message to the Transmit Message Buffer.

This function writes a CAN Message to the specified Transmit Message Buffer and changes the Message Buffer state to start CAN Message transmit. After that the function returns immediately.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• mbIdx – The FlexCAN Message Buffer index.

• pTxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame to be sent.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – - Write Tx Message Buffer Successfully.

• kStatus_Fail – - Tx Message Buffer is currently in use.

status_t FLEXCAN_ReadRxMb(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, flexcan_frame_t *pRxFrame)

Reads a FlexCAN Message from Receive Message Buffer.

This function reads a CAN message from a specified Receive Message Buffer. The function fills a receive CAN message frame structure with just received data and activates the Message Buffer again. The function returns immediately.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• mbIdx – The FlexCAN Message Buffer index.

• pRxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame structure for reception.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – - Rx Message Buffer is full and has been read successfully.

• kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxOverflow – - Rx Message Buffer is already overflowed and has been read successfully.

• kStatus_Fail – - Rx Message Buffer is empty.

status_t FLEXCAN_ReadRxFifo(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_frame_t *pRxFrame)

Reads a FlexCAN Message from Legacy Rx FIFO.

This function reads a CAN message from the FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• pRxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame structure for reception.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – - Read Message from Rx FIFO successfully.

• kStatus_Fail – - Rx FIFO is not enabled.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferSendBlocking(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, flexcan_frame_t *pTxFrame)

Performs a polling send transaction on the CAN bus.

Note

A transfer handle does not need to be created before calling this API.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base pointer.

• mbIdx – The FlexCAN Message Buffer index.

• pTxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame to be sent.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – - Write Tx Message Buffer Successfully.

• kStatus_Fail – - Tx Message Buffer is currently in use.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveBlocking(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, flexcan_frame_t *pRxFrame)

Performs a polling receive transaction on the CAN bus.

Note

A transfer handle does not need to be created before calling this API.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base pointer.

• mbIdx – The FlexCAN Message Buffer index.

• pRxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame structure for reception.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – - Rx Message Buffer is full and has been read successfully.

• kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxOverflow – - Rx Message Buffer is already overflowed and has been read successfully.

• kStatus_Fail – - Rx Message Buffer is empty.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveFifoBlocking(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_frame_t *pRxFrame)

Performs a polling receive transaction from Legacy Rx FIFO on the CAN bus.

Note

A transfer handle does not need to be created before calling this API.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base pointer.

• pRxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame structure for reception.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – - Read Message from Rx FIFO successfully.

• kStatus_Fail – - Rx FIFO is not enabled.

void FLEXCAN_TransferCreateHandle(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, flexcan_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexCAN handle.

This function initializes the FlexCAN handle, which can be used for other FlexCAN transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified FlexCAN instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.

• callback – The callback function.

• userData – The parameter of the callback function.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferSendNonBlocking(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, flexcan_mb_transfer_t *pMbXfer)

Sends a message using IRQ.

This function sends a message using IRQ. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When messages have been sent out, the send callback function is called.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.

• pMbXfer – FlexCAN Message Buffer transfer structure. See the flexcan_mb_transfer_t.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Start Tx Message Buffer sending process successfully.

• kStatus_Fail – Write Tx Message Buffer failed.

• kStatus_FLEXCAN_TxBusy – Tx Message Buffer is in use.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, flexcan_mb_transfer_t *pMbXfer)

Receives a message using IRQ.

This function receives a message using IRQ. This is non-blocking function, which returns right away. When the message has been received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.

• pMbXfer – FlexCAN Message Buffer transfer structure. See the flexcan_mb_transfer_t.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – - Start Rx Message Buffer receiving process successfully.

• kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxBusy – - Rx Message Buffer is in use.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveFifoNonBlocking(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, flexcan_fifo_transfer_t *pFifoXfer)

Receives a message from Rx FIFO using IRQ.

This function receives a message using IRQ. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all messages have been received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.

• pFifoXfer – FlexCAN Rx FIFO transfer structure. See the flexcan_fifo_transfer_t.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – - Start Rx FIFO receiving process successfully.

• kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoBusy – - Rx FIFO is currently in use.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferGetReceiveFifoCount(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the Legacy Rx Fifo transfer status during a interrupt non-blocking receive.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.

• count – Number of CAN messages receive so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.

• kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

uint32_t FLEXCAN_GetTimeStamp(flexcan_handle_t *handle, uint8_t mbIdx)

Gets the detail index of Mailbox’s Timestamp by handle.

Then function can only be used when calling non-blocking Data transfer (TX/RX) API, After TX/RX data transfer done (User can get the status by handler’s callback function), we can get the detail index of Mailbox’s timestamp by handle, Detail non-blocking data transfer API (TX/RX) contain. -FLEXCAN_TransferSendNonBlocking -FLEXCAN_TransferFDSendNonBlocking -FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveNonBlocking -FLEXCAN_TransferFDReceiveNonBlocking -FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveFifoNonBlocking

Parameters:

• handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.

• mbIdx – The FlexCAN Message Buffer index.

Return values:

the – index of mailbox ‘s timestamp stored in the handle.

void FLEXCAN_TransferAbortSend(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, uint8_t mbIdx)

Aborts the interrupt driven message send process.

This function aborts the interrupt driven message send process.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.

• mbIdx – The FlexCAN Message Buffer index.

void FLEXCAN_TransferAbortReceive(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, uint8_t mbIdx)

Aborts the interrupt driven message receive process.

This function aborts the interrupt driven message receive process.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.

• mbIdx – The FlexCAN Message Buffer index.

void FLEXCAN_TransferAbortReceiveFifo(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the interrupt driven message receive from Rx FIFO process.

This function aborts the interrupt driven message receive from Rx FIFO process.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.

void FLEXCAN_TransferHandleIRQ(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle)

FlexCAN IRQ handle function.

This function handles the FlexCAN Error, the Message Buffer, and the Rx FIFO IRQ request.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.

FSL_FLEXCAN_DRIVER_VERSION

FlexCAN driver version.

FlexCAN transfer status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_TxBusy

Tx Message Buffer is Busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_TxIdle

Tx Message Buffer is Idle.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_TxSwitchToRx

Remote Message is send out and Message buffer changed to Receive one.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxBusy

Rx Message Buffer is Busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxIdle

Rx Message Buffer is Idle.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxOverflow

Rx Message Buffer is Overflowed.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoBusy

Rx Message FIFO is Busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoIdle

Rx Message FIFO is Idle.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoOverflow

Rx Message FIFO is overflowed.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoWarning

Rx Message FIFO is almost overflowed.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoDisabled

Rx Message FIFO is disabled during reading.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_ErrorStatus

FlexCAN Module Error and Status.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_WakeUp

FlexCAN is waken up from STOP mode.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_UnHandled

UnHadled Interrupt asserted.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxRemote

Rx Remote Message Received in Mail box.

enum _flexcan_frame_format

FlexCAN frame format.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FrameFormatStandard

Standard frame format attribute.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FrameFormatExtend

Extend frame format attribute.

enum _flexcan_frame_type

FlexCAN frame type.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FrameTypeData

Data frame type attribute.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FrameTypeRemote

Remote frame type attribute.

enum _flexcan_clock_source

FlexCAN clock source.

Deprecated:

Do not use the kFLEXCAN_ClkSrcOs. It has been superceded kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc0

Do not use the kFLEXCAN_ClkSrcPeri. It has been superceded kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc1

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ClkSrcOsc

FlexCAN Protocol Engine clock from Oscillator.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ClkSrcPeri

FlexCAN Protocol Engine clock from Peripheral Clock.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc0

FlexCAN Protocol Engine clock selected by user as SRC == 0.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc1

FlexCAN Protocol Engine clock selected by user as SRC == 1.

enum _flexcan_wake_up_source

FlexCAN wake up source.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_WakeupSrcUnfiltered

FlexCAN uses unfiltered Rx input to detect edge.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_WakeupSrcFiltered

FlexCAN uses filtered Rx input to detect edge.

enum _flexcan_rx_fifo_filter_type

FlexCAN Rx Fifo Filter type.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoFilterTypeA

One full ID (standard and extended) per ID Filter element.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoFilterTypeB

Two full standard IDs or two partial 14-bit ID slices per ID Filter Table element.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoFilterTypeC

Four partial 8-bit Standard or extended ID slices per ID Filter Table element.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoFilterTypeD

All frames rejected.

enum _flexcan_rx_fifo_priority

FlexCAN Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO priority.

The matching process starts from the Rx MB(or Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO) with higher priority. If no MB(or Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO filter) is satisfied, the matching process goes on with the Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO(or Rx MB) with lower priority.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoPrioLow

Matching process start from Rx Message Buffer first.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoPrioHigh

Matching process start from Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO first.

enum _flexcan_interrupt_enable

FlexCAN interrupt enable enumerations.

This provides constants for the FlexCAN interrupt enable enumerations for use in the FlexCAN functions.

Note

FlexCAN Message Buffers and Legacy Rx FIFO interrupts not included in.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_BusOffInterruptEnable

Bus Off interrupt, use bit 15.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ErrorInterruptEnable

CAN Error interrupt, use bit 14.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_TxWarningInterruptEnable

Tx Warning interrupt, use bit 11.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxWarningInterruptEnable

Rx Warning interrupt, use bit 10.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_WakeUpInterruptEnable

Self Wake Up interrupt, use bit 26.

enum _flexcan_flags

FlexCAN status flags.

This provides constants for the FlexCAN status flags for use in the FlexCAN functions.

Note

The CPU read action clears the bits corresponding to the FlEXCAN_ErrorFlag macro, therefore user need to read status flags and distinguish which error is occur using _flexcan_error_flags enumerations.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_SynchFlag

CAN Synchronization Status.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_TxWarningIntFlag

Tx Warning Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxWarningIntFlag

Rx Warning Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_IdleFlag

FlexCAN In IDLE Status.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FaultConfinementFlag

FlexCAN Fault Confinement State.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_TransmittingFlag

FlexCAN In Transmission Status.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ReceivingFlag

FlexCAN In Reception Status.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_BusOffIntFlag

Bus Off Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ErrorIntFlag

CAN Error Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_WakeUpIntFlag

Self Wake-Up Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ErrorFlag

enum _flexcan_error_flags

FlexCAN error status flags.

The FlexCAN Error Status enumerations is used to report current error of the FlexCAN bus. This enumerations should be used with KFLEXCAN_ErrorFlag in _flexcan_flags enumerations to ditermine which error is generated.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_TxErrorWarningFlag

Tx Error Warning Status.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxErrorWarningFlag

Rx Error Warning Status.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_StuffingError

Stuffing Error.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FormError

Form Error.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_CrcError

Cyclic Redundancy Check Error.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_AckError

Received no ACK on transmission.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_Bit0Error

Unable to send dominant bit.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_Bit1Error

Unable to send recessive bit.

FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO status flags.

The FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO Status enumerations are used to determine the status of the Rx FIFO. Because Rx FIFO occupy the MB0 ~ MB7 (Rx Fifo filter also occupies more Message Buffer space), Rx FIFO status flags are mapped to the corresponding Message Buffer status flags.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoOverflowFlag

Rx FIFO overflow flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoWarningFlag

Rx FIFO almost full flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoFrameAvlFlag

Frames available in Rx FIFO flag.

typedef enum _flexcan_frame_format flexcan_frame_format_t

FlexCAN frame format.

typedef enum _flexcan_frame_type flexcan_frame_type_t

FlexCAN frame type.

typedef enum _flexcan_clock_source flexcan_clock_source_t

FlexCAN clock source.

Deprecated:

Do not use the kFLEXCAN_ClkSrcOs. It has been superceded kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc0

Do not use the kFLEXCAN_ClkSrcPeri. It has been superceded kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc1

typedef enum _flexcan_wake_up_source flexcan_wake_up_source_t

FlexCAN wake up source.

typedef enum _flexcan_rx_fifo_filter_type flexcan_rx_fifo_filter_type_t

FlexCAN Rx Fifo Filter type.

typedef enum _flexcan_rx_fifo_priority flexcan_rx_fifo_priority_t

FlexCAN Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO priority.

The matching process starts from the Rx MB(or Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO) with higher priority. If no MB(or Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO filter) is satisfied, the matching process goes on with the Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO(or Rx MB) with lower priority.

typedef struct _flexcan_frame flexcan_frame_t

FlexCAN message frame structure.

typedef struct _flexcan_timing_config flexcan_timing_config_t

FlexCAN protocol timing characteristic configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexcan_config flexcan_config_t

FlexCAN module configuration structure.

Deprecated:

Do not use the baudRate. It has been superceded bitRate

Do not use the baudRateFD. It has been superceded bitRateFD

typedef struct _flexcan_rx_mb_config flexcan_rx_mb_config_t

FlexCAN Receive Message Buffer configuration structure.

This structure is used as the parameter of FLEXCAN_SetRxMbConfig() function. The FLEXCAN_SetRxMbConfig() function is used to configure FlexCAN Receive Message Buffer. The function abort previous receiving process, clean the Message Buffer and activate the Rx Message Buffer using given Message Buffer setting.

typedef struct _flexcan_rx_fifo_config flexcan_rx_fifo_config_t

FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexcan_mb_transfer flexcan_mb_transfer_t

FlexCAN Message Buffer transfer.

typedef struct _flexcan_fifo_transfer flexcan_fifo_transfer_t

FlexCAN Rx FIFO transfer.

typedef struct _flexcan_handle flexcan_handle_t

FlexCAN handle structure definition.

typedef void (*flexcan_transfer_callback_t)(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, status_t status, uint32_t result, void *userData)

FLEXCAN_WAIT_TIMEOUT

FLEXCAN_ID_STD(id)

FlexCAN frame length helper macro.

FlexCAN Frame ID helper macro. Standard Frame ID helper macro.

FLEXCAN_ID_EXT(id)

Extend Frame ID helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_MB_STD_MASK(id, rtr, ide)

FlexCAN Rx Message Buffer Mask helper macro.

Standard Rx Message Buffer Mask helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_MB_EXT_MASK(id, rtr, ide)

Extend Rx Message Buffer Mask helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_MASK_TYPE_A(id, rtr, ide)

FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO Mask helper macro.

Standard Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type A helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_MASK_TYPE_B_HIGH(id, rtr, ide)

Standard Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type B upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_MASK_TYPE_B_LOW(id, rtr, ide)

Standard Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type B lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_MASK_TYPE_C_HIGH(id)

Standard Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type C upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_MASK_TYPE_C_MID_HIGH(id)

Standard Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type C mid-upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_MASK_TYPE_C_MID_LOW(id)

Standard Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type C mid-lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_MASK_TYPE_C_LOW(id)

Standard Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type C lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_MASK_TYPE_A(id, rtr, ide)

Extend Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type A helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_MASK_TYPE_B_HIGH(id, rtr, ide)

Extend Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type B upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_MASK_TYPE_B_LOW(id, rtr, ide)

Extend Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type B lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_MASK_TYPE_C_HIGH(id)

Extend Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type C upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_MASK_TYPE_C_MID_HIGH(id)

Extend Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type C mid-upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_MASK_TYPE_C_MID_LOW(id)

Extend Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type C mid-lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_MASK_TYPE_C_LOW(id)

Extend Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type C lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_FILTER_TYPE_A(id, rtr, ide)

FlexCAN Rx FIFO Filter helper macro.

Standard Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type A helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_FILTER_TYPE_B_HIGH(id, rtr, ide)

Standard Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type B upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_FILTER_TYPE_B_LOW(id, rtr, ide)

Standard Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type B lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_FILTER_TYPE_C_HIGH(id)

Standard Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type C upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_FILTER_TYPE_C_MID_HIGH(id)

Standard Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type C mid-upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_FILTER_TYPE_C_MID_LOW(id)

Standard Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type C mid-lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_FILTER_TYPE_C_LOW(id)

Standard Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type C lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_FILTER_TYPE_A(id, rtr, ide)

Extend Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type A helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_FILTER_TYPE_B_HIGH(id, rtr, ide)

Extend Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type B upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_FILTER_TYPE_B_LOW(id, rtr, ide)

Extend Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type B lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_FILTER_TYPE_C_HIGH(id)

Extend Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type C upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_FILTER_TYPE_C_MID_HIGH(id)

Extend Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type C mid-upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_FILTER_TYPE_C_MID_LOW(id)

Extend Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type C mid-lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_FILTER_TYPE_C_LOW(id)

Extend Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type C lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_ERROR_AND_STATUS_INIT_FLAG

FlexCAN interrupt/status flag helper macro.

FLEXCAN_WAKE_UP_FLAG

FLEXCAN_MEMORY_ERROR_INIT_FLAG

FLEXCAN_MEMORY_ENHANCED_RX_FIFO_INIT_FLAG

FlexCAN Enhanced Rx FIFO base address helper macro.

FLEXCAN_CALLBACK(x)

FlexCAN transfer callback function.

The FlexCAN transfer callback returns a value from the underlying layer. If the status equals to kStatus_FLEXCAN_ErrorStatus, the result parameter is the Content of FlexCAN status register which can be used to get the working status(or error status) of FlexCAN module. If the status equals to other FlexCAN Message Buffer transfer status, the result is the index of Message Buffer that generate transfer event. If the status equals to other FlexCAN Message Buffer transfer status, the result is meaningless and should be Ignored.

struct _flexcan_frame

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN message frame structure.

struct _flexcan_timing_config

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN protocol timing characteristic configuration structure.

Public Members

uint16_t preDivider

Classic CAN or CAN FD nominal phase bit rate prescaler.

uint8_t rJumpwidth

Classic CAN or CAN FD nominal phase Re-sync Jump Width.

uint8_t phaseSeg1

Classic CAN or CAN FD nominal phase Segment 1.

uint8_t phaseSeg2

Classic CAN or CAN FD nominal phase Segment 2.

uint8_t propSeg

Classic CAN or CAN FD nominal phase Propagation Segment.

struct _flexcan_config

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN module configuration structure.

Deprecated:

Do not use the baudRate. It has been superceded bitRate

Do not use the baudRateFD. It has been superceded bitRateFD

Public Members

flexcan_clock_source_t clkSrc

Clock source for FlexCAN Protocol Engine.

flexcan_wake_up_source_t wakeupSrc

Wake up source selection.

uint8_t maxMbNum

The maximum number of Message Buffers used by user.

bool enableLoopBack

Enable or Disable Loop Back Self Test Mode.

bool enableTimerSync

Enable or Disable Timer Synchronization.

bool enableSelfWakeup

Enable or Disable Self Wakeup Mode.

bool enableIndividMask

Enable or Disable Rx Individual Mask and Queue feature.

bool disableSelfReception

Enable or Disable Self Reflection.

bool enableListenOnlyMode

Enable or Disable Listen Only Mode.

bool enableSupervisorMode

Enable or Disable Supervisor Mode, enable this mode will make registers allow only Supervisor access.

bool enableRemoteRequestFrameStored

true: Store Remote Request Frame in the same fashion of data frame. false: Generate an automatic Remote Response Frame.

struct _flexcan_rx_mb_config

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN Receive Message Buffer configuration structure.

This structure is used as the parameter of FLEXCAN_SetRxMbConfig() function. The FLEXCAN_SetRxMbConfig() function is used to configure FlexCAN Receive Message Buffer. The function abort previous receiving process, clean the Message Buffer and activate the Rx Message Buffer using given Message Buffer setting.

Public Members

uint32_t id

CAN Message Buffer Frame Identifier, should be set using FLEXCAN_ID_EXT() or FLEXCAN_ID_STD() macro.

flexcan_frame_format_t format

CAN Frame Identifier format(Standard of Extend).

flexcan_frame_type_t type

CAN Frame Type(Data or Remote).

struct _flexcan_rx_fifo_config

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t *idFilterTable

Pointer to the FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO identifier filter table.

uint8_t idFilterNum

The FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO Filter elements quantity.

flexcan_rx_fifo_filter_type_t idFilterType

The FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO Filter type.

flexcan_rx_fifo_priority_t priority

The FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO receive priority.

struct _flexcan_mb_transfer

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN Message Buffer transfer.

Public Members

flexcan_frame_t *frame

The buffer of CAN Message to be transfer.

uint8_t mbIdx

The index of Message buffer used to transfer Message.

struct _flexcan_fifo_transfer

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN Rx FIFO transfer.

Public Members

flexcan_frame_t *frame

The buffer of CAN Message to be received from Legacy Rx FIFO.

size_t frameNum

Number of CAN Message need to be received from Legacy or Ehanced Rx FIFO.

struct _flexcan_handle

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN handle structure.

Public Members

flexcan_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback function.

void *userData

FlexCAN callback function parameter.

flexcan_frame_t *volatile mbFrameBuf[CAN_WORD1_COUNT]

The buffer for received CAN data from Message Buffers.

flexcan_frame_t *volatile rxFifoFrameBuf

The buffer for received CAN data from Legacy Rx FIFO.

size_t rxFifoFrameNum

The number of CAN messages remaining to be received from Legacy or Ehanced Rx FIFO.

size_t rxFifoTransferTotalNum

Total CAN Message number need to be received from Legacy or Ehanced Rx FIFO.

volatile uint8_t mbState[CAN_WORD1_COUNT]

Message Buffer transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxFifoState

Rx FIFO transfer state.

volatile uint32_t timestamp[CAN_WORD1_COUNT]

Mailbox transfer timestamp.

struct __unnamed16__

Public Members

uint32_t timestamp

FlexCAN internal Free-Running Counter Time Stamp.

uint32_t length

CAN frame data length in bytes (Range: 0~8).

uint32_t type

CAN Frame Type(DATA or REMOTE).

uint32_t format

CAN Frame Identifier(STD or EXT format).

uint32_t __pad0__

Reserved.

uint32_t idhit

CAN Rx FIFO filter hit id(This value is only used in Rx FIFO receive mode).

struct __unnamed18__

Public Members

uint32_t id

CAN Frame Identifier, should be set using FLEXCAN_ID_EXT() or FLEXCAN_ID_STD() macro.

uint32_t __pad0__

Reserved.

union __unnamed20__

Public Members

struct _flexcan_frame

struct _flexcan_frame

struct __unnamed22__

Public Members

uint32_t dataWord0

CAN Frame payload word0.

uint32_t dataWord1

CAN Frame payload word1.

struct __unnamed24__

Public Members

uint8_t dataByte3

CAN Frame payload byte3.

uint8_t dataByte2

CAN Frame payload byte2.

uint8_t dataByte1

CAN Frame payload byte1.

uint8_t dataByte0

CAN Frame payload byte0.

uint8_t dataByte7

CAN Frame payload byte7.

uint8_t dataByte6

CAN Frame payload byte6.

uint8_t dataByte5

CAN Frame payload byte5.

uint8_t dataByte4

CAN Frame payload byte4.

union __unnamed26__

Public Members

struct _flexcan_config

struct _flexcan_config

struct __unnamed28__

Public Members

uint32_t baudRate

FlexCAN bit rate in bps, for classical CAN or CANFD nominal phase.

struct __unnamed30__

Public Members

uint32_t bitRate

FlexCAN bit rate in bps, for classical CAN or CANFD nominal phase.

FlexCAN eDMA Driver

void FLEXCAN_TransferCreateHandleEDMA(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_edma_handle_t *handle, flexcan_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *rxFifoEdmaHandle)

Initializes the FlexCAN handle, which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to flexcan_edma_handle_t structure.

• callback – The callback function.

• userData – The parameter of the callback function.

• rxFifoEdmaHandle – User-requested DMA handle for Rx FIFO DMA transfer.

void FLEXCAN_PrepareTransfConfiguration(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_fifo_transfer_t *pFifoXfer, edma_transfer_config_t *pEdmaConfig)

Prepares the eDMA transfer configuration for FLEXCAN Legacy RX FIFO.

This function prepares the eDMA transfer configuration structure according to FLEXCAN Legacy RX FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• pFifoXfer – FlexCAN Rx FIFO EDMA transfer structure, see flexcan_fifo_transfer_t.

• pEdmaConfig – The user configuration structure of type edma_transfer_t.

status_t FLEXCAN_StartTransferDatafromRxFIFO(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_edma_handle_t *handle, edma_transfer_config_t *pEdmaConfig)

Start Transfer Data from the FLEXCAN Legacy Rx FIFO using eDMA.

This function to Update edma transfer confiugration and Start eDMA transfer

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to flexcan_edma_handle_t structure.

• pEdmaConfig – The user configuration structure of type edma_transfer_t.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – if succeed, others failed.

• kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoBusy – Previous transfer ongoing.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveFifoEDMA(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_edma_handle_t *handle, flexcan_fifo_transfer_t *pFifoXfer)

Receives the CAN Message from the Legacy Rx FIFO using eDMA.

This function receives the CAN Message using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. After the CAN Message is received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to flexcan_edma_handle_t structure.

• pFifoXfer – FlexCAN Rx FIFO EDMA transfer structure, see flexcan_fifo_transfer_t.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – if succeed, others failed.

• kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoBusy – Previous transfer ongoing.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferGetReceiveFifoCountEMDA(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the Legacy Rx Fifo transfer status during a interrupt non-blocking receive.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.

• count – Number of CAN messages receive so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.

• kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXCAN_TransferAbortReceiveFifoEDMA(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the receive Legacy/Enhanced Rx FIFO process which used eDMA.

This function aborts the receive Legacy/Enhanced Rx FIFO process which used eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to flexcan_edma_handle_t structure.

FSL_FLEXCAN_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION

FlexCAN EDMA driver version.

typedef struct _flexcan_edma_handle flexcan_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*flexcan_edma_transfer_callback_t)(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

FlexCAN transfer callback function.

struct _flexcan_edma_handle

#include <fsl_flexcan_edma.h>

FlexCAN eDMA handle.

Public Members

flexcan_edma_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback function.

void *userData

FlexCAN callback function parameter.

edma_handle_t *rxFifoEdmaHandle

The EDMA handler for Rx FIFO.

volatile uint8_t rxFifoState

Rx FIFO transfer state.

size_t frameNum

The number of messages that need to be received.

FlexIO: FlexIO Driver

FlexIO Driver

void FLEXIO_GetDefaultConfig(flexio_config_t *userConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO module. The configuration can used directly to call the FLEXIO_Configure().

Example:

flexio_config_t config;
FLEXIO_GetDefaultConfig(&config);

Parameters:

• userConfig – pointer to flexio_config_t structure

void FLEXIO_Init(FLEXIO_Type *base, const flexio_config_t *userConfig)

Configures the FlexIO with a FlexIO configuration. The configuration structure can be filled by the user or be set with default values by FLEXIO_GetDefaultConfig().

Example

flexio_config_t config = {
.enableFlexio = true,
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false
};
FLEXIO_Configure(base, &config);

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

• userConfig – pointer to flexio_config_t structure

void FLEXIO_Deinit(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gates the FlexIO clock. Call this API to stop the FlexIO clock.

Note

After calling this API, call the FLEXO_Init to use the FlexIO module.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

uint32_t FLEXIO_GetInstance(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Get instance number for FLEXIO module.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXIO peripheral base address.

void FLEXIO_Reset(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Resets the FlexIO module.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

static inline void FLEXIO_Enable(FLEXIO_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the FlexIO module operation.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

• enable – true to enable, false to disable.

void FLEXIO_SetShifterConfig(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint8_t index, const flexio_shifter_config_t *shifterConfig)

Configures the shifter with the shifter configuration. The configuration structure covers both the SHIFTCTL and SHIFTCFG registers. To configure the shifter to the proper mode, select which timer controls the shifter to shift, whether to generate start bit/stop bit, and the polarity of start bit and stop bit.

Example

flexio_shifter_config_t config = {
.timerSelect = 0,
.timerPolarity = kFLEXIO_ShifterTimerPolarityOnPositive,
.pinConfig = kFLEXIO_PinConfigOpenDrainOrBidirection,
.pinPolarity = kFLEXIO_PinActiveLow,
.shifterMode = kFLEXIO_ShifterModeTransmit,
.inputSource = kFLEXIO_ShifterInputFromPin,
.shifterStop = kFLEXIO_ShifterStopBitHigh,
.shifterStart = kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitLow
};
FLEXIO_SetShifterConfig(base, &config);

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

• index – Shifter index

• shifterConfig – Pointer to flexio_shifter_config_t structure

void FLEXIO_SetTimerConfig(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint8_t index, const flexio_timer_config_t *timerConfig)

Configures the timer with the timer configuration. The configuration structure covers both the TIMCTL and TIMCFG registers. To configure the timer to the proper mode, select trigger source for timer and the timer pin output and the timing for timer.

Example

flexio_timer_config_t config = {
.triggerSelect = FLEXIO_TIMER_TRIGGER_SEL_SHIFTnSTAT(0),
.triggerPolarity = kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerPolarityActiveLow,
.triggerSource = kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerSourceInternal,
.pinConfig = kFLEXIO_PinConfigOpenDrainOrBidirection,
.pinSelect = 0,
.pinPolarity = kFLEXIO_PinActiveHigh,
.timerMode = kFLEXIO_TimerModeDual8BitBaudBit,
.timerOutput = kFLEXIO_TimerOutputZeroNotAffectedByReset,
.timerDecrement = kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnFlexIOClockShiftTimerOutput,
.timerReset = kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerPinEqualToTimerOutput,
.timerDisable = kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnTimerCompare,
.timerEnable = kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerHigh,
.timerStop = kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitEnableOnTimerDisable,
.timerStart = kFLEXIO_TimerStartBitEnabled
};
FLEXIO_SetTimerConfig(base, &config);

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

• index – Timer index

• timerConfig – Pointer to the flexio_timer_config_t structure

static inline void FLEXIO_SetClockMode(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint8_t index, flexio_timer_decrement_source_t clocksource)

This function set the value of the prescaler on flexio channels.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FlexIO simulated peripheral type.

• index – Timer index

• clocksource – Set clock value

static inline void FLEXIO_EnableShifterStatusInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the shifter status interrupt. The interrupt generates when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter status interrupt enable, for example, two shifter status enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

• mask – The shifter status mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline void FLEXIO_DisableShifterStatusInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the shifter status interrupt. The interrupt won’t generate when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter status interrupt enable, for example, two shifter status enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

• mask – The shifter status mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline void FLEXIO_EnableShifterErrorInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the shifter error interrupt. The interrupt generates when the corresponding SEF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter error interrupt enable, for example, two shifter error enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

• mask – The shifter error mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline void FLEXIO_DisableShifterErrorInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the shifter error interrupt. The interrupt won’t generate when the corresponding SEF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter error interrupt enable, for example, two shifter error enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

• mask – The shifter error mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline void FLEXIO_EnableTimerStatusInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the timer status interrupt. The interrupt generates when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple timer status interrupt enable, for example, two timer status enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << timer index0) | (1 << timer index1))

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

• mask – The timer status mask which can be calculated by (1 << timer index)

static inline void FLEXIO_DisableTimerStatusInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the timer status interrupt. The interrupt won’t generate when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple timer status interrupt enable, for example, two timer status enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << timer index0) | (1 << timer index1))

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

• mask – The timer status mask which can be calculated by (1 << timer index)

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_GetShifterStatusFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gets the shifter status flags.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

Shifter status flags

static inline void FLEXIO_ClearShifterStatusFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the shifter status flags.

Note

For clearing multiple shifter status flags, for example, two shifter status flags, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

• mask – The shifter status mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_GetShifterErrorFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gets the shifter error flags.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

Shifter error flags

static inline void FLEXIO_ClearShifterErrorFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the shifter error flags.

Note

For clearing multiple shifter error flags, for example, two shifter error flags, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

• mask – The shifter error mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_GetTimerStatusFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gets the timer status flags.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

Timer status flags

static inline void FLEXIO_ClearTimerStatusFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the timer status flags.

Note

For clearing multiple timer status flags, for example, two timer status flags, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << timer index0) | (1 << timer index1))

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

• mask – The timer status mask which can be calculated by (1 << timer index)

static inline void FLEXIO_EnableShifterStatusDMA(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables/disables the shifter status DMA. The DMA request generates when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter status DMA enables, for example, calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

• mask – The shifter status mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

uint32_t FLEXIO_GetShifterBufferAddress(FLEXIO_Type *base, flexio_shifter_buffer_type_t type, uint8_t index)

Gets the shifter buffer address for the DMA transfer usage.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO peripheral base address

• type – Shifter type of flexio_shifter_buffer_type_t

• index – Shifter index

Returns:

Corresponding shifter buffer index

status_t FLEXIO_RegisterHandleIRQ(void *base, void *handle, flexio_isr_t isr)

Registers the handle and the interrupt handler for the FlexIO-simulated peripheral.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FlexIO simulated peripheral type.

• handle – Pointer to the handler for FlexIO simulated peripheral.

• isr – FlexIO simulated peripheral interrupt handler.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.

• kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_UnregisterHandleIRQ(void *base)

Unregisters the handle and the interrupt handler for the FlexIO-simulated peripheral.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FlexIO simulated peripheral type.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.

• kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

FSL_FLEXIO_DRIVER_VERSION

FlexIO driver version.

enum _flexio_timer_trigger_polarity

Define time of timer trigger polarity.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerPolarityActiveHigh

Active high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerPolarityActiveLow

Active low.

enum _flexio_timer_trigger_source

Define type of timer trigger source.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerSourceExternal

External trigger selected.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerSourceInternal

Internal trigger selected.

enum _flexio_pin_config

Define type of timer/shifter pin configuration.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinConfigOutputDisabled

Pin output disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinConfigOpenDrainOrBidirection

Pin open drain or bidirectional output enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinConfigBidirectionOutputData

Pin bidirectional output data.

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinConfigOutput

Pin output.

enum _flexio_pin_polarity

Definition of pin polarity.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinActiveHigh

Active high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinActiveLow

Active low.

enum _flexio_timer_mode

Define type of timer work mode.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerModeDisabled

Timer Disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerModeDual8BitBaudBit

Dual 8-bit counters baud/bit mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerModeDual8BitPWM

Dual 8-bit counters PWM mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerModeSingle16Bit

Single 16-bit counter mode.

enum _flexio_timer_output

Define type of timer initial output or timer reset condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerOutputOneNotAffectedByReset

Logic one when enabled and is not affected by timer reset.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerOutputZeroNotAffectedByReset

Logic zero when enabled and is not affected by timer reset.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerOutputOneAffectedByReset

Logic one when enabled and on timer reset.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerOutputZeroAffectedByReset

Logic zero when enabled and on timer reset.

enum _flexio_timer_decrement_source

Define type of timer decrement.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnFlexIOClockShiftTimerOutput

Decrement counter on FlexIO clock, Shift clock equals Timer output.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnTriggerInputShiftTimerOutput

Decrement counter on Trigger input (both edges), Shift clock equals Timer output.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnPinInputShiftPinInput

Decrement counter on Pin input (both edges), Shift clock equals Pin input.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnTriggerInputShiftTriggerInput

Decrement counter on Trigger input (both edges), Shift clock equals Trigger input.

enum _flexio_timer_reset_condition

Define type of timer reset condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetNever

Timer never reset.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerPinEqualToTimerOutput

Timer reset on Timer Pin equal to Timer Output.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerTriggerEqualToTimerOutput

Timer reset on Timer Trigger equal to Timer Output.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerPinRisingEdge

Timer reset on Timer Pin rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerTriggerRisingEdge

Timer reset on Trigger rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerTriggerBothEdge

Timer reset on Trigger rising or falling edge.

enum _flexio_timer_disable_condition

Define type of timer disable condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableNever

Timer never disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnPreTimerDisable

Timer disabled on Timer N-1 disable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnTimerCompare

Timer disabled on Timer compare.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnTimerCompareTriggerLow

Timer disabled on Timer compare and Trigger Low.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnPinBothEdge

Timer disabled on Pin rising or falling edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnPinBothEdgeTriggerHigh

Timer disabled on Pin rising or falling edge provided Trigger is high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnTriggerFallingEdge

Timer disabled on Trigger falling edge.

enum _flexio_timer_enable_condition

Define type of timer enable condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnabledAlways

Timer always enabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnPrevTimerEnable

Timer enabled on Timer N-1 enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerHigh

Timer enabled on Trigger high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerHighPinHigh

Timer enabled on Trigger high and Pin high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnPinRisingEdge

Timer enabled on Pin rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnPinRisingEdgeTriggerHigh

Timer enabled on Pin rising edge and Trigger high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerRisingEdge

Timer enabled on Trigger rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerBothEdge

Timer enabled on Trigger rising or falling edge.

enum _flexio_timer_stop_bit_condition

Define type of timer stop bit generate condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitDisabled

Stop bit disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitEnableOnTimerCompare

Stop bit is enabled on timer compare.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitEnableOnTimerDisable

Stop bit is enabled on timer disable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitEnableOnTimerCompareDisable

Stop bit is enabled on timer compare and timer disable.

enum _flexio_timer_start_bit_condition

Define type of timer start bit generate condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStartBitDisabled

Start bit disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStartBitEnabled

Start bit enabled.

enum _flexio_timer_output_state

FlexIO as PWM channel output state.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_PwmLow

The output state of PWM channel is low

enumerator kFLEXIO_PwmHigh

The output state of PWM channel is high

enum _flexio_shifter_timer_polarity

Define type of timer polarity for shifter control.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterTimerPolarityOnPositive

Shift on positive edge of shift clock.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterTimerPolarityOnNegitive

Shift on negative edge of shift clock.

enum _flexio_shifter_mode

Define type of shifter working mode.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterDisabled

Shifter is disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeReceive

Receive mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeTransmit

Transmit mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeMatchStore

Match store mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeMatchContinuous

Match continuous mode.

enum _flexio_shifter_input_source

Define type of shifter input source.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterInputFromPin

Shifter input from pin.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterInputFromNextShifterOutput

Shifter input from Shifter N+1.

enum _flexio_shifter_stop_bit

Define of STOP bit configuration.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStopBitDisable

Disable shifter stop bit.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStopBitLow

Set shifter stop bit to logic low level.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStopBitHigh

Set shifter stop bit to logic high level.

enum _flexio_shifter_start_bit

Define type of START bit configuration.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitDisabledLoadDataOnEnable

Disable shifter start bit, transmitter loads data on enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitDisabledLoadDataOnShift

Disable shifter start bit, transmitter loads data on first shift.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitLow

Set shifter start bit to logic low level.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitHigh

Set shifter start bit to logic high level.

enum _flexio_shifter_buffer_type

Define FlexIO shifter buffer type.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBuffer

Shifter Buffer N Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferBitSwapped

Shifter Buffer N Bit Byte Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferByteSwapped

Shifter Buffer N Byte Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferBitByteSwapped

Shifter Buffer N Bit Swapped Register.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_trigger_polarity flexio_timer_trigger_polarity_t

Define time of timer trigger polarity.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_trigger_source flexio_timer_trigger_source_t

Define type of timer trigger source.

typedef enum _flexio_pin_config flexio_pin_config_t

Define type of timer/shifter pin configuration.

typedef enum _flexio_pin_polarity flexio_pin_polarity_t

Definition of pin polarity.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_mode flexio_timer_mode_t

Define type of timer work mode.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_output flexio_timer_output_t

Define type of timer initial output or timer reset condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_decrement_source flexio_timer_decrement_source_t

Define type of timer decrement.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_reset_condition flexio_timer_reset_condition_t

Define type of timer reset condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_disable_condition flexio_timer_disable_condition_t

Define type of timer disable condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_enable_condition flexio_timer_enable_condition_t

Define type of timer enable condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_stop_bit_condition flexio_timer_stop_bit_condition_t

Define type of timer stop bit generate condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_start_bit_condition flexio_timer_start_bit_condition_t

Define type of timer start bit generate condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_output_state flexio_timer_output_state_t

FlexIO as PWM channel output state.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_timer_polarity flexio_shifter_timer_polarity_t

Define type of timer polarity for shifter control.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_mode flexio_shifter_mode_t

Define type of shifter working mode.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_input_source flexio_shifter_input_source_t

Define type of shifter input source.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_stop_bit flexio_shifter_stop_bit_t

Define of STOP bit configuration.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_start_bit flexio_shifter_start_bit_t

Define type of START bit configuration.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_buffer_type flexio_shifter_buffer_type_t

Define FlexIO shifter buffer type.

typedef struct _flexio_config_ flexio_config_t

Define FlexIO user configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_timer_config flexio_timer_config_t

Define FlexIO timer configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_shifter_config flexio_shifter_config_t

Define FlexIO shifter configuration structure.

typedef void (*flexio_isr_t)(void *base, void *handle)

typedef for FlexIO simulated driver interrupt handler.

FLEXIO_Type *const s_flexioBases[]

Pointers to flexio bases for each instance.

const clock_ip_name_t s_flexioClocks[]

Pointers to flexio clocks for each instance.

FLEXIO_TIMER_TRIGGER_SEL_PININPUT(x)

Calculate FlexIO timer trigger.

FLEXIO_TIMER_TRIGGER_SEL_SHIFTnSTAT(x)

FLEXIO_TIMER_TRIGGER_SEL_TIMn(x)

struct _flexio_config_

#include <fsl_flexio.h>

Define FlexIO user configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableFlexio

Enable/disable FlexIO module

bool enableInDoze

Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode

bool enableInDebug

Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode

bool enableFastAccess

Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

struct _flexio_timer_config

#include <fsl_flexio.h>

Define FlexIO timer configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t triggerSelect

The internal trigger selection number using MACROs.

flexio_timer_trigger_polarity_t triggerPolarity

Trigger Polarity.

flexio_timer_trigger_source_t triggerSource

Trigger Source, internal (see ‘trgsel’) or external.

flexio_pin_config_t pinConfig

Timer Pin Configuration.

uint32_t pinSelect

Timer Pin number Select.

flexio_pin_polarity_t pinPolarity

Timer Pin Polarity.

flexio_timer_mode_t timerMode

Timer work Mode.

flexio_timer_output_t timerOutput

Configures the initial state of the Timer Output and whether it is affected by the Timer reset.

flexio_timer_decrement_source_t timerDecrement

Configures the source of the Timer decrement and the source of the Shift clock.

flexio_timer_reset_condition_t timerReset

Configures the condition that causes the timer counter (and optionally the timer output) to be reset.

flexio_timer_disable_condition_t timerDisable

Configures the condition that causes the Timer to be disabled and stop decrementing.

flexio_timer_enable_condition_t timerEnable

Configures the condition that causes the Timer to be enabled and start decrementing.

flexio_timer_stop_bit_condition_t timerStop

Timer STOP Bit generation.

flexio_timer_start_bit_condition_t timerStart

Timer STRAT Bit generation.

uint32_t timerCompare

Value for Timer Compare N Register.

struct _flexio_shifter_config

#include <fsl_flexio.h>

Define FlexIO shifter configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t timerSelect

Selects which Timer is used for controlling the logic/shift register and generating the Shift clock.

flexio_shifter_timer_polarity_t timerPolarity

Timer Polarity.

flexio_pin_config_t pinConfig

Shifter Pin Configuration.

uint32_t pinSelect

Shifter Pin number Select.

flexio_pin_polarity_t pinPolarity

Shifter Pin Polarity.

flexio_shifter_mode_t shifterMode

Configures the mode of the Shifter.

flexio_shifter_input_source_t inputSource

Selects the input source for the shifter.

flexio_shifter_stop_bit_t shifterStop

Shifter STOP bit.

flexio_shifter_start_bit_t shifterStart

Shifter START bit.

FlexIO eDMA I2S Driver

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferTxCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *dmaHandle)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S eDMA handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO I2S master DMA handle which can be used for other FlexIO I2S master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified FlexIO I2S instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexIO I2S eDMA handle pointer.

• callback – FlexIO I2S eDMA callback function called while finished a block.

• userData – User parameter for callback.

• dmaHandle – eDMA handle for FlexIO I2S. This handle is a static value allocated by users.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferRxCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *dmaHandle)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S Rx eDMA handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO I2S slave DMA handle which can be used for other FlexIO I2S master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified FlexIO I2S instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexIO I2S eDMA handle pointer.

• callback – FlexIO I2S eDMA callback function called while finished a block.

• userData – User parameter for callback.

• dmaHandle – eDMA handle for FlexIO I2S. This handle is a static value allocated by users.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferSetFormatEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_format_t *format, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Configures the FlexIO I2S Tx audio format.

Audio format can be changed in run-time of FlexIO I2S. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred. This function also sets the eDMA parameter according to format.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexIO I2S eDMA handle pointer

• format – Pointer to FlexIO I2S audio data format structure.

• srcClock_Hz – FlexIO I2S clock source frequency in Hz, it should be 0 while in slave mode.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferSendEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking FlexIO I2S transfer using DMA.

Note

This interface returned immediately after transfer initiates. Users should call FLEXIO_I2S_GetTransferStatus to poll the transfer status and check whether the FlexIO I2S transfer is finished.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.

• xfer – Pointer to DMA transfer structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Start a FlexIO I2S eDMA send successfully.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input arguments is invalid.

• kStatus_TxBusy – FlexIO I2S is busy sending data.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferReceiveEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking FlexIO I2S receive using eDMA.

Note

This interface returned immediately after transfer initiates. Users should call FLEXIO_I2S_GetReceiveRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status and check whether the FlexIO I2S transfer is finished.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.

• xfer – Pointer to DMA transfer structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Start a FlexIO I2S eDMA receive successfully.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input arguments is invalid.

• kStatus_RxBusy – FlexIO I2S is busy receiving data.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferAbortSendEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a FlexIO I2S transfer using eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a FlexIO I2S receive using eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferGetSendCountEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the remaining bytes to be sent.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.

• count – Bytes sent.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferGetReceiveCountEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Get the remaining bytes to be received.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.

• handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.

• count – Bytes received.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

FSL_FLEXIO_I2S_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION

FlexIO I2S EDMA driver version 2.1.8.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_edma_handle flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*flexio_i2s_edma_callback_t)(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

FlexIO I2S eDMA transfer callback function for finish and error.

struct _flexio_i2s_edma_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s_edma.h>

FlexIO I2S DMA transfer handle, users should not touch the content of the handle.

Public Members

edma_handle_t *dmaHandle

DMA handler for FlexIO I2S send

uint8_t bytesPerFrame

Bytes in a frame

uint8_t nbytes

eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

uint32_t state

Internal state for FlexIO I2S eDMA transfer

flexio_i2s_edma_callback_t callback

Callback for users while transfer finish or error occurred

void *userData

User callback parameter

edma_tcd_t tcd[(4U) + 1U]

TCD pool for eDMA transfer.

flexio_i2s_transfer_t queue[(4U)]

Transfer queue storing queued transfer.

size_t transferSize[(4U)]

Data bytes need to transfer

volatile uint8_t queueUser

Index for user to queue transfer.

volatile uint8_t queueDriver

Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

FlexIO eDMA SPI Driver

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txHandle, edma_handle_t *rxHandle)

Initializes the FlexIO SPI master eDMA handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO SPI master eDMA handle which can be used for other FlexIO SPI master transactional APIs. For a specified FlexIO SPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• callback – SPI callback, NULL means no callback.

• userData – callback function parameter.

• txHandle – User requested eDMA handle for FlexIO SPI RX eDMA transfer.

• rxHandle – User requested eDMA handle for FlexIO SPI TX eDMA transfer.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.

• kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO SPI eDMA type/handle table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking FlexIO SPI transfer using eDMA.

Note

This interface returns immediately after transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_SPI_MasterGetTransferCountEDMA to poll the transfer status and check whether the FlexIO SPI transfer is finished.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• xfer – Pointer to FlexIO SPI transfer structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy – FlexIO SPI is not idle, is running another transfer.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferAbortEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a FlexIO SPI transfer using eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• handle – FlexIO SPI eDMA handle pointer.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferGetCountEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes transferred so far using FlexIO SPI master eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• handle – FlexIO SPI eDMA handle pointer.

• count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txHandle, edma_handle_t *rxHandle)

Initializes the FlexIO SPI slave eDMA handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO SPI slave eDMA handle.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• callback – SPI callback, NULL means no callback.

• userData – callback function parameter.

• txHandle – User requested eDMA handle for FlexIO SPI TX eDMA transfer.

• rxHandle – User requested eDMA handle for FlexIO SPI RX eDMA transfer.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking FlexIO SPI transfer using eDMA.

Note

This interface returns immediately after transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveGetTransferCountEDMA to poll the transfer status and check whether the FlexIO SPI transfer is finished.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• xfer – Pointer to FlexIO SPI transfer structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy – FlexIO SPI is not idle, is running another transfer.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferAbortEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a FlexIO SPI transfer using eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

static inline status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferGetCountEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes transferred so far using FlexIO SPI slave eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• handle – FlexIO SPI eDMA handle pointer.

• count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

FSL_FLEXIO_SPI_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION

FlexIO SPI EDMA driver version.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_master_edma_handle flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t

typedef for flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t in advance.

typedef flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t

Slave handle is the same with master handle.

typedef void (*flexio_spi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

FlexIO SPI master callback for finished transmit.

typedef void (*flexio_spi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

FlexIO SPI slave callback for finished transmit.

struct _flexio_spi_master_edma_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_spi_edma.h>

FlexIO SPI eDMA transfer handle, users should not touch the content of the handle.

Public Members

size_t transferSize

Total bytes to be transferred.

uint8_t nbytes

eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

bool txInProgress

Send transfer in progress

bool rxInProgress

Receive transfer in progress

edma_handle_t *txHandle

DMA handler for SPI send

edma_handle_t *rxHandle

DMA handler for SPI receive

flexio_spi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback for SPI DMA transfer

void *userData

User Data for SPI DMA callback

FlexIO eDMA UART Driver

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txEdmaHandle, edma_handle_t *rxEdmaHandle)

Initializes the UART handle which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type.

• handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure.

• callback – The callback function.

• userData – The parameter of the callback function.

• rxEdmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for RX DMA transfer.

• txEdmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for TX DMA transfer.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.

• kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO SPI eDMA type/handle table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferSendEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_t *xfer)

Sends data using eDMA.

This function sends data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is sent out, the send callback function is called.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type

• handle – UART handle pointer.

• xfer – UART eDMA transfer structure, see flexio_uart_transfer_t.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – if succeed, others failed.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxBusy – Previous transfer on going.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferReceiveEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_t *xfer)

Receives data using eDMA.

This function receives data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type

• handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure

• xfer – UART eDMA transfer structure, see flexio_uart_transfer_t.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – if succeed, others failed.

• kStatus_UART_RxBusy – Previous transfer on going.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferAbortSendEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the sent data which using eDMA.

This function aborts sent data which using eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type

• handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the receive data which using eDMA.

This function aborts the receive data which using eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type

• handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferGetSendCountEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes sent out.

This function gets the number of bytes sent out.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type

• handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure

• count – Number of bytes sent so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – transfer has finished or no transfer in progress.

• kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferGetReceiveCountEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes received.

This function gets the number of bytes received.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type

• handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure

• count – Number of bytes received so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – transfer has finished or no transfer in progress.

• kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

FSL_FLEXIO_UART_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION

FlexIO UART EDMA driver version.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_edma_handle flexio_uart_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*flexio_uart_edma_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

UART transfer callback function.

struct _flexio_uart_edma_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_uart_edma.h>

UART eDMA handle.

Public Members

flexio_uart_edma_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback function.

void *userData

UART callback function parameter.

size_t txDataSizeAll

Total bytes to be sent.

size_t rxDataSizeAll

Total bytes to be received.

edma_handle_t *txEdmaHandle

The eDMA TX channel used.

edma_handle_t *rxEdmaHandle

The eDMA RX channel used.

uint8_t nbytes

eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

volatile uint8_t txState

TX transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxState

RX transfer state

FlexIO I2C Master Driver

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterInit(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Ungates the FlexIO clock, resets the FlexIO module, and configures the FlexIO I2C hardware configuration.

Example

FLEXIO_I2C_Type base = {
.flexioBase = FLEXIO,
.SDAPinIndex = 0,
.SCLPinIndex = 1,
.shifterIndex = {0,1},
.timerIndex = {0,1}
};
flexio_i2c_master_config_t config = {
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false,
.baudRate_Bps = 100000
};
FLEXIO_I2C_MasterInit(base, &config, srcClock_Hz);

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

• masterConfig – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_config_t structure.

• srcClock_Hz – FlexIO source clock in Hz.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Initialization successful

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The source clock exceed upper range limitation

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterDeinit(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

De-initializes the FlexIO I2C master peripheral. Calling this API Resets the FlexIO I2C master shifer and timer config, module can’t work unless the FLEXIO_I2C_MasterInit is called.

Parameters:

• base – pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig(flexio_i2c_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO module. The configuration can be used directly for calling the FLEXIO_I2C_MasterInit().

Example:

flexio_i2c_master_config_t config;
FLEXIO_I2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig(&config);

Parameters:

• masterConfig – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_config_t structure.

static inline void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterEnable(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO module operation.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

• enable – Pass true to enable module, false does not have any effect.

uint32_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterGetStatusFlags(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO I2C master status flags.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure

Returns:

Status flag, use status flag to AND _flexio_i2c_master_status_flags can get the related status.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterClearStatusFlags(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the FlexIO I2C master status flags.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

• mask – Status flag. The parameter can be any combination of the following values:

  • kFLEXIO_I2C_RxFullFlag

  • kFLEXIO_I2C_ReceiveNakFlag

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterEnableInterrupts(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FlexIO i2c master interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

• mask – Interrupt source. Currently only one interrupt request source:

  • kFLEXIO_I2C_TransferCompleteInterruptEnable

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterDisableInterrupts(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the FlexIO I2C master interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

• mask – Interrupt source.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterSetBaudRate(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Sets the FlexIO I2C master transfer baudrate.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure

• baudRate_Bps – the baud rate value in HZ

• srcClock_Hz – source clock in HZ

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterStart(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint8_t address, flexio_i2c_direction_t direction)

Sends START + 7-bit address to the bus.

Note

This API should be called when the transfer configuration is ready to send a START signal and 7-bit address to the bus. This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the address is put into the data register but the address transfer is not finished on the bus. Ensure that the kFLEXIO_I2C_RxFullFlag status is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

• address – 7-bit address.

• direction – transfer direction. This parameter is one of the values in flexio_i2c_direction_t:

  • kFLEXIO_I2C_Write: Transmit

  • kFLEXIO_I2C_Read: Receive

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterStop(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Sends the stop signal on the bus.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterRepeatedStart(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Sends the repeated start signal on the bus.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterAbortStop(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Sends the stop signal when transfer is still on-going.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterEnableAck(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Configures the sent ACK/NAK for the following byte.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

• enable – True to configure send ACK, false configure to send NAK.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterSetTransferCount(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint16_t count)

Sets the number of bytes to be transferred from a start signal to a stop signal.

Note

Call this API before a transfer begins because the timer generates a number of clocks according to the number of bytes that need to be transferred.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

• count – Number of bytes need to be transferred from a start signal to a re-start/stop signal

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully configured the count.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.

static inline void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterWriteByte(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Writes one byte of data to the I2C bus.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is put into the data register but the data transfer is not finished on the bus. Ensure that the TxEmptyFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

• data – a byte of data.

static inline uint8_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterReadByte(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Reads one byte of data from the I2C bus.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is read from the data register. Ensure that the data is ready in the register.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

Returns:

data byte read.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterWriteBlocking(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, const uint8_t *txBuff, uint8_t txSize)

Sends a buffer of data in bytes.

Note

This function blocks via polling until all bytes have been sent.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

• txBuff – The data bytes to send.

• txSize – The number of data bytes to send.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully write data.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Nak – Receive NAK during writing data.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout – Timeout polling status flags.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterReadBlocking(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint8_t *rxBuff, uint8_t rxSize)

Receives a buffer of bytes.

Note

This function blocks via polling until all bytes have been received.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

• rxBuff – The buffer to store the received bytes.

• rxSize – The number of data bytes to be received.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully read data.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout – Timeout polling status flags.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferBlocking(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a master polling transfer on the I2C bus.

Note

The API does not return until the transfer succeeds or fails due to receiving NAK.

Parameters:

• base – pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

• xfer – pointer to flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferCreateHandle(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2c_master_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the I2C handle which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• callback – Pointer to user callback function.

• userData – User param passed to the callback function.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.

• kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/isr table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferNonBlocking(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a master interrupt non-blocking transfer on the I2C bus.

Note

The API returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferGetCount to poll the transfer status to check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is not kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Busy, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure

• handle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

• xfer – pointer to flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t structure

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Busy – FlexIO I2C is not idle, is running another transfer.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferGetCount(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the master transfer status during a interrupt non-blocking transfer.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

• kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferAbort(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle)

Aborts an interrupt non-blocking transfer early.

Note

This API can be called at any time when an interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer early.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure

• handle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(void *i2cType, void *i2cHandle)

Master interrupt handler.

Parameters:

• i2cType – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure

• i2cHandle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t structure

FSL_FLEXIO_I2C_MASTER_DRIVER_VERSION

FlexIO I2C transfer status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Busy

I2C is busy doing transfer.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Idle

I2C is busy doing transfer.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Nak

NAK received during transfer.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout

Timeout polling status flags.

enum _flexio_i2c_master_interrupt

Define FlexIO I2C master interrupt mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_TxEmptyInterruptEnable

Tx buffer empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_RxFullInterruptEnable

Rx buffer full interrupt enable.

enum _flexio_i2c_master_status_flags

Define FlexIO I2C master status mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_TxEmptyFlag

Tx shifter empty flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_RxFullFlag

Rx shifter full/Transfer complete flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_ReceiveNakFlag

Receive NAK flag.

enum _flexio_i2c_direction

Direction of master transfer.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_Write

Master send to slave.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_Read

Master receive from slave.

typedef enum _flexio_i2c_direction flexio_i2c_direction_t

Direction of master transfer.

typedef struct _flexio_i2c_type FLEXIO_I2C_Type

Define FlexIO I2C master access structure typedef.

typedef struct _flexio_i2c_master_config flexio_i2c_master_config_t

Define FlexIO I2C master user configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_i2c_master_transfer flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t

Define FlexIO I2C master transfer structure.

typedef struct _flexio_i2c_master_handle flexio_i2c_master_handle_t

FlexIO I2C master handle typedef.

typedef void (*flexio_i2c_master_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

FlexIO I2C master transfer callback typedef.

I2C_RETRY_TIMES

Retry times for waiting flag.

struct _flexio_i2c_type

#include <fsl_flexio_i2c_master.h>

Define FlexIO I2C master access structure typedef.

Public Members

FLEXIO_Type *flexioBase

FlexIO base pointer.

uint8_t SDAPinIndex

Pin select for I2C SDA.

uint8_t SCLPinIndex

Pin select for I2C SCL.

uint8_t shifterIndex[2]

Shifter index used in FlexIO I2C.

uint8_t timerIndex[3]

Timer index used in FlexIO I2C.

uint32_t baudrate

Master transfer baudrate, used to calculate delay time.

struct _flexio_i2c_master_config

#include <fsl_flexio_i2c_master.h>

Define FlexIO I2C master user configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableMaster

Enables the FlexIO I2C peripheral at initialization time.

bool enableInDoze

Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode.

bool enableInDebug

Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode.

bool enableFastAccess

Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

uint32_t baudRate_Bps

Baud rate in Bps.

struct _flexio_i2c_master_transfer

#include <fsl_flexio_i2c_master.h>

Define FlexIO I2C master transfer structure.

Public Members

uint32_t flags

Transfer flag which controls the transfer, reserved for FlexIO I2C.

uint8_t slaveAddress

7-bit slave address.

flexio_i2c_direction_t direction

Transfer direction, read or write.

uint32_t subaddress

Sub address. Transferred MSB first.

uint8_t subaddressSize

Size of command buffer.

uint8_t volatile *data

Transfer buffer.

volatile size_t dataSize

Transfer size.

struct _flexio_i2c_master_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_i2c_master.h>

Define FlexIO I2C master handle structure.

Public Members

flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t transfer

FlexIO I2C master transfer copy.

size_t transferSize

Total bytes to be transferred.

uint8_t state

Transfer state maintained during transfer.

flexio_i2c_master_transfer_callback_t completionCallback

Callback function called at transfer event. Callback function called at transfer event.

void *userData

Callback parameter passed to callback function.

bool needRestart

Whether master needs to send re-start signal.

FlexIO I2S Driver

void FLEXIO_I2S_Init(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, const flexio_i2s_config_t *config)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S.

This API configures FlexIO pins and shifter to I2S and configures the FlexIO I2S with a configuration structure. The configuration structure can be filled by the user, or be set with default values by FLEXIO_I2S_GetDefaultConfig().

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application to use the FlexIO I2S driver. Otherwise, any access to the FlexIO I2S module can cause hard fault because the clock is not enabled.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S base pointer

• config – FlexIO I2S configure structure.

void FLEXIO_I2S_GetDefaultConfig(flexio_i2s_config_t *config)

Sets the FlexIO I2S configuration structure to default values.

The purpose of this API is to get the configuration structure initialized for use in FLEXIO_I2S_Init(). Users may use the initialized structure unchanged in FLEXIO_I2S_Init() or modify some fields of the structure before calling FLEXIO_I2S_Init().

Parameters:

• config – pointer to master configuration structure

void FLEXIO_I2S_Deinit(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

De-initializes the FlexIO I2S.

Calling this API resets the FlexIO I2S shifter and timer config. After calling this API, call the FLEXO_I2S_Init to use the FlexIO I2S module.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S base pointer

static inline void FLEXIO_I2S_Enable(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO I2S module operation.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type

• enable – True to enable, false dose not have any effect.

uint32_t FLEXIO_I2S_GetStatusFlags(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO I2S status flags.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

Returns:

Status flag, which are ORed by the enumerators in the _flexio_i2s_status_flags.

void FLEXIO_I2S_EnableInterrupts(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FlexIO I2S interrupt.

This function enables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

• mask – interrupt source

void FLEXIO_I2S_DisableInterrupts(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the FlexIO I2S interrupt.

This function enables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

Parameters:

• base – pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

• mask – interrupt source

static inline void FLEXIO_I2S_TxEnableDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO I2S Tx DMA requests.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S base pointer

• enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline void FLEXIO_I2S_RxEnableDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO I2S Rx DMA requests.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S base pointer

• enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_I2S_TxGetDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO I2S send data register address.

This function returns the I2S data register address, mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

Returns:

FlexIO i2s send data register address.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_I2S_RxGetDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO I2S receive data register address.

This function returns the I2S data register address, mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

Returns:

FlexIO i2s receive data register address.

void FLEXIO_I2S_MasterSetFormat(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_format_t *format, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Configures the FlexIO I2S audio format in master mode.

Audio format can be changed in run-time of FlexIO I2S. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

• format – Pointer to FlexIO I2S audio data format structure.

• srcClock_Hz – I2S master clock source frequency in Hz.

void FLEXIO_I2S_SlaveSetFormat(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_format_t *format)

Configures the FlexIO I2S audio format in slave mode.

Audio format can be changed in run-time of FlexIO I2S. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

• format – Pointer to FlexIO I2S audio data format structure.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_WriteBlocking(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint8_t bitWidth, uint8_t *txData, size_t size)

Sends data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks via polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S base pointer.

• bitWidth – How many bits in a audio word, usually 8/16/24/32 bits.

• txData – Pointer to the data to be written.

• size – Bytes to be written.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully write data.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout – Timeout polling status flags.

static inline void FLEXIO_I2S_WriteData(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint8_t bitWidth, uint32_t data)

Writes data into a data register.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S base pointer.

• bitWidth – How many bits in a audio word, usually 8/16/24/32 bits.

• data – Data to be written.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_ReadBlocking(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint8_t bitWidth, uint8_t *rxData, size_t size)

Receives a piece of data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks via polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S base pointer

• bitWidth – How many bits in a audio word, usually 8/16/24/32 bits.

• rxData – Pointer to the data to be read.

• size – Bytes to be read.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully read data.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout – Timeout polling status flags.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_I2S_ReadData(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

Reads a data from the data register.

Parameters:

• base – FlexIO I2S base pointer

Returns:

Data read from data register.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferTxCreateHandle(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO I2S handle which can be used for other FlexIO I2S transactional APIs. Call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

• handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• callback – FlexIO I2S callback function, which is called while finished a block.

• userData – User parameter for the FlexIO I2S callback.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferSetFormat(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_format_t *format, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Configures the FlexIO I2S audio format.

Audio format can be changed at run-time of FlexIO I2S. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.

• handle – FlexIO I2S handle pointer.

• format – Pointer to audio data format structure.

• srcClock_Hz – FlexIO I2S bit clock source frequency in Hz. This parameter should be 0 while in slave mode.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferRxCreateHandle(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S receive handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO I2S handle which can be used for other FlexIO I2S transactional APIs. Call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• callback – FlexIO I2S callback function, which is called while finished a block.

• userData – User parameter for the FlexIO I2S callback.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferSendNonBlocking(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking send transfer on FlexIO I2S.

Note

The API returns immediately after transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_I2S_GetRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status and check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is 0, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

• xfer – Pointer to flexio_i2s_transfer_t structure

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully start the data transmission.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_TxBusy – Previous transmission still not finished, data not all written to TX register yet.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input parameter is invalid.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking receive transfer on FlexIO I2S.

Note

The API returns immediately after transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_I2S_GetRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status to check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is 0, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

• xfer – Pointer to flexio_i2s_transfer_t structure

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully start the data receive.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_RxBusy – Previous receive still not finished.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input parameter is invalid.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferAbortSend(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current send.

Note

This API can be called at any time when interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer in a early time.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferAbortReceive(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current receive.

Note

This API can be called at any time when interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer in a early time.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferGetSendCount(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the remaining bytes to be sent.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

• count – Bytes sent.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferGetReceiveCount(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the remaining bytes to be received.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

• count – Bytes recieved.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

Returns:

count Bytes received.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferTxHandleIRQ(void *i2sBase, void *i2sHandle)

Tx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

• i2sBase – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.

• i2sHandle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferRxHandleIRQ(void *i2sBase, void *i2sHandle)

Rx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

• i2sBase – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.

• i2sHandle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure.

FSL_FLEXIO_I2S_DRIVER_VERSION

FlexIO I2S driver version 2.2.0.

FlexIO I2S transfer status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_Idle

FlexIO I2S is in idle state

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_TxBusy

FlexIO I2S Tx is busy

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_RxBusy

FlexIO I2S Tx is busy

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_Error

FlexIO I2S error occurred

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_QueueFull

FlexIO I2S transfer queue is full.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_Timeout

FlexIO I2S timeout polling status flags.

enum _flexio_i2s_master_slave

Master or slave mode.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_Master

Master mode

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_Slave

Slave mode

_flexio_i2s_interrupt_enable Define FlexIO FlexIO I2S interrupt mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable

Transmit buffer empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable

Receive buffer full interrupt enable.

_flexio_i2s_status_flags Define FlexIO FlexIO I2S status mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_TxDataRegEmptyFlag

Transmit buffer empty flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_RxDataRegFullFlag

Receive buffer full flag.

enum _flexio_i2s_sample_rate

Audio sample rate.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate8KHz

Sample rate 8000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate11025Hz

Sample rate 11025Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate12KHz

Sample rate 12000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate16KHz

Sample rate 16000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate22050Hz

Sample rate 22050Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate24KHz

Sample rate 24000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate32KHz

Sample rate 32000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate44100Hz

Sample rate 44100Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate48KHz

Sample rate 48000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate96KHz

Sample rate 96000Hz

enum _flexio_i2s_word_width

Audio word width.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_WordWidth8bits

Audio data width 8 bits

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_WordWidth16bits

Audio data width 16 bits

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_WordWidth24bits

Audio data width 24 bits

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_WordWidth32bits

Audio data width 32 bits

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_type FLEXIO_I2S_Type

Define FlexIO I2S access structure typedef.

typedef enum _flexio_i2s_master_slave flexio_i2s_master_slave_t

Master or slave mode.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_config flexio_i2s_config_t

FlexIO I2S configure structure.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_format flexio_i2s_format_t

FlexIO I2S audio format, FlexIO I2S only support the same format in Tx and Rx.

typedef enum _flexio_i2s_sample_rate flexio_i2s_sample_rate_t

Audio sample rate.

typedef enum _flexio_i2s_word_width flexio_i2s_word_width_t

Audio word width.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_transfer flexio_i2s_transfer_t

Define FlexIO I2S transfer structure.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_handle flexio_i2s_handle_t

typedef void (*flexio_i2s_callback_t)(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

FlexIO I2S xfer callback prototype.

I2S_RETRY_TIMES

Retry times for waiting flag.

FLEXIO_I2S_XFER_QUEUE_SIZE

FlexIO I2S transfer queue size, user can refine it according to use case.

struct _flexio_i2s_type

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

Define FlexIO I2S access structure typedef.

Public Members

FLEXIO_Type *flexioBase

FlexIO base pointer

uint8_t txPinIndex

Tx data pin index in FlexIO pins

uint8_t rxPinIndex

Rx data pin index

uint8_t bclkPinIndex

Bit clock pin index

uint8_t fsPinIndex

Frame sync pin index

uint8_t txShifterIndex

Tx data shifter index

uint8_t rxShifterIndex

Rx data shifter index

uint8_t bclkTimerIndex

Bit clock timer index

uint8_t fsTimerIndex

Frame sync timer index

struct _flexio_i2s_config

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

FlexIO I2S configure structure.

Public Members

bool enableI2S

Enable FlexIO I2S

flexio_i2s_master_slave_t masterSlave

Master or slave

flexio_pin_polarity_t txPinPolarity

Tx data pin polarity, active high or low

flexio_pin_polarity_t rxPinPolarity

Rx data pin polarity

flexio_pin_polarity_t bclkPinPolarity

Bit clock pin polarity

flexio_pin_polarity_t fsPinPolarity

Frame sync pin polarity

flexio_shifter_timer_polarity_t txTimerPolarity

Tx data valid on bclk rising or falling edge

flexio_shifter_timer_polarity_t rxTimerPolarity

Rx data valid on bclk rising or falling edge

struct _flexio_i2s_format

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

FlexIO I2S audio format, FlexIO I2S only support the same format in Tx and Rx.

Public Members

uint8_t bitWidth

Bit width of audio data, always 8/16/24/32 bits

uint32_t sampleRate_Hz

Sample rate of the audio data

struct _flexio_i2s_transfer

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

Define FlexIO I2S transfer structure.

Public Members

uint8_t *data

Data buffer start pointer

size_t dataSize

Bytes to be transferred.

struct _flexio_i2s_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

Define FlexIO I2S handle structure.

Public Members

uint32_t state

Internal state

flexio_i2s_callback_t callback

Callback function called at transfer event

void *userData

Callback parameter passed to callback function

uint8_t bitWidth

Bit width for transfer, 8/16/24/32bits

flexio_i2s_transfer_t queue[(4U)]

Transfer queue storing queued transfer

size_t transferSize[(4U)]

Data bytes need to transfer

volatile uint8_t queueUser

Index for user to queue transfer

volatile uint8_t queueDriver

Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

FlexIO SPI Driver

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterInit(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Ungates the FlexIO clock, resets the FlexIO module, configures the FlexIO SPI master hardware, and configures the FlexIO SPI with FlexIO SPI master configuration. The configuration structure can be filled by the user, or be set with default values by the FLEXIO_SPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig().

Example

FLEXIO_SPI_Type spiDev = {
.flexioBase = FLEXIO,
.SDOPinIndex = 0,
.SDIPinIndex = 1,
.SCKPinIndex = 2,
.CSnPinIndex = 3,
.shifterIndex = {0,1},
.timerIndex = {0,1}
};
flexio_spi_master_config_t config = {
.enableMaster = true,
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false,
.baudRate_Bps = 500000,
.phase = kFLEXIO_SPI_ClockPhaseFirstEdge,
.direction = kFLEXIO_SPI_MsbFirst,
.dataMode = kFLEXIO_SPI_8BitMode
};
FLEXIO_SPI_MasterInit(&spiDev, &config, srcClock_Hz);

Note

1.FlexIO SPI master only support CPOL = 0, which means clock inactive low. 2.For FlexIO SPI master, the input valid time is 1.5 clock cycles, for slave the output valid time is 2.5 clock cycles. So if FlexIO SPI master communicates with other spi IPs, the maximum baud rate is FlexIO clock frequency divided by 2*2=4. If FlexIO SPI master communicates with FlexIO SPI slave, the maximum baud rate is FlexIO clock frequency divided by (1.5+2.5)*2=8.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• masterConfig – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_config_t structure.

• srcClock_Hz – FlexIO source clock in Hz.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterDeinit(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base)

Resets the FlexIO SPI timer and shifter config.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig(flexio_spi_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO SPI master. The configuration can be used directly by calling the FLEXIO_SPI_MasterConfigure(). Example:

flexio_spi_master_config_t masterConfig;
FLEXIO_SPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig(&masterConfig);

Parameters:

• masterConfig – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_config_t structure.

void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveInit(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Ungates the FlexIO clock, resets the FlexIO module, configures the FlexIO SPI slave hardware configuration, and configures the FlexIO SPI with FlexIO SPI slave configuration. The configuration structure can be filled by the user, or be set with default values by the FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig().

Note

1.Only one timer is needed in the FlexIO SPI slave. As a result, the second timer index is ignored. 2.FlexIO SPI slave only support CPOL = 0, which means clock inactive low. 3.For FlexIO SPI master, the input valid time is 1.5 clock cycles, for slave the output valid time is 2.5 clock cycles. So if FlexIO SPI slave communicates with other spi IPs, the maximum baud rate is FlexIO clock frequency divided by 3*2=6. If FlexIO SPI slave communicates with FlexIO SPI master, the maximum baud rate is FlexIO clock frequency divided by (1.5+2.5)*2=8. Example

FLEXIO_SPI_Type spiDev = {
.flexioBase = FLEXIO,
.SDOPinIndex = 0,
.SDIPinIndex = 1,
.SCKPinIndex = 2,
.CSnPinIndex = 3,
.shifterIndex = {0,1},
.timerIndex = {0}
};
flexio_spi_slave_config_t config = {
.enableSlave = true,
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false,
.phase = kFLEXIO_SPI_ClockPhaseFirstEdge,
.direction = kFLEXIO_SPI_MsbFirst,
.dataMode = kFLEXIO_SPI_8BitMode
};
FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveInit(&spiDev, &config);

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• slaveConfig – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_config_t structure.

void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveDeinit(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base)

Gates the FlexIO clock.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type.

void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(flexio_spi_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO SPI slave. The configuration can be used directly for calling the FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveConfigure(). Example:

flexio_spi_slave_config_t slaveConfig;
FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(&slaveConfig);

Parameters:

• slaveConfig – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_config_t structure.

uint32_t FLEXIO_SPI_GetStatusFlags(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base)

Gets FlexIO SPI status flags.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

Returns:

status flag; Use the status flag to AND the following flag mask and get the status.

• kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyFlag

• kFLEXIO_SPI_RxEmptyFlag

void FLEXIO_SPI_ClearStatusFlags(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears FlexIO SPI status flags.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• mask – status flag The parameter can be any combination of the following values:

  • kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyFlag

  • kFLEXIO_SPI_RxEmptyFlag

void FLEXIO_SPI_EnableInterrupts(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FlexIO SPI interrupt.

This function enables the FlexIO SPI interrupt.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• mask – interrupt source. The parameter can be any combination of the following values:

  • kFLEXIO_SPI_RxFullInterruptEnable

  • kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyInterruptEnable

void FLEXIO_SPI_DisableInterrupts(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the FlexIO SPI interrupt.

This function disables the FlexIO SPI interrupt.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• mask – interrupt source The parameter can be any combination of the following values:

  • kFLEXIO_SPI_RxFullInterruptEnable

  • kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyInterruptEnable

void FLEXIO_SPI_EnableDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO SPI transmit DMA. This function enables/disables the FlexIO SPI Tx DMA, which means that asserting the kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyFlag does/doesn’t trigger the DMA request.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• mask – SPI DMA source.

• enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_SPI_GetTxDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction)

Gets the FlexIO SPI transmit data register address for MSB first transfer.

This function returns the SPI data register address, which is mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.

Returns:

FlexIO SPI transmit data register address.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_SPI_GetRxDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction)

Gets the FlexIO SPI receive data register address for the MSB first transfer.

This function returns the SPI data register address, which is mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.

Returns:

FlexIO SPI receive data register address.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_Enable(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO SPI module operation.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type.

• enable – True to enable, false does not have any effect.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterSetBaudRate(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClockHz)

Sets baud rate for the FlexIO SPI transfer, which is only used for the master.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• baudRate_Bps – Baud Rate needed in Hz.

• srcClockHz – SPI source clock frequency in Hz.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_WriteData(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction, uint32_t data)

Writes one byte of data, which is sent using the MSB method.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is put into the data register but the data transfer is not finished on the bus. Ensure that the TxEmptyFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.

• data – 8/16/32 bit data.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_SPI_ReadData(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction)

Reads 8 bit/16 bit data.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is read from the data register. Ensure that the RxFullFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.

Returns:

8 bit/16 bit data received.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_WriteBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction, const uint8_t *buffer, size_t size)

Sends a buffer of data bytes.

Note

This function blocks using the polling method until all bytes have been sent.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.

• buffer – The data bytes to send.

• size – The number of data bytes to send.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Timeout – The transfer timed out and was aborted.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_ReadBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction, uint8_t *buffer, size_t size)

Receives a buffer of bytes.

Note

This function blocks using the polling method until all bytes have been received.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.

• buffer – The buffer to store the received bytes.

• size – The number of data bytes to be received.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Timeout – The transfer timed out and was aborted.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Receives a buffer of bytes.

Note

This function blocks via polling until all bytes have been received.

Parameters:

• base – pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure

• xfer – FlexIO SPI transfer structure, see flexio_spi_transfer_t.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Timeout – The transfer timed out and was aborted.

void FLEXIO_SPI_FlushShifters(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base)

Flush tx/rx shifters.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferCreateHandle(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_master_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexIO SPI Master handle, which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• callback – The callback function.

• userData – The parameter of the callback function.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.

• kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferNonBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Master transfer data using IRQ.

This function sends data using IRQ. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is sent out/received, the callback function is called.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• xfer – FlexIO SPI transfer structure. See flexio_spi_transfer_t.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy – SPI is not idle, is running another transfer.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferAbort(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the master data transfer, which used IRQ.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferGetCount(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the data transfer status which used IRQ.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.

• kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(void *spiType, void *spiHandle)

FlexIO SPI master IRQ handler function.

Parameters:

• spiType – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• spiHandle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_slave_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexIO SPI Slave handle, which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• callback – The callback function.

• userData – The parameter of the callback function.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.

• kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferNonBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Slave transfer data using IRQ.

This function sends data using IRQ. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is sent out/received, the callback function is called.

Parameters:

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• xfer – FlexIO SPI transfer structure. See flexio_spi_transfer_t.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy – SPI is not idle; it is running another transfer.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferAbort(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the slave data transfer which used IRQ, share same API with master.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

static inline status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferGetCount(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the data transfer status which used IRQ, share same API with master.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.

• kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferHandleIRQ(void *spiType, void *spiHandle)

FlexIO SPI slave IRQ handler function.

Parameters:

• spiType – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

• spiHandle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

FSL_FLEXIO_SPI_DRIVER_VERSION

FlexIO SPI driver version.

Error codes for the FlexIO SPI driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy

FlexIO SPI is busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Idle

SPI is idle

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Error

FlexIO SPI error.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Timeout

FlexIO SPI timeout polling status flags.

enum _flexio_spi_clock_phase

FlexIO SPI clock phase configuration.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_ClockPhaseFirstEdge

First edge on SPSCK occurs at the middle of the first cycle of a data transfer.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_ClockPhaseSecondEdge

First edge on SPSCK occurs at the start of the first cycle of a data transfer.

enum _flexio_spi_shift_direction

FlexIO SPI data shifter direction options.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_MsbFirst

Data transfers start with most significant bit.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_LsbFirst

Data transfers start with least significant bit.

enum _flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode

FlexIO SPI data length mode options.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_8BitMode

8-bit data transmission mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_16BitMode

16-bit data transmission mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_32BitMode

32-bit data transmission mode.

enum _flexio_spi_interrupt_enable

Define FlexIO SPI interrupt mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyInterruptEnable

Transmit buffer empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_RxFullInterruptEnable

Receive buffer full interrupt enable.

enum _flexio_spi_status_flags

Define FlexIO SPI status mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_TxBufferEmptyFlag

Transmit buffer empty flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_RxBufferFullFlag

Receive buffer full flag.

enum _flexio_spi_dma_enable

Define FlexIO SPI DMA mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_TxDmaEnable

Tx DMA request source

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_RxDmaEnable

Rx DMA request source

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_DmaAllEnable

All DMA request source

enum _flexio_spi_transfer_flags

Define FlexIO SPI transfer flags.

Note

Use kFLEXIO_SPI_csContinuous and one of the other flags to OR together to form the transfer flag.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_8bitMsb

FlexIO SPI 8-bit MSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_8bitLsb

FlexIO SPI 8-bit LSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_16bitMsb

FlexIO SPI 16-bit MSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_16bitLsb

FlexIO SPI 16-bit LSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_32bitMsb

FlexIO SPI 32-bit MSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_32bitLsb

FlexIO SPI 32-bit LSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_csContinuous

Enable the CS signal continuous mode

typedef enum _flexio_spi_clock_phase flexio_spi_clock_phase_t

FlexIO SPI clock phase configuration.

typedef enum _flexio_spi_shift_direction flexio_spi_shift_direction_t

FlexIO SPI data shifter direction options.

typedef enum _flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode_t

FlexIO SPI data length mode options.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_type FLEXIO_SPI_Type

Define FlexIO SPI access structure typedef.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_master_config flexio_spi_master_config_t

Define FlexIO SPI master configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_slave_config flexio_spi_slave_config_t

Define FlexIO SPI slave configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_transfer flexio_spi_transfer_t

Define FlexIO SPI transfer structure.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_master_handle flexio_spi_master_handle_t

typedef for flexio_spi_master_handle_t in advance.

typedef flexio_spi_master_handle_t flexio_spi_slave_handle_t

Slave handle is the same with master handle.

typedef void (*flexio_spi_master_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

FlexIO SPI master callback for finished transmit.

typedef void (*flexio_spi_slave_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

FlexIO SPI slave callback for finished transmit.

FLEXIO_SPI_DUMMYDATA

FlexIO SPI dummy transfer data, the data is sent while txData is NULL.

SPI_RETRY_TIMES

Retry times for waiting flag.

FLEXIO_SPI_XFER_DATA_FORMAT(flag)

Get the transfer data format of width and bit order.

struct _flexio_spi_type

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI access structure typedef.

Public Members

FLEXIO_Type *flexioBase

FlexIO base pointer.

uint8_t SDOPinIndex

Pin select for data output. To set SDO pin in Hi-Z state, user needs to mux the pin as GPIO input and disable all pull up/down in application.

uint8_t SDIPinIndex

Pin select for data input.

uint8_t SCKPinIndex

Pin select for clock.

uint8_t CSnPinIndex

Pin select for enable.

uint8_t shifterIndex[2]

Shifter index used in FlexIO SPI.

uint8_t timerIndex[2]

Timer index used in FlexIO SPI.

struct _flexio_spi_master_config

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI master configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableMaster

Enable/disable FlexIO SPI master after configuration.

bool enableInDoze

Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode.

bool enableInDebug

Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode.

bool enableFastAccess

Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

uint32_t baudRate_Bps

Baud rate in Bps.

flexio_spi_clock_phase_t phase

Clock phase.

flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode_t dataMode

8bit or 16bit mode.

struct _flexio_spi_slave_config

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI slave configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableSlave

Enable/disable FlexIO SPI slave after configuration.

bool enableInDoze

Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode.

bool enableInDebug

Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode.

bool enableFastAccess

Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

flexio_spi_clock_phase_t phase

Clock phase.

flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode_t dataMode

8bit or 16bit mode.

struct _flexio_spi_transfer

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI transfer structure.

Public Members

const uint8_t *txData

Send buffer.

uint8_t *rxData

Receive buffer.

size_t dataSize

Transfer bytes.

uint8_t flags

FlexIO SPI control flag, MSB first or LSB first.

struct _flexio_spi_master_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI handle structure.

Public Members

const uint8_t *txData

Transfer buffer.

uint8_t *rxData

Receive buffer.

size_t transferSize

Total bytes to be transferred.

volatile size_t txRemainingBytes

Send data remaining in bytes.

volatile size_t rxRemainingBytes

Receive data remaining in bytes.

volatile uint32_t state

FlexIO SPI internal state.

uint8_t bytePerFrame

SPI mode, 2bytes or 1byte in a frame

flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction

Shift direction.

flexio_spi_master_transfer_callback_t callback

FlexIO SPI callback.

void *userData

Callback parameter.

FlexIO UART Driver

status_t FLEXIO_UART_Init(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, const flexio_uart_config_t *userConfig, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Ungates the FlexIO clock, resets the FlexIO module, configures FlexIO UART hardware, and configures the FlexIO UART with FlexIO UART configuration. The configuration structure can be filled by the user or be set with default values by FLEXIO_UART_GetDefaultConfig().

Example

FLEXIO_UART_Type base = {
.flexioBase = FLEXIO,
.TxPinIndex = 0,
.RxPinIndex = 1,
.shifterIndex = {0,1},
.timerIndex = {0,1}
};
flexio_uart_config_t config = {
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false,
.baudRate_Bps = 115200U,
.bitCountPerChar = 8
};
FLEXIO_UART_Init(base, &config, srcClock_Hz);

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• userConfig – Pointer to the flexio_uart_config_t structure.

• srcClock_Hz – FlexIO source clock in Hz.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Configuration success.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_BaudrateNotSupport – Baudrate is not supported for current clock source frequency.

void FLEXIO_UART_Deinit(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Resets the FlexIO UART shifter and timer config.

Note

After calling this API, call the FLEXO_UART_Init to use the FlexIO UART module.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type structure

void FLEXIO_UART_GetDefaultConfig(flexio_uart_config_t *userConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO UART. The configuration can be used directly for calling the FLEXIO_UART_Init(). Example:

flexio_uart_config_t config;
FLEXIO_UART_GetDefaultConfig(&userConfig);

Parameters:

• userConfig – Pointer to the flexio_uart_config_t structure.

uint32_t FLEXIO_UART_GetStatusFlags(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO UART status flags.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

Returns:

FlexIO UART status flags.

void FLEXIO_UART_ClearStatusFlags(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Gets the FlexIO UART status flags.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• mask – Status flag. The parameter can be any combination of the following values:

  • kFLEXIO_UART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag

  • kFLEXIO_UART_RxEmptyFlag

  • kFLEXIO_UART_RxOverRunFlag

void FLEXIO_UART_EnableInterrupts(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

This function enables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• mask – Interrupt source.

void FLEXIO_UART_DisableInterrupts(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

This function disables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• mask – Interrupt source.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_UART_GetTxDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO UARt transmit data register address.

This function returns the UART data register address, which is mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

Returns:

FlexIO UART transmit data register address.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_UART_GetRxDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO UART receive data register address.

This function returns the UART data register address, which is mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

Returns:

FlexIO UART receive data register address.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_EnableTxDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO UART transmit DMA. This function enables/disables the FlexIO UART Tx DMA, which means asserting the kFLEXIO_UART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag does/doesn’t trigger the DMA request.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_EnableRxDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO UART receive DMA. This function enables/disables the FlexIO UART Rx DMA, which means asserting kFLEXIO_UART_RxDataRegFullFlag does/doesn’t trigger the DMA request.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_Enable(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO UART module operation.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type.

• enable – True to enable, false does not have any effect.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_WriteByte(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, const uint8_t *buffer)

Writes one byte of data.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is put into the data register. Ensure that the TxEmptyFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• buffer – The data bytes to send.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_ReadByte(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint8_t *buffer)

Reads one byte of data.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is read from the data register. Ensure that the RxFullFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• buffer – The buffer to store the received bytes.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_WriteBlocking(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, const uint8_t *txData, size_t txSize)

Sends a buffer of data bytes.

Note

This function blocks using the polling method until all bytes have been sent.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• txData – The data bytes to send.

• txSize – The number of data bytes to send.

Return values:

• kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.

• kStatus_Success – Successfully wrote all data.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_ReadBlocking(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint8_t *rxData, size_t rxSize)

Receives a buffer of bytes.

Note

This function blocks using the polling method until all bytes have been received.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• rxData – The buffer to store the received bytes.

• rxSize – The number of data bytes to be received.

Return values:

• kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.

• kStatus_Success – Successfully received all data.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferCreateHandle(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the UART handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO UART handle, which can be used for other FlexIO UART transactional APIs. Call this API once to get the initialized handle.

The UART driver supports the “background” receiving, which means that users can set up a RX ring buffer optionally. Data received is stored into the ring buffer even when the user doesn’t call the FLEXIO_UART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking() API. If there is already data received in the ring buffer, users can get the received data from the ring buffer directly. The ring buffer is disabled if passing NULL as ringBuffer.

Parameters:

• base – to FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• callback – The callback function.

• userData – The parameter of the callback function.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.

• kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferStartRingBuffer(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, uint8_t *ringBuffer, size_t ringBufferSize)

Sets up the RX ring buffer.

This function sets up the RX ring buffer to a specific UART handle.

When the RX ring buffer is used, data received is stored into the ring buffer even when the user doesn’t call the UART_ReceiveNonBlocking() API. If there is already data received in the ring buffer, users can get the received data from the ring buffer directly.

Note

When using the RX ring buffer, one byte is reserved for internal use. In other words, if ringBufferSize is 32, only 31 bytes are used for saving data.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• ringBuffer – Start address of ring buffer for background receiving. Pass NULL to disable the ring buffer.

• ringBufferSize – Size of the ring buffer.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferStopRingBuffer(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the background transfer and uninstalls the ring buffer.

This function aborts the background transfer and uninstalls the ring buffer.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferSendNonBlocking(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_t *xfer)

Transmits a buffer of data using the interrupt method.

This function sends data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns directly without waiting for all data to be written to the TX register. When all data is written to the TX register in ISR, the FlexIO UART driver calls the callback function and passes the kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxIdle as status parameter.

Note

The kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxIdle is passed to the upper layer when all data is written to the TX register. However, it does not ensure that all data is sent out.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• xfer – FlexIO UART transfer structure. See flexio_uart_transfer_t.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully starts the data transmission.

• kStatus_UART_TxBusy – Previous transmission still not finished, data not written to the TX register.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferAbortSend(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the interrupt-driven data transmit.

This function aborts the interrupt-driven data sending. Get the remainBytes to find out how many bytes are still not sent out.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferGetSendCount(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes sent.

This function gets the number of bytes sent driven by interrupt.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• count – Number of bytes sent so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – transfer has finished or no transfer in progress.

• kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_t *xfer, size_t *receivedBytes)

Receives a buffer of data using the interrupt method.

This function receives data using the interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns without waiting for all data to be received. If the RX ring buffer is used and not empty, the data in ring buffer is copied and the parameter receivedBytes shows how many bytes are copied from the ring buffer. After copying, if the data in ring buffer is not enough to read, the receive request is saved by the UART driver. When new data arrives, the receive request is serviced first. When all data is received, the UART driver notifies the upper layer through a callback function and passes the status parameter kStatus_UART_RxIdle. For example, if the upper layer needs 10 bytes but there are only 5 bytes in the ring buffer, the 5 bytes are copied to xfer->data. This function returns with the parameter receivedBytes set to 5. For the last 5 bytes, newly arrived data is saved from the xfer->data[5]. When 5 bytes are received, the UART driver notifies upper layer. If the RX ring buffer is not enabled, this function enables the RX and RX interrupt to receive data to xfer->data. When all data is received, the upper layer is notified.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• xfer – UART transfer structure. See flexio_uart_transfer_t.

• receivedBytes – Bytes received from the ring buffer directly.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully queue the transfer into the transmit queue.

• kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxBusy – Previous receive request is not finished.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferAbortReceive(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the receive data which was using IRQ.

This function aborts the receive data which was using IRQ.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferGetReceiveCount(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes received.

This function gets the number of bytes received driven by interrupt.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• count – Number of bytes received so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – transfer has finished or no transfer in progress.

• kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferHandleIRQ(void *uartType, void *uartHandle)

FlexIO UART IRQ handler function.

This function processes the FlexIO UART transmit and receives the IRQ request.

Parameters:

• uartType – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

• uartHandle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

void FLEXIO_UART_FlushShifters(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Flush tx/rx shifters.

Parameters:

• base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

FSL_FLEXIO_UART_DRIVER_VERSION

FlexIO UART driver version.

Error codes for the UART driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxBusy

Transmitter is busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxBusy

Receiver is busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxIdle

UART transmitter is idle.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxIdle

UART receiver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_ERROR

ERROR happens on UART.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxRingBufferOverrun

UART RX software ring buffer overrun.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxHardwareOverrun

UART RX receiver overrun.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_Timeout

UART times out.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_BaudrateNotSupport

Baudrate is not supported in current clock source

enum _flexio_uart_bit_count_per_char

FlexIO UART bit count per char.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_7BitsPerChar

7-bit data characters

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_8BitsPerChar

8-bit data characters

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_9BitsPerChar

9-bit data characters

enum _flexio_uart_interrupt_enable

Define FlexIO UART interrupt mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable

Transmit buffer empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable

Receive buffer full interrupt enable.

enum _flexio_uart_status_flags

Define FlexIO UART status mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag

Transmit buffer empty flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_RxDataRegFullFlag

Receive buffer full flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_RxOverRunFlag

Receive buffer over run flag.

typedef enum _flexio_uart_bit_count_per_char flexio_uart_bit_count_per_char_t

FlexIO UART bit count per char.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_type FLEXIO_UART_Type

Define FlexIO UART access structure typedef.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_config flexio_uart_config_t

Define FlexIO UART user configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_transfer flexio_uart_transfer_t

Define FlexIO UART transfer structure.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_handle flexio_uart_handle_t

typedef void (*flexio_uart_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

FlexIO UART transfer callback function.

UART_RETRY_TIMES

Retry times for waiting flag.

struct _flexio_uart_type

#include <fsl_flexio_uart.h>

Define FlexIO UART access structure typedef.

Public Members

FLEXIO_Type *flexioBase

FlexIO base pointer.

uint8_t TxPinIndex

Pin select for UART_Tx.

uint8_t RxPinIndex

Pin select for UART_Rx.

uint8_t shifterIndex[2]

Shifter index used in FlexIO UART.

uint8_t timerIndex[2]

Timer index used in FlexIO UART.

struct _flexio_uart_config

#include <fsl_flexio_uart.h>

Define FlexIO UART user configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableUart

Enable/disable FlexIO UART TX & RX.

bool enableInDoze

Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode

bool enableInDebug

Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode

bool enableFastAccess

Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

uint32_t baudRate_Bps

Baud rate in Bps.

flexio_uart_bit_count_per_char_t bitCountPerChar

number of bits, 7/8/9 -bit

struct _flexio_uart_transfer

#include <fsl_flexio_uart.h>

Define FlexIO UART transfer structure.

Public Members

size_t dataSize

Transfer size

struct _flexio_uart_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_uart.h>

Define FLEXIO UART handle structure.

Public Members

const uint8_t *volatile txData

Address of remaining data to send.

volatile size_t txDataSize

Size of the remaining data to send.

uint8_t *volatile rxData

Address of remaining data to receive.

volatile size_t rxDataSize

Size of the remaining data to receive.

size_t txDataSizeAll

Total bytes to be sent.

size_t rxDataSizeAll

Total bytes to be received.

uint8_t *rxRingBuffer

Start address of the receiver ring buffer.

size_t rxRingBufferSize

Size of the ring buffer.

volatile uint16_t rxRingBufferHead

Index for the driver to store received data into ring buffer.

volatile uint16_t rxRingBufferTail

Index for the user to get data from the ring buffer.

flexio_uart_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback function.

void *userData

UART callback function parameter.

volatile uint8_t txState

TX transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxState

RX transfer state

union __unnamed106__

Public Members

uint8_t *data

The buffer of data to be transfer.

uint8_t *rxData

The buffer to receive data.

const uint8_t *txData

The buffer of data to be sent.

FLEXSPI: Flexible Serial Peripheral Interface Driver

uint32_t FLEXSPI_GetInstance(FLEXSPI_Type *base)

Get the instance number for FLEXSPI.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI base pointer.

status_t FLEXSPI_CheckAndClearError(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint32_t status)

Check and clear IP command execution errors.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI base pointer.

• status – interrupt status.

void FLEXSPI_Init(FLEXSPI_Type *base, const flexspi_config_t *config)

Initializes the FLEXSPI module and internal state.

This function enables the clock for FLEXSPI and also configures the FLEXSPI with the input configure parameters. Users should call this function before any FLEXSPI operations.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• config – FLEXSPI configure structure.

void FLEXSPI_GetDefaultConfig(flexspi_config_t *config)

Gets default settings for FLEXSPI.

Parameters:

• config – FLEXSPI configuration structure.

void FLEXSPI_Deinit(FLEXSPI_Type *base)

Deinitializes the FLEXSPI module.

Clears the FLEXSPI state and FLEXSPI module registers.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

void FLEXSPI_UpdateDllValue(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_device_config_t *config, flexspi_port_t port)

Update FLEXSPI DLL value depending on currently flexspi root clock.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• config – Flash configuration parameters.

• port – FLEXSPI Operation port.

void FLEXSPI_SetFlashConfig(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_device_config_t *config, flexspi_port_t port)

Configures the connected device parameter.

This function configures the connected device relevant parameters, such as the size, command, and so on. The flash configuration value cannot have a default value. The user needs to configure it according to the connected device.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• config – Flash configuration parameters.

• port – FLEXSPI Operation port.

void FLEXSPI_SoftwareReset(FLEXSPI_Type *base)

Software reset for the FLEXSPI logic.

This function sets the software reset flags for both AHB and buffer domain and resets both AHB buffer and also IP FIFOs.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

static inline void FLEXSPI_Enable(FLEXSPI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the FLEXSPI module.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• enable – True means enable FLEXSPI, false means disable.

static inline void FLEXSPI_EnableInterrupts(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FLEXSPI interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• mask – FLEXSPI interrupt source.

static inline void FLEXSPI_DisableInterrupts(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disable the FLEXSPI interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• mask – FLEXSPI interrupt source.

static inline void FLEXSPI_EnableTxDMA(FLEXSPI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables FLEXSPI IP Tx FIFO DMA requests.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• enable – Enable flag for transmit DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

static inline void FLEXSPI_EnableRxDMA(FLEXSPI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables FLEXSPI IP Rx FIFO DMA requests.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• enable – Enable flag for receive DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

static inline uint32_t FLEXSPI_GetTxFifoAddress(FLEXSPI_Type *base)

Gets FLEXSPI IP tx fifo address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

Return values:

The – tx fifo address.

static inline uint32_t FLEXSPI_GetRxFifoAddress(FLEXSPI_Type *base)

Gets FLEXSPI IP rx fifo address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

Return values:

The – rx fifo address.

static inline void FLEXSPI_ResetFifos(FLEXSPI_Type *base, bool txFifo, bool rxFifo)

Clears the FLEXSPI IP FIFO logic.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• txFifo – Pass true to reset TX FIFO.

• rxFifo – Pass true to reset RX FIFO.

static inline void FLEXSPI_GetFifoCounts(FLEXSPI_Type *base, size_t *txCount, size_t *rxCount)

Gets the valid data entries in the FLEXSPI FIFOs.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• txCount – [out] Pointer through which the current number of bytes in the transmit FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.

• rxCount – [out] Pointer through which the current number of bytes in the receive FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.

static inline uint32_t FLEXSPI_GetInterruptStatusFlags(FLEXSPI_Type *base)

Get the FLEXSPI interrupt status flags.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

Return values:

interrupt – status flag, use status flag to AND flexspi_flags_t could get the related status.

static inline void FLEXSPI_ClearInterruptStatusFlags(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Get the FLEXSPI interrupt status flags.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• mask – FLEXSPI interrupt source.

static inline void FLEXSPI_GetDataLearningPhase(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint8_t *portAPhase, uint8_t *portBPhase)

Gets the sampling clock phase selection after Data Learning.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• portAPhase – Pointer to a uint8_t type variable to receive the selected clock phase on PORTA.

• portBPhase – Pointer to a uint8_t type variable to receive the selected clock phase on PORTB.

static inline flexspi_arb_command_source_t FLEXSPI_GetArbitratorCommandSource(FLEXSPI_Type *base)

Gets the trigger source of current command sequence granted by arbitrator.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

Return values:

trigger – source of current command sequence.

static inline flexspi_ip_error_code_t FLEXSPI_GetIPCommandErrorCode(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint8_t *index)

Gets the error code when IP command error detected.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• index – Pointer to a uint8_t type variable to receive the sequence index when error detected.

Return values:

error – code when IP command error detected.

static inline flexspi_ahb_error_code_t FLEXSPI_GetAHBCommandErrorCode(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint8_t *index)

Gets the error code when AHB command error detected.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• index – Pointer to a uint8_t type variable to receive the sequence index when error detected.

Return values:

error – code when AHB command error detected.

static inline bool FLEXSPI_GetBusIdleStatus(FLEXSPI_Type *base)

Returns whether the bus is idle.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

Return values:

• true – Bus is idle.

• false – Bus is busy.

void FLEXSPI_UpdateRxSampleClock(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_read_sample_clock_t clockSource)

Update read sample clock source.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• clockSource – clockSource of type flexspi_read_sample_clock_t

static inline void FLEXSPI_EnableIPParallelMode(FLEXSPI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FLEXSPI IP command parallel mode.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• enable – True means enable parallel mode, false means disable parallel mode.

static inline void FLEXSPI_EnableAHBParallelMode(FLEXSPI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FLEXSPI AHB command parallel mode.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• enable – True means enable parallel mode, false means disable parallel mode.

void FLEXSPI_UpdateLUT(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint32_t index, const uint32_t *cmd, uint32_t count)

Updates the LUT table.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• index – From which index start to update. It could be any index of the LUT table, which also allows user to update command content inside a command. Each command consists of up to 8 instructions and occupy 4*32-bit memory.

• cmd – Command sequence array.

• count – Number of sequences.

static inline void FLEXSPI_WriteData(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint32_t data, uint8_t fifoIndex)

Writes data into FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address

• data – The data bytes to send

• fifoIndex – Destination fifo index.

static inline uint32_t FLEXSPI_ReadData(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint8_t fifoIndex)

Receives data from data FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address

• fifoIndex – Source fifo index.

Returns:

The data in the FIFO.

status_t FLEXSPI_WriteBlocking(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint8_t *buffer, size_t size)

Sends a buffer of data bytes using blocking method.

Note

This function blocks via polling until all bytes have been sent.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address

• buffer – The data bytes to send

• size – The number of data bytes to send

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – write success without error

• kStatus_FLEXSPI_SequenceExecutionTimeout – sequence execution timeout

• kStatus_FLEXSPI_IpCommandSequenceError – IP command sequence error detected

• kStatus_FLEXSPI_IpCommandGrantTimeout – IP command grant timeout detected

status_t FLEXSPI_ReadBlocking(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint8_t *buffer, size_t size)

Receives a buffer of data bytes using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks via polling until all bytes have been sent.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address

• buffer – The data bytes to send

• size – The number of data bytes to receive

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – read success without error

• kStatus_FLEXSPI_SequenceExecutionTimeout – sequence execution timeout

• kStatus_FLEXSPI_IpCommandSequenceError – IP command sequencen error detected

• kStatus_FLEXSPI_IpCommandGrantTimeout – IP command grant timeout detected

status_t FLEXSPI_TransferBlocking(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_transfer_t *xfer)

Execute command to transfer a buffer data bytes using a blocking method.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address

• xfer – pointer to the transfer structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – command transfer success without error

• kStatus_FLEXSPI_SequenceExecutionTimeout – sequence execution timeout

• kStatus_FLEXSPI_IpCommandSequenceError – IP command sequence error detected

• kStatus_FLEXSPI_IpCommandGrantTimeout – IP command grant timeout detected

void FLEXSPI_TransferCreateHandle(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_handle_t *handle, flexspi_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FLEXSPI handle which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – pointer to flexspi_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

• callback – pointer to user callback function.

• userData – user parameter passed to the callback function.

status_t FLEXSPI_TransferNonBlocking(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_handle_t *handle, flexspi_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a interrupt non-blocking transfer on the FLEXSPI bus.

Note

Calling the API returns immediately after transfer initiates. The user needs to call FLEXSPI_GetTransferCount to poll the transfer status to check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is not kStatus_FLEXSPI_Busy, the transfer is finished. For FLEXSPI_Read, the dataSize should be multiple of rx watermark level, or FLEXSPI could not read data properly.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – pointer to flexspi_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• xfer – pointer to flexspi_transfer_t structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully start the data transmission.

• kStatus_FLEXSPI_Busy – Previous transmission still not finished.

status_t FLEXSPI_TransferGetCount(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the master transfer status during a interrupt non-blocking transfer.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – pointer to flexspi_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.

• kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXSPI_TransferAbort(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_handle_t *handle)

Aborts an interrupt non-blocking transfer early.

Note

This API can be called at any time when an interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer early.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – pointer to flexspi_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

void FLEXSPI_TransferHandleIRQ(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_handle_t *handle)

Master interrupt handler.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – pointer to flexspi_handle_t structure.

FSL_FLEXSPI_DRIVER_VERSION

FLEXSPI driver version.

Status structure of FLEXSPI.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXSPI_Busy

FLEXSPI is busy

enumerator kStatus_FLEXSPI_SequenceExecutionTimeout

Sequence execution timeout error occurred during FLEXSPI transfer.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXSPI_IpCommandSequenceError

IP command Sequence execution timeout error occurred during FLEXSPI transfer.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXSPI_IpCommandGrantTimeout

IP command grant timeout error occurred during FLEXSPI transfer.

CMD definition of FLEXSPI, use to form LUT instruction, _flexspi_command.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_STOP

Stop execution, deassert CS.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_SDR

Transmit Command code to Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_RADDR_SDR

Transmit Row Address to Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_CADDR_SDR

Transmit Column Address to Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_MODE1_SDR

Transmit 1-bit Mode bits to Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_MODE2_SDR

Transmit 2-bit Mode bits to Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_MODE4_SDR

Transmit 4-bit Mode bits to Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_MODE8_SDR

Transmit 8-bit Mode bits to Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_WRITE_SDR

Transmit Programming Data to Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_READ_SDR

Receive Read Data from Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_LEARN_SDR

Receive Read Data or Preamble bit from Flash, SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_DATSZ_SDR

Transmit Read/Program Data size (byte) to Flash, SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_DUMMY_SDR

Leave data lines undriven by FlexSPI controller.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_DUMMY_RWDS_SDR

Leave data lines undriven by FlexSPI controller, dummy cycles decided by RWDS.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_DDR

Transmit Command code to Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_RADDR_DDR

Transmit Row Address to Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_CADDR_DDR

Transmit Column Address to Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_MODE1_DDR

Transmit 1-bit Mode bits to Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_MODE2_DDR

Transmit 2-bit Mode bits to Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_MODE4_DDR

Transmit 4-bit Mode bits to Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_MODE8_DDR

Transmit 8-bit Mode bits to Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_WRITE_DDR

Transmit Programming Data to Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_READ_DDR

Receive Read Data from Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_LEARN_DDR

Receive Read Data or Preamble bit from Flash, DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_DATSZ_DDR

Transmit Read/Program Data size (byte) to Flash, DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_DUMMY_DDR

Leave data lines undriven by FlexSPI controller.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_DUMMY_RWDS_DDR

Leave data lines undriven by FlexSPI controller, dummy cycles decided by RWDS.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_JUMP_ON_CS

Stop execution, deassert CS and save operand[7:0] as the instruction start pointer for next sequence

enum _flexspi_pad

pad definition of FLEXSPI, use to form LUT instruction.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_1PAD

Transmit command/address and transmit/receive data only through DATA0/DATA1.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_2PAD

Transmit command/address and transmit/receive data only through DATA[1:0].

enumerator kFLEXSPI_4PAD

Transmit command/address and transmit/receive data only through DATA[3:0].

enumerator kFLEXSPI_8PAD

Transmit command/address and transmit/receive data only through DATA[7:0].

enum _flexspi_flags

FLEXSPI interrupt status flags.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_SequenceExecutionTimeoutFlag

Sequence execution timeout.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbBusTimeoutFlag

AHB Bus timeout.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_SckStoppedBecauseTxEmptyFlag

SCK is stopped during command sequence because Async TX FIFO empty.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_SckStoppedBecauseRxFullFlag

SCK is stopped during command sequence because Async RX FIFO full.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_DataLearningFailedFlag

Data learning failed.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpTxFifoWatermarkEmptyFlag

IP TX FIFO WaterMark empty.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpRxFifoWatermarkAvailableFlag

IP RX FIFO WaterMark available.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbCommandSequenceErrorFlag

AHB triggered Command Sequences Error.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCommandSequenceErrorFlag

IP triggered Command Sequences Error.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbCommandGrantTimeoutFlag

AHB triggered Command Sequences Grant Timeout.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCommandGrantTimeoutFlag

IP triggered Command Sequences Grant Timeout.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCommandExecutionDoneFlag

IP triggered Command Sequences Execution finished.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AllInterruptFlags

All flags.

enum _flexspi_read_sample_clock

FLEXSPI sample clock source selection for Flash Reading.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_ReadSampleClkLoopbackInternally

Dummy Read strobe generated by FlexSPI Controller and loopback internally.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_ReadSampleClkLoopbackFromDqsPad

Dummy Read strobe generated by FlexSPI Controller and loopback from DQS pad.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_ReadSampleClkLoopbackFromSckPad

SCK output clock and loopback from SCK pad.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_ReadSampleClkExternalInputFromDqsPad

Flash provided Read strobe and input from DQS pad.

enum _flexspi_cs_interval_cycle_unit

FLEXSPI interval unit for flash device select.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_CsIntervalUnit1SckCycle

Chip selection interval: CSINTERVAL * 1 serial clock cycle.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_CsIntervalUnit256SckCycle

Chip selection interval: CSINTERVAL * 256 serial clock cycle.

enum _flexspi_ahb_write_wait_unit

FLEXSPI AHB wait interval unit for writing.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteWaitUnit2AhbCycle

AWRWAIT unit is 2 ahb clock cycle.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteWaitUnit8AhbCycle

AWRWAIT unit is 8 ahb clock cycle.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteWaitUnit32AhbCycle

AWRWAIT unit is 32 ahb clock cycle.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteWaitUnit128AhbCycle

AWRWAIT unit is 128 ahb clock cycle.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteWaitUnit512AhbCycle

AWRWAIT unit is 512 ahb clock cycle.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteWaitUnit2048AhbCycle

AWRWAIT unit is 2048 ahb clock cycle.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteWaitUnit8192AhbCycle

AWRWAIT unit is 8192 ahb clock cycle.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteWaitUnit32768AhbCycle

AWRWAIT unit is 32768 ahb clock cycle.

enum _flexspi_ip_error_code

Error Code when IP command Error detected.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCmdErrorNoError

No error.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCmdErrorJumpOnCsInIpCmd

IP command with JMP_ON_CS instruction used.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCmdErrorUnknownOpCode

Unknown instruction opcode in the sequence.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCmdErrorSdrDummyInDdrSequence

Instruction DUMMY_SDR/DUMMY_RWDS_SDR used in DDR sequence.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCmdErrorDdrDummyInSdrSequence

Instruction DUMMY_DDR/DUMMY_RWDS_DDR used in SDR sequence.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCmdErrorInvalidAddress

Flash access start address exceed the whole flash address range (A1/A2/B1/B2).

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCmdErrorSequenceExecutionTimeout

Sequence execution timeout.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCmdErrorFlashBoundaryAcrosss

Flash boundary crossed.

enum _flexspi_ahb_error_code

Error Code when AHB command Error detected.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbCmdErrorNoError

No error.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbCmdErrorJumpOnCsInWriteCmd

AHB Write command with JMP_ON_CS instruction used in the sequence.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbCmdErrorUnknownOpCode

Unknown instruction opcode in the sequence.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbCmdErrorSdrDummyInDdrSequence

Instruction DUMMY_SDR/DUMMY_RWDS_SDR used in DDR sequence.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbCmdErrorDdrDummyInSdrSequence

Instruction DUMMY_DDR/DUMMY_RWDS_DDR used in SDR sequence.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbCmdSequenceExecutionTimeout

Sequence execution timeout.

enum _flexspi_port

FLEXSPI operation port select.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_PortA1

Access flash on A1 port.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_PortA2

Access flash on A2 port.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_PortB1

Access flash on B1 port.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_PortB2

Access flash on B2 port.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_PortCount

enum _flexspi_arb_command_source

Trigger source of current command sequence granted by arbitrator.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbReadCommand

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteCommand

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCommand

enumerator kFLEXSPI_SuspendedCommand

enum _flexspi_command_type

Command type.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command

FlexSPI operation: Only command, both TX and Rx buffer are ignored.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Config

FlexSPI operation: Configure device mode, the TX fifo size is fixed in LUT.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Read

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Write

typedef enum _flexspi_pad flexspi_pad_t

pad definition of FLEXSPI, use to form LUT instruction.

typedef enum _flexspi_flags flexspi_flags_t

FLEXSPI interrupt status flags.

typedef enum _flexspi_read_sample_clock flexspi_read_sample_clock_t

FLEXSPI sample clock source selection for Flash Reading.

typedef enum _flexspi_cs_interval_cycle_unit flexspi_cs_interval_cycle_unit_t

FLEXSPI interval unit for flash device select.

typedef enum _flexspi_ahb_write_wait_unit flexspi_ahb_write_wait_unit_t

FLEXSPI AHB wait interval unit for writing.

typedef enum _flexspi_ip_error_code flexspi_ip_error_code_t

Error Code when IP command Error detected.

typedef enum _flexspi_ahb_error_code flexspi_ahb_error_code_t

Error Code when AHB command Error detected.

typedef enum _flexspi_port flexspi_port_t

FLEXSPI operation port select.

typedef enum _flexspi_arb_command_source flexspi_arb_command_source_t

Trigger source of current command sequence granted by arbitrator.

typedef enum _flexspi_command_type flexspi_command_type_t

Command type.

typedef struct _flexspi_ahbBuffer_config flexspi_ahbBuffer_config_t

typedef struct _flexspi_config flexspi_config_t

FLEXSPI configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexspi_device_config flexspi_device_config_t

External device configuration items.

typedef struct _flexspi_transfer flexspi_transfer_t

Transfer structure for FLEXSPI.

typedef struct _flexspi_handle flexspi_handle_t

typedef void (*flexspi_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

FLEXSPI transfer callback function.

FSL_FEATURE_FLEXSPI_AHB_BUFFER_COUNT

FLEXSPI_LUT_SEQ(cmd0, pad0, op0, cmd1, pad1, op1)

Formula to form FLEXSPI instructions in LUT table.

struct _flexspi_ahbBuffer_config

#include <fsl_flexspi.h>

Public Members

uint8_t priority

This priority for AHB Master Read which this AHB RX Buffer is assigned.

uint8_t masterIndex

AHB Master ID the AHB RX Buffer is assigned.

uint16_t bufferSize

AHB buffer size in byte.

bool enablePrefetch

AHB Read Prefetch Enable for current AHB RX Buffer corresponding Master, allows prefetch disable/enable separately for each master.

struct _flexspi_config

#include <fsl_flexspi.h>

FLEXSPI configuration structure.

Public Members

flexspi_read_sample_clock_t rxSampleClock

Sample Clock source selection for Flash Reading.

bool enableSckFreeRunning

Enable/disable SCK output free-running.

bool enableCombination

Enable/disable combining PORT A and B Data Pins (SIOA[3:0] and SIOB[3:0]) to support Flash Octal mode.

bool enableDoze

Enable/disable doze mode support.

bool enableHalfSpeedAccess

Enable/disable divide by 2 of the clock for half speed commands.

bool enableSckBDiffOpt

Enable/disable SCKB pad use as SCKA differential clock output, when enable, Port B flash access is not available.

bool enableSameConfigForAll

Enable/disable same configuration for all connected devices when enabled, same configuration in FLASHA1CRx is applied to all.

uint16_t seqTimeoutCycle

Timeout wait cycle for command sequence execution, timeout after ahbGrantTimeoutCyle*1024 serial root clock cycles.

uint8_t ipGrantTimeoutCycle

Timeout wait cycle for IP command grant, timeout after ipGrantTimeoutCycle*1024 AHB clock cycles.

uint8_t txWatermark

FLEXSPI IP transmit watermark value.

uint8_t rxWatermark

FLEXSPI receive watermark value.

struct _flexspi_device_config

#include <fsl_flexspi.h>

External device configuration items.

Public Members

uint32_t flexspiRootClk

FLEXSPI serial root clock.

bool isSck2Enabled

FLEXSPI use SCK2.

uint32_t flashSize

Flash size in KByte.

flexspi_cs_interval_cycle_unit_t CSIntervalUnit

CS interval unit, 1 or 256 cycle.

uint16_t CSInterval

CS line assert interval, multiply CS interval unit to get the CS line assert interval cycles.

uint8_t CSHoldTime

CS line hold time.

uint8_t CSSetupTime

CS line setup time.

uint8_t dataValidTime

Data valid time for external device.

uint8_t columnspace

Column space size.

bool enableWordAddress

If enable word address.

uint8_t AWRSeqIndex

Sequence ID for AHB write command.

uint8_t AWRSeqNumber

Sequence number for AHB write command.

uint8_t ARDSeqIndex

Sequence ID for AHB read command.

uint8_t ARDSeqNumber

Sequence number for AHB read command.

flexspi_ahb_write_wait_unit_t AHBWriteWaitUnit

AHB write wait unit.

uint16_t AHBWriteWaitInterval

AHB write wait interval, multiply AHB write interval unit to get the AHB write wait cycles.

bool enableWriteMask

Enable/Disable FLEXSPI drive DQS pin as write mask when writing to external device.

struct _flexspi_transfer

#include <fsl_flexspi.h>

Transfer structure for FLEXSPI.

Public Members

uint32_t deviceAddress

Operation device address.

flexspi_port_t port

Operation port.

flexspi_command_type_t cmdType

Execution command type.

uint8_t seqIndex

Sequence ID for command.

uint8_t SeqNumber

Sequence number for command.

uint32_t *data

Data buffer.

size_t dataSize

Data size in bytes.

struct _flexspi_handle

#include <fsl_flexspi.h>

Transfer handle structure for FLEXSPI.

Public Members

uint32_t state

Internal state for FLEXSPI transfer

uint8_t *data

Data buffer.

size_t dataSize

Remaining Data size in bytes.

size_t transferTotalSize

Total Data size in bytes.

flexspi_transfer_callback_t completionCallback

Callback for users while transfer finish or error occurred

void *userData

FLEXSPI callback function parameter.

struct ahbConfig

Public Members

bool enableAHBWriteIpTxFifo

Enable AHB bus write access to IP TX FIFO.

bool enableAHBWriteIpRxFifo

Enable AHB bus write access to IP RX FIFO.

uint8_t ahbGrantTimeoutCycle

Timeout wait cycle for AHB command grant, timeout after ahbGrantTimeoutCyle*1024 AHB clock cycles.

uint16_t ahbBusTimeoutCycle

Timeout wait cycle for AHB read/write access, timeout after ahbBusTimeoutCycle*1024 AHB clock cycles.

uint8_t resumeWaitCycle

Wait cycle for idle state before suspended command sequence resume, timeout after ahbBusTimeoutCycle AHB clock cycles.

flexspi_ahbBuffer_config_t buffer[FSL_FEATURE_FLEXSPI_AHB_BUFFER_COUNTn(0)]

AHB buffer size.

bool enableClearAHBBufferOpt

Enable/disable automatically clean AHB RX Buffer and TX Buffer when FLEXSPI returns STOP mode ACK.

bool enableReadAddressOpt

Enable/disable remove AHB read burst start address alignment limitation. when enable, there is no AHB read burst start address alignment limitation.

bool enableAHBPrefetch

Enable/disable AHB read prefetch feature, when enabled, FLEXSPI will fetch more data than current AHB burst.

bool enableAHBBufferable

Enable/disable AHB bufferable write access support, when enabled, FLEXSPI return before waiting for command execution finished.

bool enableAHBCachable

Enable AHB bus cachable read access support.

FLEXSPI eDMA Driver

void FLEXSPI_TransferCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_edma_handle_t *handle, flexspi_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txDmaHandle, edma_handle_t *rxDmaHandle)

Initializes the FLEXSPI handle for transfer which is used in transactional functions and set the callback.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address

• handle – Pointer to flexspi_edma_handle_t structure

• callback – FLEXSPI callback, NULL means no callback.

• userData – User callback function data.

• txDmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for TX DMA transfer.

• rxDmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for RX DMA transfer.

void FLEXSPI_TransferUpdateSizeEDMA(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_edma_handle_t *handle, flexspi_edma_transfer_nsize_t nsize)

Update FLEXSPI EDMA transfer source data transfer size(SSIZE) and destination data transfer size(DSIZE).

See also

flexspi_edma_transfer_nsize_t .

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address

• handle – Pointer to flexspi_edma_handle_t structure

• nsize – FLEXSPI DMA transfer data transfer size(SSIZE/DSIZE), by default the size is kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize1Bytes(one byte).

status_t FLEXSPI_TransferEDMA(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_edma_handle_t *handle, flexspi_transfer_t *xfer)

Transfers FLEXSPI data using an eDMA non-blocking method.

This function writes/receives data to/from the FLEXSPI transmit/receive FIFO. This function is non-blocking.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to flexspi_edma_handle_t structure

• xfer – FLEXSPI transfer structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_FLEXSPI_Busy – FLEXSPI is busy transfer.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The watermark configuration is invalid, the watermark should be power of 2 to do successfully EDMA transfer.

• kStatus_Success – FLEXSPI successfully start edma transfer.

void FLEXSPI_TransferAbortEDMA(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the transfer data using eDMA.

This function aborts the transfer data using eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to flexspi_edma_handle_t structure

status_t FLEXSPI_TransferGetTransferCountEDMA(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the transferred counts of transfer.

Parameters:

• base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to flexspi_edma_handle_t structure.

• count – Bytes transfer.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

FSL_FLEXSPI_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION

FLEXSPI EDMA driver version.

FLEXSPI EDMA driver.

FSL_FLEXSPI_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION

FLEXSPI EDMA driver.

enum _flexspi_edma_ntransfer_size

eDMA transfer configuration

Values:

enumerator kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize1Bytes

Source/Destination data transfer size is 1 byte every time

enumerator kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize2Bytes

Source/Destination data transfer size is 2 bytes every time

enumerator kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize4Bytes

Source/Destination data transfer size is 4 bytes every time

enumerator kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize8Bytes

Source/Destination data transfer size is 8 bytes every time

enumerator kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize32Bytes

Source/Destination data transfer size is 32 bytes every time

enum _flexspi_edma_ntransfer_size

eDMA transfer configuration

Values:

enumerator kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize1Bytes

Source/Destination data transfer size is 1 byte every time

enumerator kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize2Bytes

Source/Destination data transfer size is 2 bytes every time

enumerator kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize4Bytes

Source/Destination data transfer size is 4 bytes every time

enumerator kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize8Bytes

Source/Destination data transfer size is 8 bytes every time

enumerator kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize32Bytes

Source/Destination data transfer size is 32 bytes every time

typedef struct _flexspi_edma_handle flexspi_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*flexspi_edma_callback_t)(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

FLEXSPI eDMA transfer callback function for finish and error.

typedef enum _flexspi_edma_ntransfer_size flexspi_edma_transfer_nsize_t

eDMA transfer configuration

typedef struct _flexspi_edma_handle flexspi_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*flexspi_edma_callback_t)(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

FLEXSPI eDMA transfer callback function for finish and error.

typedef enum _flexspi_edma_ntransfer_size flexspi_edma_transfer_nsize_t

eDMA transfer configuration

struct _flexspi_edma_handle

#include <fsl_flexspi_edma.h>

FLEXSPI DMA transfer handle, users should not touch the content of the handle.

Public Members

edma_handle_t *txDmaHandle

eDMA handler for FLEXSPI Tx.

edma_handle_t *rxDmaHandle

eDMA handler for FLEXSPI Rx.

size_t transferSize

Bytes need to transfer.

flexspi_edma_transfer_nsize_t nsize

eDMA SSIZE/DSIZE in each transfer.

uint8_t nbytes

eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

uint8_t count

The transfer data count in a DMA request.

uint32_t state

Internal state for FLEXSPI eDMA transfer.

flexspi_edma_callback_t completionCallback

A callback function called after the eDMA transfer is finished.

void *userData

User callback parameter

I3C: I3C Driver

FSL_I3C_DRIVER_VERSION

I3C driver version.

I3C status return codes.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_I3C_Busy

The master is already performing a transfer.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_Idle

The slave driver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_Nak

The slave device sent a NAK in response to an address.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_WriteAbort

The slave device sent a NAK in response to a write.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_Term

The master terminates slave read.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_HdrParityError

Parity error from DDR read.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_CrcError

CRC error from DDR read.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_ReadFifoError

Read from M/SRDATAB register when FIFO empty.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_WriteFifoError

Write to M/SWDATAB register when FIFO full.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_MsgError

Message SDR/DDR mismatch or read/write message in wrong state

enumerator kStatus_I3C_InvalidReq

Invalid use of request.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_Timeout

The module has stalled too long in a frame.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_SlaveCountExceed

The I3C slave count has exceed the definition in I3C_MAX_DEVCNT.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_IBIWon

The I3C slave event IBI or MR or HJ won the arbitration on a header address.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_OverrunError

Slave internal from-bus buffer/FIFO overrun.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_UnderrunError

Slave internal to-bus buffer/FIFO underrun

enumerator kStatus_I3C_UnderrunNak

Slave internal from-bus buffer/FIFO underrun and NACK error

enumerator kStatus_I3C_InvalidStart

Slave invalid start flag

enumerator kStatus_I3C_SdrParityError

SDR parity error

enumerator kStatus_I3C_S0S1Error

S0 or S1 error

enum _i3c_hdr_mode

I3C HDR modes.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_HDRModeNone

enumerator kI3C_HDRModeDDR

enumerator kI3C_HDRModeTSP

enumerator kI3C_HDRModeTSL

typedef enum _i3c_hdr_mode i3c_hdr_mode_t

I3C HDR modes.

typedef struct _i3c_device_info i3c_device_info_t

I3C device information.

I3C_RETRY_TIMES

Timeout times for waiting flag.

I3C_MAX_DEVCNT

I3C_IBI_BUFF_SIZE

struct _i3c_device_info

#include <fsl_i3c.h>

I3C device information.

Public Members

uint8_t dynamicAddr

Device dynamic address.

uint8_t staticAddr

Static address.

uint8_t dcr

Device characteristics register information.

uint8_t bcr

Bus characteristics register information.

uint16_t vendorID

Device vendor ID(manufacture ID).

uint32_t partNumber

Device part number info

uint16_t maxReadLength

Maximum read length.

uint16_t maxWriteLength

Maximum write length.

uint8_t hdrMode

Support hdr mode, could be OR logic in i3c_hdr_mode.

I3C Common Driver

typedef struct _i3c_config i3c_config_t

Structure with settings to initialize the I3C module, could both initialize master and slave functionality.

This structure holds configuration settings for the I3C peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the I3C_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

uint32_t I3C_GetInstance(I3C_Type *base)

Get which instance current I3C is used.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

void I3C_GetDefaultConfig(i3c_config_t *config)

Provides a default configuration for the I3C peripheral, the configuration covers both master functionality and slave functionality.

This function provides the following default configuration for I3C:

config->enableMaster                 = kI3C_MasterCapable;
config->disableTimeout               = false;
config->hKeep                        = kI3C_MasterHighKeeperNone;
config->enableOpenDrainStop          = true;
config->enableOpenDrainHigh          = true;
config->baudRate_Hz.i2cBaud          = 400000U;
config->baudRate_Hz.i3cPushPullBaud  = 12500000U;
config->baudRate_Hz.i3cOpenDrainBaud = 2500000U;
config->masterDynamicAddress         = 0x0AU;
config->slowClock_Hz                 = 1000000U;
config->enableSlave                  = true;
config->vendorID                     = 0x11BU;
config->enableRandomPart             = false;
config->partNumber                   = 0;
config->dcr                          = 0;
config->bcr = 0;
config->hdrMode             = (uint8_t)kI3C_HDRModeDDR;
config->nakAllRequest       = false;
config->ignoreS0S1Error     = false;
config->offline             = false;
config->matchSlaveStartStop = false;

After calling this function, you can override any settings in order to customize the configuration, prior to initializing the common I3C driver with I3C_Init().

Parameters:

• config – [out] User provided configuration structure for default values. Refer to i3c_config_t.

void I3C_Init(I3C_Type *base, const i3c_config_t *config, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz)

Initializes the I3C peripheral. This function enables the peripheral clock and initializes the I3C peripheral as described by the user provided configuration. This will initialize both the master peripheral and slave peripheral so that I3C module could work as pure master, pure slave or secondary master, etc. A software reset is performed prior to configuration.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• config – User provided peripheral configuration. Use I3C_GetDefaultConfig() to get a set of defaults that you can override.

• sourceClock_Hz – Frequency in Hertz of the I3C functional clock. Used to calculate the baud rate divisors, filter widths, and timeout periods.

struct _i3c_config

#include <fsl_i3c.h>

Structure with settings to initialize the I3C module, could both initialize master and slave functionality.

This structure holds configuration settings for the I3C peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the I3C_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

Public Members

i3c_master_enable_t enableMaster

Enable master mode.

bool disableTimeout

Whether to disable timeout to prevent the ERRWARN.

i3c_master_hkeep_t hKeep

High keeper mode setting.

bool enableOpenDrainStop

Whether to emit open-drain speed STOP.

bool enableOpenDrainHigh

Enable Open-Drain High to be 1 PPBAUD count for i3c messages, or 1 ODBAUD.

i3c_baudrate_hz_t baudRate_Hz

Desired baud rate settings.

uint8_t masterDynamicAddress

Main master dynamic address configuration.

uint32_t slowClock_Hz

Slow clock frequency for time control.

uint32_t maxWriteLength

Maximum write length.

uint32_t maxReadLength

Maximum read length.

bool enableSlave

Whether to enable slave.

bool isHotJoin

Whether to enable slave hotjoin before enable slave.

uint8_t staticAddr

Static address.

uint16_t vendorID

Device vendor ID(manufacture ID).

bool enableRandomPart

Whether to generate random part number, if using random part number, the partNumber variable setting is meaningless.

uint32_t partNumber

Device part number info

uint8_t dcr

Device characteristics register information.

uint8_t bcr

Bus characteristics register information.

uint8_t hdrMode

Support hdr mode, could be OR logic in enumeration:i3c_hdr_mode_t.

bool nakAllRequest

Whether to reply NAK to all requests except broadcast CCC.

bool ignoreS0S1Error

Whether to ignore S0/S1 error in SDR mode.

bool offline

Whether to wait 60 us of bus quiet or HDR request to ensure slave track SDR mode safely.

bool matchSlaveStartStop

Whether to assert start/stop status only the time slave is addressed.

I3C Master Driver

void I3C_MasterGetDefaultConfig(i3c_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Provides a default configuration for the I3C master peripheral.

This function provides the following default configuration for the I3C master peripheral:

masterConfig->enableMaster            = kI3C_MasterOn;
masterConfig->disableTimeout          = false;
masterConfig->hKeep                   = kI3C_MasterHighKeeperNone;
masterConfig->enableOpenDrainStop     = true;
masterConfig->enableOpenDrainHigh     = true;
masterConfig->baudRate_Hz             = 100000U;
masterConfig->busType                 = kI3C_TypeI2C;

After calling this function, you can override any settings in order to customize the configuration, prior to initializing the master driver with I3C_MasterInit().

Parameters:

• masterConfig – [out] User provided configuration structure for default values. Refer to i3c_master_config_t.

void I3C_MasterInit(I3C_Type *base, const i3c_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz)

Initializes the I3C master peripheral.

This function enables the peripheral clock and initializes the I3C master peripheral as described by the user provided configuration. A software reset is performed prior to configuration.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• masterConfig – User provided peripheral configuration. Use I3C_MasterGetDefaultConfig() to get a set of defaults that you can override.

• sourceClock_Hz – Frequency in Hertz of the I3C functional clock. Used to calculate the baud rate divisors, filter widths, and timeout periods.

void I3C_MasterDeinit(I3C_Type *base)

Deinitializes the I3C master peripheral.

This function disables the I3C master peripheral and gates the clock. It also performs a software reset to restore the peripheral to reset conditions.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

status_t I3C_MasterCheckAndClearError(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t status)

status_t I3C_MasterWaitForCtrlDone(I3C_Type *base, bool waitIdle)

status_t I3C_CheckForBusyBus(I3C_Type *base)

static inline void I3C_MasterEnable(I3C_Type *base, i3c_master_enable_t enable)

Set I3C module master mode.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• enable – Enable master mode.

void I3C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(i3c_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Provides a default configuration for the I3C slave peripheral.

This function provides the following default configuration for the I3C slave peripheral:

slaveConfig->enableslave             = true;

After calling this function, you can override any settings in order to customize the configuration, prior to initializing the slave driver with I3C_SlaveInit().

Parameters:

• slaveConfig – [out] User provided configuration structure for default values. Refer to i3c_slave_config_t.

void I3C_SlaveInit(I3C_Type *base, const i3c_slave_config_t *slaveConfig, uint32_t slowClock_Hz)

Initializes the I3C slave peripheral.

This function enables the peripheral clock and initializes the I3C slave peripheral as described by the user provided configuration.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• slaveConfig – User provided peripheral configuration. Use I3C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig() to get a set of defaults that you can override.

• slowClock_Hz – Frequency in Hertz of the I3C slow clock. Used to calculate the bus match condition values. If FSL_FEATURE_I3C_HAS_NO_SCONFIG_BAMATCH defines as 1, this parameter is useless.

void I3C_SlaveDeinit(I3C_Type *base)

Deinitializes the I3C slave peripheral.

This function disables the I3C slave peripheral and gates the clock.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

static inline void I3C_SlaveEnable(I3C_Type *base, bool isEnable)

Enable/Disable Slave.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• isEnable – Enable or disable.

static inline uint32_t I3C_MasterGetStatusFlags(I3C_Type *base)

Gets the I3C master status flags.

A bit mask with the state of all I3C master status flags is returned. For each flag, the corresponding bit in the return value is set if the flag is asserted.

See also

_i3c_master_flags

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Returns:

State of the status flags:

• 1: related status flag is set.

• 0: related status flag is not set.

static inline void I3C_MasterClearStatusFlags(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t statusMask)

Clears the I3C master status flag state.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

• kI3C_MasterSlaveStartFlag

• kI3C_MasterControlDoneFlag

• kI3C_MasterCompleteFlag

• kI3C_MasterArbitrationWonFlag

• kI3C_MasterSlave2MasterFlag

Attempts to clear other flags has no effect.

See also

_i3c_master_flags.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• statusMask – A bitmask of status flags that are to be cleared. The mask is composed of _i3c_master_flags enumerators OR’d together. You may pass the result of a previous call to I3C_MasterGetStatusFlags().

static inline uint32_t I3C_MasterGetErrorStatusFlags(I3C_Type *base)

Gets the I3C master error status flags.

A bit mask with the state of all I3C master error status flags is returned. For each flag, the corresponding bit in the return value is set if the flag is asserted.

See also

_i3c_master_error_flags

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Returns:

State of the error status flags:

• 1: related status flag is set.

• 0: related status flag is not set.

static inline void I3C_MasterClearErrorStatusFlags(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t statusMask)

Clears the I3C master error status flag state.

See also

_i3c_master_error_flags.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• statusMask – A bitmask of error status flags that are to be cleared. The mask is composed of _i3c_master_error_flags enumerators OR’d together. You may pass the result of a previous call to I3C_MasterGetStatusFlags().

i3c_master_state_t I3C_MasterGetState(I3C_Type *base)

Gets the I3C master state.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Returns:

I3C master state.

static inline uint32_t I3C_SlaveGetStatusFlags(I3C_Type *base)

Gets the I3C slave status flags.

A bit mask with the state of all I3C slave status flags is returned. For each flag, the corresponding bit in the return value is set if the flag is asserted.

See also

_i3c_slave_flags

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Returns:

State of the status flags:

• 1: related status flag is set.

• 0: related status flag is not set.

static inline void I3C_SlaveClearStatusFlags(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t statusMask)

Clears the I3C slave status flag state.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

• kI3C_SlaveBusStartFlag

• kI3C_SlaveMatchedFlag

• kI3C_SlaveBusStopFlag

Attempts to clear other flags has no effect.

See also

_i3c_slave_flags.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• statusMask – A bitmask of status flags that are to be cleared. The mask is composed of _i3c_slave_flags enumerators OR’d together. You may pass the result of a previous call to I3C_SlaveGetStatusFlags().

static inline uint32_t I3C_SlaveGetErrorStatusFlags(I3C_Type *base)

Gets the I3C slave error status flags.

A bit mask with the state of all I3C slave error status flags is returned. For each flag, the corresponding bit in the return value is set if the flag is asserted.

See also

_i3c_slave_error_flags

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Returns:

State of the error status flags:

• 1: related status flag is set.

• 0: related status flag is not set.

static inline void I3C_SlaveClearErrorStatusFlags(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t statusMask)

Clears the I3C slave error status flag state.

See also

_i3c_slave_error_flags.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• statusMask – A bitmask of error status flags that are to be cleared. The mask is composed of _i3c_slave_error_flags enumerators OR’d together. You may pass the result of a previous call to I3C_SlaveGetErrorStatusFlags().

i3c_slave_activity_state_t I3C_SlaveGetActivityState(I3C_Type *base)

Gets the I3C slave state.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Returns:

I3C slave activity state, refer i3c_slave_activity_state_t.

status_t I3C_SlaveCheckAndClearError(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t status)

static inline void I3C_MasterEnableInterrupts(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Enables the I3C master interrupt requests.

All flags except kI3C_MasterBetweenFlag and kI3C_MasterNackDetectFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to enable. See _i3c_master_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline void I3C_MasterDisableInterrupts(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Disables the I3C master interrupt requests.

All flags except kI3C_MasterBetweenFlag and kI3C_MasterNackDetectFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to disable. See _i3c_master_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline uint32_t I3C_MasterGetEnabledInterrupts(I3C_Type *base)

Returns the set of currently enabled I3C master interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Returns:

A bitmask composed of _i3c_master_flags enumerators OR’d together to indicate the set of enabled interrupts.

static inline uint32_t I3C_MasterGetPendingInterrupts(I3C_Type *base)

Returns the set of pending I3C master interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Returns:

A bitmask composed of _i3c_master_flags enumerators OR’d together to indicate the set of pending interrupts.

static inline void I3C_SlaveEnableInterrupts(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Enables the I3C slave interrupt requests.

Only below flags can be enabled as interrupts.

• kI3C_SlaveBusStartFlag

• kI3C_SlaveMatchedFlag

• kI3C_SlaveBusStopFlag

• kI3C_SlaveRxReadyFlag

• kI3C_SlaveTxReadyFlag

• kI3C_SlaveDynamicAddrChangedFlag

• kI3C_SlaveReceivedCCCFlag

• kI3C_SlaveErrorFlag

• kI3C_SlaveHDRCommandMatchFlag

• kI3C_SlaveCCCHandledFlag

• kI3C_SlaveEventSentFlag

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to enable. See _i3c_slave_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline void I3C_SlaveDisableInterrupts(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Disables the I3C slave interrupt requests.

Only below flags can be disabled as interrupts.

• kI3C_SlaveBusStartFlag

• kI3C_SlaveMatchedFlag

• kI3C_SlaveBusStopFlag

• kI3C_SlaveRxReadyFlag

• kI3C_SlaveTxReadyFlag

• kI3C_SlaveDynamicAddrChangedFlag

• kI3C_SlaveReceivedCCCFlag

• kI3C_SlaveErrorFlag

• kI3C_SlaveHDRCommandMatchFlag

• kI3C_SlaveCCCHandledFlag

• kI3C_SlaveEventSentFlag

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to disable. See _i3c_slave_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline uint32_t I3C_SlaveGetEnabledInterrupts(I3C_Type *base)

Returns the set of currently enabled I3C slave interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Returns:

A bitmask composed of _i3c_slave_flags enumerators OR’d together to indicate the set of enabled interrupts.

static inline uint32_t I3C_SlaveGetPendingInterrupts(I3C_Type *base)

Returns the set of pending I3C slave interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Returns:

A bitmask composed of _i3c_slave_flags enumerators OR’d together to indicate the set of pending interrupts.

static inline void I3C_MasterEnableDMA(I3C_Type *base, bool enableTx, bool enableRx, uint32_t width)

Enables or disables I3C master DMA requests.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• enableTx – Enable flag for transmit DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

• enableRx – Enable flag for receive DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

• width – DMA read/write unit in bytes.

static inline uint32_t I3C_MasterGetTxFifoAddress(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t width)

Gets I3C master transmit data register address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• width – DMA read/write unit in bytes.

Returns:

The I3C Master Transmit Data Register address.

static inline uint32_t I3C_MasterGetRxFifoAddress(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t width)

Gets I3C master receive data register address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• width – DMA read/write unit in bytes.

Returns:

The I3C Master Receive Data Register address.

static inline void I3C_SlaveEnableDMA(I3C_Type *base, bool enableTx, bool enableRx, uint32_t width)

Enables or disables I3C slave DMA requests.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• enableTx – Enable flag for transmit DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

• enableRx – Enable flag for receive DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

• width – DMA read/write unit in bytes.

static inline uint32_t I3C_SlaveGetTxFifoAddress(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t width)

Gets I3C slave transmit data register address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• width – DMA read/write unit in bytes.

Returns:

The I3C Slave Transmit Data Register address.

static inline uint32_t I3C_SlaveGetRxFifoAddress(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t width)

Gets I3C slave receive data register address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• width – DMA read/write unit in bytes.

Returns:

The I3C Slave Receive Data Register address.

static inline void I3C_MasterSetWatermarks(I3C_Type *base, i3c_tx_trigger_level_t txLvl, i3c_rx_trigger_level_t rxLvl, bool flushTx, bool flushRx)

Sets the watermarks for I3C master FIFOs.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• txLvl – Transmit FIFO watermark level. The kI3C_MasterTxReadyFlag flag is set whenever the number of words in the transmit FIFO reaches txLvl.

• rxLvl – Receive FIFO watermark level. The kI3C_MasterRxReadyFlag flag is set whenever the number of words in the receive FIFO reaches rxLvl.

• flushTx – true if TX FIFO is to be cleared, otherwise TX FIFO remains unchanged.

• flushRx – true if RX FIFO is to be cleared, otherwise RX FIFO remains unchanged.

static inline void I3C_MasterGetFifoCounts(I3C_Type *base, size_t *rxCount, size_t *txCount)

Gets the current number of bytes in the I3C master FIFOs.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• txCount – [out] Pointer through which the current number of bytes in the transmit FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.

• rxCount – [out] Pointer through which the current number of bytes in the receive FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.

static inline void I3C_SlaveSetWatermarks(I3C_Type *base, i3c_tx_trigger_level_t txLvl, i3c_rx_trigger_level_t rxLvl, bool flushTx, bool flushRx)

Sets the watermarks for I3C slave FIFOs.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• txLvl – Transmit FIFO watermark level. The kI3C_SlaveTxReadyFlag flag is set whenever the number of words in the transmit FIFO reaches txLvl.

• rxLvl – Receive FIFO watermark level. The kI3C_SlaveRxReadyFlag flag is set whenever the number of words in the receive FIFO reaches rxLvl.

• flushTx – true if TX FIFO is to be cleared, otherwise TX FIFO remains unchanged.

• flushRx – true if RX FIFO is to be cleared, otherwise RX FIFO remains unchanged.

static inline void I3C_SlaveGetFifoCounts(I3C_Type *base, size_t *rxCount, size_t *txCount)

Gets the current number of bytes in the I3C slave FIFOs.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• txCount – [out] Pointer through which the current number of bytes in the transmit FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.

• rxCount – [out] Pointer through which the current number of bytes in the receive FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.

void I3C_MasterSetBaudRate(I3C_Type *base, const i3c_baudrate_hz_t *baudRate_Hz, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz)

Sets the I3C bus frequency for master transactions.

The I3C master is automatically disabled and re-enabled as necessary to configure the baud rate. Do not call this function during a transfer, or the transfer is aborted.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• baudRate_Hz – Pointer to structure of requested bus frequency in Hertz.

• sourceClock_Hz – I3C functional clock frequency in Hertz.

static inline bool I3C_MasterGetBusIdleState(I3C_Type *base)

Returns whether the bus is idle.

Requires the master mode to be enabled.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Return values:

• true – Bus is busy.

• false – Bus is idle.

status_t I3C_MasterStartWithRxSize(I3C_Type *base, i3c_bus_type_t type, uint8_t address, i3c_direction_t dir, uint8_t rxSize)

Sends a START signal and slave address on the I2C/I3C bus, receive size is also specified in the call.

This function is used to initiate a new master mode transfer. First, the bus state is checked to ensure that another master is not occupying the bus. Then a START signal is transmitted, followed by the 7-bit address specified in the a address parameter. Note that this function does not actually wait until the START and address are successfully sent on the bus before returning.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• type – The bus type to use in this transaction.

• address – 7-bit slave device address, in bits [6:0].

• dir – Master transfer direction, either kI3C_Read or kI3C_Write. This parameter is used to set the R/w bit (bit 0) in the transmitted slave address.

• rxSize – Read terminate size for the followed read transfer, limit to 255 bytes.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – START signal and address were successfully enqueued in the transmit FIFO.

• kStatus_I3C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

status_t I3C_MasterStart(I3C_Type *base, i3c_bus_type_t type, uint8_t address, i3c_direction_t dir)

Sends a START signal and slave address on the I2C/I3C bus.

This function is used to initiate a new master mode transfer. First, the bus state is checked to ensure that another master is not occupying the bus. Then a START signal is transmitted, followed by the 7-bit address specified in the address parameter. Note that this function does not actually wait until the START and address are successfully sent on the bus before returning.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• type – The bus type to use in this transaction.

• address – 7-bit slave device address, in bits [6:0].

• dir – Master transfer direction, either kI3C_Read or kI3C_Write. This parameter is used to set the R/w bit (bit 0) in the transmitted slave address.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – START signal and address were successfully enqueued in the transmit FIFO.

• kStatus_I3C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

status_t I3C_MasterRepeatedStartWithRxSize(I3C_Type *base, i3c_bus_type_t type, uint8_t address, i3c_direction_t dir, uint8_t rxSize)

Sends a repeated START signal and slave address on the I2C/I3C bus, receive size is also specified in the call.

This function is used to send a Repeated START signal when a transfer is already in progress. Like I3C_MasterStart(), it also sends the specified 7-bit address. Call this API also configures the read terminate size for the following read transfer. For example, set the rxSize = 2, the following read transfer will be terminated after two bytes of data received. Write transfer will not be affected by the rxSize configuration.

Note

This function exists primarily to maintain compatible APIs between I3C and I2C drivers, as well as to better document the intent of code that uses these APIs.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• type – The bus type to use in this transaction.

• address – 7-bit slave device address, in bits [6:0].

• dir – Master transfer direction, either kI3C_Read or kI3C_Write. This parameter is used to set the R/w bit (bit 0) in the transmitted slave address.

• rxSize – Read terminate size for the followed read transfer, limit to 255 bytes.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Repeated START signal and address were successfully enqueued in the transmit FIFO.

static inline status_t I3C_MasterRepeatedStart(I3C_Type *base, i3c_bus_type_t type, uint8_t address, i3c_direction_t dir)

Sends a repeated START signal and slave address on the I2C/I3C bus.

This function is used to send a Repeated START signal when a transfer is already in progress. Like I3C_MasterStart(), it also sends the specified 7-bit address.

Note

This function exists primarily to maintain compatible APIs between I3C and I2C drivers, as well as to better document the intent of code that uses these APIs.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• type – The bus type to use in this transaction.

• address – 7-bit slave device address, in bits [6:0].

• dir – Master transfer direction, either kI3C_Read or kI3C_Write. This parameter is used to set the R/w bit (bit 0) in the transmitted slave address.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Repeated START signal and address were successfully enqueued in the transmit FIFO.

status_t I3C_MasterSend(I3C_Type *base, const void *txBuff, size_t txSize, uint32_t flags)

Performs a polling send transfer on the I2C/I3C bus.

Sends up to txSize number of bytes to the previously addressed slave device. The slave may reply with a NAK to any byte in order to terminate the transfer early. If this happens, this function returns kStatus_I3C_Nak.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• txBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.

• txSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

• flags – Bit mask of options for the transfer. See enumeration _i3c_master_transfer_flags for available options.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Data was sent successfully.

• kStatus_I3C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

• kStatus_I3C_Timeout – The module has stalled too long in a frame.

• kStatus_I3C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to an address.

• kStatus_I3C_WriteAbort – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a write.

• kStatus_I3C_MsgError – Message SDR/DDR mismatch or read/write message in wrong state.

• kStatus_I3C_WriteFifoError – Write to M/SWDATAB register when FIFO full.

• kStatus_I3C_InvalidReq – Invalid use of request.

status_t I3C_MasterReceive(I3C_Type *base, void *rxBuff, size_t rxSize, uint32_t flags)

Performs a polling receive transfer on the I2C/I3C bus.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• rxBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.

• rxSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

• flags – Bit mask of options for the transfer. See enumeration _i3c_master_transfer_flags for available options.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Data was received successfully.

• kStatus_I3C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

• kStatus_I3C_Timeout – The module has stalled too long in a frame.

• kStatus_I3C_Term – The master terminates slave read.

• kStatus_I3C_HdrParityError – Parity error from DDR read.

• kStatus_I3C_CrcError – CRC error from DDR read.

• kStatus_I3C_MsgError – Message SDR/DDR mismatch or read/write message in wrong state.

• kStatus_I3C_ReadFifoError – Read from M/SRDATAB register when FIFO empty.

• kStatus_I3C_InvalidReq – Invalid use of request.

status_t I3C_MasterStop(I3C_Type *base)

Sends a STOP signal on the I2C/I3C bus.

This function does not return until the STOP signal is seen on the bus, or an error occurs.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – The STOP signal was successfully sent on the bus and the transaction terminated.

• kStatus_I3C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

• kStatus_I3C_Timeout – The module has stalled too long in a frame.

• kStatus_I3C_InvalidReq – Invalid use of request.

void I3C_MasterEmitRequest(I3C_Type *base, i3c_bus_request_t masterReq)

I3C master emit request.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• masterReq – I3C master request of type i3c_bus_request_t

static inline void I3C_MasterEmitIBIResponse(I3C_Type *base, i3c_ibi_response_t ibiResponse)

I3C master emit request.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• ibiResponse – I3C master emit IBI response of type i3c_ibi_response_t

void I3C_MasterRegisterIBI(I3C_Type *base, i3c_register_ibi_addr_t *ibiRule)

I3C master register IBI rule.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• ibiRule – Pointer to ibi rule description of type i3c_register_ibi_addr_t

void I3C_MasterGetIBIRules(I3C_Type *base, i3c_register_ibi_addr_t *ibiRule)

I3C master get IBI rule.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• ibiRule – Pointer to store the read out ibi rule description.

i3c_ibi_type_t I3C_GetIBIType(I3C_Type *base)

I3C master get IBI Type.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Return values:

i3c_ibi_type_t – Type of i3c_ibi_type_t.

static inline uint8_t I3C_GetIBIAddress(I3C_Type *base)

I3C master get IBI Address.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Return values:

The – 8-bit IBI address.

status_t I3C_MasterProcessDAASpecifiedBaudrate(I3C_Type *base, uint8_t *addressList, uint32_t count, i3c_master_daa_baudrate_t *daaBaudRate)

Performs a DAA in the i3c bus with specified temporary baud rate.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• addressList – The pointer for address list which is used to do DAA.

• count – The address count in the address list.

• daaBaudRate – The temporary baud rate in DAA process, NULL for using initial setting. The initial setting is set back between the completion of the DAA and the return of this function.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – The transaction was started successfully.

• kStatus_I3C_Busy – Either another master is currently utilizing the bus, or a non-blocking transaction is already in progress.

• kStatus_I3C_SlaveCountExceed – The I3C slave count has exceed the definition in I3C_MAX_DEVCNT.

static inline status_t I3C_MasterProcessDAA(I3C_Type *base, uint8_t *addressList, uint32_t count)

Performs a DAA in the i3c bus.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• addressList – The pointer for address list which is used to do DAA.

• count – The address count in the address list. The initial setting is set back between the completion of the DAA and the return of this function.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – The transaction was started successfully.

• kStatus_I3C_Busy – Either another master is currently utilizing the bus, or a non-blocking transaction is already in progress.

• kStatus_I3C_SlaveCountExceed – The I3C slave count has exceed the definition in I3C_MAX_DEVCNT.

i3c_device_info_t *I3C_MasterGetDeviceListAfterDAA(I3C_Type *base, uint8_t *count)

Get device information list after DAA process is done.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• count – [out] The pointer to store the available device count.

Returns:

Pointer to the i3c_device_info_t array.

void I3C_MasterClearDeviceCount(I3C_Type *base)

Clear the global device count which represents current devices number on the bus. When user resets all dynamic addresses on the bus, should call this API.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

status_t I3C_MasterTransferBlocking(I3C_Type *base, i3c_master_transfer_t *transfer)

Performs a master polling transfer on the I2C/I3C bus.

Note

The API does not return until the transfer succeeds or fails due to error happens during transfer.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• transfer – Pointer to the transfer structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Data was received successfully.

• kStatus_I3C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

• kStatus_I3C_IBIWon – The I3C slave event IBI or MR or HJ won the arbitration on a header address.

• kStatus_I3C_Timeout – The module has stalled too long in a frame.

• kStatus_I3C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to an address.

• kStatus_I3C_WriteAbort – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a write.

• kStatus_I3C_Term – The master terminates slave read.

• kStatus_I3C_HdrParityError – Parity error from DDR read.

• kStatus_I3C_CrcError – CRC error from DDR read.

• kStatus_I3C_MsgError – Message SDR/DDR mismatch or read/write message in wrong state.

• kStatus_I3C_ReadFifoError – Read from M/SRDATAB register when FIFO empty.

• kStatus_I3C_WriteFifoError – Write to M/SWDATAB register when FIFO full.

• kStatus_I3C_InvalidReq – Invalid use of request.

void I3C_SlaveRequestEvent(I3C_Type *base, i3c_slave_event_t event)

I3C slave request event.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• event – I3C slave event of type i3c_slave_event_t

status_t I3C_SlaveSend(I3C_Type *base, const void *txBuff, size_t txSize)

Performs a polling send transfer on the I3C bus.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• txBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.

• txSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

Returns:

Error or success status returned by API.

status_t I3C_SlaveReceive(I3C_Type *base, void *rxBuff, size_t rxSize)

Performs a polling receive transfer on the I3C bus.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• rxBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.

• rxSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

Returns:

Error or success status returned by API.

void I3C_MasterTransferCreateHandle(I3C_Type *base, i3c_master_handle_t *handle, const i3c_master_transfer_callback_t *callback, void *userData)

Creates a new handle for the I3C master non-blocking APIs.

The creation of a handle is for use with the non-blocking APIs. Once a handle is created, there is not a corresponding destroy handle. If the user wants to terminate a transfer, the I3C_MasterTransferAbort() API shall be called.

Note

The function also enables the NVIC IRQ for the input I3C. Need to notice that on some SoCs the I3C IRQ is connected to INTMUX, in this case user needs to enable the associated INTMUX IRQ in application.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• handle – [out] Pointer to the I3C master driver handle.

• callback – User provided pointer to the asynchronous callback function.

• userData – User provided pointer to the application callback data.

status_t I3C_MasterTransferNonBlocking(I3C_Type *base, i3c_master_handle_t *handle, i3c_master_transfer_t *transfer)

Performs a non-blocking transaction on the I2C/I3C bus.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to the I3C master driver handle.

• transfer – The pointer to the transfer descriptor.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – The transaction was started successfully.

• kStatus_I3C_Busy – Either another master is currently utilizing the bus, or a non-blocking transaction is already in progress.

status_t I3C_MasterTransferGetCount(I3C_Type *base, i3c_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Returns number of bytes transferred so far.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to the I3C master driver handle.

• count – [out] Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success –

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

void I3C_MasterTransferAbort(I3C_Type *base, i3c_master_handle_t *handle)

Terminates a non-blocking I3C master transmission early.

Note

It is not safe to call this function from an IRQ handler that has a higher priority than the I3C peripheral’s IRQ priority.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to the I3C master driver handle.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – A transaction was successfully aborted.

• kStatus_I3C_Idle – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

void I3C_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(I3C_Type *base, void *intHandle)

Reusable routine to handle master interrupts.

Note

This function does not need to be called unless you are reimplementing the nonblocking API’s interrupt handler routines to add special functionality.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• intHandle – Pointer to the I3C master driver handle.

enum _i3c_master_flags

I3C master peripheral flags.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

• kI3C_MasterSlaveStartFlag

• kI3C_MasterControlDoneFlag

• kI3C_MasterCompleteFlag

• kI3C_MasterArbitrationWonFlag

• kI3C_MasterSlave2MasterFlag

All flags except kI3C_MasterBetweenFlag and kI3C_MasterNackDetectFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Note

These enums are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_MasterBetweenFlag

Between messages/DAAs flag

enumerator kI3C_MasterNackDetectFlag

NACK detected flag

enumerator kI3C_MasterSlaveStartFlag

Slave request start flag

enumerator kI3C_MasterControlDoneFlag

Master request complete flag

enumerator kI3C_MasterCompleteFlag

Transfer complete flag

enumerator kI3C_MasterRxReadyFlag

Rx data ready in Rx buffer flag

enumerator kI3C_MasterTxReadyFlag

Tx buffer ready for Tx data flag

enumerator kI3C_MasterArbitrationWonFlag

Header address won arbitration flag

enumerator kI3C_MasterErrorFlag

Error occurred flag

enumerator kI3C_MasterSlave2MasterFlag

Switch from slave to master flag

enumerator kI3C_MasterClearFlags

enum _i3c_master_error_flags

I3C master error flags to indicate the causes.

Note

These enums are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_MasterErrorNackFlag

Slave NACKed the last address

enumerator kI3C_MasterErrorWriteAbortFlag

Slave NACKed the write data

enumerator kI3C_MasterErrorTermFlag

Master terminates slave read

enumerator kI3C_MasterErrorParityFlag

Parity error from DDR read

enumerator kI3C_MasterErrorCrcFlag

CRC error from DDR read

enumerator kI3C_MasterErrorReadFlag

Read from MRDATAB register when FIFO empty

enumerator kI3C_MasterErrorWriteFlag

Write to MWDATAB register when FIFO full

enumerator kI3C_MasterErrorMsgFlag

Message SDR/DDR mismatch or read/write message in wrong state

enumerator kI3C_MasterErrorInvalidReqFlag

Invalid use of request

enumerator kI3C_MasterErrorTimeoutFlag

The module has stalled too long in a frame

enumerator kI3C_MasterAllErrorFlags

All error flags

enum _i3c_master_state

I3C working master state.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_MasterStateIdle

Bus stopped.

enumerator kI3C_MasterStateSlvReq

Bus stopped but slave holding SDA low.

enumerator kI3C_MasterStateMsgSdr

In SDR Message mode from using MWMSG_SDR.

enumerator kI3C_MasterStateNormAct

In normal active SDR mode.

enumerator kI3C_MasterStateDdr

In DDR Message mode.

enumerator kI3C_MasterStateDaa

In ENTDAA mode.

enumerator kI3C_MasterStateIbiAck

Waiting on IBI ACK/NACK decision.

enumerator kI3C_MasterStateIbiRcv

Receiving IBI.

enum _i3c_master_enable

I3C master enable configuration.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_MasterOff

Master off.

enumerator kI3C_MasterOn

Master on.

enumerator kI3C_MasterCapable

Master capable.

enum _i3c_master_hkeep

I3C high keeper configuration.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_MasterHighKeeperNone

Use PUR to hold SCL high.

enumerator kI3C_MasterHighKeeperWiredIn

Use pin_HK controls.

enumerator kI3C_MasterPassiveSDA

Hi-Z for Bus Free and hold SDA.

enumerator kI3C_MasterPassiveSDASCL

Hi-Z both for Bus Free, and can Hi-Z SDA for hold.

enum _i3c_bus_request

Emits the requested operation when doing in pieces vs. by message.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_RequestNone

No request.

enumerator kI3C_RequestEmitStartAddr

Request to emit start and address on bus.

enumerator kI3C_RequestEmitStop

Request to emit stop on bus.

enumerator kI3C_RequestIbiAckNack

Manual IBI ACK or NACK.

enumerator kI3C_RequestProcessDAA

Process DAA.

enumerator kI3C_RequestForceExit

Request to force exit.

enumerator kI3C_RequestAutoIbi

Hold in stopped state, but Auto-emit START,7E.

enum _i3c_bus_type

Bus type with EmitStartAddr.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_TypeI3CSdr

SDR mode of I3C.

enumerator kI3C_TypeI2C

Standard i2c protocol.

enumerator kI3C_TypeI3CDdr

HDR-DDR mode of I3C.

enum _i3c_ibi_response

IBI response.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_IbiRespAck

ACK with no mandatory byte.

enumerator kI3C_IbiRespNack

NACK.

enumerator kI3C_IbiRespAckMandatory

ACK with mandatory byte.

enumerator kI3C_IbiRespManual

Reserved.

enum _i3c_ibi_type

IBI type.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_IbiNormal

In-band interrupt.

enumerator kI3C_IbiHotJoin

slave hot join.

enumerator kI3C_IbiMasterRequest

slave master ship request.

enum _i3c_ibi_state

IBI state.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_IbiReady

In-band interrupt ready state, ready for user to handle.

enumerator kI3C_IbiDataBuffNeed

In-band interrupt need data buffer for data receive.

enumerator kI3C_IbiAckNackPending

In-band interrupt Ack/Nack pending for decision.

enum _i3c_direction

Direction of master and slave transfers.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_Write

Master transmit.

enumerator kI3C_Read

Master receive.

enum _i3c_tx_trigger_level

Watermark of TX int/dma trigger level.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_TxTriggerOnEmpty

Trigger on empty.

enumerator kI3C_TxTriggerUntilOneQuarterOrLess

Trigger on 1/4 full or less.

enumerator kI3C_TxTriggerUntilOneHalfOrLess

Trigger on 1/2 full or less.

enumerator kI3C_TxTriggerUntilOneLessThanFull

Trigger on 1 less than full or less.

enum _i3c_rx_trigger_level

Watermark of RX int/dma trigger level.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_RxTriggerOnNotEmpty

Trigger on not empty.

enumerator kI3C_RxTriggerUntilOneQuarterOrMore

Trigger on 1/4 full or more.

enumerator kI3C_RxTriggerUntilOneHalfOrMore

Trigger on 1/2 full or more.

enumerator kI3C_RxTriggerUntilThreeQuarterOrMore

Trigger on 3/4 full or more.

enum _i3c_rx_term_ops

I3C master read termination operations.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_RxTermDisable

Master doesn’t terminate read, used for CCC transfer.

enumerator kI3C_RxAutoTerm

Master auto terminate read after receiving specified bytes(<=255).

enumerator kI3C_RxTermLastByte

Master terminates read at any time after START, no length limitation.

enum _i3c_start_scl_delay

I3C start SCL delay options.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_NoDelay

No delay.

enumerator kI3C_IncreaseSclHalfPeriod

Increases SCL clock period by 1/2.

enumerator kI3C_IncreaseSclOnePeriod

Increases SCL clock period by 1.

enumerator kI3C_IncreaseSclOneAndHalfPeriod

Increases SCL clock period by 1 1/2

enum _i3c_master_transfer_flags

Transfer option flags.

Note

These enumerations are intended to be OR’d together to form a bit mask of options for the _i3c_master_transfer::flags field.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_TransferDefaultFlag

Transfer starts with a start signal, stops with a stop signal.

enumerator kI3C_TransferNoStartFlag

Don’t send a start condition, address, and sub address

enumerator kI3C_TransferRepeatedStartFlag

Send a repeated start condition

enumerator kI3C_TransferNoStopFlag

Don’t send a stop condition.

enumerator kI3C_TransferWordsFlag

Transfer in words, else transfer in bytes.

enumerator kI3C_TransferDisableRxTermFlag

Disable Rx termination. Note: It’s for I3C CCC transfer.

enumerator kI3C_TransferRxAutoTermFlag

Set Rx auto-termination. Note: It’s adaptive based on Rx size(<=255 bytes) except in I3C_MasterReceive.

enumerator kI3C_TransferStartWithBroadcastAddr

Start transfer with 0x7E, then read/write data with device address.

typedef enum _i3c_master_state i3c_master_state_t

I3C working master state.

typedef enum _i3c_master_enable i3c_master_enable_t

I3C master enable configuration.

typedef enum _i3c_master_hkeep i3c_master_hkeep_t

I3C high keeper configuration.

typedef enum _i3c_bus_request i3c_bus_request_t

Emits the requested operation when doing in pieces vs. by message.

typedef enum _i3c_bus_type i3c_bus_type_t

Bus type with EmitStartAddr.

typedef enum _i3c_ibi_response i3c_ibi_response_t

IBI response.

typedef enum _i3c_ibi_type i3c_ibi_type_t

IBI type.

typedef enum _i3c_ibi_state i3c_ibi_state_t

IBI state.

typedef enum _i3c_direction i3c_direction_t

Direction of master and slave transfers.

typedef enum _i3c_tx_trigger_level i3c_tx_trigger_level_t

Watermark of TX int/dma trigger level.

typedef enum _i3c_rx_trigger_level i3c_rx_trigger_level_t

Watermark of RX int/dma trigger level.

typedef enum _i3c_rx_term_ops i3c_rx_term_ops_t

I3C master read termination operations.

typedef enum _i3c_start_scl_delay i3c_start_scl_delay_t

I3C start SCL delay options.

typedef struct _i3c_register_ibi_addr i3c_register_ibi_addr_t

Structure with setting master IBI rules and slave registry.

typedef struct _i3c_baudrate i3c_baudrate_hz_t

Structure with I3C baudrate settings.

typedef struct _i3c_master_daa_baudrate i3c_master_daa_baudrate_t

I3C DAA baud rate configuration.

typedef struct _i3c_master_config i3c_master_config_t

Structure with settings to initialize the I3C master module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the I3C peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the I3C_MasterGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

typedef struct _i3c_master_transfer i3c_master_transfer_t

typedef struct _i3c_master_handle i3c_master_handle_t

typedef struct _i3c_master_transfer_callback i3c_master_transfer_callback_t

i3c master callback functions.

typedef void (*i3c_master_isr_t)(I3C_Type *base, void *handle)

Typedef for master interrupt handler.

struct _i3c_register_ibi_addr

#include <fsl_i3c.h>

Structure with setting master IBI rules and slave registry.

Public Members

uint8_t address[5]

Address array for registry.

bool ibiHasPayload

Whether the address array has mandatory IBI byte.

struct _i3c_baudrate

#include <fsl_i3c.h>

Structure with I3C baudrate settings.

Public Members

uint32_t i2cBaud

Desired I2C baud rate in Hertz.

uint32_t i3cPushPullBaud

Desired I3C push-pull baud rate in Hertz.

uint32_t i3cOpenDrainBaud

Desired I3C open-drain baud rate in Hertz.

struct _i3c_master_daa_baudrate

#include <fsl_i3c.h>

I3C DAA baud rate configuration.

Public Members

uint32_t sourceClock_Hz

FCLK, function clock in Hertz.

uint32_t i3cPushPullBaud

Desired I3C push-pull baud rate in Hertz.

uint32_t i3cOpenDrainBaud

Desired I3C open-drain baud rate in Hertz.

struct _i3c_master_config

#include <fsl_i3c.h>

Structure with settings to initialize the I3C master module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the I3C peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the I3C_MasterGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

Public Members

i3c_master_enable_t enableMaster

Enable master mode.

bool disableTimeout

Whether to disable timeout to prevent the ERRWARN.

i3c_master_hkeep_t hKeep

High keeper mode setting.

bool enableOpenDrainStop

Whether to emit open-drain speed STOP.

bool enableOpenDrainHigh

Enable Open-Drain High to be 1 PPBAUD count for i3c messages, or 1 ODBAUD.

i3c_baudrate_hz_t baudRate_Hz

Desired baud rate settings.

uint32_t slowClock_Hz

Slow clock frequency.

struct _i3c_master_transfer_callback

#include <fsl_i3c.h>

i3c master callback functions.

Public Members

void (*slave2Master)(I3C_Type *base, void *userData)

Transfer complete callback

void (*ibiCallback)(I3C_Type *base, i3c_master_handle_t *handle, i3c_ibi_type_t ibiType, i3c_ibi_state_t ibiState)

IBI event callback

void (*transferComplete)(I3C_Type *base, i3c_master_handle_t *handle, status_t completionStatus, void *userData)

Transfer complete callback

struct _i3c_master_transfer

#include <fsl_i3c.h>

Non-blocking transfer descriptor structure.

This structure is used to pass transaction parameters to the I3C_MasterTransferNonBlocking() API.

Public Members

uint32_t flags

Bit mask of options for the transfer. See enumeration _i3c_master_transfer_flags for available options. Set to 0 or kI3C_TransferDefaultFlag for normal transfers.

uint8_t slaveAddress

The 7-bit slave address.

i3c_direction_t direction

Either kI3C_Read or kI3C_Write.

uint32_t subaddress

Sub address. Transferred MSB first.

size_t subaddressSize

Length of sub address to send in bytes. Maximum size is 4 bytes.

void *data

Pointer to data to transfer.

size_t dataSize

Number of bytes to transfer.

i3c_bus_type_t busType

bus type.

i3c_ibi_response_t ibiResponse

ibi response during transfer.

struct _i3c_master_handle

#include <fsl_i3c.h>

Driver handle for master non-blocking APIs.

Note

The contents of this structure are private and subject to change.

Public Members

uint8_t state

Transfer state machine current state.

uint32_t remainingBytes

Remaining byte count in current state.

i3c_rx_term_ops_t rxTermOps

Read termination operation.

i3c_master_transfer_t transfer

Copy of the current transfer info.

uint8_t ibiAddress

Slave address which request IBI.

uint8_t *ibiBuff

Pointer to IBI buffer to keep ibi bytes.

size_t ibiPayloadSize

IBI payload size.

i3c_ibi_type_t ibiType

IBI type.

i3c_master_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback functions pointer.

void *userData

Application data passed to callback.

I3C Master DMA Driver

void I3C_MasterTransferCreateHandleEDMA(I3C_Type *base, i3c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, const i3c_master_edma_callback_t *callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *rxDmaHandle, edma_handle_t *txDmaHandle)

Create a new handle for the I3C master DMA APIs.

The creation of a handle is for use with the DMA APIs. Once a handle is created, there is not a corresponding destroy handle. If the user wants to terminate a transfer, the I3C_MasterTransferAbortDMA() API shall be called.

For devices where the I3C send and receive DMA requests are OR’d together, the txDmaHandle parameter is ignored and may be set to NULL.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to the I3C master driver handle.

• callback – User provided pointer to the asynchronous callback function.

• userData – User provided pointer to the application callback data.

• rxDmaHandle – Handle for the DMA receive channel. Created by the user prior to calling this function.

• txDmaHandle – Handle for the DMA transmit channel. Created by the user prior to calling this function.

status_t I3C_MasterTransferEDMA(I3C_Type *base, i3c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, i3c_master_transfer_t *transfer)

Performs a non-blocking DMA-based transaction on the I3C bus.

The callback specified when the handle was created is invoked when the transaction has completed.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to the I3C master driver handle.

• transfer – The pointer to the transfer descriptor.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – The transaction was started successfully.

• kStatus_I3C_Busy – Either another master is currently utilizing the bus, or another DMA transaction is already in progress.

status_t I3C_MasterTransferGetCountEDMA(I3C_Type *base, i3c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Returns number of bytes transferred so far.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to the I3C master driver handle.

• count – [out] Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success –

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a DMA transaction currently in progress.

void I3C_MasterTransferAbortEDMA(I3C_Type *base, i3c_master_edma_handle_t *handle)

Terminates a non-blocking I3C master transmission early.

Note

It is not safe to call this function from an IRQ handler that has a higher priority than the DMA peripheral’s IRQ priority.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to the I3C master driver handle.

void I3C_MasterTransferEDMAHandleIRQ(I3C_Type *base, void *i3cHandle)

Reusable routine to handle master interrupts.

Note

This function does not need to be called unless you are reimplementing the nonblocking API’s interrupt handler routines to add special functionality.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• i3cHandle – Pointer to the I3C master DMA driver handle.

typedef struct _i3c_master_edma_handle i3c_master_edma_handle_t

typedef struct _i3c_master_edma_callback i3c_master_edma_callback_t

i3c master callback functions.

struct _i3c_master_edma_callback

#include <fsl_i3c_edma.h>

i3c master callback functions.

Public Members

void (*slave2Master)(I3C_Type *base, void *userData)

Transfer complete callback

void (*ibiCallback)(I3C_Type *base, i3c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, i3c_ibi_type_t ibiType, i3c_ibi_state_t ibiState)

IBI event callback

void (*transferComplete)(I3C_Type *base, i3c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

Transfer complete callback

struct _i3c_master_edma_handle

#include <fsl_i3c_edma.h>

Driver handle for master EDMA APIs.

Note

The contents of this structure are private and subject to change.

Public Members

I3C_Type *base

I3C base pointer.

uint8_t state

Transfer state machine current state.

uint32_t transferCount

Indicates progress of the transfer

uint8_t subaddressBuffer[4]

Saving subaddress command.

uint8_t subaddressCount

Saving command count.

i3c_master_transfer_t transfer

Copy of the current transfer info.

i3c_master_edma_callback_t callback

Callback function pointer.

void *userData

Application data passed to callback.

edma_handle_t *rxDmaHandle

Handle for receive DMA channel.

edma_handle_t *txDmaHandle

Handle for transmit DMA channel.

uint8_t ibiAddress

Slave address which request IBI.

uint8_t *ibiBuff

Pointer to IBI buffer to keep ibi bytes.

size_t ibiPayloadSize

IBI payload size.

i3c_ibi_type_t ibiType

IBI type.

I3C Slave Driver

void I3C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(i3c_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Provides a default configuration for the I3C slave peripheral.

This function provides the following default configuration for the I3C slave peripheral:

slaveConfig->enableslave             = true;

After calling this function, you can override any settings in order to customize the configuration, prior to initializing the slave driver with I3C_SlaveInit().

Parameters:

• slaveConfig – [out] User provided configuration structure for default values. Refer to i3c_slave_config_t.

void I3C_SlaveInit(I3C_Type *base, const i3c_slave_config_t *slaveConfig, uint32_t slowClock_Hz)

Initializes the I3C slave peripheral.

This function enables the peripheral clock and initializes the I3C slave peripheral as described by the user provided configuration.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• slaveConfig – User provided peripheral configuration. Use I3C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig() to get a set of defaults that you can override.

• slowClock_Hz – Frequency in Hertz of the I3C slow clock. Used to calculate the bus match condition values. If FSL_FEATURE_I3C_HAS_NO_SCONFIG_BAMATCH defines as 1, this parameter is useless.

void I3C_SlaveDeinit(I3C_Type *base)

Deinitializes the I3C slave peripheral.

This function disables the I3C slave peripheral and gates the clock.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

static inline void I3C_SlaveEnable(I3C_Type *base, bool isEnable)

Enable/Disable Slave.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• isEnable – Enable or disable.

static inline uint32_t I3C_SlaveGetStatusFlags(I3C_Type *base)

Gets the I3C slave status flags.

A bit mask with the state of all I3C slave status flags is returned. For each flag, the corresponding bit in the return value is set if the flag is asserted.

See also

_i3c_slave_flags

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Returns:

State of the status flags:

• 1: related status flag is set.

• 0: related status flag is not set.

static inline void I3C_SlaveClearStatusFlags(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t statusMask)

Clears the I3C slave status flag state.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

• kI3C_SlaveBusStartFlag

• kI3C_SlaveMatchedFlag

• kI3C_SlaveBusStopFlag

Attempts to clear other flags has no effect.

See also

_i3c_slave_flags.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• statusMask – A bitmask of status flags that are to be cleared. The mask is composed of _i3c_slave_flags enumerators OR’d together. You may pass the result of a previous call to I3C_SlaveGetStatusFlags().

static inline uint32_t I3C_SlaveGetErrorStatusFlags(I3C_Type *base)

Gets the I3C slave error status flags.

A bit mask with the state of all I3C slave error status flags is returned. For each flag, the corresponding bit in the return value is set if the flag is asserted.

See also

_i3c_slave_error_flags

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Returns:

State of the error status flags:

• 1: related status flag is set.

• 0: related status flag is not set.

static inline void I3C_SlaveClearErrorStatusFlags(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t statusMask)

Clears the I3C slave error status flag state.

See also

_i3c_slave_error_flags.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• statusMask – A bitmask of error status flags that are to be cleared. The mask is composed of _i3c_slave_error_flags enumerators OR’d together. You may pass the result of a previous call to I3C_SlaveGetErrorStatusFlags().

i3c_slave_activity_state_t I3C_SlaveGetActivityState(I3C_Type *base)

Gets the I3C slave state.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Returns:

I3C slave activity state, refer i3c_slave_activity_state_t.

status_t I3C_SlaveCheckAndClearError(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t status)

static inline void I3C_SlaveEnableInterrupts(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Enables the I3C slave interrupt requests.

Only below flags can be enabled as interrupts.

• kI3C_SlaveBusStartFlag

• kI3C_SlaveMatchedFlag

• kI3C_SlaveBusStopFlag

• kI3C_SlaveRxReadyFlag

• kI3C_SlaveTxReadyFlag

• kI3C_SlaveDynamicAddrChangedFlag

• kI3C_SlaveReceivedCCCFlag

• kI3C_SlaveErrorFlag

• kI3C_SlaveHDRCommandMatchFlag

• kI3C_SlaveCCCHandledFlag

• kI3C_SlaveEventSentFlag

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to enable. See _i3c_slave_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline void I3C_SlaveDisableInterrupts(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Disables the I3C slave interrupt requests.

Only below flags can be disabled as interrupts.

• kI3C_SlaveBusStartFlag

• kI3C_SlaveMatchedFlag

• kI3C_SlaveBusStopFlag

• kI3C_SlaveRxReadyFlag

• kI3C_SlaveTxReadyFlag

• kI3C_SlaveDynamicAddrChangedFlag

• kI3C_SlaveReceivedCCCFlag

• kI3C_SlaveErrorFlag

• kI3C_SlaveHDRCommandMatchFlag

• kI3C_SlaveCCCHandledFlag

• kI3C_SlaveEventSentFlag

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to disable. See _i3c_slave_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline uint32_t I3C_SlaveGetEnabledInterrupts(I3C_Type *base)

Returns the set of currently enabled I3C slave interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Returns:

A bitmask composed of _i3c_slave_flags enumerators OR’d together to indicate the set of enabled interrupts.

static inline uint32_t I3C_SlaveGetPendingInterrupts(I3C_Type *base)

Returns the set of pending I3C slave interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

Returns:

A bitmask composed of _i3c_slave_flags enumerators OR’d together to indicate the set of pending interrupts.

static inline void I3C_SlaveEnableDMA(I3C_Type *base, bool enableTx, bool enableRx, uint32_t width)

Enables or disables I3C slave DMA requests.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• enableTx – Enable flag for transmit DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

• enableRx – Enable flag for receive DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

• width – DMA read/write unit in bytes.

static inline uint32_t I3C_SlaveGetTxFifoAddress(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t width)

Gets I3C slave transmit data register address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• width – DMA read/write unit in bytes.

Returns:

The I3C Slave Transmit Data Register address.

static inline uint32_t I3C_SlaveGetRxFifoAddress(I3C_Type *base, uint32_t width)

Gets I3C slave receive data register address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• width – DMA read/write unit in bytes.

Returns:

The I3C Slave Receive Data Register address.

static inline void I3C_SlaveSetWatermarks(I3C_Type *base, i3c_tx_trigger_level_t txLvl, i3c_rx_trigger_level_t rxLvl, bool flushTx, bool flushRx)

Sets the watermarks for I3C slave FIFOs.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• txLvl – Transmit FIFO watermark level. The kI3C_SlaveTxReadyFlag flag is set whenever the number of words in the transmit FIFO reaches txLvl.

• rxLvl – Receive FIFO watermark level. The kI3C_SlaveRxReadyFlag flag is set whenever the number of words in the receive FIFO reaches rxLvl.

• flushTx – true if TX FIFO is to be cleared, otherwise TX FIFO remains unchanged.

• flushRx – true if RX FIFO is to be cleared, otherwise RX FIFO remains unchanged.

static inline void I3C_SlaveGetFifoCounts(I3C_Type *base, size_t *rxCount, size_t *txCount)

Gets the current number of bytes in the I3C slave FIFOs.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• txCount – [out] Pointer through which the current number of bytes in the transmit FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.

• rxCount – [out] Pointer through which the current number of bytes in the receive FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.

void I3C_SlaveRequestEvent(I3C_Type *base, i3c_slave_event_t event)

I3C slave request event.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• event – I3C slave event of type i3c_slave_event_t

status_t I3C_SlaveSend(I3C_Type *base, const void *txBuff, size_t txSize)

Performs a polling send transfer on the I3C bus.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• txBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.

• txSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

Returns:

Error or success status returned by API.

status_t I3C_SlaveReceive(I3C_Type *base, void *rxBuff, size_t rxSize)

Performs a polling receive transfer on the I3C bus.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• rxBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.

• rxSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

Returns:

Error or success status returned by API.

void I3C_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(I3C_Type *base, i3c_slave_handle_t *handle, i3c_slave_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Creates a new handle for the I3C slave non-blocking APIs.

The creation of a handle is for use with the non-blocking APIs. Once a handle is created, there is not a corresponding destroy handle. If the user wants to terminate a transfer, the I3C_SlaveTransferAbort() API shall be called.

Note

The function also enables the NVIC IRQ for the input I3C. Need to notice that on some SoCs the I3C IRQ is connected to INTMUX, in this case user needs to enable the associated INTMUX IRQ in application.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• handle – [out] Pointer to the I3C slave driver handle.

• callback – User provided pointer to the asynchronous callback function.

• userData – User provided pointer to the application callback data.

status_t I3C_SlaveTransferNonBlocking(I3C_Type *base, i3c_slave_handle_t *handle, uint32_t eventMask)

Starts accepting slave transfers.

Call this API after calling I2C_SlaveInit() and I3C_SlaveTransferCreateHandle() to start processing transactions driven by an I2C master. The slave monitors the I2C bus and pass events to the callback that was passed into the call to I3C_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(). The callback is always invoked from the interrupt context.

The set of events received by the callback is customizable. To do so, set the eventMask parameter to the OR’d combination of i3c_slave_transfer_event_t enumerators for the events you wish to receive. The kI3C_SlaveTransmitEvent and kI3C_SlaveReceiveEvent events are always enabled and do not need to be included in the mask. Alternatively, you can pass 0 to get a default set of only the transmit and receive events that are always enabled. In addition, the kI3C_SlaveAllEvents constant is provided as a convenient way to enable all events.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to struct: _i3c_slave_handle structure which stores the transfer state.

• eventMask – Bit mask formed by OR’ing together i3c_slave_transfer_event_t enumerators to specify which events to send to the callback. Other accepted values are 0 to get a default set of only the transmit and receive events, and kI3C_SlaveAllEvents to enable all events.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Slave transfers were successfully started.

• kStatus_I3C_Busy – Slave transfers have already been started on this handle.

status_t I3C_SlaveTransferGetCount(I3C_Type *base, i3c_slave_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the slave transfer status during a non-blocking transfer.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to i2c_slave_handle_t structure.

• count – [out] Pointer to a value to hold the number of bytes transferred. May be NULL if the count is not required.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success –

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress –

void I3C_SlaveTransferAbort(I3C_Type *base, i3c_slave_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the slave non-blocking transfers.

Note

This API could be called at any time to stop slave for handling the bus events.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to struct: _i3c_slave_handle structure which stores the transfer state.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success –

• kStatus_I3C_Idle –

void I3C_SlaveTransferHandleIRQ(I3C_Type *base, void *intHandle)

Reusable routine to handle slave interrupts.

Note

This function does not need to be called unless you are reimplementing the non blocking API’s interrupt handler routines to add special functionality.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• intHandle – Pointer to struct: _i3c_slave_handle structure which stores the transfer state.

void I3C_SlaveRequestIBIWithData(I3C_Type *base, uint8_t *data, size_t dataSize)

I3C slave request IBI event with data payload(mandatory and extended).

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• data – Pointer to IBI data to be sent in the request.

• dataSize – IBI data size.

void I3C_SlaveRequestIBIWithSingleData(I3C_Type *base, uint8_t data, size_t dataSize)

I3C slave request IBI event with single data.

Deprecated:

Do not use this function. It has been superseded by I3C_SlaveRequestIBIWithData.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• data – IBI data to be sent in the request.

• dataSize – IBI data size.

enum _i3c_slave_flags

I3C slave peripheral flags.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

• kI3C_SlaveBusStartFlag

• kI3C_SlaveMatchedFlag

• kI3C_SlaveBusStopFlag

Only below flags can be enabled as interrupts.

• kI3C_SlaveBusStartFlag

• kI3C_SlaveMatchedFlag

• kI3C_SlaveBusStopFlag

• kI3C_SlaveRxReadyFlag

• kI3C_SlaveTxReadyFlag

• kI3C_SlaveDynamicAddrChangedFlag

• kI3C_SlaveReceivedCCCFlag

• kI3C_SlaveErrorFlag

• kI3C_SlaveHDRCommandMatchFlag

• kI3C_SlaveCCCHandledFlag

• kI3C_SlaveEventSentFlag

Note

These enums are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_SlaveNotStopFlag

Slave status not stop flag

enumerator kI3C_SlaveMessageFlag

Slave status message, indicating slave is listening to the bus traffic or responding

enumerator kI3C_SlaveRequiredReadFlag

Slave status required, either is master doing SDR read from slave, or is IBI pushing out.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveRequiredWriteFlag

Slave status request write, master is doing SDR write to slave, except slave in ENTDAA mode

enumerator kI3C_SlaveBusDAAFlag

I3C bus is in ENTDAA mode

enumerator kI3C_SlaveBusHDRModeFlag

I3C bus is in HDR mode

enumerator kI3C_SlaveBusStartFlag

Start/Re-start event is seen since the bus was last cleared

enumerator kI3C_SlaveMatchedFlag

Slave address(dynamic/static) matched since last cleared

enumerator kI3C_SlaveBusStopFlag

Stop event is seen since the bus was last cleared

enumerator kI3C_SlaveRxReadyFlag

Rx data ready in rx buffer flag

enumerator kI3C_SlaveTxReadyFlag

Tx buffer ready for Tx data flag

enumerator kI3C_SlaveDynamicAddrChangedFlag

Slave dynamic address has been assigned, re-assigned, or lost

enumerator kI3C_SlaveReceivedCCCFlag

Slave received Common command code

enumerator kI3C_SlaveErrorFlag

Error occurred flag

enumerator kI3C_SlaveHDRCommandMatchFlag

High data rate command match

enumerator kI3C_SlaveCCCHandledFlag

Slave received Common command code is handled by I3C module

enumerator kI3C_SlaveEventSentFlag

Slave IBI/P2P/MR/HJ event has been sent

enumerator kI3C_SlaveIbiDisableFlag

Slave in band interrupt is disabled.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveMasterRequestDisabledFlag

Slave master request is disabled.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveHotJoinDisabledFlag

Slave Hot-Join is disabled.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveClearFlags

All flags which are cleared by the driver upon starting a transfer.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveAllIrqFlags

enum _i3c_slave_error_flags

I3C slave error flags to indicate the causes.

Note

These enums are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_SlaveErrorOverrunFlag

Slave internal from-bus buffer/FIFO overrun.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveErrorUnderrunFlag

Slave internal to-bus buffer/FIFO underrun

enumerator kI3C_SlaveErrorUnderrunNakFlag

Slave internal from-bus buffer/FIFO underrun and NACK error

enumerator kI3C_SlaveErrorTermFlag

Terminate error from master

enumerator kI3C_SlaveErrorInvalidStartFlag

Slave invalid start flag

enumerator kI3C_SlaveErrorSdrParityFlag

SDR parity error

enumerator kI3C_SlaveErrorHdrParityFlag

HDR parity error

enumerator kI3C_SlaveErrorHdrCRCFlag

HDR-DDR CRC error

enumerator kI3C_SlaveErrorS0S1Flag

S0 or S1 error

enumerator kI3C_SlaveErrorOverreadFlag

Over-read error

enumerator kI3C_SlaveErrorOverwriteFlag

Over-write error

enum _i3c_slave_event

I3C slave.event.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_SlaveEventNormal

Normal mode.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveEventIBI

In band interrupt event.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveEventMasterReq

Master request event.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveEventHotJoinReq

Hot-join event.

enum _i3c_slave_activity_state

I3C slave.activity state.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_SlaveNoLatency

Normal bus operation

enumerator kI3C_SlaveLatency1Ms

1ms of latency.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveLatency100Ms

100ms of latency.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveLatency10S

10s latency.

enum _i3c_slave_transfer_event

Set of events sent to the callback for non blocking slave transfers.

These event enumerations are used for two related purposes. First, a bit mask created by OR’ing together events is passed to I3C_SlaveTransferNonBlocking() in order to specify which events to enable. Then, when the slave callback is invoked, it is passed the current event through its transfer parameter.

Note

These enumerations are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask of events.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_SlaveAddressMatchEvent

Received the slave address after a start or repeated start.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveTransmitEvent

Callback is requested to provide data to transmit (slave-transmitter role).

enumerator kI3C_SlaveReceiveEvent

Callback is requested to provide a buffer in which to place received data (slave-receiver role).

enumerator kI3C_SlaveRequiredTransmitEvent

Callback is requested to provide a buffer in which to place received data (slave-receiver role).

enumerator kI3C_SlaveStartEvent

A start/repeated start was detected.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveHDRCommandMatchEvent

Slave Match HDR Command.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveCompletionEvent

A stop was detected, completing the transfer.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveRequestSentEvent

Slave request event sent.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveReceivedCCCEvent

Slave received CCC event, need to handle by application.

enumerator kI3C_SlaveAllEvents

Bit mask of all available events.

typedef enum _i3c_slave_event i3c_slave_event_t

I3C slave.event.

typedef enum _i3c_slave_activity_state i3c_slave_activity_state_t

I3C slave.activity state.

typedef struct _i3c_slave_config i3c_slave_config_t

Structure with settings to initialize the I3C slave module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the I3C peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the I3C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

typedef enum _i3c_slave_transfer_event i3c_slave_transfer_event_t

Set of events sent to the callback for non blocking slave transfers.

These event enumerations are used for two related purposes. First, a bit mask created by OR’ing together events is passed to I3C_SlaveTransferNonBlocking() in order to specify which events to enable. Then, when the slave callback is invoked, it is passed the current event through its transfer parameter.

Note

These enumerations are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask of events.

typedef struct _i3c_slave_transfer i3c_slave_transfer_t

I3C slave transfer structure.

typedef struct _i3c_slave_handle i3c_slave_handle_t

typedef void (*i3c_slave_transfer_callback_t)(I3C_Type *base, i3c_slave_transfer_t *transfer, void *userData)

Slave event callback function pointer type.

This callback is used only for the slave non-blocking transfer API. To install a callback, use the I3C_SlaveSetCallback() function after you have created a handle.

Param base:

Base address for the I3C instance on which the event occurred.

Param transfer:

Pointer to transfer descriptor containing values passed to and/or from the callback.

Param userData:

Arbitrary pointer-sized value passed from the application.

typedef void (*i3c_slave_isr_t)(I3C_Type *base, void *handle)

Typedef for slave interrupt handler.

struct _i3c_slave_config

#include <fsl_i3c.h>

Structure with settings to initialize the I3C slave module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the I3C peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the I3C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

Public Members

bool enableSlave

Whether to enable slave.

bool isHotJoin

Whether to enable slave hotjoin before enable slave.

uint8_t staticAddr

Static address.

uint16_t vendorID

Device vendor ID(manufacture ID).

bool enableRandomPart

Whether to generate random part number, if using random part number, the partNumber variable setting is meaningless.

uint32_t partNumber

Device part number info

uint8_t dcr

Device characteristics register information.

uint8_t bcr

Bus characteristics register information.

uint8_t hdrMode

Support hdr mode, could be OR logic in enumeration:i3c_hdr_mode_t.

bool nakAllRequest

Whether to reply NAK to all requests except broadcast CCC.

bool ignoreS0S1Error

Whether to ignore S0/S1 error in SDR mode.

bool offline

Whether to wait 60 us of bus quiet or HDR request to ensure slave track SDR mode safely.

bool matchSlaveStartStop

Whether to assert start/stop status only the time slave is addressed.

uint32_t maxWriteLength

Maximum write length.

uint32_t maxReadLength

Maximum read length.

struct _i3c_slave_transfer

#include <fsl_i3c.h>

I3C slave transfer structure.

Public Members

uint32_t event

Reason the callback is being invoked.

uint8_t *txData

Transfer buffer

size_t txDataSize

Transfer size

uint8_t *rxData

Transfer buffer

size_t rxDataSize

Transfer size

status_t completionStatus

Success or error code describing how the transfer completed. Only applies for kI3C_SlaveCompletionEvent.

size_t transferredCount

Number of bytes actually transferred since start or last repeated start.

struct _i3c_slave_handle

#include <fsl_i3c.h>

I3C slave handle structure.

Note

The contents of this structure are private and subject to change.

Public Members

i3c_slave_transfer_t transfer

I3C slave transfer copy.

bool isBusy

Whether transfer is busy.

bool wasTransmit

Whether the last transfer was a transmit.

uint32_t eventMask

Mask of enabled events.

uint32_t transferredCount

Count of bytes transferred.

i3c_slave_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback function called at transfer event.

void *userData

Callback parameter passed to callback.

uint8_t txFifoSize

Tx Fifo size

I3C Slave DMA Driver

void I3C_SlaveTransferCreateHandleEDMA(I3C_Type *base, i3c_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, i3c_slave_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *rxDmaHandle, edma_handle_t *txDmaHandle)

Create a new handle for the I3C slave DMA APIs.

The creation of a handle is for use with the DMA APIs. Once a handle is created, there is not a corresponding destroy handle. If the user wants to terminate a transfer, the I3C_SlaveTransferAbortDMA() API shall be called.

For devices where the I3C send and receive DMA requests are OR’d together, the txDmaHandle parameter is ignored and may be set to NULL.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to the I3C slave driver handle.

• callback – User provided pointer to the asynchronous callback function.

• userData – User provided pointer to the application callback data.

• rxDmaHandle – Handle for the DMA receive channel. Created by the user prior to calling this function.

• txDmaHandle – Handle for the DMA transmit channel. Created by the user prior to calling this function.

status_t I3C_SlaveTransferEDMA(I3C_Type *base, i3c_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, i3c_slave_edma_transfer_t *transfer, uint32_t eventMask)

Prepares for a non-blocking DMA-based transaction on the I3C bus.

The API will do DMA configuration according to the input transfer descriptor, and the data will be transferred when there’s bus master requesting transfer from/to this slave. So the timing of call to this API need be aligned with master application to ensure the transfer is executed as expected. Callback specified when the handle was created is invoked when the transaction has completed.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to the I3C slave driver handle.

• transfer – The pointer to the transfer descriptor.

• eventMask – Bit mask formed by OR’ing together i3c_slave_transfer_event_t enumerators to specify which events to send to the callback. The transmit and receive events is not allowed to be enabled.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – The transaction was started successfully.

• kStatus_I3C_Busy – Either another master is currently utilizing the bus, or another DMA transaction is already in progress.

• kStatus_Fail – The transaction can’t be set.

void I3C_SlaveTransferAbortEDMA(I3C_Type *base, i3c_slave_edma_handle_t *handle)

Abort a slave edma non-blocking transfer in a early time.

Parameters:

• base – I3C peripheral base address

• handle – pointer to i3c_slave_edma_handle_t structure

void I3C_SlaveTransferEDMAHandleIRQ(I3C_Type *base, void *i3cHandle)

Reusable routine to handle slave interrupts.

Note

This function does not need to be called unless you are reimplementing the nonblocking API’s interrupt handler routines to add special functionality.

Parameters:

• base – The I3C peripheral base address.

• i3cHandle – Pointer to the I3C slave DMA driver handle.

typedef struct _i3c_slave_edma_handle i3c_slave_edma_handle_t

typedef struct _i3c_slave_edma_transfer i3c_slave_edma_transfer_t

I3C slave transfer structure.

typedef void (*i3c_slave_edma_callback_t)(I3C_Type *base, i3c_slave_edma_transfer_t *transfer, void *userData)

Slave event callback function pointer type.

This callback is used only for the slave DMA transfer API.

Param base:

Base address for the I3C instance on which the event occurred.

Param handle:

Pointer to slave DMA transfer handle.

Param transfer:

Pointer to transfer descriptor containing values passed to and/or from the callback.

Param userData:

Arbitrary pointer-sized value passed from the application.

struct _i3c_slave_edma_transfer

#include <fsl_i3c_edma.h>

I3C slave transfer structure.

Public Members

uint32_t event

Reason the callback is being invoked.

uint8_t *txData

Transfer buffer

size_t txDataSize

Transfer size

uint8_t *rxData

Transfer buffer

size_t rxDataSize

Transfer size

status_t completionStatus

Success or error code describing how the transfer completed. Only applies for kI3C_SlaveCompletionEvent.

struct _i3c_slave_edma_handle

#include <fsl_i3c_edma.h>

I3C slave edma handle structure.

Note

The contents of this structure are private and subject to change.

Public Members

I3C_Type *base

I3C base pointer.

i3c_slave_edma_transfer_t transfer

I3C slave transfer copy.

bool isBusy

Whether transfer is busy.

bool wasTransmit

Whether the last transfer was a transmit.

uint32_t eventMask

Mask of enabled events.

i3c_slave_edma_callback_t callback

Callback function called at transfer event.

edma_handle_t *rxDmaHandle

Handle for receive DMA channel.

edma_handle_t *txDmaHandle

Handle for transmit DMA channel.

void *userData

Callback parameter passed to callback.

ISI: Image Sensing Interface

void ISI_Init(ISI_Type *base)

Initializes the ISI peripheral.

This function ungates the ISI clock, it should be called before any other ISI functions.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address.

void ISI_Deinit(ISI_Type *base)

Deinitializes the ISI peripheral.

This function gates the ISI clock.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address.

void ISI_Reset(ISI_Type *base)

Reset the ISI peripheral.

This function resets the ISI channel processing pipeline similar to a hardware reset. The channel will need to be reconfigured after reset before it can be used.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address.

static inline uint32_t ISI_EnableInterrupts(ISI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables ISI interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• mask – Interrupt source, OR’ed value of _isi_interrupt.

Returns:

OR’ed value of the enabled interrupts before calling this function.

static inline uint32_t ISI_DisableInterrupts(ISI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables ISI interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• mask – Interrupt source, OR’ed value of _isi_interrupt.

Returns:

OR’ed value of the enabled interrupts before calling this function.

static inline uint32_t ISI_GetInterruptStatus(ISI_Type *base)

Get the ISI interrupt pending flags.

All interrupt pending flags are returned, upper layer could compare with the OR’ed value of _isi_interrupt. For example, to check whether memory read completed, use like this:

uint32_t mask = ISI_GetInterruptStatus(ISI);
if (mask & kISI_MemReadCompletedInterrupt)
{
    memory read completed
}

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

Returns:

The OR’ed value of the pending interrupt flags. of _isi_interrupt.

static inline void ISI_ClearInterruptStatus(ISI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clear ISI interrupt pending flags.

This function could clear one or more flags at one time, the flags to clear are passed in as an OR’ed value of _isi_interrupt. For example, to clear both line received interrupt flag and frame received flag, use like this:

ISI_ClearInterruptStatus(ISI, kISI_LineReceivedInterrupt | kISI_FrameReceivedInterrupt);

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• mask – The flags to clear, it is OR’ed value of _isi_interrupt.

void ISI_SetScalerConfig(ISI_Type *base, uint16_t inputWidth, uint16_t inputHeight, uint16_t outputWidth, uint16_t outputHeight)

Set the ISI channel scaler configurations.

This function sets the scaling configurations. If the ISI channel is bypassed, then the scaling feature could not be used.

ISI only supports down scaling but not up scaling.

Note

Total bytes in one line after down scaling must be more than 256 bytes.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• inputWidth – Input image width.

• inputHeight – Input image height.

• outputWidth – Output image width.

• outputHeight – Output image height.

void ISI_SetColorSpaceConversionConfig(ISI_Type *base, const isi_csc_config_t *config)

Set the ISI color space conversion configurations.

This function sets the color space conversion configurations. After setting the configuration, use the function ISI_EnableColorSpaceConversion to enable this feature. If the ISI channel is bypassed, then the color space conversion feature could not be used.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

void ISI_ColorSpaceConversionGetDefaultConfig(isi_csc_config_t *config)

Get the ISI color space conversion default configurations.

The default value is:

config->mode = kISI_CscYUV2RGB;
config->A1 = 0.0;
config->A2 = 0.0;
config->A3 = 0.0;
config->B1 = 0.0;
config->B2 = 0.0;
config->B3 = 0.0;
config->C1 = 0.0;
config->C2 = 0.0;
config->C3 = 0.0;
config->D1 = 0;
config->D2 = 0;
config->D3 = 0;

Parameters:

• config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

static inline void ISI_EnableColorSpaceConversion(ISI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable or disable the ISI color space conversion.

If the ISI channel is bypassed, then the color space conversion feature could not be used even enable using this function.

Note

The CSC is enabled by default. Disable it if it is not required.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

void ISI_SetCropConfig(ISI_Type *base, const isi_crop_config_t *config)

Set the ISI cropping configurations.

This function sets the cropping configurations. After setting the configuration, use the function ISI_EnableCrop to enable the feature. Cropping still works when the ISI channel is bypassed.

Note

The upper left corner and lower right corner should be configured base on the image resolution output from the scaler.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

void ISI_CropGetDefaultConfig(isi_crop_config_t *config)

Get the ISI cropping default configurations.

The default value is:

config->upperLeftX = 0U;
config->upperLeftY = 0U;
config->lowerRightX = 0U;
config->lowerRightY = 0U;

Parameters:

• config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

static inline void ISI_EnableCrop(ISI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable or disable the ISI cropping.

If the ISI channel is bypassed, the cropping still works.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void ISI_SetGlobalAlpha(ISI_Type *base, uint8_t alpha)

Set the global alpha value.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• alpha – The global alpha value.

static inline void ISI_EnableGlobalAlpha(ISI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the global alpha insertion.

Alpha still works when channel bypassed.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

void ISI_SetRegionAlphaConfig(ISI_Type *base, uint8_t index, const isi_region_alpha_config_t *config)

Set the alpha value for region of interest.

Set the alpha insertion configuration for specific region of interest. The function ISI_EnableRegionAlpha could be used to enable the alpha insertion. Alpha insertion still works when channel bypassed.

Note

The upper left corner and lower right corner should be configured base on the image resolution output from the scaler.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• index – Index of the region of interest, Could be 0, 1, 2, and 3.

• config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

void ISI_RegionAlphaGetDefaultConfig(isi_region_alpha_config_t *config)

Get the regional alpha insertion default configurations.

The default configuration is:

config->upperLeftX = 0U;
config->upperLeftY = 0U;
config->lowerRightX = 0U;
config->lowerRightY = 0U;
config->alpha = 0U;

Parameters:

• config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

void ISI_EnableRegionAlpha(ISI_Type *base, uint8_t index, bool enable)

Enable or disable the alpha value insertion for region of interest.

Alpha insertion still works when channel bypassed.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• index – Index of the region of interest, Could be 0, 1, 2, and 3.

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

void ISI_SetInputMemConfig(ISI_Type *base, const isi_input_mem_config_t *config)

Set the input memory configuration.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

void ISI_InputMemGetDefaultConfig(isi_input_mem_config_t *config)

Get the input memory default configurations.

The default configuration is:

config->adddr = 0U;
config->linePitchBytes = 0U;
config->framePitchBytes = 0U;
config->format = kISI_InputMemBGR8P;

Parameters:

• config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

static inline void ISI_SetInputMemAddr(ISI_Type *base, uint32_t addr)

Set the input memory address.

This function only sets the input memory address, it is used for fast run-time setting.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• addr – Input memory address.

void ISI_TriggerInputMemRead(ISI_Type *base)

Trigger the ISI pipeline to read the input memory.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

static inline void ISI_SetFlipMode(ISI_Type *base, isi_flip_mode_t mode)

Set the ISI channel flipping mode.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• mode – Flipping mode.

void ISI_SetOutputBufferAddr(ISI_Type *base, uint8_t index, uint32_t addrY, uint32_t addrU, uint32_t addrV)

Set the ISI output buffer address.

This function sets the output buffer address and trigger the ISI to shadow the address, it is used for fast run-time setting.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• index – Index of output buffer, could be 0 and 1.

• addrY – RGB or Luma (Y) output buffer address.

• addrU – Chroma (U/Cb/UV/CbCr) output buffer address.

• addrV – Chroma (V/Cr) output buffer address.

static inline void ISI_Start(ISI_Type *base)

Start the ISI channel.

Start the ISI channel to work, this function should be called after all channel configuration finished.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

static inline void ISI_Stop(ISI_Type *base)

Stop the ISI channel.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

FSL_ISI_DRIVER_VERSION

ISI driver version.

enum _isi_interrupt

ISI interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kISI_MemReadCompletedInterrupt

Input memory read completed.

enumerator kISI_LineReceivedInterrupt

Line received.

enumerator kISI_FrameReceivedInterrupt

Frame received.

enumerator kISI_AxiWriteErrorVInterrupt

AXI Bus write error when storing V data to memory.

enumerator kISI_AxiWriteErrorUInterrupt

AXI Bus write error when storing U data to memory.

enumerator kISI_AxiWriteErrorYInterrupt

AXI Bus write error when storing Y data to memory.

enumerator kISI_AxiReadErrorInterrupt

AXI Bus error when reading the input memory.

enumerator kISI_OverflowAlertVInterrupt

V output buffer overflow threshold accrossed.

enumerator kISI_ExcessOverflowVInterrupt

V output buffer excess overflow interrupt.

enumerator kISI_OverflowVInterrupt

V output buffer overflow interrupt.

enumerator kISI_OverflowAlertUInterrupt

U output buffer overflow threshold accrossed.

enumerator kISI_ExcessOverflowUInterrupt

U output buffer excess overflow interrupt.

enumerator kISI_OverflowUInterrupt

U output buffer overflow interrupt.

enumerator kISI_OverflowAlertYInterrupt

V output buffer overflow threshold accrossed.

enumerator kISI_ExcessOverflowYInterrupt

V output buffer excess overflow interrupt.

enumerator kISI_OverflowYInterrupt

V output buffer overflow interrupt.

enum _isi_output_format

ISI output image format.

Values:

enumerator kISI_OutputRGBA8888

RGBA8888.

enumerator kISI_OutputABGR8888

ABGR8888.

enumerator kISI_OutputARGB8888

ARGB8888.

enumerator kISI_OutputRGBX8888

RGBX8888 unpacked and MSB aligned in 32-bit.

enumerator kISI_OutputXBGR8888

XBGR8888 unpacked and LSB aligned in 32-bit.

enumerator kISI_OutputXRGB8888

XRGB8888 unpacked and LSB aligned in 32-bit.

enumerator kISI_OutputRGB888

RGB888 packed into 32-bit.

enumerator kISI_OutputBGR888

BGR888 packed into 32-bit.

enumerator kISI_OutputA2BGR10

BGR format with 2-bits alpha in MSB; 10-bits per color component.

enumerator kISI_OutputA2RGB10

RGB format with 2-bits alpha in MSB; 10-bits per color component.

enumerator kISI_OutputRGB565

RGB565 packed into 32-bit.

enumerator kISI_OutputRaw8

8-bit raw data packed into 32-bit.

enumerator kISI_OutputRaw10

10-bit raw data packed into 16-bit with 6 LSBs wasted.

enumerator kISI_OutputRaw10P

10-bit raw data packed into 32-bit.

enumerator kISI_OutputRaw12P

16-bit raw data packed into 16-bit with 4 LSBs wasted.

enumerator kISI_OutputRaw16P

16-bit raw data packed into 32-bit.

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV444_1P8P

8-bits per color component; 1-plane, YUV interleaved packed bytes.

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV444_2P8P

8-bits per color component; 2-plane, UV interleaved packed bytes.

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV444_3P8P

8-bits per color component; 3-plane, non-interleaved packed bytes.

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV444_1P8

8-bits per color component; 1-plane YUV interleaved unpacked bytes (8 MSBs waste bits in 32-bit DWORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV444_1P10

10-bits per color component; 1-plane, YUV interleaved unpacked bytes (6 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV444_2P10

10-bits per color component; 2-plane, UV interleaved unpacked bytes (6 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV444_3P10

10-bits per color component; 3-plane, non-interleaved unpacked bytes (6 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV444_1P10P

10-bits per color component; 1-plane, YUV interleaved packed bytes (2 MSBs waste bits in 32-bit DWORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV444_2P10P

10-bits per color component; 2-plane, UV interleaved packed bytes (2 MSBs waste bits in 32-bit DWORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV444_3P10P

10-bits per color component; 3-plane, non-interleaved packed bytes (2 MSBs waste bits in 32-bit DWORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV444_1P12

12-bits per color component; 1-plane, YUV interleaved unpacked bytes (4 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV444_2P12

12-bits per color component; 2-plane, UV interleaved unpacked bytes (4 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV444_3P12

12-bits per color component; 3-plane, non-interleaved unpacked bytes (4 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV422_1P8P

8-bits per color component; 1-plane, YUV interleaved packed bytes.

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV422_2P8P

8-bits per color component; 2-plane, UV interleaved packed bytes.

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV422_3P8P

8-bits per color component; 3-plane, non-interleaved packed bytes.

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV422_1P10

10-bits per color component; 1-plane, YUV interleaved unpacked bytes (6 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV422_2P10

10-bits per color component; 2-plane, UV interleaved unpacked bytes (6 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV422_3P10

10-bits per color component; 3-plane, non-interleaved unpacked bytes (6 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV422_1P10P

10-bits per color component; 1-plane, YUV interleaved packed bytes (2 MSBs waste bits in 32-bit DWORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV422_2P10P

10-bits per color component; 2-plane, UV interleaved packed bytes (2 MSBs waste bits in 32-bit DWORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV422_3P10P

10-bits per color component; 3-plane, non-interleaved packed bytes (2 MSBs waste bits in 32-bit DWORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV422_1P12

12-bits per color component; 1-plane, YUV interleaved unpacked bytes (4 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV422_2P12

12-bits per color component; 2-plane, UV interleaved unpacked bytes (4 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV422_3P12

12-bits per color component; 3-plane, non-interleaved unpacked bytes (4 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV420_2P8P

8-bits per color component; 2-plane, UV interleaved packed bytes.

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV420_3P8P

8-bits per color component; 3-plane, non-interleaved packed bytes.

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV420_2P10

10-bits per color component; 2-plane, UV interleaved unpacked bytes (6 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV420_3P10

10-bits per color component; 3-plane, non-interleaved unpacked bytes (6 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV420_2P10P

10-bits per color component; 2-plane, UV interleaved packed bytes (2 MSBs waste bits in 32-bit DWORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV420_3P10P

10-bits per color component; 3-plane, non-interleaved packed bytes (2 MSBs waste bits in 32-bit DWORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV420_2P12

12-bits per color component; 2-plane, UV interleaved unpacked bytes (4 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_OutputYUV420_3P12

12-bits per color component; 3-plane, non-interleaved unpacked bytes (4 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enum _isi_chain_mode

ISI line buffer chain mode.

Values:

enumerator kISI_ChainDisable

No line buffers chained, for 2048 or less horizontal resolution.

enumerator kISI_ChainTwo

Line buffers of channel n and n+1 chained, for 4096 horizontal resolution.

enum _isi_deint_mode

ISI de-interlacing mode.

Values:

enumerator kISI_DeintDisable

No de-interlacing.

enumerator kISI_DeintWeaveOddOnTop

Weave de-interlacing (Odd, Even) method used.

enumerator kISI_DeintWeaveEvenOnTop

Weave de-interlacing (Even, Odd) method used.

enumerator kISI_DeintBlendingOddFirst

Blending or linear interpolation (Odd + Even).

enumerator kISI_DeintBlendingEvenFirst

Blending or linear interpolation (Even + Odd).

enumerator kISI_DeintDoublingOdd

Doubling odd frame and discard even frame.

enumerator kISI_DeintDoublingEven

Doubling even frame and discard odd frame.

enum _isi_threshold

ISI overflow panic alert threshold.

Values:

enumerator kISI_ThresholdDisable

No panic alert will be asserted.

enumerator kISI_Threshold25Percent

Panic will assert when the buffers are 25% full.

enumerator kISI_Threshold50Percent

Panic will assert when the buffers are 50% full.

enumerator kISI_Threshold75Percent

Panic will assert when the buffers are 75% full.

enum _isi_csc_mode

ISI color space conversion mode.

Values:

enumerator kISI_CscYUV2RGB

Convert YUV to RGB.

enumerator kISI_CscYCbCr2RGB

Convert YCbCr to RGB.

enumerator kISI_CscRGB2YUV

Convert RGB to YUV.

enumerator kISI_CscRGB2YCbCr

Convert RGB to YCbCr.

enum _isi_flip_mode

ISI flipping mode.

Values:

enumerator kISI_FlipDisable

Flip disabled.

enumerator kISI_FlipHorizontal

Horizontal flip.

enumerator kISI_FlipVertical

Vertical flip.

enumerator kISI_FlipBoth

Flip both direction.

enum _isi_input_mem_format

ISI image format of the input memory.

Values:

enumerator kISI_InputMemBGR888

BGR format with 8-bits per color component, packed into 32-bit, 24 bits per pixel.

enumerator kISI_InputMemRGB888

RGB format with 8-bits per color component, packed into 32-bit, 24 bits per pixel.

enumerator kISI_InputMemXRGB8888

RGB format with 8-bits per color component, unpacked and LSB aligned in 32-bit, 32 bits per pixel.

enumerator kISI_InputMemRGBX8888

RGB format with 8-bits per color component, unpacked and MSB alinged in 32-bit, 32 bits per pixel.

enumerator kISI_InputMemXBGR8888

BGR format with 8-bits per color component, unpacked and LSB aligned in 32-bit, 32 bits per pixel.

enumerator kISI_InputMemRGB565

RGB format with 5-bits of R, B; 6-bits of G (packed into 32-bit)

enumerator kISI_InputMemA2BGR10

BGR format with 2-bits alpha in MSB; 10-bits per color component.

enumerator kISI_InputMemA2RGB10

RGB format with 2-bits alpha in MSB; 10-bits per color component.

enumerator kISI_InputMemYUV444_1P8P

8-bits per color component; 1-plane, YUV interleaved packed bytes.

enumerator kISI_InputMemYUV444_1P10

10-bits per color component; 1-plane, YUV interleaved unpacked bytes (6 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_InputMemYUV444_1P10P

10-bits per color component; 1-plane, YUV interleaved packed bytes (2 MSBs waste bits in 32-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_InputMemYUV444_1P12

12-bits per color component; 1-plane, YUV interleaved unpacked bytes (4 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_InputMemYUV444_1P8

8-bits per color component; 1-plane YUV interleaved unpacked bytes (8 MSBs waste bits in 32-bit DWORD).

enumerator kISI_InputMemYUV422_1P8P

8-bits per color component; 1-plane YUV interleaved packed bytes.

enumerator kISI_InputMemYUV422_1P10

10-bits per color component; 1-plane, YUV interleaved unpacked bytes (6 LSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

enumerator kISI_InputMemYUV422_1P12

12-bits per color component; 1-plane, YUV interleaved packed bytes (4 MSBs waste bits in 16-bit WORD).

typedef enum _isi_output_format isi_output_format_t

ISI output image format.

typedef enum _isi_chain_mode isi_chain_mode_t

ISI line buffer chain mode.

typedef enum _isi_deint_mode isi_deint_mode_t

ISI de-interlacing mode.

typedef enum _isi_threshold isi_threshold_t

ISI overflow panic alert threshold.

typedef struct _isi_config isi_config_t

ISI basic configuration.

typedef enum _isi_csc_mode isi_csc_mode_t

ISI color space conversion mode.

typedef struct _isi_csc_config isi_csc_config_t

ISI color space conversion configurations.

(a) RGB to YUV (or YCbCr) conversion

• Y = (A1 x R) + (A2 x G) + (A3 x B) + D1

• U = (B1 x R) + (B2 x G) + (B3 x B) + D2

• V = (C1 x R) + (C2 x G) + (C3 x B) + D3

(b) YUV (or YCbCr) to RGB conversion

• R = (A1 x (Y + D1)) + (A2 x (U + D2)) + (A3 x (V + D3))

• G = (B1 x (Y + D1)) + (B2 x (U + D2)) + (B3 x (V + D3))

• B = (C1 x (Y + D1)) + (C2 x (U + D2)) + (C3 x (V + D3))

Overflow for the three channels are saturated at 0x255 and underflow is saturated at 0x00.

typedef enum _isi_flip_mode isi_flip_mode_t

ISI flipping mode.

typedef struct _isi_crop_config isi_crop_config_t

ISI cropping configurations.

typedef struct _isi_regoin_alpha_config isi_region_alpha_config_t

ISI regional region alpha configurations.

typedef enum _isi_input_mem_format isi_input_mem_format_t

ISI image format of the input memory.

typedef struct _isi_input_mem_config isi_input_mem_config_t

ISI input memory configurations.

void ISI_SetConfig(ISI_Type *base, const isi_config_t *config)

Set the ISI channel basic configurations.

This function sets the basic configurations, generally the channel could be started to work after this function. To enable other features such as croping, flipping, please call the functions accordingly.

Parameters:

• base – ISI peripheral base address

• config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

void ISI_GetDefaultConfig(isi_config_t *config)

Get the ISI channel default basic configurations.

The default value is:

config->isChannelBypassed = false;
config->isSourceMemory = false;
config->isYCbCr = false;
config->chainMode = kISI_ChainDisable;
config->deintMode = kISI_DeintDisable;
config->blankPixel = 0xFFU;
config->sourcePort = 0U;
config->mipiChannel = 0U;
config->inputHeight = 1080U;
config->inputWidth = 1920U;
config->outputFormat = kISI_OutputRGBA8888;
config->outputLinePitchBytes = 0U;
config->thresholdY = kISI_ThresholdDisable;
config->thresholdU = kISI_ThresholdDisable;
config->thresholdV = kISI_ThresholdDisable;

Parameters:

• config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

struct _isi_config

#include <fsl_isi.h>

ISI basic configuration.

Public Members

bool isChannelBypassed

Bypass the channel, if bypassed, the scaling and color space conversion could not work.

bool isSourceMemory

Whether the input source is memory or not.

bool isYCbCr

Whether the input source is YCbCr mode or not.

isi_chain_mode_t chainMode

The line buffer chain mode.

isi_deint_mode_t deintMode

The de-interlacing mode.

uint8_t blankPixel

The pixel to insert into image when overflow occors.

uint8_t sourcePort

Input source port selection.

uint8_t mipiChannel

MIPI virtual channel, ignored if input source is not MIPI CSI.

uint16_t inputHeight

Input image height(lines).

uint16_t inputWidth

Input image width(pixels).

isi_output_format_t outputFormat

Output image format.

isi_threshold_t thresholdY

Panic alert threshold for RGB or Luma (Y) buffer.

isi_threshold_t thresholdU

Panic alert threshold for Chroma (U/Cb/UV/CbCr) buffer.

isi_threshold_t thresholdV

Panic alert threshold for Chroma (V/Cr) buffer.

struct _isi_csc_config

#include <fsl_isi.h>

ISI color space conversion configurations.

(a) RGB to YUV (or YCbCr) conversion

• Y = (A1 x R) + (A2 x G) + (A3 x B) + D1

• U = (B1 x R) + (B2 x G) + (B3 x B) + D2

• V = (C1 x R) + (C2 x G) + (C3 x B) + D3

(b) YUV (or YCbCr) to RGB conversion

• R = (A1 x (Y + D1)) + (A2 x (U + D2)) + (A3 x (V + D3))

• G = (B1 x (Y + D1)) + (B2 x (U + D2)) + (B3 x (V + D3))

• B = (C1 x (Y + D1)) + (C2 x (U + D2)) + (C3 x (V + D3))

Overflow for the three channels are saturated at 0x255 and underflow is saturated at 0x00.

Public Members

isi_csc_mode_t mode

Convertion mode.

float A1

Must be in the range of [-3.99609375, 3.99609375].

float A2

Must be in the range of [-3.99609375, 3.99609375].

float A3

Must be in the range of [-3.99609375, 3.99609375].

float B1

Must be in the range of [-3.99609375, 3.99609375].

float B2

Must be in the range of [-3.99609375, 3.99609375].

float B3

Must be in the range of [-3.99609375, 3.99609375].

float C1

Must be in the range of [-3.99609375, 3.99609375].

float C2

Must be in the range of [-3.99609375, 3.99609375].

float C3

Must be in the range of [-3.99609375, 3.99609375].

int16_t D1

Must be in the range of [-256, 255].

int16_t D2

Must be in the range of [-256, 255].

int16_t D3

Must be in the range of [-256, 255].

struct _isi_crop_config

#include <fsl_isi.h>

ISI cropping configurations.

Public Members

uint16_t upperLeftX

X of upper left corner.

uint16_t upperLeftY

Y of upper left corner.

uint16_t lowerRightX

X of lower right corner.

uint16_t lowerRightY

Y of lower right corner.

struct _isi_regoin_alpha_config

#include <fsl_isi.h>

ISI regional region alpha configurations.

Public Members

uint16_t upperLeftX

X of upper left corner.

uint16_t upperLeftY

Y of upper left corner.

uint16_t lowerRightX

X of lower right corner.

uint16_t lowerRightY

Y of lower right corner.

uint8_t alpha

Alpha value.

struct _isi_input_mem_config

#include <fsl_isi.h>

ISI input memory configurations.

Public Members

uint32_t adddr

Address of the input memory.

uint16_t linePitchBytes

Line phtch in bytes.

uint16_t framePitchBytes

Frame phtch in bytes.

isi_input_mem_format_t format

Image format of the input memory.

Common Driver

FSL_COMMON_DRIVER_VERSION

common driver version.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_NONE

No debug console.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_UART

Debug console based on UART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_LPUART

Debug console based on LPUART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_LPSCI

Debug console based on LPSCI.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_USBCDC

Debug console based on USBCDC.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_FLEXCOMM

Debug console based on FLEXCOMM.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_IUART

Debug console based on i.MX UART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_VUSART

Debug console based on LPC_VUSART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_MINI_USART

Debug console based on LPC_USART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_SWO

Debug console based on SWO.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_QSCI

Debug console based on QSCI.

MIN(a, b)

Computes the minimum of a and b.

MAX(a, b)

Computes the maximum of a and b.

UINT16_MAX

Max value of uint16_t type.

UINT32_MAX

Max value of uint32_t type.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_ADD(addr, val)

Add value val from the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_SUB(addr, val)

Subtract value val to the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_SET(addr, bits)

Set the bits specifiled by bits to the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_CLEAR(addr, bits)

Clear the bits specifiled by bits to the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_TOGGLE(addr, bits)

Toggle the bits specifiled by bits to the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_CLEAR_AND_SET(addr, clearBits, setBits)

For the variable at address address, clear the bits specifiled by clearBits and set the bits specifiled by setBits.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_COMPARE_AND_SET(addr, expected, newValue)

For the variable at address address, check whether the value equal to expected. If value same as expected then update newValue to address and return true , else return false .

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_TEST_AND_SET(addr, newValue)

For the variable at address address, set as newValue value and return old value.

USEC_TO_COUNT(us, clockFreqInHz)

Macro to convert a microsecond period to raw count value

COUNT_TO_USEC(count, clockFreqInHz)

Macro to convert a raw count value to microsecond

MSEC_TO_COUNT(ms, clockFreqInHz)

Macro to convert a millisecond period to raw count value

COUNT_TO_MSEC(count, clockFreqInHz)

Macro to convert a raw count value to millisecond

SDK_ISR_EXIT_BARRIER

SDK_SIZEALIGN(var, alignbytes)

Macro to define a variable with L1 d-cache line size alignment

Macro to define a variable with L2 cache line size alignment

Macro to change a value to a given size aligned value

AT_NONCACHEABLE_SECTION(var)

Define a variable var, and place it in non-cacheable section.

AT_NONCACHEABLE_SECTION_ALIGN(var, alignbytes)

Define a variable var, and place it in non-cacheable section, the start address of the variable is aligned to alignbytes.

AT_NONCACHEABLE_SECTION_INIT(var)

Define a variable var with initial value, and place it in non-cacheable section.

AT_NONCACHEABLE_SECTION_ALIGN_INIT(var, alignbytes)

Define a variable var with initial value, and place it in non-cacheable section, the start address of the variable is aligned to alignbytes.

enum _status_groups

Status group numbers.

Values:

enumerator kStatusGroup_Generic

Group number for generic status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLASH

Group number for FLASH status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPSPI

Group number for LPSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_SPI

Group number for FLEXIO SPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DSPI

Group number for DSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_UART

Group number for FLEXIO UART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_I2C

Group number for FLEXIO I2C status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPI2C

Group number for LPI2C status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_UART

Group number for UART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_I2C

Group number for UART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPSCI

Group number for LPSCI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPUART

Group number for LPUART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SPI

Group number for SPI status code.

enumerator kStatusGroup_XRDC

Group number for XRDC status code.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SEMA42

Group number for SEMA42 status code.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDHC

Group number for SDHC status code

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDMMC

Group number for SDMMC status code

enumerator kStatusGroup_SAI

Group number for SAI status code

enumerator kStatusGroup_MCG

Group number for MCG status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SCG

Group number for SCG status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDSPI

Group number for SDSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_I2S

Group number for FLEXIO I2S status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_MCULCD

Group number for FLEXIO LCD status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLASHIAP

Group number for FLASHIAP status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXCOMM_I2C

Group number for FLEXCOMM I2C status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_I2S

Group number for I2S status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_IUART

Group number for IUART status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_CSI

Group number for CSI status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_MIPI_DSI

Group number for MIPI DSI status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDRAMC

Group number for SDRAMC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_POWER

Group number for POWER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ENET

Group number for ENET status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_PHY

Group number for PHY status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_TRGMUX

Group number for TRGMUX status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SMARTCARD

Group number for SMARTCARD status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LMEM

Group number for LMEM status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_QSPI

Group number for QSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DMA

Group number for DMA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_EDMA

Group number for EDMA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DMAMGR

Group number for DMAMGR status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXCAN

Group number for FlexCAN status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LTC

Group number for LTC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_CAMERA

Group number for FLEXIO CAMERA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_SPI

Group number for LPC_SPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_USART

Group number for LPC_USART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DMIC

Group number for DMIC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDIF

Group number for SDIF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SPIFI

Group number for SPIFI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_OTP

Group number for OTP status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MCAN

Group number for MCAN status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_CAAM

Group number for CAAM status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ECSPI

Group number for ECSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_USDHC

Group number for USDHC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_I2C

Group number for LPC_I2C status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DCP

Group number for DCP status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MSCAN

Group number for MSCAN status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ESAI

Group number for ESAI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXSPI

Group number for FLEXSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MMDC

Group number for MMDC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_PDM

Group number for MIC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDMA

Group number for SDMA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ICS

Group number for ICS status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SPDIF

Group number for SPDIF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_MINISPI

Group number for LPC_MINISPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HASHCRYPT

Group number for Hashcrypt status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_SPI_SSP

Group number for LPC_SPI_SSP status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_I3C

Group number for I3C status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_I2C_1

Group number for LPC_I2C_1 status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_NOTIFIER

Group number for NOTIFIER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DebugConsole

Group number for debug console status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SEMC

Group number for SEMC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ApplicationRangeStart

Starting number for application groups.

enumerator kStatusGroup_IAP

Group number for IAP status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_SFA

Group number for SFA status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_SPC

Group number for SPC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_PUF

Group number for PUF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_TOUCH_PANEL

Group number for touch panel status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_VBAT

Group number for VBAT status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_XSPI

Group number for XSPI status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_PNGDEC

Group number for PNGDEC status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_JPEGDEC

Group number for JPEGDEC status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_GPIO

Group number for HAL GPIO status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_UART

Group number for HAL UART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_TIMER

Group number for HAL TIMER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_SPI

Group number for HAL SPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_I2C

Group number for HAL I2C status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_FLASH

Group number for HAL FLASH status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_PWM

Group number for HAL PWM status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_RNG

Group number for HAL RNG status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_I2S

Group number for HAL I2S status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_ADC_SENSOR

Group number for HAL ADC SENSOR status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_TIMERMANAGER

Group number for TiMER MANAGER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SERIALMANAGER

Group number for SERIAL MANAGER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LED

Group number for LED status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_BUTTON

Group number for BUTTON status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_EXTERN_EEPROM

Group number for EXTERN EEPROM status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SHELL

Group number for SHELL status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MEM_MANAGER

Group number for MEM MANAGER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LIST

Group number for List status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_OSA

Group number for OSA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_COMMON_TASK

Group number for Common task status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MSG

Group number for messaging status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDK_OCOTP

Group number for OCOTP status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDK_FLEXSPINOR

Group number for FLEXSPINOR status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_CODEC

Group number for codec status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ASRC

Group number for codec status ASRC.

enumerator kStatusGroup_OTFAD

Group number for codec status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDIOSLV

Group number for SDIOSLV status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MECC

Group number for MECC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ENET_QOS

Group number for ENET_QOS status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LOG

Group number for LOG status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_I3CBUS

Group number for I3CBUS status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_QSCI

Group number for QSCI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ELEMU

Group number for ELEMU status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_QUEUEDSPI

Group number for QSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_POWER_MANAGER

Group number for POWER_MANAGER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_IPED

Group number for IPED status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ELS_PKC

Group number for ELS PKC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_CSS_PKC

Group number for CSS PKC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HOSTIF

Group number for HOSTIF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_CLIF

Group number for CLIF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_BMA

Group number for BMA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_NETC

Group number for NETC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ELE

Group number for ELE status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_GLIKEY

Group number for GLIKEY status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_AON_POWER

Group number for AON_POWER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_AON_COMMON

Group number for AON_COMMON status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ENDAT3

Group number for ENDAT3 status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HIPERFACE

Group number for HIPERFACE status codes.

Generic status return codes.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_Success

Generic status for Success.

enumerator kStatus_Fail

Generic status for Fail.

enumerator kStatus_ReadOnly

Generic status for read only failure.

enumerator kStatus_OutOfRange

Generic status for out of range access.

enumerator kStatus_InvalidArgument

Generic status for invalid argument check.

enumerator kStatus_Timeout

Generic status for timeout.

enumerator kStatus_NoTransferInProgress

Generic status for no transfer in progress.

enumerator kStatus_Busy

Generic status for module is busy.

enumerator kStatus_NoData

Generic status for no data is found for the operation.

typedef int32_t status_t

Type used for all status and error return values.

void *SDK_Malloc(size_t size, size_t alignbytes)

Allocate memory with given alignment and aligned size.

This is provided to support the dynamically allocated memory used in cache-able region.

Parameters:

• size – The length required to malloc.

• alignbytes – The alignment size.

Return values:

The – allocated memory.

void SDK_Free(void *ptr)

Free memory.

Parameters:

• ptr – The memory to be release.

void SDK_DelayAtLeastUs(uint32_t delayTime_us, uint32_t coreClock_Hz)

Delay at least for some time. Please note that, this API uses while loop for delay, different run-time environments make the time not precise, if precise delay count was needed, please implement a new delay function with hardware timer.

Parameters:

• delayTime_us – Delay time in unit of microsecond.

• coreClock_Hz – Core clock frequency with Hz.

static inline status_t EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type interrupt)

Enable specific interrupt.

Enable LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only enables the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:

• interrupt – The IRQ number.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Interrupt enabled successfully

• kStatus_Fail – Failed to enable the interrupt

static inline status_t DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type interrupt)

Disable specific interrupt.

Disable LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only disables the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:

• interrupt – The IRQ number.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Interrupt disabled successfully

• kStatus_Fail – Failed to disable the interrupt

static inline status_t EnableIRQWithPriority(IRQn_Type interrupt, uint8_t priNum)

Enable the IRQ, and also set the interrupt priority.

Only handle LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only handles the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:

• interrupt – The IRQ to Enable.

• priNum – Priority number set to interrupt controller register.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Interrupt priority set successfully

• kStatus_Fail – Failed to set the interrupt priority.

static inline status_t IRQ_SetPriority(IRQn_Type interrupt, uint8_t priNum)

Set the IRQ priority.

Only handle LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only handles the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:

• interrupt – The IRQ to set.

• priNum – Priority number set to interrupt controller register.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Interrupt priority set successfully

• kStatus_Fail – Failed to set the interrupt priority.

static inline status_t IRQ_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type interrupt)

Clear the pending IRQ flag.

Only handle LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only handles the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:

• interrupt – The flag which IRQ to clear.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Interrupt priority set successfully

• kStatus_Fail – Failed to set the interrupt priority.

static inline uint32_t DisableGlobalIRQ(void)

Disable the global IRQ.

Disable the global interrupt and return the current primask register. User is required to provided the primask register for the EnableGlobalIRQ().

Returns:

Current primask value.

static inline void EnableGlobalIRQ(uint32_t primask)

Enable the global IRQ.

Set the primask register with the provided primask value but not just enable the primask. The idea is for the convenience of integration of RTOS. some RTOS get its own management mechanism of primask. User is required to use the EnableGlobalIRQ() and DisableGlobalIRQ() in pair.

Parameters:

• primask – value of primask register to be restored. The primask value is supposed to be provided by the DisableGlobalIRQ().

static inline bool _SDK_AtomicLocalCompareAndSet(uint32_t *addr, uint32_t expected, uint32_t newValue)

static inline uint32_t _SDK_AtomicTestAndSet(uint32_t *addr, uint32_t newValue)

FSL_DRIVER_TRANSFER_DOUBLE_WEAK_IRQ

Macro to use the default weak IRQ handler in drivers.

MAKE_STATUS(group, code)

Construct a status code value from a group and code number.

MAKE_VERSION(major, minor, bugfix)

Construct the version number for drivers.

The driver version is a 32-bit number, for both 32-bit platforms(such as Cortex M) and 16-bit platforms(such as DSC).

| Unused    || Major Version || Minor Version ||  Bug Fix    |
31        25  24           17  16            9  8            0

ARRAY_SIZE(x)

Computes the number of elements in an array.

UINT64_H(X)

Macro to get upper 32 bits of a 64-bit value

UINT64_L(X)

Macro to get lower 32 bits of a 64-bit value

SUPPRESS_FALL_THROUGH_WARNING()

For switch case code block, if case section ends without “break;” statement, there wil be fallthrough warning with compiler flag -Wextra or -Wimplicit-fallthrough=n when using armgcc. To suppress this warning, “SUPPRESS_FALL_THROUGH_WARNING();” need to be added at the end of each case section which misses “break;”statement.

MSDK_REG_SECURE_ADDR(x)

Convert the register address to the one used in secure mode.

MSDK_REG_NONSECURE_ADDR(x)

Convert the register address to the one used in non-secure mode.

LCDIFv3: LCD Interface v3

void LCDIFV3_Init(LCDIF_Type *base)

Initializes the LCDIF v3.

This function ungates the LCDIF v3 clock and release the peripheral reset.

Parameters:

• base – LCDIF v3 peripheral base address.

void LCDIFV3_Deinit(LCDIF_Type *base)

Deinitializes the LCDIF peripheral.

Parameters:

• base – LCDIF peripheral base address.

void LCDIFV3_Reset(LCDIF_Type *base)

Reset the LCDIF v3.

Parameters:

• base – LCDIF peripheral base address.

void LCDIFV3_DisplayGetDefaultConfig(lcdifv3_display_config_t *config)

Gets the LCDIF display default configuration structure.

This function sets the configuration structure to default values. The default configuration is set to the following values.

config->panelWidth    = 0U;
config->panelHeight   = 0U;
config->hsw           = 3U;
config->hfp           = 3U;
config->hbp           = 3U;
config->vsw           = 3U;
config->vfp           = 3U;
config->vbp           = 3U;
config->polarityFlags = kLCDIFV3_VsyncActiveHigh | kLCDIFV3_HsyncActiveHigh | kLCDIFV3_DataEnableActiveHigh |
                        kLCDIFV3_DriveDataOnRisingClkEdge | kLCDIFV3_DataActiveHigh;
config->lineOrder       = kLCDIFV3_LineOrderRGB;

Parameters:

• config – Pointer to the LCDIF configuration structure.

void LCDIFV3_SetDisplayConfig(LCDIF_Type *base, const lcdifv3_display_config_t *config)

Set the LCDIF v3 display configurations.

Parameters:

• base – LCDIF peripheral base address.

• config – Pointer to the LCDIF configuration structure.

static inline void LCDIFV3_EnableDisplay(LCDIF_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable or disable the display.

Parameters:

• base – LCDIF peripheral base address.

• enable – Enable or disable.

static inline void LCDIFV3_EnableInterrupts(LCDIF_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables LCDIF interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – LCDIF peripheral base address.

• mask – interrupt source, OR’ed value of _lcdifv3_interrupt.

static inline void LCDIFV3_DisableInterrupts(LCDIF_Type *base, uint8_t domain, uint32_t mask)

Disables LCDIF interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – LCDIF peripheral base address.

• domain – CPU domain the interrupt signal routed to.

• mask – interrupt source, OR’ed value of _lcdifv3_interrupt.

static inline uint32_t LCDIFV3_GetInterruptStatus(LCDIF_Type *base)

Get LCDIF interrupt peding status.

Parameters:

• base – LCDIF peripheral base address.

Returns:

Interrupt pending status, OR’ed value of _lcdifv3_interrupt.

static inline void LCDIFV3_ClearInterruptStatus(LCDIF_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clear LCDIF interrupt peding status.

Parameters:

• base – LCDIF peripheral base address.

• mask – of the flags to clear, OR’ed value of _lcdifv3_interrupt.

static inline void LCDIFV3_SetLayerSize(LCDIF_Type *base, uint8_t layerIndex, uint16_t width, uint16_t height)

Set the layer dimension.

Note

The layer width must be in multiples of the number of pixels that can be stored in 32 bits

Parameters:

• base – LCDIFv3 peripheral base address.

• layerIndex – Layer layerIndex.

• width – Layer width in pixel.

• height – Layer height.

void LCDIFV3_SetLayerBufferConfig(LCDIF_Type *base, uint8_t layerIndex, const lcdifv3_buffer_config_t *config)

Set the layer source buffer configuration.

Parameters:

• base – LCDIFv3 peripheral base address.

• layerIndex – Layer layerIndex.

• config – Pointer to the configuration.

static inline void LCDIFV3_SetLayerBufferAddr(LCDIF_Type *base, uint8_t layerIndex, uint32_t addr)

Set the layer source buffer address.

This function is used for fast runtime source buffer change.

Parameters:

• base – LCDIFv3 peripheral base address.

• layerIndex – Layer layerIndex.

• addr – The new source buffer address passed to the layer, should be 64-bit aligned.

static inline void LCDIFV3_EnableLayer(LCDIF_Type *base, uint8_t layerIndex, bool enable)

Enable or disable the layer.

Parameters:

• base – LCDIFv3 peripheral base address.

• layerIndex – Layer layerIndex.

• enable – Pass in true to enable, false to disable.

static inline void LCDIFV3_TriggerLayerShadowLoad(LCDIF_Type *base, uint8_t layerIndex)

Trigger the layer configuration shadow load.

The new layer configurations are written to the shadow registers first, When all configurations written finished, call this function, then shadowed control registers are updated to the active control registers on VSYNC of next frame.

Parameters:

• base – LCDIFv3 peripheral base address.

• layerIndex – Layer layerIndex.

void LCDIFV3_SetCscMode(LCDIF_Type *base, lcdifv3_csc_mode_t mode)

Set the color space conversion mode.

Supports YUV2RGB and YCbCr2RGB.

Parameters:

• base – LCDIFv3 peripheral base address.

• layerIndex – Index of the layer.

• mode – The conversion mode.

FSL_LCDIFV3_DRIVER_VERSION

LCDIF v3 driver version.

enum _lcdifv3_polarity_flags

LCDIF v3 signal polarity flags.

Values:

enumerator kLCDIFV3_VsyncActiveHigh

VSYNC active high.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_HsyncActiveHigh

HSYNC active high.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_DataEnableActiveHigh

Data enable line active high.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_DriveDataOnRisingClkEdge

Output data on rising clock edge, capture data on falling clock edge.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_DataActiveHigh

Data active high.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_VsyncActiveLow

VSYNC active low.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_HsyncActiveLow

HSYNC active low.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_DataEnableActiveLow

Data enable line active low.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_DriveDataOnFallingClkEdge

Output data on falling clock edge, capture data on rising clock edge.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_DataActiveLow

Data active high.

enum _lcdifv3_interrupt

The LCDIF v3 interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer0FifoEmptyInterrupt

Layer 0 FIFO empty.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer1FifoEmptyInterrupt

Layer 1 FIFO empty.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer2FifoEmptyInterrupt

Layer 2 FIFO empty.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer3FifoEmptyInterrupt

Layer 3 FIFO empty.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer4FifoEmptyInterrupt

Layer 4 FIFO empty.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer5FifoEmptyInterrupt

Layer 5 FIFO empty.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer6FifoEmptyInterrupt

Layer 6 FIFO empty.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer7FifoEmptyInterrupt

Layer 7 FIFO empty.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer0DmaDoneInterrupt

Layer 0 DMA done.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer1DmaDoneInterrupt

Layer 1 DMA done.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer2DmaDoneInterrupt

Layer 2 DMA done.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer3DmaDoneInterrupt

Layer 3 DMA done.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer4DmaDoneInterrupt

Layer 4 DMA done.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer5DmaDoneInterrupt

Layer 5 DMA done.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer6DmaDoneInterrupt

Layer 6 DMA done.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer7DmaDoneInterrupt

Layer 7 DMA done.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer0DmaErrorInterrupt

Layer 0 DMA error.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer1DmaErrorInterrupt

Layer 1 DMA error.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer2DmaErrorInterrupt

Layer 2 DMA error.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer3DmaErrorInterrupt

Layer 3 DMA error.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer4DmaErrorInterrupt

Layer 4 DMA error.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer5DmaErrorInterrupt

Layer 5 DMA error.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer6DmaErrorInterrupt

Layer 6 DMA error.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_Layer7DmaErrorInterrupt

Layer 7 DMA error.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_VerticalBlankingInterrupt

Start of vertical blanking period.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_OutputUnderrunInterrupt

Output buffer underrun.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_VsyncEdgeInterrupt

Interrupt at VSYNC edge.

enum _lcdifv3_line_order

The LCDIF v3 output line order.

Values:

enumerator kLCDIFV3_LineOrderRGBOrYUV

RGB/YUV

enumerator kLCDIFV3_LineOrderRBG

RBG

enumerator kLCDIFV3_LineOrderGBR

GBR

enumerator kLCDIFV3_LineOrderGRBOrUYV

GRB/UYV

enumerator kLCDIFV3_LineOrderBRG

BRG

enumerator kLCDIFV3_LineOrderBGR

BGR

enumerator kLCDIFV3_LineOrderRGB555

RGB555

enumerator kLCDIFV3_LineOrderRGB565

RGB565

enumerator kLCDIFV3_LineOrderYUYVAt15To0

YUYV at [15:0]

enumerator kLCDIFV3_LineOrderUYVYAt15To0

UYVY at [15:0]

enumerator kLCDIFV3_LineOrderYVYUAt15To0

YVYU at [15:0]

enumerator kLCDIFV3_LineOrderVYUYAt15To0

VYUY at [15:0]

enumerator kLCDIFV3_LineOrderYUYVAt23To8

YUYV at [23:8]

enumerator kLCDIFV3_LineOrderUYVYAt23To8

UYVY at [23:8]

enumerator kLCDIFV3_LineOrderYVYUAt23To8

YVYU at [23:8]

enumerator kLCDIFV3_LineOrderVYUYAt23To8

VYUY at [23:8]

enum _lcdifv3_csc_mode

LCDIF v3 color space conversion mode.

Values:

enumerator kLCDIFV3_CscYUV2RGB

YUV to RGB.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_CscYCbCr2RGB

YCbCr to RGB.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_CscRGB2YUV

RGB to YUV.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_CscRGB2YCbCr

RGB to YCbCr.

enum _lcdifv3_pixel_format

LCDIF v3 pixel format.

Values:

enumerator kLCDIFV3_PixelFormatRGB565

RGB565, two pixels use 32 bits.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_PixelFormatARGB1555

ARGB1555, two pixels use 32 bits.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_PixelFormatARGB4444

ARGB4444, two pixels use 32 bits.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_PixelFormatYVYU

YVYU {Y2,V1,Y1,U1}

enumerator kLCDIFV3_PixelFormatYUYV

YUYV {Y2,U1,Y1,V1}

enumerator kLCDIFV3_PixelFormatVYUY

VYUY {V1,Y2,U1,Y1}

enumerator kLCDIFV3_PixelFormatUYVY

UYVY {U1,Y2,V1,Y1}

enumerator kLCDIFV3_PixelFormatRGB888

RGB888 packed, one pixel uses 24 bits.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_PixelFormatARGB8888

ARGB8888 unpacked, one pixel uses 32 bits.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_PixelFormatABGR8888

ABGR8888 unpacked, one pixel uses 32 bits.

enum _lcdifv3_pd_alpha_mode

LCDIF v3 PoterDuff alpha mode.

Values:

enumerator kLCDIFV3_PD_AlphaStraight

Straight mode.

enumerator kLCDIFV3_PD_AlphaInversed

Inversed mode.

typedef enum _lcdifv3_line_order lcdifv3_line_order_t

The LCDIF v3 output line order.

typedef struct _lcdifv3_display_config lcdifv3_display_config_t

LCDIF v3 display configure structure.

typedef enum _lcdifv3_csc_mode lcdifv3_csc_mode_t

LCDIF v3 color space conversion mode.

typedef enum _lcdifv3_pixel_format lcdifv3_pixel_format_t

LCDIF v3 pixel format.

typedef struct _lcdifv3_buffer_config lcdifv3_buffer_config_t

LCDIF v3 source buffer configuration.

typedef enum _lcdifv3_pd_alpha_mode lcdifv3_pd_alpha_mode_t

LCDIF v3 PoterDuff alpha mode.

LCDIFV3_ADDR_CPU_2_IP(addr)

LCDIFV3_MAKE_FIFO_EMPTY_INTERRUPT(layer)

LCDIF v3 FIFO empty interrupt.

LCDIFV3_MAKE_DMA_DONE_INTERRUPT(layer)

LCDIF v3 DMA done interrupt.

LCDIFV3_MAKE_DMA_ERROR_INTERRUPT(layer)

LCDIF v3 DMA error interrupt.

struct _lcdifv3_display_config

#include <fsl_lcdifv3.h>

LCDIF v3 display configure structure.

Public Members

uint16_t panelWidth

Display panel width, pixels per line.

uint16_t panelHeight

Display panel height, how many lines per panel.

uint8_t hsw

HSYNC pulse width.

uint8_t hfp

Horizontal front porch.

uint8_t hbp

Horizontal back porch.

uint8_t vsw

VSYNC pulse width.

uint8_t vfp

Vrtical front porch.

uint8_t vbp

Vertical back porch.

uint32_t polarityFlags

OR’ed value of _lcdifv3_polarity_flags, used to contol the signal polarity.

lcdifv3_line_order_t lineOrder

Line order.

struct _lcdifv3_buffer_config

#include <fsl_lcdifv3.h>

LCDIF v3 source buffer configuration.

Public Members

lcdifv3_pixel_format_t pixelFormat

Source buffer pixel format.

Lin_lpuart_driver

FSL_LIN_LPUART_DRIVER_VERSION

LIN LPUART driver version.

enum _lin_lpuart_stop_bit_count

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_OneStopBit

One stop bit

enumerator kLPUART_TwoStopBit

Two stop bits

enum _lin_lpuart_flags

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag

Transmit data register empty flag, sets when transmit buffer is empty

enumerator kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteFlag

Transmission complete flag, sets when transmission activity complete

enumerator kLPUART_RxDataRegFullFlag

Receive data register full flag, sets when the receive data buffer is full

enumerator kLPUART_IdleLineFlag

Idle line detect flag, sets when idle line detected

enumerator kLPUART_RxOverrunFlag

Receive Overrun, sets when new data is received before data is read from receive register

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorFlag

Receive takes 3 samples of each received bit. If any of these samples differ, noise flag sets

enumerator kLPUART_FramingErrorFlag

Frame error flag, sets if logic 0 was detected where stop bit expected

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorFlag

If parity enabled, sets upon parity error detection

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveEdgeFlag

Receive pin active edge interrupt flag, sets when active edge detected

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveFlag

Receiver Active Flag (RAF), sets at beginning of valid start bit

enum _lin_lpuart_interrupt_enable

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveEdgeInterruptEnable

Receive Active Edge.

enumerator kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable

Transmit data register empty.

enumerator kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteInterruptEnable

Transmission complete.

enumerator kLPUART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable

Receiver data register full.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleLineInterruptEnable

Idle line.

enumerator kLPUART_RxOverrunInterruptEnable

Receiver Overrun.

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorInterruptEnable

Noise error flag.

enumerator kLPUART_FramingErrorInterruptEnable

Framing error flag.

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorInterruptEnable

Parity error flag.

enum _lin_lpuart_status

Values:

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxBusy

TX busy

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxBusy

RX busy

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxIdle

LPUART transmitter is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxIdle

LPUART receiver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxWatermarkTooLarge

TX FIFO watermark too large

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxWatermarkTooLarge

RX FIFO watermark too large

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_FlagCannotClearManually

Some flag can’t manually clear

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_Error

Error happens on LPUART.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxRingBufferOverrun

LPUART RX software ring buffer overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxHardwareOverrun

LPUART RX receiver overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_NoiseError

LPUART noise error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_FramingError

LPUART framing error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_ParityError

LPUART parity error.

enum lin_lpuart_bit_count_per_char_t

Values:

enumerator LPUART_8_BITS_PER_CHAR

8-bit data characters

enumerator LPUART_9_BITS_PER_CHAR

9-bit data characters

enumerator LPUART_10_BITS_PER_CHAR

10-bit data characters

typedef enum _lin_lpuart_stop_bit_count lin_lpuart_stop_bit_count_t

static inline bool LIN_LPUART_GetRxDataPolarity(const LPUART_Type *base)

static inline void LIN_LPUART_SetRxDataPolarity(LPUART_Type *base, bool polarity)

static inline void LIN_LPUART_WriteByte(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t data)

static inline void LIN_LPUART_ReadByte(const LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *readData)

status_t LIN_LPUART_CalculateBaudRate(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClock_Hz, uint32_t *osr, uint16_t *sbr)

Calculates the best osr and sbr value for configured baudrate.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

• baudRate_Bps – user configuration structure of type #lin_user_config_t

• srcClock_Hz – pointer to the LIN_LPUART driver state structure

• osr – pointer to osr value

• sbr – pointer to sbr value

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

void LIN_LPUART_SetBaudRate(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t *osr, uint16_t *sbr)

Configure baudrate according to osr and sbr value.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

• osr – pointer to osr value

• sbr – pointer to sbr value

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_Init(LPUART_Type *base, lin_user_config_t *linUserConfig, lin_state_t *linCurrentState, uint32_t linSourceClockFreq)

Initializes an LIN_LPUART instance for LIN Network.

The caller provides memory for the driver state structures during initialization. The user must select the LIN_LPUART clock source in the application to initialize the LIN_LPUART. This function initializes a LPUART instance for operation. This function will initialize the run-time state structure to keep track of the on-going transfers, initialize the module to user defined settings and default settings, set break field length to be 13 bit times minimum, enable the break detect interrupt, Rx complete interrupt, frame error detect interrupt, and enable the LPUART module transmitter and receiver

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

• linUserConfig – user configuration structure of type #lin_user_config_t

• linCurrentState – pointer to the LIN_LPUART driver state structure

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_Deinit(LPUART_Type *base)

Shuts down the LIN_LPUART by disabling interrupts and transmitter/receiver.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_SendFrameDataBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, const uint8_t *txBuff, uint8_t txSize, uint32_t timeoutMSec)

Sends Frame data out through the LIN_LPUART module using blocking method. This function will calculate the checksum byte and send it with the frame data. Blocking means that the function does not return until the transmission is complete.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

• txBuff – source buffer containing 8-bit data chars to send

• txSize – the number of bytes to send

• timeoutMSec – timeout value in milli seconds

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_SendFrameData(LPUART_Type *base, const uint8_t *txBuff, uint8_t txSize)

Sends frame data out through the LIN_LPUART module using non-blocking method. This enables an a-sync method for transmitting data. Non-blocking means that the function returns immediately. The application has to get the transmit status to know when the transmit is complete. This function will calculate the checksum byte and send it with the frame data.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

• txBuff – source buffer containing 8-bit data chars to send

• txSize – the number of bytes to send

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_GetTransmitStatus(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *bytesRemaining)

Get status of an on-going non-blocking transmission While sending frame data using non-blocking method, users can use this function to get status of that transmission. This function return LIN_TX_BUSY while sending, or LIN_TIMEOUT if timeout has occurred, or return LIN_SUCCESS when the transmission is complete. The bytesRemaining shows number of bytes that still needed to transmit.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

• bytesRemaining – Number of bytes still needed to transmit

Returns:

lin_status_t LIN_TX_BUSY, LIN_SUCCESS or LIN_TIMEOUT

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_RecvFrmDataBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *rxBuff, uint8_t rxSize, uint32_t timeoutMSec)

Receives frame data through the LIN_LPUART module using blocking method. This function will check the checksum byte. If the checksum is correct, it will receive the frame data. Blocking means that the function does not return until the reception is complete.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

• rxBuff – buffer containing 8-bit received data

• rxSize – the number of bytes to receive

• timeoutMSec – timeout value in milli seconds

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_RecvFrmData(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *rxBuff, uint8_t rxSize)

Receives frame data through the LIN_LPUART module using non-blocking method. This function will check the checksum byte. If the checksum is correct, it will receive it with the frame data. Non-blocking means that the function returns immediately. The application has to get the receive status to know when the reception is complete.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

• rxBuff – buffer containing 8-bit received data

• rxSize – the number of bytes to receive

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_AbortTransferData(LPUART_Type *base)

Aborts an on-going non-blocking transmission/reception. While performing a non-blocking transferring data, users can call this function to terminate immediately the transferring.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_GetReceiveStatus(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *bytesRemaining)

Get status of an on-going non-blocking reception While receiving frame data using non-blocking method, users can use this function to get status of that receiving. This function return the current event ID, LIN_RX_BUSY while receiving and return LIN_SUCCESS, or timeout (LIN_TIMEOUT) when the reception is complete. The bytesRemaining shows number of bytes that still needed to receive.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

• bytesRemaining – Number of bytes still needed to receive

Returns:

lin_status_t LIN_RX_BUSY, LIN_TIMEOUT or LIN_SUCCESS

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_GoToSleepMode(LPUART_Type *base)

This function puts current node to sleep mode This function changes current node state to LIN_NODE_STATE_SLEEP_MODE.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_GotoIdleState(LPUART_Type *base)

Puts current LIN node to Idle state This function changes current node state to LIN_NODE_STATE_IDLE.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_SendWakeupSignal(LPUART_Type *base)

Sends a wakeup signal through the LIN_LPUART interface.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_MasterSendHeader(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t id)

Sends frame header out through the LIN_LPUART module using a non-blocking method. This function sends LIN Break field, sync field then the ID with correct parity.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

• id – Frame Identifier

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_EnableIRQ(LPUART_Type *base)

Enables LIN_LPUART hardware interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_DisableIRQ(LPUART_Type *base)

Disables LIN_LPUART hardware interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_AutoBaudCapture(uint32_t instance)

This function capture bits time to detect break char, calculate baudrate from sync bits and enable transceiver if autobaud successful. This function should only be used in Slave. The timer should be in mode input capture of both rising and falling edges. The timer input capture pin should be externally connected to RXD pin.

Parameters:

• instance – LPUART instance

Returns:

lin_status_t

void LIN_LPUART_IRQHandler(LPUART_Type *base)

LIN_LPUART RX TX interrupt handler.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

void

AUTOBAUD_BAUDRATE_TOLERANCE

BIT_RATE_TOLERANCE_UNSYNC

BIT_DURATION_MAX_19200

BIT_DURATION_MIN_19200

BIT_DURATION_MAX_14400

BIT_DURATION_MIN_14400

BIT_DURATION_MAX_9600

BIT_DURATION_MIN_9600

BIT_DURATION_MAX_4800

BIT_DURATION_MIN_4800

BIT_DURATION_MAX_2400

BIT_DURATION_MIN_2400

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_19200

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_19200

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_14400

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_14400

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_9600

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_9600

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_4800

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_4800

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_2400

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_2400

AUTOBAUD_BREAK_TIME_MIN

LPI2C: Low Power Inter-Integrated Circuit Driver

FSL_LPI2C_DRIVER_VERSION

LPI2C driver version.

LPI2C status return codes.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_Busy

The master is already performing a transfer.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_Idle

The slave driver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_Nak

The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError

FIFO under run or overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_BitError

Transferred bit was not seen on the bus.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost

Arbitration lost error.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout

SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_NoTransferInProgress

Attempt to abort a transfer when one is not in progress.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_DmaRequestFail

DMA request failed.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_Timeout

Timeout polling status flags.

IRQn_Type const kLpi2cIrqs[]

Array to map LPI2C instance number to IRQ number, used internally for LPI2C master interrupt and EDMA transactional APIs.

lpi2c_master_isr_t s_lpi2cMasterIsr

Pointer to master IRQ handler for each instance, used internally for LPI2C master interrupt and EDMA transactional APIs.

void *s_lpi2cMasterHandle[]

Pointers to master handles for each instance, used internally for LPI2C master interrupt and EDMA transactional APIs.

uint32_t LPI2C_GetInstance(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns an instance number given a base address.

If an invalid base address is passed, debug builds will assert. Release builds will just return instance number 0.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPI2C instance number starting from 0.

I2C_RETRY_TIMES

Retry times for waiting flag.

LPI2C Master Driver

void LPI2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig(lpi2c_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Provides a default configuration for the LPI2C master peripheral.

This function provides the following default configuration for the LPI2C master peripheral:

masterConfig->enableMaster            = true;
masterConfig->debugEnable             = false;
masterConfig->ignoreAck               = false;
masterConfig->pinConfig               = kLPI2C_2PinOpenDrain;
masterConfig->baudRate_Hz             = 100000U;
masterConfig->busIdleTimeout_ns       = 0;
masterConfig->pinLowTimeout_ns        = 0;
masterConfig->sdaGlitchFilterWidth_ns = 0;
masterConfig->sclGlitchFilterWidth_ns = 0;
masterConfig->hostRequest.enable      = false;
masterConfig->hostRequest.source      = kLPI2C_HostRequestExternalPin;
masterConfig->hostRequest.polarity    = kLPI2C_HostRequestPinActiveHigh;

After calling this function, you can override any settings in order to customize the configuration, prior to initializing the master driver with LPI2C_MasterInit().

Parameters:

• masterConfig – [out] User provided configuration structure for default values. Refer to lpi2c_master_config_t.

void LPI2C_MasterInit(LPI2C_Type *base, const lpi2c_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz)

Initializes the LPI2C master peripheral.

This function enables the peripheral clock and initializes the LPI2C master peripheral as described by the user provided configuration. A software reset is performed prior to configuration.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• masterConfig – User provided peripheral configuration. Use LPI2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig() to get a set of defaults that you can override.

• sourceClock_Hz – Frequency in Hertz of the LPI2C functional clock. Used to calculate the baud rate divisors, filter widths, and timeout periods.

void LPI2C_MasterDeinit(LPI2C_Type *base)

Deinitializes the LPI2C master peripheral.

This function disables the LPI2C master peripheral and gates the clock. It also performs a software reset to restore the peripheral to reset conditions.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

void LPI2C_MasterConfigureDataMatch(LPI2C_Type *base, const lpi2c_data_match_config_t *matchConfig)

Configures LPI2C master data match feature.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• matchConfig – Settings for the data match feature.

status_t LPI2C_MasterCheckAndClearError(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t status)

Convert provided flags to status code, and clear any errors if present.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• status – Current status flags value that will be checked.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success –

• kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout –

• kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost –

• kStatus_LPI2C_Nak –

• kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError –

status_t LPI2C_CheckForBusyBus(LPI2C_Type *base)

Make sure the bus isn’t already busy.

A busy bus is allowed if we are the one driving it.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success –

• kStatus_LPI2C_Busy –

static inline void LPI2C_MasterReset(LPI2C_Type *base)

Performs a software reset.

Restores the LPI2C master peripheral to reset conditions.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterEnable(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPI2C module as master.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• enable – Pass true to enable or false to disable the specified LPI2C as master.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_MasterGetStatusFlags(LPI2C_Type *base)

Gets the LPI2C master status flags.

A bit mask with the state of all LPI2C master status flags is returned. For each flag, the corresponding bit in the return value is set if the flag is asserted.

See also

_lpi2c_master_flags

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

State of the status flags:

• 1: related status flag is set.

• 0: related status flag is not set.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterClearStatusFlags(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t statusMask)

Clears the LPI2C master status flag state.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

• kLPI2C_MasterEndOfPacketFlag

• kLPI2C_MasterStopDetectFlag

• kLPI2C_MasterNackDetectFlag

• kLPI2C_MasterArbitrationLostFlag

• kLPI2C_MasterFifoErrFlag

• kLPI2C_MasterPinLowTimeoutFlag

• kLPI2C_MasterDataMatchFlag

Attempts to clear other flags has no effect.

See also

_lpi2c_master_flags.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• statusMask – A bitmask of status flags that are to be cleared. The mask is composed of _lpi2c_master_flags enumerators OR’d together. You may pass the result of a previous call to LPI2C_MasterGetStatusFlags().

static inline void LPI2C_MasterEnableInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Enables the LPI2C master interrupt requests.

All flags except kLPI2C_MasterBusyFlag and kLPI2C_MasterBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to enable. See _lpi2c_master_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterDisableInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Disables the LPI2C master interrupt requests.

All flags except kLPI2C_MasterBusyFlag and kLPI2C_MasterBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to disable. See _lpi2c_master_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_MasterGetEnabledInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns the set of currently enabled LPI2C master interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

A bitmask composed of _lpi2c_master_flags enumerators OR’d together to indicate the set of enabled interrupts.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterEnableDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enableTx, bool enableRx)

Enables or disables LPI2C master DMA requests.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• enableTx – Enable flag for transmit DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

• enableRx – Enable flag for receive DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_MasterGetTxFifoAddress(LPI2C_Type *base)

Gets LPI2C master transmit data register address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

The LPI2C Master Transmit Data Register address.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_MasterGetRxFifoAddress(LPI2C_Type *base)

Gets LPI2C master receive data register address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

The LPI2C Master Receive Data Register address.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterSetWatermarks(LPI2C_Type *base, size_t txWords, size_t rxWords)

Sets the watermarks for LPI2C master FIFOs.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• txWords – Transmit FIFO watermark value in words. The kLPI2C_MasterTxReadyFlag flag is set whenever the number of words in the transmit FIFO is equal or less than txWords. Writing a value equal or greater than the FIFO size is truncated.

• rxWords – Receive FIFO watermark value in words. The kLPI2C_MasterRxReadyFlag flag is set whenever the number of words in the receive FIFO is greater than rxWords. Writing a value equal or greater than the FIFO size is truncated.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterGetFifoCounts(LPI2C_Type *base, size_t *rxCount, size_t *txCount)

Gets the current number of words in the LPI2C master FIFOs.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• txCount – [out] Pointer through which the current number of words in the transmit FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.

• rxCount – [out] Pointer through which the current number of words in the receive FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.

void LPI2C_MasterSetBaudRate(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz, uint32_t baudRate_Hz)

Sets the I2C bus frequency for master transactions.

The LPI2C master is automatically disabled and re-enabled as necessary to configure the baud rate. Do not call this function during a transfer, or the transfer is aborted.

Note

Please note that the second parameter is the clock frequency of LPI2C module, the third parameter means user configured bus baudrate, this implementation is different from other I2C drivers which use baudrate configuration as second parameter and source clock frequency as third parameter.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• sourceClock_Hz – LPI2C functional clock frequency in Hertz.

• baudRate_Hz – Requested bus frequency in Hertz.

static inline bool LPI2C_MasterGetBusIdleState(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns whether the bus is idle.

Requires the master mode to be enabled.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Return values:

• true – Bus is busy.

• false – Bus is idle.

status_t LPI2C_MasterStart(LPI2C_Type *base, uint8_t address, lpi2c_direction_t dir)

Sends a START signal and slave address on the I2C bus.

This function is used to initiate a new master mode transfer. First, the bus state is checked to ensure that another master is not occupying the bus. Then a START signal is transmitted, followed by the 7-bit address specified in the address parameter. Note that this function does not actually wait until the START and address are successfully sent on the bus before returning.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• address – 7-bit slave device address, in bits [6:0].

• dir – Master transfer direction, either kLPI2C_Read or kLPI2C_Write. This parameter is used to set the R/w bit (bit 0) in the transmitted slave address.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – START signal and address were successfully enqueued in the transmit FIFO.

• kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

static inline status_t LPI2C_MasterRepeatedStart(LPI2C_Type *base, uint8_t address, lpi2c_direction_t dir)

Sends a repeated START signal and slave address on the I2C bus.

This function is used to send a Repeated START signal when a transfer is already in progress. Like LPI2C_MasterStart(), it also sends the specified 7-bit address.

Note

This function exists primarily to maintain compatible APIs between LPI2C and I2C drivers, as well as to better document the intent of code that uses these APIs.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• address – 7-bit slave device address, in bits [6:0].

• dir – Master transfer direction, either kLPI2C_Read or kLPI2C_Write. This parameter is used to set the R/w bit (bit 0) in the transmitted slave address.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Repeated START signal and address were successfully enqueued in the transmit FIFO.

• kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

status_t LPI2C_MasterSend(LPI2C_Type *base, void *txBuff, size_t txSize)

Performs a polling send transfer on the I2C bus.

Sends up to txSize number of bytes to the previously addressed slave device. The slave may reply with a NAK to any byte in order to terminate the transfer early. If this happens, this function returns kStatus_LPI2C_Nak.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• txBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.

• txSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Data was sent successfully.

• kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

• kStatus_LPI2C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.

• kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError – FIFO under run or over run.

• kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost – Arbitration lost error.

• kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout – SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

status_t LPI2C_MasterReceive(LPI2C_Type *base, void *rxBuff, size_t rxSize)

Performs a polling receive transfer on the I2C bus.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• rxBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.

• rxSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Data was received successfully.

• kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

• kStatus_LPI2C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.

• kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError – FIFO under run or overrun.

• kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost – Arbitration lost error.

• kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout – SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

status_t LPI2C_MasterStop(LPI2C_Type *base)

Sends a STOP signal on the I2C bus.

This function does not return until the STOP signal is seen on the bus, or an error occurs.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – The STOP signal was successfully sent on the bus and the transaction terminated.

• kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

• kStatus_LPI2C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.

• kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError – FIFO under run or overrun.

• kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost – Arbitration lost error.

• kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout – SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferBlocking(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_transfer_t *transfer)

Performs a master polling transfer on the I2C bus.

Note

The API does not return until the transfer succeeds or fails due to error happens during transfer.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• transfer – Pointer to the transfer structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Data was received successfully.

• kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

• kStatus_LPI2C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.

• kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError – FIFO under run or overrun.

• kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost – Arbitration lost error.

• kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout – SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

void LPI2C_MasterTransferCreateHandle(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle, lpi2c_master_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Creates a new handle for the LPI2C master non-blocking APIs.

The creation of a handle is for use with the non-blocking APIs. Once a handle is created, there is not a corresponding destroy handle. If the user wants to terminate a transfer, the LPI2C_MasterTransferAbort() API shall be called.

Note

The function also enables the NVIC IRQ for the input LPI2C. Need to notice that on some SoCs the LPI2C IRQ is connected to INTMUX, in this case user needs to enable the associated INTMUX IRQ in application.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• handle – [out] Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

• callback – User provided pointer to the asynchronous callback function.

• userData – User provided pointer to the application callback data.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferNonBlocking(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle, lpi2c_master_transfer_t *transfer)

Performs a non-blocking transaction on the I2C bus.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

• transfer – The pointer to the transfer descriptor.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – The transaction was started successfully.

• kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Either another master is currently utilizing the bus, or a non-blocking transaction is already in progress.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferGetCount(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Returns number of bytes transferred so far.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

• count – [out] Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success –

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

void LPI2C_MasterTransferAbort(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle)

Terminates a non-blocking LPI2C master transmission early.

Note

It is not safe to call this function from an IRQ handler that has a higher priority than the LPI2C peripheral’s IRQ priority.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

void LPI2C_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(LPI2C_Type *base, void *lpi2cMasterHandle)

Reusable routine to handle master interrupts.

Note

This function does not need to be called unless you are reimplementing the nonblocking API’s interrupt handler routines to add special functionality.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• lpi2cMasterHandle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

enum _lpi2c_master_flags

LPI2C master peripheral flags.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

• kLPI2C_MasterEndOfPacketFlag

• kLPI2C_MasterStopDetectFlag

• kLPI2C_MasterNackDetectFlag

• kLPI2C_MasterArbitrationLostFlag

• kLPI2C_MasterFifoErrFlag

• kLPI2C_MasterPinLowTimeoutFlag

• kLPI2C_MasterDataMatchFlag

All flags except kLPI2C_MasterBusyFlag and kLPI2C_MasterBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Note

These enums are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterTxReadyFlag

Transmit data flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterRxReadyFlag

Receive data flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterEndOfPacketFlag

End Packet flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterStopDetectFlag

Stop detect flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterNackDetectFlag

NACK detect flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterArbitrationLostFlag

Arbitration lost flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterFifoErrFlag

FIFO error flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterPinLowTimeoutFlag

Pin low timeout flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterDataMatchFlag

Data match flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterBusyFlag

Master busy flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterBusBusyFlag

Bus busy flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterClearFlags

All flags which are cleared by the driver upon starting a transfer.

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterIrqFlags

IRQ sources enabled by the non-blocking transactional API.

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterErrorFlags

Errors to check for.

enum _lpi2c_direction

Direction of master and slave transfers.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_Write

Master transmit.

enumerator kLPI2C_Read

Master receive.

enum _lpi2c_master_pin_config

LPI2C pin configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinOpenDrain

LPI2C Configured for 2-pin open drain mode

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinOutputOnly

LPI2C Configured for 2-pin output only mode (ultra-fast mode)

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinPushPull

LPI2C Configured for 2-pin push-pull mode

enumerator kLPI2C_4PinPushPull

LPI2C Configured for 4-pin push-pull mode

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinOpenDrainWithSeparateSlave

LPI2C Configured for 2-pin open drain mode with separate LPI2C slave

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinOutputOnlyWithSeparateSlave

LPI2C Configured for 2-pin output only mode(ultra-fast mode) with separate LPI2C slave

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinPushPullWithSeparateSlave

LPI2C Configured for 2-pin push-pull mode with separate LPI2C slave

enumerator kLPI2C_4PinPushPullWithInvertedOutput

LPI2C Configured for 4-pin push-pull mode(inverted outputs)

enum _lpi2c_host_request_source

LPI2C master host request selection.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_HostRequestExternalPin

Select the LPI2C_HREQ pin as the host request input

enumerator kLPI2C_HostRequestInputTrigger

Select the input trigger as the host request input

enum _lpi2c_host_request_polarity

LPI2C master host request pin polarity configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_HostRequestPinActiveLow

Configure the LPI2C_HREQ pin active low

enumerator kLPI2C_HostRequestPinActiveHigh

Configure the LPI2C_HREQ pin active high

enum _lpi2c_data_match_config_mode

LPI2C master data match configuration modes.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_MatchDisabled

LPI2C Match Disabled

enumerator kLPI2C_1stWordEqualsM0OrM1

LPI2C Match Enabled and 1st data word equals MATCH0 OR MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_AnyWordEqualsM0OrM1

LPI2C Match Enabled and any data word equals MATCH0 OR MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_1stWordEqualsM0And2ndWordEqualsM1

LPI2C Match Enabled and 1st data word equals MATCH0, 2nd data equals MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_AnyWordEqualsM0AndNextWordEqualsM1

LPI2C Match Enabled and any data word equals MATCH0, next data equals MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_1stWordAndM1EqualsM0AndM1

LPI2C Match Enabled and 1st data word and MATCH0 equals MATCH0 and MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_AnyWordAndM1EqualsM0AndM1

LPI2C Match Enabled and any data word and MATCH0 equals MATCH0 and MATCH1

enum _lpi2c_master_transfer_flags

Transfer option flags.

Note

These enumerations are intended to be OR’d together to form a bit mask of options for the _lpi2c_master_transfer::flags field.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_TransferDefaultFlag

Transfer starts with a start signal, stops with a stop signal.

enumerator kLPI2C_TransferNoStartFlag

Don’t send a start condition, address, and sub address

enumerator kLPI2C_TransferRepeatedStartFlag

Send a repeated start condition

enumerator kLPI2C_TransferNoStopFlag

Don’t send a stop condition.

typedef enum _lpi2c_direction lpi2c_direction_t

Direction of master and slave transfers.

typedef enum _lpi2c_master_pin_config lpi2c_master_pin_config_t

LPI2C pin configuration.

typedef enum _lpi2c_host_request_source lpi2c_host_request_source_t

LPI2C master host request selection.

typedef enum _lpi2c_host_request_polarity lpi2c_host_request_polarity_t

LPI2C master host request pin polarity configuration.

typedef struct _lpi2c_master_config lpi2c_master_config_t

Structure with settings to initialize the LPI2C master module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the LPI2C peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPI2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

typedef enum _lpi2c_data_match_config_mode lpi2c_data_match_config_mode_t

LPI2C master data match configuration modes.

typedef struct _lpi2c_match_config lpi2c_data_match_config_t

LPI2C master data match configuration structure.

typedef struct _lpi2c_master_transfer lpi2c_master_transfer_t

LPI2C master descriptor of the transfer.

typedef struct _lpi2c_master_handle lpi2c_master_handle_t

LPI2C master handle of the transfer.

typedef void (*lpi2c_master_transfer_callback_t)(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle, status_t completionStatus, void *userData)

Master completion callback function pointer type.

This callback is used only for the non-blocking master transfer API. Specify the callback you wish to use in the call to LPI2C_MasterTransferCreateHandle().

Param base:

The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Param handle:

Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

Param completionStatus:

Either kStatus_Success or an error code describing how the transfer completed.

Param userData:

Arbitrary pointer-sized value passed from the application.

typedef void (*lpi2c_master_isr_t)(LPI2C_Type *base, void *handle)

Typedef for master interrupt handler, used internally for LPI2C master interrupt and EDMA transactional APIs.

struct _lpi2c_master_config

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

Structure with settings to initialize the LPI2C master module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the LPI2C peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPI2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

Public Members

bool enableMaster

Whether to enable master mode.

bool enableDoze

Whether master is enabled in doze mode.

bool debugEnable

Enable transfers to continue when halted in debug mode.

bool ignoreAck

Whether to ignore ACK/NACK.

lpi2c_master_pin_config_t pinConfig

The pin configuration option.

uint32_t baudRate_Hz

Desired baud rate in Hertz.

uint32_t busIdleTimeout_ns

Bus idle timeout in nanoseconds. Set to 0 to disable.

uint32_t pinLowTimeout_ns

Pin low timeout in nanoseconds. Set to 0 to disable.

uint8_t sdaGlitchFilterWidth_ns

Width in nanoseconds of glitch filter on SDA pin. Set to 0 to disable.

uint8_t sclGlitchFilterWidth_ns

Width in nanoseconds of glitch filter on SCL pin. Set to 0 to disable.

struct _lpi2c_master_config hostRequest

Host request options.

struct _lpi2c_match_config

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

LPI2C master data match configuration structure.

Public Members

lpi2c_data_match_config_mode_t matchMode

Data match configuration setting.

bool rxDataMatchOnly

When set to true, received data is ignored until a successful match.

uint32_t match0

Match value 0.

uint32_t match1

Match value 1.

struct _lpi2c_master_transfer

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

Non-blocking transfer descriptor structure.

This structure is used to pass transaction parameters to the LPI2C_MasterTransferNonBlocking() API.

Public Members

uint32_t flags

Bit mask of options for the transfer. See enumeration _lpi2c_master_transfer_flags for available options. Set to 0 or kLPI2C_TransferDefaultFlag for normal transfers.

uint16_t slaveAddress

The 7-bit slave address.

lpi2c_direction_t direction

Either kLPI2C_Read or kLPI2C_Write.

uint32_t subaddress

Sub address. Transferred MSB first.

size_t subaddressSize

Length of sub address to send in bytes. Maximum size is 4 bytes.

void *data

Pointer to data to transfer.

size_t dataSize

Number of bytes to transfer.

struct _lpi2c_master_handle

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

Driver handle for master non-blocking APIs.

Note

The contents of this structure are private and subject to change.

Public Members

uint8_t state

Transfer state machine current state.

uint16_t remainingBytes

Remaining byte count in current state.

uint8_t *buf

Buffer pointer for current state.

uint16_t commandBuffer[6]

LPI2C command sequence. When all 6 command words are used: Start&addr&write[1 word] + subaddr[4 words] + restart&addr&read[1 word]

lpi2c_master_transfer_t transfer

Copy of the current transfer info.

lpi2c_master_transfer_callback_t completionCallback

Callback function pointer.

void *userData

Application data passed to callback.

struct hostRequest

Public Members

bool enable

Enable host request.

lpi2c_host_request_source_t source

Host request source.

lpi2c_host_request_polarity_t polarity

Host request pin polarity.

LPI2C Master DMA Driver

void LPI2C_MasterCreateEDMAHandle(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, edma_handle_t *rxDmaHandle, edma_handle_t *txDmaHandle, lpi2c_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Create a new handle for the LPI2C master DMA APIs.

The creation of a handle is for use with the DMA APIs. Once a handle is created, there is not a corresponding destroy handle. If the user wants to terminate a transfer, the LPI2C_MasterTransferAbortEDMA() API shall be called.

For devices where the LPI2C send and receive DMA requests are OR’d together, the txDmaHandle parameter is ignored and may be set to NULL.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• handle – [out] Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

• rxDmaHandle – Handle for the eDMA receive channel. Created by the user prior to calling this function.

• txDmaHandle – Handle for the eDMA transmit channel. Created by the user prior to calling this function.

• callback – User provided pointer to the asynchronous callback function.

• userData – User provided pointer to the application callback data.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferEDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, lpi2c_master_transfer_t *transfer)

Performs a non-blocking DMA-based transaction on the I2C bus.

The callback specified when the handle was created is invoked when the transaction has completed.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

• transfer – The pointer to the transfer descriptor.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – The transaction was started successfully.

• kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Either another master is currently utilizing the bus, or another DMA transaction is already in progress.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferGetCountEDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Returns number of bytes transferred so far.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

• count – [out] Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success –

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a DMA transaction currently in progress.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferAbortEDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t *handle)

Terminates a non-blocking LPI2C master transmission early.

Note

It is not safe to call this function from an IRQ handler that has a higher priority than the eDMA peripheral’s IRQ priority.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – A transaction was successfully aborted.

• kStatus_LPI2C_Idle – There is not a DMA transaction currently in progress.

typedef struct _lpi2c_master_edma_handle lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t

LPI2C master EDMA handle of the transfer.

typedef void (*lpi2c_master_edma_transfer_callback_t)(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t completionStatus, void *userData)

Master DMA completion callback function pointer type.

This callback is used only for the non-blocking master transfer API. Specify the callback you wish to use in the call to LPI2C_MasterCreateEDMAHandle().

Param base:

The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Param handle:

Handle associated with the completed transfer.

Param completionStatus:

Either kStatus_Success or an error code describing how the transfer completed.

Param userData:

Arbitrary pointer-sized value passed from the application.

struct _lpi2c_master_edma_handle

#include <fsl_lpi2c_edma.h>

Driver handle for master DMA APIs.

Note

The contents of this structure are private and subject to change.

Public Members

LPI2C_Type *base

LPI2C base pointer.

bool isBusy

Transfer state machine current state.

uint8_t nbytes

eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

uint16_t commandBuffer[10]

LPI2C command sequence. When all 10 command words are used: Start&addr&write[1 word] + subaddr[4 words] + restart&addr&read[1 word] + receive&Size[4 words]

lpi2c_master_transfer_t transfer

Copy of the current transfer info.

lpi2c_master_edma_transfer_callback_t completionCallback

Callback function pointer.

void *userData

Application data passed to callback.

edma_handle_t *rx

Handle for receive DMA channel.

edma_handle_t *tx

Handle for transmit DMA channel.

edma_tcd_t tcds[3]

Software TCD. Three are allocated to provide enough room to align to 32-bytes.

LPI2C Slave Driver

void LPI2C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(lpi2c_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Provides a default configuration for the LPI2C slave peripheral.

This function provides the following default configuration for the LPI2C slave peripheral:

slaveConfig->enableSlave               = true;
slaveConfig->address0                  = 0U;
slaveConfig->address1                  = 0U;
slaveConfig->addressMatchMode          = kLPI2C_MatchAddress0;
slaveConfig->filterDozeEnable          = true;
slaveConfig->filterEnable              = true;
slaveConfig->enableGeneralCall         = false;
slaveConfig->sclStall.enableAck        = false;
slaveConfig->sclStall.enableTx         = true;
slaveConfig->sclStall.enableRx         = true;
slaveConfig->sclStall.enableAddress    = true;
slaveConfig->ignoreAck                 = false;
slaveConfig->enableReceivedAddressRead = false;
slaveConfig->sdaGlitchFilterWidth_ns   = 0;
slaveConfig->sclGlitchFilterWidth_ns   = 0;
slaveConfig->dataValidDelay_ns         = 0;
slaveConfig->clockHoldTime_ns          = 0;

After calling this function, override any settings to customize the configuration, prior to initializing the master driver with LPI2C_SlaveInit(). Be sure to override at least the address0 member of the configuration structure with the desired slave address.

Parameters:

• slaveConfig – [out] User provided configuration structure that is set to default values. Refer to lpi2c_slave_config_t.

void LPI2C_SlaveInit(LPI2C_Type *base, const lpi2c_slave_config_t *slaveConfig, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz)

Initializes the LPI2C slave peripheral.

This function enables the peripheral clock and initializes the LPI2C slave peripheral as described by the user provided configuration.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• slaveConfig – User provided peripheral configuration. Use LPI2C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig() to get a set of defaults that you can override.

• sourceClock_Hz – Frequency in Hertz of the LPI2C functional clock. Used to calculate the filter widths, data valid delay, and clock hold time.

void LPI2C_SlaveDeinit(LPI2C_Type *base)

Deinitializes the LPI2C slave peripheral.

This function disables the LPI2C slave peripheral and gates the clock. It also performs a software reset to restore the peripheral to reset conditions.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveReset(LPI2C_Type *base)

Performs a software reset of the LPI2C slave peripheral.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveEnable(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPI2C module as slave.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• enable – Pass true to enable or false to disable the specified LPI2C as slave.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_SlaveGetStatusFlags(LPI2C_Type *base)

Gets the LPI2C slave status flags.

A bit mask with the state of all LPI2C slave status flags is returned. For each flag, the corresponding bit in the return value is set if the flag is asserted.

See also

_lpi2c_slave_flags

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

State of the status flags:

• 1: related status flag is set.

• 0: related status flag is not set.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveClearStatusFlags(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t statusMask)

Clears the LPI2C status flag state.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

• kLPI2C_SlaveRepeatedStartDetectFlag

• kLPI2C_SlaveStopDetectFlag

• kLPI2C_SlaveBitErrFlag

• kLPI2C_SlaveFifoErrFlag

Attempts to clear other flags has no effect.

See also

_lpi2c_slave_flags.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• statusMask – A bitmask of status flags that are to be cleared. The mask is composed of _lpi2c_slave_flags enumerators OR’d together. You may pass the result of a previous call to LPI2C_SlaveGetStatusFlags().

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveEnableInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Enables the LPI2C slave interrupt requests.

All flags except kLPI2C_SlaveBusyFlag and kLPI2C_SlaveBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to enable. See _lpi2c_slave_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveDisableInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Disables the LPI2C slave interrupt requests.

All flags except kLPI2C_SlaveBusyFlag and kLPI2C_SlaveBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to disable. See _lpi2c_slave_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_SlaveGetEnabledInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns the set of currently enabled LPI2C slave interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

A bitmask composed of _lpi2c_slave_flags enumerators OR’d together to indicate the set of enabled interrupts.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveEnableDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enableAddressValid, bool enableRx, bool enableTx)

Enables or disables the LPI2C slave peripheral DMA requests.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• enableAddressValid – Enable flag for the address valid DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable. The address valid DMA request is shared with the receive data DMA request.

• enableRx – Enable flag for the receive data DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

• enableTx – Enable flag for the transmit data DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

static inline bool LPI2C_SlaveGetBusIdleState(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns whether the bus is idle.

Requires the slave mode to be enabled.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Return values:

• true – Bus is busy.

• false – Bus is idle.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveTransmitAck(LPI2C_Type *base, bool ackOrNack)

Transmits either an ACK or NAK on the I2C bus in response to a byte from the master.

Use this function to send an ACK or NAK when the kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitAckFlag is asserted. This only happens if you enable the sclStall.enableAck field of the lpi2c_slave_config_t configuration structure used to initialize the slave peripheral.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• ackOrNack – Pass true for an ACK or false for a NAK.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveEnableAckStall(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables ACKSTALL.

When enables ACKSTALL, software can transmit either an ACK or NAK on the I2C bus in response to a byte from the master.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• enable – True will enable ACKSTALL,false will disable ACKSTALL.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_SlaveGetReceivedAddress(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns the slave address sent by the I2C master.

This function should only be called if the kLPI2C_SlaveAddressValidFlag is asserted.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

The 8-bit address matched by the LPI2C slave. Bit 0 contains the R/w direction bit, and the 7-bit slave address is in the upper 7 bits.

status_t LPI2C_SlaveSend(LPI2C_Type *base, void *txBuff, size_t txSize, size_t *actualTxSize)

Performs a polling send transfer on the I2C bus.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• txBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.

• txSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

• actualTxSize – [out]

Returns:

Error or success status returned by API.

status_t LPI2C_SlaveReceive(LPI2C_Type *base, void *rxBuff, size_t rxSize, size_t *actualRxSize)

Performs a polling receive transfer on the I2C bus.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• rxBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.

• rxSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

• actualRxSize – [out]

Returns:

Error or success status returned by API.

void LPI2C_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle, lpi2c_slave_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Creates a new handle for the LPI2C slave non-blocking APIs.

The creation of a handle is for use with the non-blocking APIs. Once a handle is created, there is not a corresponding destroy handle. If the user wants to terminate a transfer, the LPI2C_SlaveTransferAbort() API shall be called.

Note

The function also enables the NVIC IRQ for the input LPI2C. Need to notice that on some SoCs the LPI2C IRQ is connected to INTMUX, in this case user needs to enable the associated INTMUX IRQ in application.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• handle – [out] Pointer to the LPI2C slave driver handle.

• callback – User provided pointer to the asynchronous callback function.

• userData – User provided pointer to the application callback data.

status_t LPI2C_SlaveTransferNonBlocking(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle, uint32_t eventMask)

Starts accepting slave transfers.

Call this API after calling I2C_SlaveInit() and LPI2C_SlaveTransferCreateHandle() to start processing transactions driven by an I2C master. The slave monitors the I2C bus and pass events to the callback that was passed into the call to LPI2C_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(). The callback is always invoked from the interrupt context.

The set of events received by the callback is customizable. To do so, set the eventMask parameter to the OR’d combination of lpi2c_slave_transfer_event_t enumerators for the events you wish to receive. The kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitEvent and kLPI2C_SlaveReceiveEvent events are always enabled and do not need to be included in the mask. Alternatively, you can pass 0 to get a default set of only the transmit and receive events that are always enabled. In addition, the kLPI2C_SlaveAllEvents constant is provided as a convenient way to enable all events.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to lpi2c_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• eventMask – Bit mask formed by OR’ing together lpi2c_slave_transfer_event_t enumerators to specify which events to send to the callback. Other accepted values are 0 to get a default set of only the transmit and receive events, and kLPI2C_SlaveAllEvents to enable all events.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Slave transfers were successfully started.

• kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Slave transfers have already been started on this handle.

status_t LPI2C_SlaveTransferGetCount(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the slave transfer status during a non-blocking transfer.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to i2c_slave_handle_t structure.

• count – [out] Pointer to a value to hold the number of bytes transferred. May be NULL if the count is not required.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success –

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress –

void LPI2C_SlaveTransferAbort(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the slave non-blocking transfers.

Note

This API could be called at any time to stop slave for handling the bus events.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to lpi2c_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void LPI2C_SlaveTransferHandleIRQ(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle)

Reusable routine to handle slave interrupts.

Note

This function does not need to be called unless you are reimplementing the non blocking API’s interrupt handler routines to add special functionality.

Parameters:

• base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to lpi2c_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

enum _lpi2c_slave_flags

LPI2C slave peripheral flags.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

• kLPI2C_SlaveRepeatedStartDetectFlag

• kLPI2C_SlaveStopDetectFlag

• kLPI2C_SlaveBitErrFlag

• kLPI2C_SlaveFifoErrFlag

All flags except kLPI2C_SlaveBusyFlag and kLPI2C_SlaveBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Note

These enumerations are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveTxReadyFlag

Transmit data flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveRxReadyFlag

Receive data flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAddressValidFlag

Address valid flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitAckFlag

Transmit ACK flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveRepeatedStartDetectFlag

Repeated start detect flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveStopDetectFlag

Stop detect flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveBitErrFlag

Bit error flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveFifoErrFlag

FIFO error flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAddressMatch0Flag

Address match 0 flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAddressMatch1Flag

Address match 1 flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveGeneralCallFlag

General call flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveBusyFlag

Master busy flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveBusBusyFlag

Bus busy flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveClearFlags

All flags which are cleared by the driver upon starting a transfer.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveIrqFlags

IRQ sources enabled by the non-blocking transactional API.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveErrorFlags

Errors to check for.

enum _lpi2c_slave_address_match

LPI2C slave address match options.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_MatchAddress0

Match only address 0.

enumerator kLPI2C_MatchAddress0OrAddress1

Match either address 0 or address 1.

enumerator kLPI2C_MatchAddress0ThroughAddress1

Match a range of slave addresses from address 0 through address 1.

enum _lpi2c_slave_transfer_event

Set of events sent to the callback for non blocking slave transfers.

These event enumerations are used for two related purposes. First, a bit mask created by OR’ing together events is passed to LPI2C_SlaveTransferNonBlocking() in order to specify which events to enable. Then, when the slave callback is invoked, it is passed the current event through its transfer parameter.

Note

These enumerations are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask of events.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAddressMatchEvent

Received the slave address after a start or repeated start.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitEvent

Callback is requested to provide data to transmit (slave-transmitter role).

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveReceiveEvent

Callback is requested to provide a buffer in which to place received data (slave-receiver role).

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitAckEvent

Callback needs to either transmit an ACK or NACK.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveRepeatedStartEvent

A repeated start was detected.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveCompletionEvent

A stop was detected, completing the transfer.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAllEvents

Bit mask of all available events.

typedef enum _lpi2c_slave_address_match lpi2c_slave_address_match_t

LPI2C slave address match options.

typedef struct _lpi2c_slave_config lpi2c_slave_config_t

Structure with settings to initialize the LPI2C slave module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the LPI2C slave peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPI2C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

typedef enum _lpi2c_slave_transfer_event lpi2c_slave_transfer_event_t

Set of events sent to the callback for non blocking slave transfers.

These event enumerations are used for two related purposes. First, a bit mask created by OR’ing together events is passed to LPI2C_SlaveTransferNonBlocking() in order to specify which events to enable. Then, when the slave callback is invoked, it is passed the current event through its transfer parameter.

Note

These enumerations are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask of events.

typedef struct _lpi2c_slave_transfer lpi2c_slave_transfer_t

LPI2C slave transfer structure.

typedef struct _lpi2c_slave_handle lpi2c_slave_handle_t

LPI2C slave handle structure.

typedef void (*lpi2c_slave_transfer_callback_t)(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_transfer_t *transfer, void *userData)

Slave event callback function pointer type.

This callback is used only for the slave non-blocking transfer API. To install a callback, use the LPI2C_SlaveSetCallback() function after you have created a handle.

Param base:

Base address for the LPI2C instance on which the event occurred.

Param transfer:

Pointer to transfer descriptor containing values passed to and/or from the callback.

Param userData:

Arbitrary pointer-sized value passed from the application.

struct _lpi2c_slave_config

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

Structure with settings to initialize the LPI2C slave module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the LPI2C slave peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPI2C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

Public Members

bool enableSlave

Enable slave mode.

uint8_t address0

Slave’s 7-bit address.

uint8_t address1

Alternate slave 7-bit address.

lpi2c_slave_address_match_t addressMatchMode

Address matching options.

bool filterDozeEnable

Enable digital glitch filter in doze mode.

bool filterEnable

Enable digital glitch filter.

bool enableGeneralCall

Enable general call address matching.

struct _lpi2c_slave_config sclStall

SCL stall enable options.

bool ignoreAck

Continue transfers after a NACK is detected.

bool enableReceivedAddressRead

Enable reading the address received address as the first byte of data.

uint32_t sdaGlitchFilterWidth_ns

Width in nanoseconds of the digital filter on the SDA signal. Set to 0 to disable.

uint32_t sclGlitchFilterWidth_ns

Width in nanoseconds of the digital filter on the SCL signal. Set to 0 to disable.

uint32_t dataValidDelay_ns

Width in nanoseconds of the data valid delay.

uint32_t clockHoldTime_ns

Width in nanoseconds of the clock hold time.

struct _lpi2c_slave_transfer

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

LPI2C slave transfer structure.

Public Members

lpi2c_slave_transfer_event_t event

Reason the callback is being invoked.

uint8_t receivedAddress

Matching address send by master.

uint8_t *data

Transfer buffer

size_t dataSize

Transfer size

status_t completionStatus

Success or error code describing how the transfer completed. Only applies for kLPI2C_SlaveCompletionEvent.

size_t transferredCount

Number of bytes actually transferred since start or last repeated start.

struct _lpi2c_slave_handle

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

LPI2C slave handle structure.

Note

The contents of this structure are private and subject to change.

Public Members

lpi2c_slave_transfer_t transfer

LPI2C slave transfer copy.

bool isBusy

Whether transfer is busy.

bool wasTransmit

Whether the last transfer was a transmit.

uint32_t eventMask

Mask of enabled events.

uint32_t transferredCount

Count of bytes transferred.

lpi2c_slave_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback function called at transfer event.

void *userData

Callback parameter passed to callback.

struct sclStall

Public Members

bool enableAck

Enables SCL clock stretching during slave-transmit address byte(s) and slave-receiver address and data byte(s) to allow software to write the Transmit ACK Register before the ACK or NACK is transmitted. Clock stretching occurs when transmitting the 9th bit. When enableAckSCLStall is enabled, there is no need to set either enableRxDataSCLStall or enableAddressSCLStall.

bool enableTx

Enables SCL clock stretching when the transmit data flag is set during a slave-transmit transfer.

bool enableRx

Enables SCL clock stretching when receive data flag is set during a slave-receive transfer.

bool enableAddress

Enables SCL clock stretching when the address valid flag is asserted.

LPIT: Low-Power Interrupt Timer

enum _lpit_chnl

List of LPIT channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC-dependent

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_Chnl_0

LPIT channel number 0

enumerator kLPIT_Chnl_1

LPIT channel number 1

enumerator kLPIT_Chnl_2

LPIT channel number 2

enumerator kLPIT_Chnl_3

LPIT channel number 3

enum _lpit_timer_modes

Mode options available for the LPIT timer.

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_PeriodicCounter

Use the all 32-bits, counter loads and decrements to zero

enumerator kLPIT_DualPeriodicCounter

Counter loads, lower 16-bits decrement to zero, then upper 16-bits decrement

enumerator kLPIT_TriggerAccumulator

Counter loads on first trigger and decrements on each trigger

enumerator kLPIT_InputCapture

Counter loads with 0xFFFFFFFF, decrements to zero. It stores the inverse of the current value when a input trigger is detected

enum _lpit_trigger_select

Trigger options available.

This is used for both internal and external trigger sources. The actual trigger options available is SoC-specific, user should refer to the reference manual.

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn0

Channel 0 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn1

Channel 1 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn2

Channel 2 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn3

Channel 3 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn4

Channel 4 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn5

Channel 5 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn6

Channel 6 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn7

Channel 7 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn8

Channel 8 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn9

Channel 9 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn10

Channel 10 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn11

Channel 11 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn12

Channel 12 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn13

Channel 13 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn14

Channel 14 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn15

Channel 15 is selected as a trigger source

enum _lpit_trigger_source

Trigger source options available.

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_TriggerSource_External

Use external trigger input

enumerator kLPIT_TriggerSource_Internal

Use internal trigger

enum _lpit_interrupt_enable

List of LPIT interrupts.

Note

Number of timer channels are SoC-specific. See the SoC Reference Manual.

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_Channel0TimerInterruptEnable

Channel 0 Timer interrupt

enumerator kLPIT_Channel1TimerInterruptEnable

Channel 1 Timer interrupt

enumerator kLPIT_Channel2TimerInterruptEnable

Channel 2 Timer interrupt

enumerator kLPIT_Channel3TimerInterruptEnable

Channel 3 Timer interrupt

enum _lpit_status_flags

List of LPIT status flags.

Note

Number of timer channels are SoC-specific. See the SoC Reference Manual.

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_Channel0TimerFlag

Channel 0 Timer interrupt flag

enumerator kLPIT_Channel1TimerFlag

Channel 1 Timer interrupt flag

enumerator kLPIT_Channel2TimerFlag

Channel 2 Timer interrupt flag

enumerator kLPIT_Channel3TimerFlag

Channel 3 Timer interrupt flag

typedef enum _lpit_chnl lpit_chnl_t

List of LPIT channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC-dependent

typedef enum _lpit_timer_modes lpit_timer_modes_t

Mode options available for the LPIT timer.

typedef enum _lpit_trigger_select lpit_trigger_select_t

Trigger options available.

This is used for both internal and external trigger sources. The actual trigger options available is SoC-specific, user should refer to the reference manual.

typedef enum _lpit_trigger_source lpit_trigger_source_t

Trigger source options available.

typedef enum _lpit_interrupt_enable lpit_interrupt_enable_t

List of LPIT interrupts.

Note

Number of timer channels are SoC-specific. See the SoC Reference Manual.

typedef enum _lpit_status_flags lpit_status_flags_t

List of LPIT status flags.

Note

Number of timer channels are SoC-specific. See the SoC Reference Manual.

typedef struct _lpit_chnl_params lpit_chnl_params_t

Structure to configure the channel timer.

typedef struct _lpit_config lpit_config_t

LPIT configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the LPIT peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPIT_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to the configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so as to reside in flash.

FSL_LPIT_DRIVER_VERSION

Version 2.1.1

void LPIT_Init(LPIT_Type *base, const lpit_config_t *config)

Ungates the LPIT clock and configures the peripheral for a basic operation.

This function issues a software reset to reset all channels and registers except the Module Control register.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the LPIT driver.

Parameters:

• base – LPIT peripheral base address.

• config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

void LPIT_Deinit(LPIT_Type *base)

Disables the module and gates the LPIT clock.

Parameters:

• base – LPIT peripheral base address.

void LPIT_GetDefaultConfig(lpit_config_t *config)

Fills in the LPIT configuration structure with default settings.

The default values are:

config->enableRunInDebug = false;
config->enableRunInDoze = false;

Parameters:

• config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

status_t LPIT_SetupChannel(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel, const lpit_chnl_params_t *chnlSetup)

Sets up an LPIT channel based on the user’s preference.

This function sets up the operation mode to one of the options available in the enumeration lpit_timer_modes_t. It sets the trigger source as either internal or external, trigger selection and the timers behaviour when a timeout occurs. It also chains the timer if a prior timer if requested by the user.

Parameters:

• base – LPIT peripheral base address.

• channel – Channel that is being configured.

• chnlSetup – Configuration parameters.

static inline void LPIT_EnableInterrupts(LPIT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected PIT interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – LPIT peripheral base address.

• mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lpit_interrupt_enable_t

static inline void LPIT_DisableInterrupts(LPIT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected PIT interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – LPIT peripheral base address.

• mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lpit_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t LPIT_GetEnabledInterrupts(LPIT_Type *base)

Gets the enabled LPIT interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – LPIT peripheral base address.

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration lpit_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t LPIT_GetStatusFlags(LPIT_Type *base)

Gets the LPIT status flags.

Parameters:

• base – LPIT peripheral base address.

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration lpit_status_flags_t

static inline void LPIT_ClearStatusFlags(LPIT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the LPIT status flags.

Parameters:

• base – LPIT peripheral base address.

• mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lpit_status_flags_t

static inline void LPIT_SetTimerPeriod(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel, uint32_t ticks)

Sets the timer period in units of count.

Timers begin counting down from the value set by this function until it reaches 0, at which point it generates an interrupt and loads this register value again. Writing a new value to this register does not restart the timer. Instead, the value is loaded after the timer expires.

Note

User can call the utility macros provided in fsl_common.h to convert to ticks.

Parameters:

• base – LPIT peripheral base address.

• channel – Timer channel number.

• ticks – Timer period in units of ticks.

static inline void LPIT_SetTimerValue(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel, uint32_t ticks)

Sets the timer period in units of count.

In the Dual 16-bit Periodic Counter mode, the counter will load and then the lower 16-bits will decrement down to zero, which will assert the output pre-trigger. The upper 16-bits will then decrement down to zero, which will negate the output pre-trigger and set the timer interrupt flag.

Note

Set TVAL register to 0 or 1 is invalid in compare mode.

Parameters:

• base – LPIT peripheral base address.

• channel – Timer channel number.

• ticks – Timer period in units of ticks.

static inline uint32_t LPIT_GetCurrentTimerCount(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel)

Reads the current timer counting value.

This function returns the real-time timer counting value, in a range from 0 to a timer period.

Note

User can call the utility macros provided in fsl_common.h to convert ticks to microseconds or milliseconds.

Parameters:

• base – LPIT peripheral base address.

• channel – Timer channel number.

Returns:

Current timer counting value in ticks.

static inline void LPIT_StartTimer(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel)

Starts the timer counting.

After calling this function, timers load the period value and count down to 0. When the timer reaches 0, it generates a trigger pulse and sets the timeout interrupt flag.

Parameters:

• base – LPIT peripheral base address.

• channel – Timer channel number.

static inline void LPIT_StopTimer(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel)

Stops the timer counting.

Parameters:

• base – LPIT peripheral base address.

• channel – Timer channel number.

static inline void LPIT_Reset(LPIT_Type *base)

Performs a software reset on the LPIT module.

This resets all channels and registers except the Module Control Register.

Parameters:

• base – LPIT peripheral base address.

struct _lpit_chnl_params

#include <fsl_lpit.h>

Structure to configure the channel timer.

Public Members

bool chainChannel

true: Timer chained to previous timer; false: Timer not chained

lpit_timer_modes_t timerMode

Timers mode of operation.

lpit_trigger_select_t triggerSelect

Trigger selection for the timer

lpit_trigger_source_t triggerSource

Decides if we use external or internal trigger.

bool enableReloadOnTrigger

true: Timer reloads when a trigger is detected; false: No effect

bool enableStopOnTimeout

true: Timer will stop after timeout; false: does not stop after timeout

bool enableStartOnTrigger

true: Timer starts when a trigger is detected; false: decrement immediately

struct _lpit_config

#include <fsl_lpit.h>

LPIT configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the LPIT peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPIT_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to the configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so as to reside in flash.

Public Members

bool enableRunInDebug

true: Timers run in debug mode; false: Timers stop in debug mode

bool enableRunInDoze

true: Timers run in doze mode; false: Timers stop in doze mode

LPSPI: Low Power Serial Peripheral Interface

LPSPI Peripheral driver

void LPSPI_MasterInit(LPSPI_Type *base, const lpspi_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Initializes the LPSPI master.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• masterConfig – Pointer to structure lpspi_master_config_t.

• srcClock_Hz – Module source input clock in Hertz

void LPSPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig(lpspi_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Sets the lpspi_master_config_t structure to default values.

This API initializes the configuration structure for LPSPI_MasterInit(). The initialized structure can remain unchanged in LPSPI_MasterInit(), or can be modified before calling the LPSPI_MasterInit(). Example:

lpspi_master_config_t  masterConfig;
LPSPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig(&masterConfig);

Parameters:

• masterConfig – pointer to lpspi_master_config_t structure

void LPSPI_SlaveInit(LPSPI_Type *base, const lpspi_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

LPSPI slave configuration.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• slaveConfig – Pointer to a structure lpspi_slave_config_t.

void LPSPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(lpspi_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Sets the lpspi_slave_config_t structure to default values.

This API initializes the configuration structure for LPSPI_SlaveInit(). The initialized structure can remain unchanged in LPSPI_SlaveInit() or can be modified before calling the LPSPI_SlaveInit(). Example:

lpspi_slave_config_t  slaveConfig;
LPSPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(&slaveConfig);

Parameters:

• slaveConfig – pointer to lpspi_slave_config_t structure.

void LPSPI_Deinit(LPSPI_Type *base)

De-initializes the LPSPI peripheral. Call this API to disable the LPSPI clock.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

void LPSPI_Reset(LPSPI_Type *base)

Restores the LPSPI peripheral to reset state. Note that this function sets all registers to reset state. As a result, the LPSPI module can’t work after calling this API.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

uint32_t LPSPI_GetInstance(LPSPI_Type *base)

Get the LPSPI instance from peripheral base address.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPSPI instance.

static inline void LPSPI_Enable(LPSPI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the LPSPI peripheral and sets the MCR MDIS to 0.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• enable – Pass true to enable module, false to disable module.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetStatusFlags(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI status flag state.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI status(in SR register).

static inline uint8_t LPSPI_GetTxFifoSize(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Tx FIFO size.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI Tx FIFO size.

static inline uint8_t LPSPI_GetRxFifoSize(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Rx FIFO size.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI Rx FIFO size.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetTxFifoCount(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Tx FIFO count.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The number of words in the transmit FIFO.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetRxFifoCount(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Rx FIFO count.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The number of words in the receive FIFO.

static inline void LPSPI_ClearStatusFlags(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t statusFlags)

Clears the LPSPI status flag.

This function clears the desired status bit by using a write-1-to-clear. The user passes in the base and the desired status flag bit to clear. The list of status flags is defined in the _lpspi_flags. Example usage:

LPSPI_ClearStatusFlags(base, kLPSPI_TxDataRequestFlag|kLPSPI_RxDataReadyFlag);

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• statusFlags – The status flag used from type _lpspi_flags.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetTcr(LPSPI_Type *base)

static inline void LPSPI_EnableInterrupts(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the LPSPI interrupts.

This function configures the various interrupt masks of the LPSPI. The parameters are base and an interrupt mask. Note that, for Tx fill and Rx FIFO drain requests, enabling the interrupt request disables the DMA request.

LPSPI_EnableInterrupts(base, kLPSPI_TxInterruptEnable | kLPSPI_RxInterruptEnable );

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• mask – The interrupt mask; Use the enum _lpspi_interrupt_enable.

static inline void LPSPI_DisableInterrupts(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the LPSPI interrupts.

LPSPI_DisableInterrupts(base, kLPSPI_TxInterruptEnable | kLPSPI_RxInterruptEnable );

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• mask – The interrupt mask; Use the enum _lpspi_interrupt_enable.

static inline void LPSPI_EnableDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the LPSPI DMA request.

This function configures the Rx and Tx DMA mask of the LPSPI. The parameters are base and a DMA mask.

LPSPI_EnableDMA(base, kLPSPI_TxDmaEnable | kLPSPI_RxDmaEnable);

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• mask – The interrupt mask; Use the enum _lpspi_dma_enable.

static inline void LPSPI_DisableDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the LPSPI DMA request.

This function configures the Rx and Tx DMA mask of the LPSPI. The parameters are base and a DMA mask.

SPI_DisableDMA(base, kLPSPI_TxDmaEnable | kLPSPI_RxDmaEnable);

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• mask – The interrupt mask; Use the enum _lpspi_dma_enable.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetTxRegisterAddress(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Transmit Data Register address for a DMA operation.

This function gets the LPSPI Transmit Data Register address because this value is needed for the DMA operation. This function can be used for either master or slave mode.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI Transmit Data Register address.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetRxRegisterAddress(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Receive Data Register address for a DMA operation.

This function gets the LPSPI Receive Data Register address because this value is needed for the DMA operation. This function can be used for either master or slave mode.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI Receive Data Register address.

bool LPSPI_CheckTransferArgument(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer, bool isEdma)

Check the argument for transfer .

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• transfer – the transfer struct to be used.

• isEdma – True to check for EDMA transfer, false to check interrupt non-blocking transfer

Returns:

Return true for right and false for wrong.

static inline void LPSPI_SetMasterSlaveMode(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_slave_mode_t mode)

Configures the LPSPI for either master or slave.

Note that the CFGR1 should only be written when the LPSPI is disabled (LPSPIx_CR_MEN = 0).

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• mode – Mode setting (master or slave) of type lpspi_master_slave_mode_t.

static inline void LPSPI_SelectTransferPCS(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_which_pcs_t select)

Configures the peripheral chip select used for the transfer.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• select – LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) configuration.

static inline void LPSPI_SetPCSContinous(LPSPI_Type *base, bool IsContinous)

Set the PCS signal to continuous or uncontinuous mode.

Note

In master mode, continuous transfer will keep the PCS asserted at the end of the frame size, until a command word is received that starts a new frame. So PCS must be set back to uncontinuous when transfer finishes. In slave mode, when continuous transfer is enabled, the LPSPI will only transmit the first frame size bits, after that the LPSPI will transmit received data back (assuming a 32-bit shift register).

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• IsContinous – True to set the transfer PCS to continuous mode, false to set to uncontinuous mode.

static inline bool LPSPI_IsMaster(LPSPI_Type *base)

Returns whether the LPSPI module is in master mode.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

Returns true if the module is in master mode or false if the module is in slave mode.

static inline void LPSPI_FlushFifo(LPSPI_Type *base, bool flushTxFifo, bool flushRxFifo)

Flushes the LPSPI FIFOs.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• flushTxFifo – Flushes (true) the Tx FIFO, else do not flush (false) the Tx FIFO.

• flushRxFifo – Flushes (true) the Rx FIFO, else do not flush (false) the Rx FIFO.

static inline void LPSPI_SetFifoWatermarks(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t txWater, uint32_t rxWater)

Sets the transmit and receive FIFO watermark values.

This function allows the user to set the receive and transmit FIFO watermarks. The function does not compare the watermark settings to the FIFO size. The FIFO watermark should not be equal to or greater than the FIFO size. It is up to the higher level driver to make this check.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• txWater – The TX FIFO watermark value. Writing a value equal or greater than the FIFO size is truncated.

• rxWater – The RX FIFO watermark value. Writing a value equal or greater than the FIFO size is truncated.

static inline void LPSPI_SetAllPcsPolarity(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Configures all LPSPI peripheral chip select polarities simultaneously.

Note that the CFGR1 should only be written when the LPSPI is disabled (LPSPIx_CR_MEN = 0).

This is an example: PCS0 and PCS1 set to active low and other PCSs set to active high. Note that the number of PCS is device-specific.

LPSPI_SetAllPcsPolarity(base, kLPSPI_Pcs0ActiveLow | kLPSPI_Pcs1ActiveLow);

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• mask – The PCS polarity mask; Use the enum _lpspi_pcs_polarity.

static inline void LPSPI_SetFrameSize(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t frameSize)

Configures the frame size.

The minimum frame size is 8-bits and the maximum frame size is 4096-bits. If the frame size is less than or equal to 32-bits, the word size and frame size are identical. If the frame size is greater than 32-bits, the word size is 32-bits for each word except the last (the last word contains the remainder bits if the frame size is not divisible by 32). The minimum word size is 2-bits. A frame size of 33-bits (or similar) is not supported.

Note 1: The transmit command register should be initialized before enabling the LPSPI in slave mode, although the command register does not update until after the LPSPI is enabled. After it is enabled, the transmit command register should only be changed if the LPSPI is idle.

Note 2: The transmit and command FIFO is a combined FIFO that includes both transmit data and command words. That means the TCR register should be written to when the Tx FIFO is not full.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• frameSize – The frame size in number of bits.

uint32_t LPSPI_MasterSetBaudRate(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClock_Hz, uint32_t *tcrPrescaleValue)

Sets the LPSPI baud rate in bits per second.

This function takes in the desired bitsPerSec (baud rate) and calculates the nearest possible baud rate without exceeding the desired baud rate and returns the calculated baud rate in bits-per-second. It requires the caller to provide the frequency of the module source clock (in Hertz). Note that the baud rate does not go into effect until the Transmit Control Register (TCR) is programmed with the prescale value. Hence, this function returns the prescale tcrPrescaleValue parameter for later programming in the TCR. The higher level peripheral driver should alert the user of an out of range baud rate input.

Note that the LPSPI module must first be disabled before configuring this. Note that the LPSPI module must be configured for master mode before configuring this.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• baudRate_Bps – The desired baud rate in bits per second.

• srcClock_Hz – Module source input clock in Hertz.

• tcrPrescaleValue – The TCR prescale value needed to program the TCR.

Returns:

The actual calculated baud rate. This function may also return a “0” if the LPSPI is not configured for master mode or if the LPSPI module is not disabled.

void LPSPI_MasterSetDelayScaler(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t scaler, lpspi_delay_type_t whichDelay)

Manually configures a specific LPSPI delay parameter (module must be disabled to change the delay values).

This function configures the following: SCK to PCS delay, or PCS to SCK delay, or The configurations must occur between the transfer delay.

The delay names are available in type lpspi_delay_type_t.

The user passes the desired delay along with the delay value. This allows the user to directly set the delay values if they have pre-calculated them or if they simply wish to manually increment the value.

Note that the LPSPI module must first be disabled before configuring this. Note that the LPSPI module must be configured for master mode before configuring this.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• scaler – The 8-bit delay value 0x00 to 0xFF (255).

• whichDelay – The desired delay to configure, must be of type lpspi_delay_type_t.

uint32_t LPSPI_MasterSetDelayTimes(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t delayTimeInNanoSec, lpspi_delay_type_t whichDelay, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Calculates the delay based on the desired delay input in nanoseconds (module must be disabled to change the delay values).

This function calculates the values for the following: SCK to PCS delay, or PCS to SCK delay, or The configurations must occur between the transfer delay.

The delay names are available in type lpspi_delay_type_t.

The user passes the desired delay and the desired delay value in nano-seconds. The function calculates the value needed for the desired delay parameter and returns the actual calculated delay because an exact delay match may not be possible. In this case, the closest match is calculated without going below the desired delay value input. It is possible to input a very large delay value that exceeds the capability of the part, in which case the maximum supported delay is returned. It is up to the higher level peripheral driver to alert the user of an out of range delay input.

Note that the LPSPI module must be configured for master mode before configuring this. And note that the delayTime = LPSPI_clockSource / (PRESCALE * Delay_scaler).

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• delayTimeInNanoSec – The desired delay value in nano-seconds.

• whichDelay – The desired delay to configuration, which must be of type lpspi_delay_type_t.

• srcClock_Hz – Module source input clock in Hertz.

Returns:

actual Calculated delay value in nano-seconds.

static inline void LPSPI_WriteData(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Writes data into the transmit data buffer.

This function writes data passed in by the user to the Transmit Data Register (TDR). The user can pass up to 32-bits of data to load into the TDR. If the frame size exceeds 32-bits, the user has to manage sending the data one 32-bit word at a time. Any writes to the TDR result in an immediate push to the transmit FIFO. This function can be used for either master or slave modes.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• data – The data word to be sent.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_ReadData(LPSPI_Type *base)

Reads data from the data buffer.

This function reads the data from the Receive Data Register (RDR). This function can be used for either master or slave mode.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The data read from the data buffer.

void LPSPI_SetDummyData(LPSPI_Type *base, uint8_t dummyData)

Set up the dummy data.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• dummyData – Data to be transferred when tx buffer is NULL. Note: This API has no effect when LPSPI in slave interrupt mode, because driver will set the TXMSK bit to 1 if txData is NULL, no data is loaded from transmit FIFO and output pin is tristated.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferCreateHandle(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle, lpspi_master_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the LPSPI master handle.

This function initializes the LPSPI handle, which can be used for other LPSPI transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPSPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• handle – LPSPI handle pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t.

• callback – DSPI callback.

• userData – callback function parameter.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferBlocking(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI master transfer data using a polling method.

This function transfers data using a polling method. This is a blocking function, which does not return until all transfers have been completed.

Note: The transfer data size should be integer multiples of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not integer multiples of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferNonBlocking(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI master transfer data using an interrupt method.

This function transfers data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: The transfer data size should be integer multiples of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not integer multiples of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• handle – pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferGetCount(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the master transfer remaining bytes.

This function gets the master transfer remaining bytes.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• handle – pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Returns:

status of status_t.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferAbort(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI master abort transfer which uses an interrupt method.

This function aborts a transfer which uses an interrupt method.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• handle – pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI Master IRQ handler function.

This function processes the LPSPI transmit and receive IRQ.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• handle – pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle, lpspi_slave_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the LPSPI slave handle.

This function initializes the LPSPI handle, which can be used for other LPSPI transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPSPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• handle – LPSPI handle pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t.

• callback – DSPI callback.

• userData – callback function parameter.

status_t LPSPI_SlaveTransferNonBlocking(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI slave transfer data using an interrupt method.

This function transfer data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: The transfer data size should be integer multiples of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not an integer multiple of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t LPSPI_SlaveTransferGetCount(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the slave transfer remaining bytes.

This function gets the slave transfer remaining bytes.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Returns:

status of status_t.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferAbort(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI slave aborts a transfer which uses an interrupt method.

This function aborts a transfer which uses an interrupt method.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferHandleIRQ(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI Slave IRQ handler function.

This function processes the LPSPI transmit and receives an IRQ.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

• handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

bool LPSPI_WaitTxFifoEmpty(LPSPI_Type *base)

Wait for tx FIFO to be empty.

This function wait the tx fifo empty

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

true for the tx FIFO is ready, false is not.

FSL_LPSPI_DRIVER_VERSION

LPSPI driver version.

Status for the LPSPI driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_Busy

LPSPI transfer is busy.

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_Error

LPSPI driver error.

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_Idle

LPSPI is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_OutOfRange

LPSPI transfer out Of range.

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_Timeout

LPSPI timeout polling status flags.

enum _lpspi_flags

LPSPI status flags in SPIx_SR register.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_TxDataRequestFlag

Transmit data flag

enumerator kLPSPI_RxDataReadyFlag

Receive data flag

enumerator kLPSPI_WordCompleteFlag

Word Complete flag

enumerator kLPSPI_FrameCompleteFlag

Frame Complete flag

enumerator kLPSPI_TransferCompleteFlag

Transfer Complete flag

enumerator kLPSPI_TransmitErrorFlag

Transmit Error flag (FIFO underrun)

enumerator kLPSPI_ReceiveErrorFlag

Receive Error flag (FIFO overrun)

enumerator kLPSPI_DataMatchFlag

Data Match flag

enumerator kLPSPI_ModuleBusyFlag

Module Busy flag

enumerator kLPSPI_AllStatusFlag

Used for clearing all w1c status flags

enum _lpspi_interrupt_enable

LPSPI interrupt source.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_TxInterruptEnable

Transmit data interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_RxInterruptEnable

Receive data interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_WordCompleteInterruptEnable

Word complete interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_FrameCompleteInterruptEnable

Frame complete interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_TransferCompleteInterruptEnable

Transfer complete interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_TransmitErrorInterruptEnable

Transmit error interrupt enable(FIFO underrun)

enumerator kLPSPI_ReceiveErrorInterruptEnable

Receive Error interrupt enable (FIFO overrun)

enumerator kLPSPI_DataMatchInterruptEnable

Data Match interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_AllInterruptEnable

All above interrupts enable.

enum _lpspi_dma_enable

LPSPI DMA source.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_TxDmaEnable

Transmit data DMA enable

enumerator kLPSPI_RxDmaEnable

Receive data DMA enable

enum _lpspi_master_slave_mode

LPSPI master or slave mode configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_Master

LPSPI peripheral operates in master mode.

enumerator kLPSPI_Slave

LPSPI peripheral operates in slave mode.

enum _lpspi_which_pcs_config

LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) configuration (which PCS to configure).

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs0

PCS[0]

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs1

PCS[1]

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs2

PCS[2]

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs3

PCS[3]

enum _lpspi_pcs_polarity_config

LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) Polarity configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsActiveHigh

PCS Active High (idles low)

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsActiveLow

PCS Active Low (idles high)

enum _lpspi_pcs_polarity

LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) Polarity.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs0ActiveLow

Pcs0 Active Low (idles high).

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs1ActiveLow

Pcs1 Active Low (idles high).

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs2ActiveLow

Pcs2 Active Low (idles high).

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs3ActiveLow

Pcs3 Active Low (idles high).

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsAllActiveLow

Pcs0 to Pcs5 Active Low (idles high).

enum _lpspi_clock_polarity

LPSPI clock polarity configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_ClockPolarityActiveHigh

CPOL=0. Active-high LPSPI clock (idles low)

enumerator kLPSPI_ClockPolarityActiveLow

CPOL=1. Active-low LPSPI clock (idles high)

enum _lpspi_clock_phase

LPSPI clock phase configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_ClockPhaseFirstEdge

CPHA=0. Data is captured on the leading edge of the SCK and changed on the following edge.

enumerator kLPSPI_ClockPhaseSecondEdge

CPHA=1. Data is changed on the leading edge of the SCK and captured on the following edge.

enum _lpspi_shift_direction

LPSPI data shifter direction options.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_MsbFirst

Data transfers start with most significant bit.

enumerator kLPSPI_LsbFirst

Data transfers start with least significant bit.

enum _lpspi_host_request_select

LPSPI Host Request select configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_HostReqExtPin

Host Request is an ext pin.

enumerator kLPSPI_HostReqInternalTrigger

Host Request is an internal trigger.

enum _lpspi_match_config

LPSPI Match configuration options.

Values:

enumerator kLPSI_MatchDisabled

LPSPI Match Disabled.

enumerator kLPSI_1stWordEqualsM0orM1

LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_AnyWordEqualsM0orM1

LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_1stWordEqualsM0and2ndWordEqualsM1

LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_AnyWordEqualsM0andNxtWordEqualsM1

LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_1stWordAndM1EqualsM0andM1

LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_AnyWordAndM1EqualsM0andM1

LPSPI Match Enabled.

enum _lpspi_pin_config

LPSPI pin (SDO and SDI) configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_SdiInSdoOut

LPSPI SDI input, SDO output.

enumerator kLPSPI_SdiInSdiOut

LPSPI SDI input, SDI output.

enumerator kLPSPI_SdoInSdoOut

LPSPI SDO input, SDO output.

enumerator kLPSPI_SdoInSdiOut

LPSPI SDO input, SDI output.

enum _lpspi_data_out_config

LPSPI data output configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLpspiDataOutRetained

Data out retains last value when chip select is de-asserted

enumerator kLpspiDataOutTristate

Data out is tristated when chip select is de-asserted

enum _lpspi_pcs_function_config

LPSPI cs function configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsAsCs

PCS pin select as cs function

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsAsData

PCS pin select as date function

enum _lpspi_transfer_width

LPSPI transfer width configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_SingleBitXfer

1-bit shift at a time, data out on SDO, in on SDI (normal mode)

enumerator kLPSPI_TwoBitXfer

2-bits shift out on SDO/SDI and in on SDO/SDI

enumerator kLPSPI_FourBitXfer

4-bits shift out on SDO/SDI/PCS[3:2] and in on SDO/SDI/PCS[3:2]

enum _lpspi_delay_type

LPSPI delay type selection.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsToSck

PCS-to-SCK delay.

enumerator kLPSPI_LastSckToPcs

Last SCK edge to PCS delay.

enumerator kLPSPI_BetweenTransfer

Delay between transfers.

enum _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_master

Use this enumeration for LPSPI master transfer configFlags.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcs0

LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI master transfer use PCS0 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcs1

LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI master transfer use PCS1 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcs2

LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI master transfer use PCS2 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcs3

LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI master transfer use PCS3 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterWidth1

LPSPI master width shift macro, internal used LPSPI master transfer 1bit

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterWidth2

LPSPI master width shift macro, internal used LPSPI master transfer 2bit

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterWidth4

LPSPI master width shift macro, internal used LPSPI master transfer 4bit

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcsContinuous

Is PCS signal continuous

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap

Is master swap the byte. For example, when want to send data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (suppose you set lpspi_shift_direction_t to MSB).

1. If you set bitPerFrame = 8 , no matter the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwapyou flag is used or not, the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8.

2. If you set bitPerFrame = 16 : (1) the waveform is 2 1 4 3 6 5 8 7 if you do not use the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap flag. (2) the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 if you use the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap flag.

3. If you set bitPerFrame = 32 : (1) the waveform is 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 if you do not use the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap flag. (2) the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 if you use the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap flag.

enum _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_slave

Use this enumeration for LPSPI slave transfer configFlags.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_SlavePcs0

LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI slave transfer use PCS0 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_SlavePcs1

LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI slave transfer use PCS1 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_SlavePcs2

LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI slave transfer use PCS2 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_SlavePcs3

LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI slave transfer use PCS3 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap

Is slave swap the byte. For example, when want to send data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (suppose you set lpspi_shift_direction_t to MSB).

1. If you set bitPerFrame = 8 , no matter the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag is used or not, the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8.

2. If you set bitPerFrame = 16 : (1) the waveform is 2 1 4 3 6 5 8 7 if you do not use the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag. (2) the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 if you use the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag.

3. If you set bitPerFrame = 32 : (1) the waveform is 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 if you do not use the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag. (2) the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 if you use the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag.

enum _lpspi_transfer_state

LPSPI transfer state, which is used for LPSPI transactional API state machine.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_Idle

Nothing in the transmitter/receiver.

enumerator kLPSPI_Busy

Transfer queue is not finished.

enumerator kLPSPI_Error

Transfer error.

typedef enum _lpspi_master_slave_mode lpspi_master_slave_mode_t

LPSPI master or slave mode configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_which_pcs_config lpspi_which_pcs_t

LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) configuration (which PCS to configure).

typedef enum _lpspi_pcs_polarity_config lpspi_pcs_polarity_config_t

LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) Polarity configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_clock_polarity lpspi_clock_polarity_t

LPSPI clock polarity configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_clock_phase lpspi_clock_phase_t

LPSPI clock phase configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_shift_direction lpspi_shift_direction_t

LPSPI data shifter direction options.

typedef enum _lpspi_host_request_select lpspi_host_request_select_t

LPSPI Host Request select configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_match_config lpspi_match_config_t

LPSPI Match configuration options.

typedef enum _lpspi_pin_config lpspi_pin_config_t

LPSPI pin (SDO and SDI) configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_data_out_config lpspi_data_out_config_t

LPSPI data output configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_pcs_function_config lpspi_pcs_function_config_t

LPSPI cs function configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_transfer_width lpspi_transfer_width_t

LPSPI transfer width configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_delay_type lpspi_delay_type_t

LPSPI delay type selection.

typedef struct _lpspi_master_config lpspi_master_config_t

LPSPI master configuration structure.

typedef struct _lpspi_slave_config lpspi_slave_config_t

LPSPI slave configuration structure.

typedef struct _lpspi_master_handle lpspi_master_handle_t

Forward declaration of the _lpspi_master_handle typedefs.

typedef struct _lpspi_slave_handle lpspi_slave_handle_t

Forward declaration of the _lpspi_slave_handle typedefs.

typedef void (*lpspi_master_transfer_callback_t)(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

Master completion callback function pointer type.

Param base:

LPSPI peripheral address.

Param handle:

Pointer to the handle for the LPSPI master.

Param status:

Success or error code describing whether the transfer is completed.

Param userData:

Arbitrary pointer-dataSized value passed from the application.

typedef void (*lpspi_slave_transfer_callback_t)(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

Slave completion callback function pointer type.

Param base:

LPSPI peripheral address.

Param handle:

Pointer to the handle for the LPSPI slave.

Param status:

Success or error code describing whether the transfer is completed.

Param userData:

Arbitrary pointer-dataSized value passed from the application.

typedef struct _lpspi_transfer lpspi_transfer_t

LPSPI master/slave transfer structure.

volatile uint8_t g_lpspiDummyData[]

Global variable for dummy data value setting.

LPSPI_DUMMY_DATA

LPSPI dummy data if no Tx data.

Dummy data used for tx if there is not txData.

SPI_RETRY_TIMES

Retry times for waiting flag.

LPSPI_MASTER_PCS_SHIFT

LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used.

LPSPI_MASTER_PCS_MASK

LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used.

LPSPI_MASTER_WIDTH_SHIFT

LPSPI master width shift macro, internal used

LPSPI_MASTER_WIDTH_MASK

LPSPI master width shift mask, internal used

LPSPI_SLAVE_PCS_SHIFT

LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used.

LPSPI_SLAVE_PCS_MASK

LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used.

struct _lpspi_master_config

#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI master configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t baudRate

Baud Rate for LPSPI.

uint32_t bitsPerFrame

Bits per frame, minimum 8, maximum 4096.

lpspi_clock_polarity_t cpol

Clock polarity.

lpspi_clock_phase_t cpha

Clock phase.

lpspi_shift_direction_t direction

MSB or LSB data shift direction.

uint32_t pcsToSckDelayInNanoSec

PCS to SCK delay time in nanoseconds, setting to 0 sets the minimum delay. It sets the boundary value if out of range.

uint32_t lastSckToPcsDelayInNanoSec

Last SCK to PCS delay time in nanoseconds, setting to 0 sets the minimum delay. It sets the boundary value if out of range.

uint32_t betweenTransferDelayInNanoSec

After the SCK delay time with nanoseconds, setting to 0 sets the minimum delay. It sets the boundary value if out of range.

lpspi_which_pcs_t whichPcs

Desired Peripheral Chip Select (PCS).

lpspi_pcs_polarity_config_t pcsActiveHighOrLow

Desired PCS active high or low

lpspi_pin_config_t pinCfg

Configures which pins are used for input and output data during single bit transfers.

lpspi_pcs_function_config_t pcsFunc

Configures cs pins function.

lpspi_data_out_config_t dataOutConfig

Configures if the output data is tristated between accesses (LPSPI_PCS is negated).

bool enableInputDelay

Enable master to sample the input data on a delayed SCK. This can help improve slave setup time. Refer to device data sheet for specific time length.

struct _lpspi_slave_config

#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI slave configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t bitsPerFrame

Bits per frame, minimum 8, maximum 4096.

lpspi_clock_polarity_t cpol

Clock polarity.

lpspi_clock_phase_t cpha

Clock phase.

lpspi_shift_direction_t direction

MSB or LSB data shift direction.

lpspi_which_pcs_t whichPcs

Desired Peripheral Chip Select (pcs)

lpspi_pcs_polarity_config_t pcsActiveHighOrLow

Desired PCS active high or low

lpspi_pin_config_t pinCfg

Configures which pins are used for input and output data during single bit transfers.

lpspi_data_out_config_t dataOutConfig

Configures if the output data is tristated between accesses (LPSPI_PCS is negated).

struct _lpspi_transfer

#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI master/slave transfer structure.

Public Members

const uint8_t *txData

Send buffer.

uint8_t *rxData

Receive buffer.

volatile size_t dataSize

Transfer bytes.

uint32_t configFlags

Transfer transfer configuration flags. Set from _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_master if the transfer is used for master or _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_slave enumeration if the transfer is used for slave.

struct _lpspi_master_handle

#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI master transfer handle structure used for transactional API.

Public Members

volatile bool isPcsContinuous

Is PCS continuous in transfer.

volatile bool writeTcrInIsr

A flag that whether should write TCR in ISR.

volatile bool isByteSwap

A flag that whether should byte swap.

volatile bool isTxMask

A flag that whether TCR[TXMSK] is set.

volatile uint16_t bytesPerFrame

Number of bytes in each frame

volatile uint8_t fifoSize

FIFO dataSize.

volatile uint8_t rxWatermark

Rx watermark.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachWrite

Bytes for each write TDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachRead

Bytes for each read RDR.

const uint8_t *volatile txData

Send buffer.

uint8_t *volatile rxData

Receive buffer.

volatile size_t txRemainingByteCount

Number of bytes remaining to send.

volatile size_t rxRemainingByteCount

Number of bytes remaining to receive.

volatile uint32_t writeRegRemainingTimes

Write TDR register remaining times.

volatile uint32_t readRegRemainingTimes

Read RDR register remaining times.

uint32_t totalByteCount

Number of transfer bytes

uint32_t txBuffIfNull

Used if the txData is NULL.

volatile uint8_t state

LPSPI transfer state , _lpspi_transfer_state.

lpspi_master_transfer_callback_t callback

Completion callback.

void *userData

Callback user data.

struct _lpspi_slave_handle

#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI slave transfer handle structure used for transactional API.

Public Members

volatile bool isByteSwap

A flag that whether should byte swap.

volatile uint8_t fifoSize

FIFO dataSize.

volatile uint8_t rxWatermark

Rx watermark.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachWrite

Bytes for each write TDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachRead

Bytes for each read RDR.

const uint8_t *volatile txData

Send buffer.

uint8_t *volatile rxData

Receive buffer.

volatile size_t txRemainingByteCount

Number of bytes remaining to send.

volatile size_t rxRemainingByteCount

Number of bytes remaining to receive.

volatile uint32_t writeRegRemainingTimes

Write TDR register remaining times.

volatile uint32_t readRegRemainingTimes

Read RDR register remaining times.

uint32_t totalByteCount

Number of transfer bytes

volatile uint8_t state

LPSPI transfer state , _lpspi_transfer_state.

volatile uint32_t errorCount

Error count for slave transfer.

lpspi_slave_transfer_callback_t callback

Completion callback.

void *userData

Callback user data.

LPSPI eDMA Driver

FSL_LPSPI_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION

LPSPI EDMA driver version.

DMA_MAX_TRANSFER_COUNT

DMA max transfer size.

typedef struct _lpspi_master_edma_handle lpspi_master_edma_handle_t

Forward declaration of the _lpspi_master_edma_handle typedefs.

typedef struct _lpspi_slave_edma_handle lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t

Forward declaration of the _lpspi_slave_edma_handle typedefs.

typedef void (*lpspi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t)(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

Completion callback function pointer type.

Param base:

LPSPI peripheral base address.

Param handle:

Pointer to the handle for the LPSPI master.

Param status:

Success or error code describing whether the transfer completed.

Param userData:

Arbitrary pointer-dataSized value passed from the application.

typedef void (*lpspi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t)(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

Completion callback function pointer type.

Param base:

LPSPI peripheral base address.

Param handle:

Pointer to the handle for the LPSPI slave.

Param status:

Success or error code describing whether the transfer completed.

Param userData:

Arbitrary pointer-dataSized value passed from the application.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferCreateHandleEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, lpspi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle, edma_handle_t *edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle)

Initializes the LPSPI master eDMA handle.

This function initializes the LPSPI eDMA handle which can be used for other LPSPI transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPSPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Note that the LPSPI eDMA has a separated (Rx and Tx as two sources) or shared (Rx and Tx are the same source) DMA request source. (1) For a separated DMA request source, enable and set the Rx DMAMUX source for edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle and Tx DMAMUX source for edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle. (2) For a shared DMA request source, enable and set the Rx/Tx DMAMUX source for edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – LPSPI handle pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t.

• callback – LPSPI callback.

• userData – callback function parameter.

• edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle – edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle pointer to edma_handle_t.

• edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle – edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle pointer to edma_handle_t.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI master transfer data using eDMA.

This function transfers data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: The transfer data size should be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not an integer multiple of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferPrepareEDMALite(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, uint32_t configFlags)

LPSPI master config transfer parameter while using eDMA.

This function is preparing to transfer data using eDMA, work with LPSPI_MasterTransferEDMALite.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• configFlags – transfer configuration flags. _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_master.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Execution successfully.

• kStatus_LPSPI_Busy – The LPSPI device is busy.

Returns:

Indicates whether LPSPI master transfer was successful or not.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferEDMALite(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI master transfer data using eDMA without configs.

This function transfers data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: This API is only for transfer through DMA without configuration. Before calling this API, you must call LPSPI_MasterTransferPrepareEDMALite to configure it once. The transfer data size should be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not an integer multiple of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure, config field is not uesed.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Execution successfully.

• kStatus_LPSPI_Busy – The LPSPI device is busy.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The transfer structure is invalid.

Returns:

Indicates whether LPSPI master transfer was successful or not.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferAbortEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI master aborts a transfer which is using eDMA.

This function aborts a transfer which is using eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferGetCountEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the master eDMA transfer remaining bytes.

This function gets the master eDMA transfer remaining bytes.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the EDMA transaction.

Returns:

status of status_t.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferCreateHandleEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, lpspi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle, edma_handle_t *edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle)

Initializes the LPSPI slave eDMA handle.

This function initializes the LPSPI eDMA handle which can be used for other LPSPI transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPSPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Note that LPSPI eDMA has a separated (Rx and Tx as two sources) or shared (Rx and Tx as the same source) DMA request source.

(1) For a separated DMA request source, enable and set the Rx DMAMUX source for edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle and Tx DMAMUX source for edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle. (2) For a shared DMA request source, enable and set the Rx/Rx DMAMUX source for edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle .

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – LPSPI handle pointer to lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t.

• callback – LPSPI callback.

• userData – callback function parameter.

• edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle – edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle pointer to edma_handle_t.

• edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle – edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle pointer to edma_handle_t.

status_t LPSPI_SlaveTransferEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI slave transfers data using eDMA.

This function transfers data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which return right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: The transfer data size should be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not an integer multiple of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferAbortEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI slave aborts a transfer which is using eDMA.

This function aborts a transfer which is using eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

status_t LPSPI_SlaveTransferGetCountEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the slave eDMA transfer remaining bytes.

This function gets the slave eDMA transfer remaining bytes.

Parameters:

• base – LPSPI peripheral base address.

• handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the eDMA transaction.

Returns:

status of status_t.

struct _lpspi_master_edma_handle

#include <fsl_lpspi_edma.h>

LPSPI master eDMA transfer handle structure used for transactional API.

Public Members

volatile bool isPcsContinuous

Is PCS continuous in transfer.

volatile bool isByteSwap

A flag that whether should byte swap.

volatile uint8_t fifoSize

FIFO dataSize.

volatile uint8_t rxWatermark

Rx watermark.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachWrite

Bytes for each write TDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachRead

Bytes for each read RDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesLastRead

Bytes for last read RDR.

volatile bool isThereExtraRxBytes

Is there extra RX byte.

const uint8_t *volatile txData

Send buffer.

uint8_t *volatile rxData

Receive buffer.

volatile size_t txRemainingByteCount

Number of bytes remaining to send.

volatile size_t rxRemainingByteCount

Number of bytes remaining to receive.

volatile uint32_t writeRegRemainingTimes

Write TDR register remaining times.

volatile uint32_t readRegRemainingTimes

Read RDR register remaining times.

uint32_t totalByteCount

Number of transfer bytes

edma_tcd_t *lastTimeTCD

Pointer to the lastTime TCD

bool isMultiDMATransmit

Is there multi DMA transmit

volatile uint8_t dmaTransmitTime

DMA Transfer times.

uint32_t lastTimeDataBytes

DMA transmit last Time data Bytes

uint32_t dataBytesEveryTime

Bytes in a time for DMA transfer, default is DMA_MAX_TRANSFER_COUNT

edma_transfer_config_t transferConfigRx

Config of DMA rx channel.

edma_transfer_config_t transferConfigTx

Config of DMA tx channel.

uint32_t txBuffIfNull

Used if there is not txData for DMA purpose.

uint32_t rxBuffIfNull

Used if there is not rxData for DMA purpose.

uint32_t transmitCommand

Used to write TCR for DMA purpose.

volatile uint8_t state

LPSPI transfer state , _lpspi_transfer_state.

uint8_t nbytes

eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

lpspi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback

Completion callback.

void *userData

Callback user data.

edma_handle_t *edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle

edma_handle_t handle point used for RxReg to RxData buff

edma_handle_t *edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle

edma_handle_t handle point used for TxData to TxReg buff

edma_tcd_t lpspiSoftwareTCD[3]

SoftwareTCD, internal used

struct _lpspi_slave_edma_handle

#include <fsl_lpspi_edma.h>

LPSPI slave eDMA transfer handle structure used for transactional API.

Public Members

volatile bool isByteSwap

A flag that whether should byte swap.

volatile uint8_t fifoSize

FIFO dataSize.

volatile uint8_t rxWatermark

Rx watermark.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachWrite

Bytes for each write TDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachRead

Bytes for each read RDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesLastRead

Bytes for last read RDR.

volatile bool isThereExtraRxBytes

Is there extra RX byte.

uint8_t nbytes

eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

const uint8_t *volatile txData

Send buffer.

uint8_t *volatile rxData

Receive buffer.

volatile size_t txRemainingByteCount

Number of bytes remaining to send.

volatile size_t rxRemainingByteCount

Number of bytes remaining to receive.

volatile uint32_t writeRegRemainingTimes

Write TDR register remaining times.

volatile uint32_t readRegRemainingTimes

Read RDR register remaining times.

uint32_t totalByteCount

Number of transfer bytes

uint32_t txBuffIfNull

Used if there is not txData for DMA purpose.

uint32_t rxBuffIfNull

Used if there is not rxData for DMA purpose.

volatile uint8_t state

LPSPI transfer state.

uint32_t errorCount

Error count for slave transfer.

lpspi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t callback

Completion callback.

void *userData

Callback user data.

edma_handle_t *edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle

edma_handle_t handle point used for RxReg to RxData buff

edma_handle_t *edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle

edma_handle_t handle point used for TxData to TxReg

edma_tcd_t lpspiSoftwareTCD[2]

SoftwareTCD, internal used

LPTMR: Low-Power Timer

void LPTMR_Init(LPTMR_Type *base, const lptmr_config_t *config)

Ungates the LPTMR clock and configures the peripheral for a basic operation.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the LPTMR driver.

Parameters:

• base – LPTMR peripheral base address

• config – A pointer to the LPTMR configuration structure.

void LPTMR_Deinit(LPTMR_Type *base)

Gates the LPTMR clock.

Parameters:

• base – LPTMR peripheral base address

void LPTMR_GetDefaultConfig(lptmr_config_t *config)

Fills in the LPTMR configuration structure with default settings.

The default values are as follows.

config->timerMode = kLPTMR_TimerModeTimeCounter;
config->pinSelect = kLPTMR_PinSelectInput_0;
config->pinPolarity = kLPTMR_PinPolarityActiveHigh;
config->enableFreeRunning = false;
config->bypassPrescaler = true;
config->prescalerClockSource = kLPTMR_PrescalerClock_1;
config->value = kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_0;

Parameters:

• config – A pointer to the LPTMR configuration structure.

static inline void LPTMR_EnableInterrupts(LPTMR_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected LPTMR interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – LPTMR peripheral base address

• mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lptmr_interrupt_enable_t

static inline void LPTMR_DisableInterrupts(LPTMR_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected LPTMR interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – LPTMR peripheral base address

• mask – The interrupts to disable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lptmr_interrupt_enable_t.

static inline uint32_t LPTMR_GetEnabledInterrupts(LPTMR_Type *base)

Gets the enabled LPTMR interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – LPTMR peripheral base address

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration lptmr_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t LPTMR_GetStatusFlags(LPTMR_Type *base)

Gets the LPTMR status flags.

Parameters:

• base – LPTMR peripheral base address

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration lptmr_status_flags_t

static inline void LPTMR_ClearStatusFlags(LPTMR_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the LPTMR status flags.

Parameters:

• base – LPTMR peripheral base address

• mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lptmr_status_flags_t.

static inline void LPTMR_SetTimerPeriod(LPTMR_Type *base, uint32_t ticks)

Sets the timer period in units of count.

Timers counts from 0 until it equals the count value set here. The count value is written to the CMR register.

Note

1. The TCF flag is set with the CNR equals the count provided here and then increments.

2. Call the utility macros provided in the fsl_common.h to convert to ticks.

Parameters:

• base – LPTMR peripheral base address

• ticks – A timer period in units of ticks, which should be equal or greater than 1.

static inline uint32_t LPTMR_GetCurrentTimerCount(LPTMR_Type *base)

Reads the current timer counting value.

This function returns the real-time timer counting value in a range from 0 to a timer period.

Note

Call the utility macros provided in the fsl_common.h to convert ticks to usec or msec.

Parameters:

• base – LPTMR peripheral base address

Returns:

The current counter value in ticks

static inline void LPTMR_StartTimer(LPTMR_Type *base)

Starts the timer.

After calling this function, the timer counts up to the CMR register value. Each time the timer reaches the CMR value and then increments, it generates a trigger pulse and sets the timeout interrupt flag. An interrupt is also triggered if the timer interrupt is enabled.

Parameters:

• base – LPTMR peripheral base address

static inline void LPTMR_StopTimer(LPTMR_Type *base)

Stops the timer.

This function stops the timer and resets the timer’s counter register.

Parameters:

• base – LPTMR peripheral base address

FSL_LPTMR_DRIVER_VERSION

Driver Version

enum _lptmr_pin_select

LPTMR pin selection used in pulse counter mode.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_PinSelectInput_0

Pulse counter input 0 is selected

enumerator kLPTMR_PinSelectInput_1

Pulse counter input 1 is selected

enumerator kLPTMR_PinSelectInput_2

Pulse counter input 2 is selected

enumerator kLPTMR_PinSelectInput_3

Pulse counter input 3 is selected

enum _lptmr_pin_polarity

LPTMR pin polarity used in pulse counter mode.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_PinPolarityActiveHigh

Pulse Counter input source is active-high

enumerator kLPTMR_PinPolarityActiveLow

Pulse Counter input source is active-low

enum _lptmr_timer_mode

LPTMR timer mode selection.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_TimerModeTimeCounter

Time Counter mode

enumerator kLPTMR_TimerModePulseCounter

Pulse Counter mode

enum _lptmr_prescaler_glitch_value

LPTMR prescaler/glitch filter values.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_0

Prescaler divide 2, glitch filter does not support this setting

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_1

Prescaler divide 4, glitch filter 2

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_2

Prescaler divide 8, glitch filter 4

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_3

Prescaler divide 16, glitch filter 8

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_4

Prescaler divide 32, glitch filter 16

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_5

Prescaler divide 64, glitch filter 32

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_6

Prescaler divide 128, glitch filter 64

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_7

Prescaler divide 256, glitch filter 128

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_8

Prescaler divide 512, glitch filter 256

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_9

Prescaler divide 1024, glitch filter 512

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_10

Prescaler divide 2048 glitch filter 1024

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_11

Prescaler divide 4096, glitch filter 2048

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_12

Prescaler divide 8192, glitch filter 4096

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_13

Prescaler divide 16384, glitch filter 8192

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_14

Prescaler divide 32768, glitch filter 16384

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_15

Prescaler divide 65536, glitch filter 32768

enum _lptmr_prescaler_clock_select

LPTMR prescaler/glitch filter clock select.

Note

Clock connections are SoC-specific

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_PrescalerClock_0

Prescaler/glitch filter clock 0 selected.

enumerator kLPTMR_PrescalerClock_1

Prescaler/glitch filter clock 1 selected.

enumerator kLPTMR_PrescalerClock_2

Prescaler/glitch filter clock 2 selected.

enumerator kLPTMR_PrescalerClock_3

Prescaler/glitch filter clock 3 selected.

enum _lptmr_interrupt_enable

List of the LPTMR interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_TimerInterruptEnable

Timer interrupt enable

enum _lptmr_status_flags

List of the LPTMR status flags.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_TimerCompareFlag

Timer compare flag

typedef enum _lptmr_pin_select lptmr_pin_select_t

LPTMR pin selection used in pulse counter mode.

typedef enum _lptmr_pin_polarity lptmr_pin_polarity_t

LPTMR pin polarity used in pulse counter mode.

typedef enum _lptmr_timer_mode lptmr_timer_mode_t

LPTMR timer mode selection.

typedef enum _lptmr_prescaler_glitch_value lptmr_prescaler_glitch_value_t

LPTMR prescaler/glitch filter values.

typedef enum _lptmr_prescaler_clock_select lptmr_prescaler_clock_select_t

LPTMR prescaler/glitch filter clock select.

Note

Clock connections are SoC-specific

typedef enum _lptmr_interrupt_enable lptmr_interrupt_enable_t

List of the LPTMR interrupts.

typedef enum _lptmr_status_flags lptmr_status_flags_t

List of the LPTMR status flags.

typedef struct _lptmr_config lptmr_config_t

LPTMR config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the LPTMR peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPTMR_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration struct can be made constant so it resides in flash.

struct _lptmr_config

#include <fsl_lptmr.h>

LPTMR config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the LPTMR peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPTMR_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration struct can be made constant so it resides in flash.

Public Members

lptmr_timer_mode_t timerMode

Time counter mode or pulse counter mode

lptmr_pin_select_t pinSelect

LPTMR pulse input pin select; used only in pulse counter mode

lptmr_pin_polarity_t pinPolarity

LPTMR pulse input pin polarity; used only in pulse counter mode

bool enableFreeRunning

True: enable free running, counter is reset on overflow False: counter is reset when the compare flag is set

bool bypassPrescaler

True: bypass prescaler; false: use clock from prescaler

lptmr_prescaler_clock_select_t prescalerClockSource

LPTMR clock source

lptmr_prescaler_glitch_value_t value

Prescaler or glitch filter value

LPUART: Low Power Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter Driver

LPUART Driver

status_t LPUART_Init(LPUART_Type *base, const lpuart_config_t *config, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Initializes an LPUART instance with the user configuration structure and the peripheral clock.

This function configures the LPUART module with user-defined settings. Call the LPUART_GetDefaultConfig() function to configure the configuration structure and get the default configuration. The example below shows how to use this API to configure the LPUART.

lpuart_config_t lpuartConfig;
lpuartConfig.baudRate_Bps = 115200U;
lpuartConfig.parityMode = kLPUART_ParityDisabled;
lpuartConfig.dataBitsCount = kLPUART_EightDataBits;
lpuartConfig.isMsb = false;
lpuartConfig.stopBitCount = kLPUART_OneStopBit;
lpuartConfig.txFifoWatermark = 0;
lpuartConfig.rxFifoWatermark = 1;
LPUART_Init(LPUART1, &lpuartConfig, 20000000U);

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• config – Pointer to a user-defined configuration structure.

• srcClock_Hz – LPUART clock source frequency in HZ.

Return values:

• kStatus_LPUART_BaudrateNotSupport – Baudrate is not support in current clock source.

• kStatus_Success – LPUART initialize succeed

void LPUART_Deinit(LPUART_Type *base)

Deinitializes a LPUART instance.

This function waits for transmit to complete, disables TX and RX, and disables the LPUART clock.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

void LPUART_GetDefaultConfig(lpuart_config_t *config)

Gets the default configuration structure.

This function initializes the LPUART configuration structure to a default value. The default values are: lpuartConfig->baudRate_Bps = 115200U; lpuartConfig->parityMode = kLPUART_ParityDisabled; lpuartConfig->dataBitsCount = kLPUART_EightDataBits; lpuartConfig->isMsb = false; lpuartConfig->stopBitCount = kLPUART_OneStopBit; lpuartConfig->txFifoWatermark = 0; lpuartConfig->rxFifoWatermark = 1; lpuartConfig->rxIdleType = kLPUART_IdleTypeStartBit; lpuartConfig->rxIdleConfig = kLPUART_IdleCharacter1; lpuartConfig->enableTx = false; lpuartConfig->enableRx = false;

Parameters:

• config – Pointer to a configuration structure.

status_t LPUART_SetBaudRate(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Sets the LPUART instance baudrate.

This function configures the LPUART module baudrate. This function is used to update the LPUART module baudrate after the LPUART module is initialized by the LPUART_Init.

LPUART_SetBaudRate(LPUART1, 115200U, 20000000U);

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• baudRate_Bps – LPUART baudrate to be set.

• srcClock_Hz – LPUART clock source frequency in HZ.

Return values:

• kStatus_LPUART_BaudrateNotSupport – Baudrate is not supported in the current clock source.

• kStatus_Success – Set baudrate succeeded.

void LPUART_Enable9bitMode(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable 9-bit data mode for LPUART.

This function set the 9-bit mode for LPUART module. The 9th bit is not used for parity thus can be modified by user.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• enable – true to enable, flase to disable.

static inline void LPUART_SetMatchAddress(LPUART_Type *base, uint16_t address1, uint16_t address2)

Set the LPUART address.

This function configures the address for LPUART module that works as slave in 9-bit data mode. One or two address fields can be configured. When the address field’s match enable bit is set, the frame it receices with MSB being 1 is considered as an address frame, otherwise it is considered as data frame. Once the address frame matches one of slave’s own addresses, this slave is addressed. This address frame and its following data frames are stored in the receive buffer, otherwise the frames will be discarded. To un-address a slave, just send an address frame with unmatched address.

Note

Any LPUART instance joined in the multi-slave system can work as slave. The position of the address mark is the same as the parity bit when parity is enabled for 8 bit and 9 bit data formats.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• address1 – LPUART slave address1.

• address2 – LPUART slave address2.

static inline void LPUART_EnableMatchAddress(LPUART_Type *base, bool match1, bool match2)

Enable the LPUART match address feature.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• match1 – true to enable match address1, false to disable.

• match2 – true to enable match address2, false to disable.

static inline void LPUART_TransferEnable16Bit(lpuart_handle_t *handle, bool enable)

Sets the LPUART using 16bit transmit, only for 9bit or 10bit mode.

This function Enable 16bit Data transmit in lpuart_handle_t.

Parameters:

• handle – LPUART handle pointer.

• enable – true to enable, false to disable.

uint32_t LPUART_GetStatusFlags(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets LPUART status flags.

This function gets all LPUART status flags. The flags are returned as the logical OR value of the enumerators _lpuart_flags. To check for a specific status, compare the return value with enumerators in the _lpuart_flags. For example, to check whether the TX is empty:

if (kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag & LPUART_GetStatusFlags(LPUART1))
{
    ...
}

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPUART status flags which are ORed by the enumerators in the _lpuart_flags.

status_t LPUART_ClearStatusFlags(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears status flags with a provided mask.

This function clears LPUART status flags with a provided mask. Automatically cleared flags can’t be cleared by this function. Flags that can only cleared or set by hardware are: kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag, kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteFlag, kLPUART_RxDataRegFullFlag, kLPUART_RxActiveFlag, kLPUART_NoiseErrorFlag, kLPUART_ParityErrorFlag, kLPUART_TxFifoEmptyFlag,kLPUART_RxFifoEmptyFlag Note: This API should be called when the Tx/Rx is idle, otherwise it takes no effects.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• mask – the status flags to be cleared. The user can use the enumerators in the _lpuart_status_flag_t to do the OR operation and get the mask.

Return values:

• kStatus_LPUART_FlagCannotClearManually – The flag can’t be cleared by this function but it is cleared automatically by hardware.

• kStatus_Success – Status in the mask are cleared.

Returns:

0 succeed, others failed.

void LPUART_EnableInterrupts(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables LPUART interrupts according to a provided mask.

This function enables the LPUART interrupts according to a provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members. See the _lpuart_interrupt_enable. This examples shows how to enable TX empty interrupt and RX full interrupt:

LPUART_EnableInterrupts(LPUART1,kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable | kLPUART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable);

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• mask – The interrupts to enable. Logical OR of _lpuart_interrupt_enable.

void LPUART_DisableInterrupts(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables LPUART interrupts according to a provided mask.

This function disables the LPUART interrupts according to a provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members. See _lpuart_interrupt_enable. This example shows how to disable the TX empty interrupt and RX full interrupt:

LPUART_DisableInterrupts(LPUART1,kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable | kLPUART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable);

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• mask – The interrupts to disable. Logical OR of _lpuart_interrupt_enable.

uint32_t LPUART_GetEnabledInterrupts(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets enabled LPUART interrupts.

This function gets the enabled LPUART interrupts. The enabled interrupts are returned as the logical OR value of the enumerators _lpuart_interrupt_enable. To check a specific interrupt enable status, compare the return value with enumerators in _lpuart_interrupt_enable. For example, to check whether the TX empty interrupt is enabled:

uint32_t enabledInterrupts = LPUART_GetEnabledInterrupts(LPUART1);

if (kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable & enabledInterrupts)
{
    ...
}

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPUART interrupt flags which are logical OR of the enumerators in _lpuart_interrupt_enable.

uint32_t LPUART_GetInstance(LPUART_Type *base)

Get the LPUART instance from peripheral base address.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPUART instance.

static inline void LPUART_EnableTx(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPUART transmitter.

This function enables or disables the LPUART transmitter.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void LPUART_EnableRx(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPUART receiver.

This function enables or disables the LPUART receiver.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void LPUART_WriteByte(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t data)

Writes to the transmitter register.

This function writes data to the transmitter register directly. The upper layer must ensure that the TX register is empty or that the TX FIFO has room before calling this function.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• data – Data write to the TX register.

static inline uint8_t LPUART_ReadByte(LPUART_Type *base)

Reads the receiver register.

This function reads data from the receiver register directly. The upper layer must ensure that the receiver register is full or that the RX FIFO has data before calling this function.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

Data read from data register.

void LPUART_SendAddress(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t address)

Transmit an address frame in 9-bit data mode.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• address – LPUART slave address.

status_t LPUART_WriteBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, const uint8_t *data, size_t length)

Writes to the transmitter register using a blocking method.

This function polls the transmitter register, first waits for the register to be empty or TX FIFO to have room, and writes data to the transmitter buffer, then waits for the dat to be sent out to the bus.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• data – Start address of the data to write.

• length – Size of the data to write.

Return values:

• kStatus_LPUART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.

• kStatus_Success – Successfully wrote all data.

status_t LPUART_WriteBlocking16bit(LPUART_Type *base, const uint16_t *data, size_t length)

Writes to the transmitter register using a blocking method in 9bit or 10bit mode.

Note

This function only support 9bit or 10bit transfer. Please make sure only 10bit of data is valid and other bits are 0.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• data – Start address of the data to write.

• length – Size of the data to write.

Return values:

• kStatus_LPUART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.

• kStatus_Success – Successfully wrote all data.

status_t LPUART_ReadBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *data, size_t length)

Reads the receiver data register using a blocking method.

This function polls the receiver register, waits for the receiver register full or receiver FIFO has data, and reads data from the TX register.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• data – Start address of the buffer to store the received data.

• length – Size of the buffer.

Return values:

• kStatus_LPUART_RxHardwareOverrun – Receiver overrun happened while receiving data.

• kStatus_LPUART_NoiseError – Noise error happened while receiving data.

• kStatus_LPUART_FramingError – Framing error happened while receiving data.

• kStatus_LPUART_ParityError – Parity error happened while receiving data.

• kStatus_LPUART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.

• kStatus_Success – Successfully received all data.

status_t LPUART_ReadBlocking16bit(LPUART_Type *base, uint16_t *data, size_t length)

Reads the receiver data register in 9bit or 10bit mode.

Note

This function only support 9bit or 10bit transfer.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• data – Start address of the buffer to store the received data by 16bit, only 10bit is valid.

• length – Size of the buffer.

Return values:

• kStatus_LPUART_RxHardwareOverrun – Receiver overrun happened while receiving data.

• kStatus_LPUART_NoiseError – Noise error happened while receiving data.

• kStatus_LPUART_FramingError – Framing error happened while receiving data.

• kStatus_LPUART_ParityError – Parity error happened while receiving data.

• kStatus_LPUART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.

• kStatus_Success – Successfully received all data.

void LPUART_TransferCreateHandle(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the LPUART handle.

This function initializes the LPUART handle, which can be used for other LPUART transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPUART instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

The LPUART driver supports the “background” receiving, which means that user can set up an RX ring buffer optionally. Data received is stored into the ring buffer even when the user doesn’t call the LPUART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking() API. If there is already data received in the ring buffer, the user can get the received data from the ring buffer directly. The ring buffer is disabled if passing NULL as ringBuffer.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – LPUART handle pointer.

• callback – Callback function.

• userData – User data.

status_t LPUART_TransferSendNonBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_t *xfer)

Transmits a buffer of data using the interrupt method.

This function send data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns directly without waiting for all data written to the transmitter register. When all data is written to the TX register in the ISR, the LPUART driver calls the callback function and passes the kStatus_LPUART_TxIdle as status parameter.

Note

The kStatus_LPUART_TxIdle is passed to the upper layer when all data are written to the TX register. However, there is no check to ensure that all the data sent out. Before disabling the TX, check the kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteFlag to ensure that the transmit is finished.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – LPUART handle pointer.

• xfer – LPUART transfer structure, see lpuart_transfer_t.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully start the data transmission.

• kStatus_LPUART_TxBusy – Previous transmission still not finished, data not all written to the TX register.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument.

void LPUART_TransferStartRingBuffer(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, uint8_t *ringBuffer, size_t ringBufferSize)

Sets up the RX ring buffer.

This function sets up the RX ring buffer to a specific UART handle.

When the RX ring buffer is used, data received is stored into the ring buffer even when the user doesn’t call the UART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking() API. If there is already data received in the ring buffer, the user can get the received data from the ring buffer directly.

Note

When using RX ring buffer, one byte is reserved for internal use. In other words, if ringBufferSize is 32, then only 31 bytes are used for saving data.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – LPUART handle pointer.

• ringBuffer – Start address of ring buffer for background receiving. Pass NULL to disable the ring buffer.

• ringBufferSize – size of the ring buffer.

void LPUART_TransferStopRingBuffer(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the background transfer and uninstalls the ring buffer.

This function aborts the background transfer and uninstalls the ring buffer.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – LPUART handle pointer.

size_t LPUART_TransferGetRxRingBufferLength(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle)

Get the length of received data in RX ring buffer.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – LPUART handle pointer.

Returns:

Length of received data in RX ring buffer.

void LPUART_TransferAbortSend(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the interrupt-driven data transmit.

This function aborts the interrupt driven data sending. The user can get the remainBtyes to find out how many bytes are not sent out.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – LPUART handle pointer.

status_t LPUART_TransferGetSendCount(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, uint32_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes that have been sent out to bus.

This function gets the number of bytes that have been sent out to bus by an interrupt method.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – LPUART handle pointer.

• count – Send bytes count.

Return values:

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – No send in progress.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Parameter is invalid.

• kStatus_Success – Get successfully through the parameter count;

status_t LPUART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_t *xfer, size_t *receivedBytes)

Receives a buffer of data using the interrupt method.

This function receives data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function which returns without waiting to ensure that all data are received. If the RX ring buffer is used and not empty, the data in the ring buffer is copied and the parameter receivedBytes shows how many bytes are copied from the ring buffer. After copying, if the data in the ring buffer is not enough for read, the receive request is saved by the LPUART driver. When the new data arrives, the receive request is serviced first. When all data is received, the LPUART driver notifies the upper layer through a callback function and passes a status parameter kStatus_UART_RxIdle. For example, the upper layer needs 10 bytes but there are only 5 bytes in ring buffer. The 5 bytes are copied to xfer->data, which returns with the parameter receivedBytes set to 5. For the remaining 5 bytes, the newly arrived data is saved from xfer->data[5]. When 5 bytes are received, the LPUART driver notifies the upper layer. If the RX ring buffer is not enabled, this function enables the RX and RX interrupt to receive data to xfer->data. When all data is received, the upper layer is notified.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – LPUART handle pointer.

• xfer – LPUART transfer structure, see uart_transfer_t.

• receivedBytes – Bytes received from the ring buffer directly.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully queue the transfer into the transmit queue.

• kStatus_LPUART_RxBusy – Previous receive request is not finished.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument.

void LPUART_TransferAbortReceive(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the interrupt-driven data receiving.

This function aborts the interrupt-driven data receiving. The user can get the remainBytes to find out how many bytes not received yet.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – LPUART handle pointer.

status_t LPUART_TransferGetReceiveCount(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, uint32_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes that have been received.

This function gets the number of bytes that have been received.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – LPUART handle pointer.

• count – Receive bytes count.

Return values:

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – No receive in progress.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Parameter is invalid.

• kStatus_Success – Get successfully through the parameter count;

void LPUART_TransferHandleIRQ(LPUART_Type *base, void *irqHandle)

LPUART IRQ handle function.

This function handles the LPUART transmit and receive IRQ request.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• irqHandle – LPUART handle pointer.

void LPUART_TransferHandleErrorIRQ(LPUART_Type *base, void *irqHandle)

LPUART Error IRQ handle function.

This function handles the LPUART error IRQ request.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• irqHandle – LPUART handle pointer.

FSL_LPUART_DRIVER_VERSION

LPUART driver version.

Error codes for the LPUART driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxBusy

TX busy

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxBusy

RX busy

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxIdle

LPUART transmitter is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxIdle

LPUART receiver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxWatermarkTooLarge

TX FIFO watermark too large

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxWatermarkTooLarge

RX FIFO watermark too large

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_FlagCannotClearManually

Some flag can’t manually clear

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_Error

Error happens on LPUART.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxRingBufferOverrun

LPUART RX software ring buffer overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxHardwareOverrun

LPUART RX receiver overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_NoiseError

LPUART noise error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_FramingError

LPUART framing error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_ParityError

LPUART parity error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_BaudrateNotSupport

Baudrate is not support in current clock source

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_IdleLineDetected

IDLE flag.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_Timeout

LPUART times out.

enum _lpuart_parity_mode

LPUART parity mode.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_ParityDisabled

Parity disabled

enumerator kLPUART_ParityEven

Parity enabled, type even, bit setting: PE|PT = 10

enumerator kLPUART_ParityOdd

Parity enabled, type odd, bit setting: PE|PT = 11

enum _lpuart_data_bits

LPUART data bits count.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_EightDataBits

Eight data bit

enum _lpuart_stop_bit_count

LPUART stop bit count.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_OneStopBit

One stop bit

enumerator kLPUART_TwoStopBit

Two stop bits

enum _lpuart_idle_type_select

LPUART idle flag type defines when the receiver starts counting.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_IdleTypeStartBit

Start counting after a valid start bit.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleTypeStopBit

Start counting after a stop bit.

enum _lpuart_idle_config

LPUART idle detected configuration. This structure defines the number of idle characters that must be received before the IDLE flag is set.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter1

the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter2

the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter4

the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter8

the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter16

the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter32

the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter64

the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter128

the number of idle characters.

enum _lpuart_interrupt_enable

LPUART interrupt configuration structure, default settings all disabled.

This structure contains the settings for all LPUART interrupt configurations.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveEdgeInterruptEnable

Receive Active Edge. bit 6

enumerator kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable

Transmit data register empty. bit 23

enumerator kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteInterruptEnable

Transmission complete. bit 22

enumerator kLPUART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable

Receiver data register full. bit 21

enumerator kLPUART_IdleLineInterruptEnable

Idle line. bit 20

enumerator kLPUART_RxOverrunInterruptEnable

Receiver Overrun. bit 27

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorInterruptEnable

Noise error flag. bit 26

enumerator kLPUART_FramingErrorInterruptEnable

Framing error flag. bit 25

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorInterruptEnable

Parity error flag. bit 24

enumerator kLPUART_AllInterruptEnable

enum _lpuart_flags

LPUART status flags.

This provides constants for the LPUART status flags for use in the LPUART functions.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag

Transmit data register empty flag, sets when transmit buffer is empty. bit 23

enumerator kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteFlag

Transmission complete flag, sets when transmission activity complete. bit 22

enumerator kLPUART_RxDataRegFullFlag

Receive data register full flag, sets when the receive data buffer is full. bit 21

enumerator kLPUART_IdleLineFlag

Idle line detect flag, sets when idle line detected. bit 20

enumerator kLPUART_RxOverrunFlag

Receive Overrun, sets when new data is received before data is read from receive register. bit 19

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorFlag

Receive takes 3 samples of each received bit. If any of these samples differ, noise flag sets. bit 18

enumerator kLPUART_FramingErrorFlag

Frame error flag, sets if logic 0 was detected where stop bit expected. bit 17

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorFlag

If parity enabled, sets upon parity error detection. bit 16

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveEdgeFlag

Receive pin active edge interrupt flag, sets when active edge detected. bit 30

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveFlag

Receiver Active Flag (RAF), sets at beginning of valid start. bit 24

enumerator kLPUART_AllClearFlags

enumerator kLPUART_AllFlags

typedef enum _lpuart_parity_mode lpuart_parity_mode_t

LPUART parity mode.

typedef enum _lpuart_data_bits lpuart_data_bits_t

LPUART data bits count.

typedef enum _lpuart_stop_bit_count lpuart_stop_bit_count_t

LPUART stop bit count.

typedef enum _lpuart_idle_type_select lpuart_idle_type_select_t

LPUART idle flag type defines when the receiver starts counting.

typedef enum _lpuart_idle_config lpuart_idle_config_t

LPUART idle detected configuration. This structure defines the number of idle characters that must be received before the IDLE flag is set.

typedef struct _lpuart_config lpuart_config_t

LPUART configuration structure.

typedef struct _lpuart_transfer lpuart_transfer_t

LPUART transfer structure.

typedef struct _lpuart_handle lpuart_handle_t

typedef void (*lpuart_transfer_callback_t)(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

LPUART transfer callback function.

typedef void (*lpuart_isr_t)(LPUART_Type *base, void *handle)

void *s_lpuartHandle[]

const IRQn_Type s_lpuartIRQ[]

lpuart_isr_t s_lpuartIsr[]

UART_RETRY_TIMES

Retry times for waiting flag.

struct _lpuart_config

#include <fsl_lpuart.h>

LPUART configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t baudRate_Bps

LPUART baud rate

lpuart_parity_mode_t parityMode

Parity mode, disabled (default), even, odd

lpuart_data_bits_t dataBitsCount

Data bits count, eight (default), seven

bool isMsb

Data bits order, LSB (default), MSB

lpuart_idle_type_select_t rxIdleType

RX IDLE type.

lpuart_idle_config_t rxIdleConfig

RX IDLE configuration.

bool enableTx

Enable TX

bool enableRx

Enable RX

struct _lpuart_transfer

#include <fsl_lpuart.h>

LPUART transfer structure.

Public Members

size_t dataSize

The byte count to be transfer.

struct _lpuart_handle

#include <fsl_lpuart.h>

LPUART handle structure.

Public Members

volatile size_t txDataSize

Size of the remaining data to send.

size_t txDataSizeAll

Size of the data to send out.

volatile size_t rxDataSize

Size of the remaining data to receive.

size_t rxDataSizeAll

Size of the data to receive.

size_t rxRingBufferSize

Size of the ring buffer.

volatile uint16_t rxRingBufferHead

Index for the driver to store received data into ring buffer.

volatile uint16_t rxRingBufferTail

Index for the user to get data from the ring buffer.

lpuart_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback function.

void *userData

LPUART callback function parameter.

volatile uint8_t txState

TX transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxState

RX transfer state.

bool is16bitData

16bit data bits flag, only used for 9bit or 10bit data

union __unnamed41__

Public Members

uint8_t *data

The buffer of data to be transfer.

uint8_t *rxData

The buffer to receive data.

uint16_t *rxData16

The buffer to receive data.

const uint8_t *txData

The buffer of data to be sent.

const uint16_t *txData16

The buffer of data to be sent.

union __unnamed43__

Public Members

const uint8_t *volatile txData

Address of remaining data to send.

const uint16_t *volatile txData16

Address of remaining data to send.

union __unnamed45__

Public Members

uint8_t *volatile rxData

Address of remaining data to receive.

uint16_t *volatile rxData16

Address of remaining data to receive.

union __unnamed47__

Public Members

uint8_t *rxRingBuffer

Start address of the receiver ring buffer.

uint16_t *rxRingBuffer16

Start address of the receiver ring buffer.

LPUART eDMA Driver

void LPUART_TransferCreateHandleEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, lpuart_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txEdmaHandle, edma_handle_t *rxEdmaHandle)

Initializes the LPUART handle which is used in transactional functions.

Note

This function disables all LPUART interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to lpuart_edma_handle_t structure.

• callback – Callback function.

• userData – User data.

• txEdmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for TX DMA transfer.

• rxEdmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for RX DMA transfer.

status_t LPUART_SendEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_t *xfer)

Sends data using eDMA.

This function sends data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is sent, the send callback function is called.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – LPUART handle pointer.

• xfer – LPUART eDMA transfer structure. See lpuart_transfer_t.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – if succeed, others failed.

• kStatus_LPUART_TxBusy – Previous transfer on going.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument.

status_t LPUART_ReceiveEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_t *xfer)

Receives data using eDMA.

This function receives data using eDMA. This is non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to lpuart_edma_handle_t structure.

• xfer – LPUART eDMA transfer structure, see lpuart_transfer_t.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – if succeed, others fail.

• kStatus_LPUART_RxBusy – Previous transfer ongoing.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument.

void LPUART_TransferAbortSendEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the sent data using eDMA.

This function aborts the sent data using eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to lpuart_edma_handle_t structure.

void LPUART_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the received data using eDMA.

This function aborts the received data using eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – Pointer to lpuart_edma_handle_t structure.

status_t LPUART_TransferGetSendCountEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, uint32_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes written to the LPUART TX register.

This function gets the number of bytes written to the LPUART TX register by DMA.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – LPUART handle pointer.

• count – Send bytes count.

Return values:

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – No send in progress.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Parameter is invalid.

• kStatus_Success – Get successfully through the parameter count;

status_t LPUART_TransferGetReceiveCountEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, uint32_t *count)

Gets the number of received bytes.

This function gets the number of received bytes.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• handle – LPUART handle pointer.

• count – Receive bytes count.

Return values:

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – No receive in progress.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Parameter is invalid.

• kStatus_Success – Get successfully through the parameter count;

void LPUART_TransferEdmaHandleIRQ(LPUART_Type *base, void *lpuartEdmaHandle)

LPUART eDMA IRQ handle function.

This function handles the LPUART tx complete IRQ request and invoke user callback. It is not set to static so that it can be used in user application.

Note

This function is used as default IRQ handler by double weak mechanism. If user’s specific IRQ handler is implemented, make sure this function is invoked in the handler.

Parameters:

• base – LPUART peripheral base address.

• lpuartEdmaHandle – LPUART handle pointer.

FSL_LPUART_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION

LPUART EDMA driver version.

typedef struct _lpuart_edma_handle lpuart_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*lpuart_edma_transfer_callback_t)(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

LPUART transfer callback function.

struct _lpuart_edma_handle

#include <fsl_lpuart_edma.h>

LPUART eDMA handle.

Public Members

lpuart_edma_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback function.

void *userData

LPUART callback function parameter.

size_t rxDataSizeAll

Size of the data to receive.

size_t txDataSizeAll

Size of the data to send out.

edma_handle_t *txEdmaHandle

The eDMA TX channel used.

edma_handle_t *rxEdmaHandle

The eDMA RX channel used.

uint8_t nbytes

eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

volatile uint8_t txState

TX transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxState

RX transfer state

MCM: Miscellaneous Control Module

FSL_MCM_DRIVER_VERSION

MCM driver version.

Enum _mcm_interrupt_flag. Interrupt status flag mask. .

Values:

enumerator kMCM_CacheWriteBuffer

Cache Write Buffer Error Enable.

enumerator kMCM_ParityError

Cache Parity Error Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUInvalidOperation

FPU Invalid Operation Interrupt Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUDivideByZero

FPU Divide-by-zero Interrupt Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUOverflow

FPU Overflow Interrupt Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUUnderflow

FPU Underflow Interrupt Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUInexact

FPU Inexact Interrupt Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUInputDenormalInterrupt

FPU Input Denormal Interrupt Enable.

typedef union _mcm_buffer_fault_attribute mcm_buffer_fault_attribute_t

The union of buffer fault attribute.

typedef union _mcm_lmem_fault_attribute mcm_lmem_fault_attribute_t

The union of LMEM fault attribute.

static inline void MCM_EnableCrossbarRoundRobin(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables crossbar round robin.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

• enable – Used to enable/disable crossbar round robin.

  • true Enable crossbar round robin.

  • false disable crossbar round robin.

static inline void MCM_EnableInterruptStatus(MCM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupt.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

• mask – Interrupt status flags mask(_mcm_interrupt_flag).

static inline void MCM_DisableInterruptStatus(MCM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupt.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

• mask – Interrupt status flags mask(_mcm_interrupt_flag).

static inline uint16_t MCM_GetInterruptStatus(MCM_Type *base)

Gets the Interrupt status .

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_ClearCacheWriteBufferErroStatus(MCM_Type *base)

Clears the Interrupt status .

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline uint32_t MCM_GetBufferFaultAddress(MCM_Type *base)

Gets buffer fault address.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_GetBufferFaultAttribute(MCM_Type *base, mcm_buffer_fault_attribute_t *bufferfault)

Gets buffer fault attributes.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline uint32_t MCM_GetBufferFaultData(MCM_Type *base)

Gets buffer fault data.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_LimitCodeCachePeripheralWriteBuffering(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Limit code cache peripheral write buffering.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

• enable – Used to enable/disable limit code cache peripheral write buffering.

  • true Enable limit code cache peripheral write buffering.

  • false disable limit code cache peripheral write buffering.

static inline void MCM_BypassFixedCodeCacheMap(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Bypass fixed code cache map.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

• enable – Used to enable/disable bypass fixed code cache map.

  • true Enable bypass fixed code cache map.

  • false disable bypass fixed code cache map.

static inline void MCM_EnableCodeBusCache(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables code bus cache.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

• enable – Used to disable/enable code bus cache.

  • true Enable code bus cache.

  • false disable code bus cache.

static inline void MCM_ForceCodeCacheToNoAllocation(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Force code cache to no allocation.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

• enable – Used to force code cache to allocation or no allocation.

  • true Force code cache to no allocation.

  • false Force code cache to allocation.

static inline void MCM_EnableCodeCacheWriteBuffer(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables code cache write buffer.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

• enable – Used to enable/disable code cache write buffer.

  • true Enable code cache write buffer.

  • false Disable code cache write buffer.

static inline void MCM_ClearCodeBusCache(MCM_Type *base)

Clear code bus cache.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_EnablePcParityFaultReport(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables PC Parity Fault Report.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

• enable – Used to enable/disable PC Parity Fault Report.

  • true Enable PC Parity Fault Report.

  • false disable PC Parity Fault Report.

static inline void MCM_EnablePcParity(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables PC Parity.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

• enable – Used to enable/disable PC Parity.

  • true Enable PC Parity.

  • false disable PC Parity.

static inline void MCM_LockConfigState(MCM_Type *base)

Lock the configuration state.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_EnableCacheParityReporting(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables cache parity reporting.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

• enable – Used to enable/disable cache parity reporting.

  • true Enable cache parity reporting.

  • false disable cache parity reporting.

static inline uint32_t MCM_GetLmemFaultAddress(MCM_Type *base)

Gets LMEM fault address.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_GetLmemFaultAttribute(MCM_Type *base, mcm_lmem_fault_attribute_t *lmemFault)

Get LMEM fault attributes.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline uint64_t MCM_GetLmemFaultData(MCM_Type *base)

Gets LMEM fault data.

Parameters:

• base – MCM peripheral base address.

MCM_LMFATR_TYPE_MASK

MCM_LMFATR_MODE_MASK

MCM_LMFATR_BUFF_MASK

MCM_LMFATR_CACH_MASK

MCM_ISCR_STAT_MASK

MCM_ISCR_CPEE_MASK

FSL_COMPONENT_ID

union _mcm_buffer_fault_attribute

#include <fsl_mcm.h>

The union of buffer fault attribute.

Public Members

uint32_t attribute

Indicates the faulting attributes, when a properly-enabled cache write buffer error interrupt event is detected.

struct _mcm_buffer_fault_attribute._mcm_buffer_fault_attribut attribute_memory

struct _mcm_buffer_fault_attribut

#include <fsl_mcm.h>

Public Members

uint32_t busErrorDataAccessType

Indicates the type of cache write buffer access.

uint32_t busErrorPrivilegeLevel

Indicates the privilege level of the cache write buffer access.

uint32_t busErrorSize

Indicates the size of the cache write buffer access.

uint32_t busErrorAccess

Indicates the type of system bus access.

uint32_t busErrorMasterID

Indicates the crossbar switch bus master number of the captured cache write buffer bus error.

uint32_t busErrorOverrun

Indicates if another cache write buffer bus error is detected.

union _mcm_lmem_fault_attribute

#include <fsl_mcm.h>

The union of LMEM fault attribute.

Public Members

uint32_t attribute

Indicates the attributes of the LMEM fault detected.

struct _mcm_lmem_fault_attribute._mcm_lmem_fault_attribut attribute_memory

struct _mcm_lmem_fault_attribut

#include <fsl_mcm.h>

Public Members

uint32_t parityFaultProtectionSignal

Indicates the features of parity fault protection signal.

uint32_t parityFaultMasterSize

Indicates the parity fault master size.

uint32_t parityFaultWrite

Indicates the parity fault is caused by read or write.

uint32_t backdoorAccess

Indicates the LMEM access fault is initiated by core access or backdoor access.

uint32_t parityFaultSyndrome

Indicates the parity fault syndrome.

uint32_t overrun

Indicates the number of faultss.

Mipi_dsi

void DSI_Init(MIPI_DSI_Type *base, dsi_config_t *config)

Initializes the MIPI DSI host with the user configuration.

This function initializes the MIPI DSI host with the configuration, it should be called before other MIPI DSI driver functions.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

• config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

void DSI_Deinit(MIPI_DSI_Type *base)

Deinitializes an MIPI DSI host.

This function should be called after all bother MIPI DSI driver functions.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

void DSI_GetDefaultConfig(dsi_config_t *config)

Gets the default configuration to initialize the MIPI DSI host.

The default value is:

config->mode = kDSI_CommandMode;
config->packageFlags = kDSI_DpiEnableAll;
config->enableNoncontinuousClk = true;
config->HsRxDeviceReady_ByteClk = 0U;
config->lpRxDeviceReady_ByteClk = 0U;
config->HsTxDeviceReady_ByteClk = 0U;
config->lpTxDeviceReady_ByteClk = 0U;

Parameters:

• config – Pointer to a user-defined configuration structure.

uint32_t DSI_DphyGetPllDivider(uint32_t *m, uint32_t *n, uint32_t refClkFreq_Hz, uint32_t desiredOutFreq_Hz)

Calculates the D-PHY PLL dividers to generate the desired output frequency.

The phy byte clock frequency(byte count per second) is generated by multiplying the refClkFreq_Hz, the formula is as follows, m & n is configured by mediamix control block.

desiredOutFreq_Hz = refClkFreq_Hz * (M + 2) / (N + 1). M: 40 ~ 625 N: 0 ~ 15

Parameters:

• m – Control of the feedback multiplication ratio.

• n – Control of the input frequency division ratio.

• refClkFreq_Hz – The D-PHY input reference clock frequency (REF_CLK).

• desiredOutFreq_Hz – Desired PLL output frequency.

Returns:

The actually output frequency using the returned dividers. If can not find suitable dividers, return 0.

status_t DSI_PowerUp(MIPI_DSI_Type *base)

Power up the DSI.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Data transfer finished with no error.

• kStatus_Timeout – Transfer failed because of timeout.

static inline void DSI_PowerDown(MIPI_DSI_Type *base)

Power down the DSI.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

static inline void DSI_EnableInterrupts(MIPI_DSI_Type *base, uint32_t intGroup1, uint32_t intGroup2)

Enable the interrupts.

The interrupts to enable are passed in as OR’ed mask value of _dsi_interrupt.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

• intGroup1 – Interrupts to enable in group 1.

• intGroup2 – Interrupts to enable in group 2.

static inline void DSI_DisableInterrupts(MIPI_DSI_Type *base, uint32_t intGroup1, uint32_t intGroup2)

Disable the interrupts.

The interrupts to disable are passed in as OR’ed mask value of _dsi_interrupt.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

• intGroup1 – Interrupts to disable in group 1.

• intGroup2 – Interrupts to disable in group 2.

static inline void DSI_GetAndClearInterruptStatus(MIPI_DSI_Type *base, uint32_t *intGroup1, uint32_t *intGroup2)

Get and clear the interrupt status.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

• intGroup1 – Group 1 interrupt status.

• intGroup2 – Group 2 interrupt status.

void DSI_SetDpiConfig(MIPI_DSI_Type *base, const dsi_dpi_config_t *config, uint8_t laneNum)

Configure the DPI interface.

This function sets the DPI interface configuration, it should be used in video mode.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

• config – Pointer to the DPI interface configuration.

• laneNum – How may lanes in use.

void DSI_SetCommandModeConfig(MIPI_DSI_Type *base, const dsi_command_config_t *config, uint32_t phyByteClkFreq_Hz)

Configures the command mode configuration.

This function configures the timeout values for DSI command mode.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

• config – Pointer to the command mode configuration structure.

• phyByteClkFreq_Hz – Bit clock frequency in each lane.

static inline void DSI_EnableCommandMode(MIPI_DSI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the command mode.

This function configures the timeout values for DSI command mode.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

• enable – true to enable command mode and disable video mode, vise versa.

void DSI_GetDefaultDphyConfig(dsi_dphy_config_t *config, uint32_t phyByteClkFreq_Hz, uint8_t laneNum)

Gets the default D-PHY configuration.

Gets the default D-PHY configuration, the timing parameters are set according to D-PHY specification. User can use the configuration directly, or change the parameters according device specific requirements.

Parameters:

• config – Pointer to the D-PHY configuration.

• phyByteClkFreq_Hz – Byte clock frequency.

• laneNum – How may lanes in use.

void DSI_InitDphy(MIPI_DSI_Type *base, const dsi_dphy_config_t *config)

Initializes the D-PHY.

This function configures the D-PHY timing and setups the D-PHY PLL based on user configuration. The default configuration can be obtained by calling the function DSI_GetDefaultDphyConfig.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

• config – Pointer to the D-PHY configuration.

void DSI_SetPacketControl(MIPI_DSI_Type *base, uint8_t flags)

Configures the APB packet to send.

This function configures the next APB packet transfer feature. After configuration, user can write the payload by calling DSI_WriteTxPayload then call DSI_WriteTxHeader to start the tranasfer or just call DSI_WriteTxHeader alone if it is a short packet.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

• flags – The transfer control flags, see ref _dsi_transfer_flags.

void DSI_WriteTxHeader(MIPI_DSI_Type *base, uint16_t wordCount, uint8_t virtualChannel, dsi_tx_data_type_t dataType)

Writes tx header to command FIFO. This will trigger the packet transfer.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

• wordCount – For long packet, this is the byte count of the payload. For short packet, this is (data1 << 8) | data0.

• virtualChannel – Virtual channel.

• dataType – The packet data type, (DI).

void DSI_WriteTxPayload(MIPI_DSI_Type *base, const uint8_t *payload, uint16_t payloadSize)

Fills the long APB packet payload.

Write the long packet payload to TX FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

• payload – Pointer to the payload.

• payloadSize – Payload size in byte.

void DSI_WriteTxPayloadExt(MIPI_DSI_Type *base, const uint8_t *payload, uint16_t payloadSize, bool sendDcsCmd, uint8_t dcsCmd)

Writes payload data to generic payload FIFO.

Write the long packet payload to TX FIFO. This function could be used in two ways

1. Include the DCS command in the 1st byte of payload. In this case, the DCS command is the first byte of payload. The parameter sendDcsCmd is set to false, the dcsCmd is not used. This function is the same as DSI_WriteTxPayload when used in this way.

2. The DCS command in not in payload, but specified by parameter dcsCmd. In this case, the parameter sendDcsCmd is set to true, the dcsCmd is the DCS command to send. The payload is sent after dcsCmd.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

• payload – Pointer to the payload.

• payloadSize – Payload size in byte.

• sendDcsCmd – If set to true, the DCS command is specified by dcsCmd, otherwise the DCS command is included in the payload.

• dcsCmd – The DCS command to send, only used when sendDCSCmd is true.

void DSI_ReadRxData(MIPI_DSI_Type *base, uint8_t *payload, uint16_t payloadSize)

Reads the long APB packet payload.

Read the long packet payload from RX FIFO. This function reads directly from RX FIFO status. Upper layer should make sure the whole rx packet has been received.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

• payload – Pointer to the payload buffer.

• payloadSize – Payload size in byte.

status_t DSI_TransferBlocking(MIPI_DSI_Type *base, dsi_transfer_t *xfer)

APB data transfer using blocking method.

Perform APB data transfer using blocking method. This function waits until all data send or received, or timeout happens.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI host peripheral base address.

• xfer – Pointer to the transfer structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Data transfer finished with no error.

• kStatus_Timeout – Transfer failed because of timeout.

• kStatus_DSI_RxDataError – RX data error, user could use ref DSI_GetRxErrorStatus to check the error details.

• kStatus_DSI_PhyError – PHY error detected during transfer.

• kStatus_DSI_ErrorReportReceived – Error Report packet received, user could use ref DSI_GetAndClearHostStatus to check the error report status.

• kStatus_DSI_NotSupported – Transfer format not supported.

• kStatus_DSI_Fail – Transfer failed for other reasons.

FSL_MIPI_DSI_DRIVER_VERSION

Error codes for the MIPI DSI driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_DSI_Busy

DSI is busy.

enumerator kStatus_DSI_EccMultiBitError

Multibit ECC error detected in rx packet.

enumerator kStatus_DSI_CrcError

CRC error detected in rx packet.

enumerator kStatus_DSI_PacketSizeError

Rx packet size error.

enumerator kStatus_DSI_EotMissingError

Received transmission does not end with an EoT packet.

enumerator kStatus_DSI_ErrorReportReceived

Error report package received.

enumerator kStatus_DSI_NotSupported

The transfer type not supported.

enumerator kStatus_DSI_PhyError

Physical layer error.

Status and interrupt mask of acknowledge error sent by device caused by host, belongs to interrupt group1. INT_ST0 bit0-bit15.

Values:

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportSot

SoT error detected in device’s acknowledge error report.

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportSotSync

SoT Sync error detected in device’s acknowledge error report.

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportEotSync

EoT Sync error detected in device’s acknowledge error report.

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportEscEntryCmd

Escape Mode Entry Command error detected in device’s acknowledge error report.

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportLpSync

Low-power Transmit Sync error detected in device’s acknowledge error report.

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportPeriphTo

Peripheral Timeout error detected in device’s acknowledge error report.

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportFalseControl

False Control error detected in device’s acknowledge error report.

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportDeviceSpecific1

The deice specific error detected in device’s acknowledge error report.

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportEccOneBit

Single-bit ECC error detected in device’s acknowledge error report.

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportEccMultiBit

Muiti-bit ECC error detected in device’s acknowledge error report.

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportChecksum

Checksum error detected in device’s acknowledge error report.

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportDataTypeUnrecognized

DSI data type not recognized error detected in device’s acknowledge error report.

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportVcIdInvalid

Virtual channel ID invalid error detected in device’s acknowledge error report.

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportTxLengthInvalid

Invalid transmission length error detected in device’s acknowledge error report.

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportDeviceSpecific2

The deice specific error detected in device’s acknowledge error report.

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportProtocolViolation

Protocol violation error detected in device’s acknowledge error report.

enumerator kDSI_ErrorReportAll

Status and interrupt mask of error in phy layer, belongs to interrupt group1. INT_ST0 bit16-bit20.

Values:

enumerator kDSI_PhyErrorEscEntry

Escape entry error from Lane 0.

enumerator kDSI_PhyErrorLpSync

Low-power data transmission synchronization error from Lane 0.

enumerator kDSI_PhyErrorControl

Control error from Lane 0.

enumerator kDSI_PhyErrorLp0Connection

LP0 connection error from Lane 0.

enumerator kDSI_PhyErrorLp1Connection

LP1 connection error from Lane 0.

enumerator kDSI_PhyErrorAll

Timeout error interrupt and status, belongs to interrupt group2. INT_ST1 bit0-bit6.

Values:

enumerator kDSI_TimeoutErrorHtx

High Speed forward TX timeout detected.

enumerator kDSI_TimeoutErrorLrx

Reverse Low power data receive timeout detected.

Host receive packet error status, belongs to interrupt group2. INT_ST1 bit0-bit6.

Values:

enumerator kDSI_RxErrorEccOneBit

ECC single bit error detected.

enumerator kDSI_RxErrorEccMultiBit

ECC multi bit error detected.

enumerator kDSI_RxErrorCrc

CRC error detected.

enumerator kDSI_RxErrorPacketSize

Packet size error detected.

enumerator kDSI_RxErrorEotMissing

Host receives a transmission that does not end with an EoT packet.

enumerator kDSI_RxErrorAll

Host receive error status, belongs to interrupt group2. INT_ST1 bit7-bit12 bit19?

Values:

enumerator kDSI_DpiPayloadFifoOverflow

During a DPI pixel line storage, the payload FIFO overflow occurs.

enumerator kDSI_GenericCommandFifoOverflow

System writes a command through the Generic interface while FIFO is full causing overflow.

enumerator kDSI_GenericPayloadFifoOverflow

System writes a payload data through the Generic interface while FIFO is full causing payload FIFO overflow.

enumerator kDSI_GenericPayloadFifoUnderflow

System writes the packet header before the packet payload is completed loaded into the payload FIFO during a packet build causing payload FIFO underflow.

enumerator kDSI_GenericReadFifoUnderflow

System requests data before it is fully received causing underflow.

enumerator kDSI_GenericReadFifoOverflow

The Read FIFO size is not correctly dimensioned for the max rx packet size causing generic read FIFO overflow.

_dsi_dpi_package_flag Flags for DPI package composition.

Values:

enumerator kDSI_DpiEnableEotpTxHs

Enables the EoTp transmission in high-speed.

enumerator kDSI_DpiEnableEotpRx

Enables the EoTp reception.

enumerator kDSI_DpiEnableBta

Enables the Bus Turn-Around (BTA) request.

enumerator kDSI_DpiEnableEcc

Enables the ECC reception, error correction, and reporting.

enumerator kDSI_DpiEnableCrc

Enables the CRC reception and error reporting.

enumerator kDSI_DpiEnableEotpTxLp

Enables the EoTp transmission in low-power.

enumerator kDSI_DpiEnableAll

enum _dsi_operation_mode

MIPI DSI operation mode.

Values:

enumerator kDSI_VideoMode

Video mode.

enumerator kDSI_CommandMode

Command mode.

enum _dsi_dpi_color_coding

MIPI DPI interface color coding.

Values:

enumerator kDSI_DpiRGB16Bit

16-bit configuration 1. RGB565: XXXXXXXX_RRRRRGGG_GGGBBBBB.

enumerator kDSI_DpiRGB16BitLoose0

16-bit configuration 2. RGB565: XXXRRRRR_XXGGGGGG_XXXBBBBB.

enumerator kDSI_DpiRGB16BitLoose1

16-bit configuration 3. RGB565: XXRRRRRX_XXGGGGGG_XXBBBBBX.

enumerator kDSI_DpiRGB18Bit

18-bit configuration 1. RGB666: XXXXXXRR_RRRRGGGG_GGBBBBBB.

enumerator kDSI_DpiRGB18BitLoose

18-bit configuration 2. RGB666: XXRRRRRR_XXGGGGGG_XXBBBBBB.

enumerator kDSI_DpiRGB24Bit

24-bit configuration. RGB888: RRRRRRRR_GGGGGGGG_BBBBBBBB.

enumerator kDSI_DpiYCbCr20Bit

20-bit configuration. YCbCr422 loosely packed. CyCle1: YYYYYYYY_YYXXCbCbCbCb_CbCbCbCbCbCbXX, Cycle2: YYYYYYYY_YYXXCrCrCrCr_CrCrCrCrCrCrXX.

enumerator kDSI_DpiYCbCr24Bit

24-bit configuration. YCbCr422: CyCle1: YYYYYYYY_YYYYCbCbCbCb_CbCbCbCbCbCbCbCb, Cycle2: YYYYYYYY_YYYYCrCrCrCr_CrCrCrCrCrCrCrCr.

enumerator kDSI_DpiYCbCr16Bit

16-bit configuration. YCbCr422 loosely packed. CyCle1: YYYYYYYY_YYXXCbCbCbCb_CbCbCbCbCbCbXX, Cycle2: YYYYYYYY_XXXXCrCrCrCr_CrCrCrCrXXXX.

enumerator kDSI_DpiRGB30Bit

30-bit configuration. RGB10.10.10: XXRRRRRR_RRRRGGGG_GGGGGGBB_BBBBBBBB.

enumerator kDSI_DpiRGB36Bit

36-bit configuration. RGB12.12.12. CyCle1: XXXXXXRR_RRRRRRRR_RRGGGGGG, Cycle2: XXXXXXGG_GGGGBBBB_BBBBBBBB.

enumerator kDSI_DpiYCbCr12Bit

12-bit configuration. YCbCr420: CyCle1: Y1Y1Y1Y1Y1Y1Y1Y1_Y0Y0Y0Y0Y0Y0Y0Y0_CbCbCbCbCbCbCbCb, Cycle2: Y1Y1Y1Y1Y1Y1Y1Y1_Y0Y0Y0Y0Y0Y0Y0Y0_CrCrCrCrCrCrCrCr.

enumerator kDSI_DpiDcs24Bit

24-bit configuration with no specific coding.

_dsi_dpi_polarity_flag Flags for DPI signal polarity.

Values:

enumerator kDSI_DpiDataEnableActiveHigh

Data enable pin active high.

enumerator kDSI_DpiVsyncActiveHigh

VSYNC active high.

enumerator kDSI_DpiHsyncActiveHigh

HSYNC active high.

enumerator kDSI_DpiShutDownActiveHigh

Shutdown pin active high.

enumerator kDSI_DpiColorModeActiveHigh

Color mode pin active high.

enumerator kDSI_DpiDataEnableActiveLow

Data enable pin active low.

enumerator kDSI_DpiVsyncActiveLow

VSYNC active low.

enumerator kDSI_DpiHsyncActiveLow

HSYNC active low.

enumerator kDSI_DpiShutDownActiveLow

Shutdown pin active low.

enumerator kDSI_DpiColorModeActiveLow

Color mode pin active low.

enum _dsi_video_mode

DSI video mode.

Values:

enumerator kDSI_DpiNonBurstWithSyncPulse

Non-Burst mode with Sync Pulses.

enumerator kDSI_DpiNonBurstWithSyncEvent

Non-Burst mode with Sync Events.

enumerator kDSI_DpiBurst

Burst mode.

enum _dsi_video_pattern

Values:

enumerator kDSI_PatternDisable

Color bar pattern mode disabled.

enumerator kDSI_PatternVertical

Color bar pattern mode displayed vertically.

enumerator kDSI_PatternHorizontal

Color bar pattern mode displayed horizontally.

enum _dsi_tx_data_type

DSI TX data type.

Values:

enumerator kDSI_TxDataVsyncStart

V Sync start.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataVsyncEnd

V Sync end.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataHsyncStart

H Sync start.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataHsyncEnd

H Sync end.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataEoTp

End of transmission packet.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataCmOff

Color mode off.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataCmOn

Color mode on.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataShutDownPeriph

Shut down peripheral.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataTurnOnPeriph

Turn on peripheral.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataGenShortWrNoParam

Generic Short WRITE, no parameters.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataGenShortWrOneParam

Generic Short WRITE, one parameter.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataGenShortWrTwoParam

Generic Short WRITE, two parameter.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataGenShortRdNoParam

Generic Short READ, no parameters.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataGenShortRdOneParam

Generic Short READ, one parameter.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataGenShortRdTwoParam

Generic Short READ, two parameter.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataDcsShortWrNoParam

DCS Short WRITE, no parameters.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataDcsShortWrOneParam

DCS Short WRITE, one parameter.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataDcsShortRdNoParam

DCS Short READ, no parameters.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataSetMaxReturnPktSize

Set the Maximum Return Packet Size.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataNull

Null Packet, no data.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataBlanking

Blanking Packet, no data.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataGenLongWr

Generic long write.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataDcsLongWr

DCS Long Write/write_LUT Command Packet.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataLooselyPackedPixel20BitYCbCr

Loosely Packed Pixel Stream, 20-bit YCbCr, 4:2:2 Format.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataPackedPixel24BitYCbCr

Packed Pixel Stream, 24-bit YCbCr, 4:2:2 Format.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataPackedPixel16BitYCbCr

Packed Pixel Stream, 16-bit YCbCr, 4:2:2 Format.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataPackedPixel30BitRGB

Packed Pixel Stream, 30-bit RGB, 10-10-10 Format.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataPackedPixel36BitRGB

Packed Pixel Stream, 36-bit RGB, 12-12-12 Format.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataPackedPixel12BitYCrCb

Packed Pixel Stream, 12-bit YCbCr, 4:2:0 Format.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataPackedPixel16BitRGB

Packed Pixel Stream, 16-bit RGB, 5-6-5 Format.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataPackedPixel18BitRGB

Packed Pixel Stream, 18-bit RGB, 6-6-6 Format.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataLooselyPackedPixel18BitRGB

Loosely Packed Pixel Stream, 18-bit RGB, 6-6-6 Format.

enumerator kDSI_TxDataPackedPixel24BitRGB

Packed Pixel Stream, 24-bit RGB, 8-8-8 Format.

enum _dsi_rx_data_type

DSI RX data type.

Values:

enumerator kDSI_RxDataAckAndErrorReport

Acknowledge and Error Report

enumerator kDSI_RxDataEoTp

End of Transmission packet.

enumerator kDSI_RxDataGenShortRdResponseOneByte

Generic Short READ Response, 1 byte returned.

enumerator kDSI_RxDataGenShortRdResponseTwoByte

Generic Short READ Response, 2 byte returned.

enumerator kDSI_RxDataGenLongRdResponse

Generic Long READ Response.

enumerator kDSI_RxDataDcsLongRdResponse

DCS Long READ Response.

enumerator kDSI_RxDataDcsShortRdResponseOneByte

DCS Short READ Response, 1 byte returned.

enumerator kDSI_RxDataDcsShortRdResponseTwoByte

DCS Short READ Response, 2 byte returned.

_dsi_transfer_flags DSI transfer control flags.

Values:

enumerator kDSI_TransferUseLowPower

Use low power or not.

enumerator kDSI_TransferPerformBTA

Perform BTA or not at the end of a frame.

typedef enum _dsi_operation_mode dsi_operation_mode_t

MIPI DSI operation mode.

typedef struct _dsi_config dsi_config_t

MIPI DSI controller configuration.

typedef enum _dsi_dpi_color_coding dsi_dpi_color_coding_t

MIPI DPI interface color coding.

typedef enum _dsi_video_mode dsi_video_mode_t

DSI video mode.

typedef enum _dsi_video_pattern dsi_video_pattern_t

typedef struct _dsi_dpi_config dsi_dpi_config_t

MIPI DSI controller DPI interface configuration.

typedef struct _dsi_command_config dsi_command_config_t

MIPI DSI command mode configuration.

typedef struct _dsi_dphy_config dsi_dphy_config_t

MIPI DSI D-PHY configuration.

typedef enum _dsi_tx_data_type dsi_tx_data_type_t

DSI TX data type.

typedef enum _dsi_rx_data_type dsi_rx_data_type_t

DSI RX data type.

typedef struct _dsi_transfer dsi_transfer_t

Structure for the data transfer.

uint32_t DSI_GetInstance(MIPI_DSI_Type *base)

Gets the MIPI DSI host controller instance from peripheral base address.

Parameters:

• base – MIPI DSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

MIPI DSI instance.

struct _dsi_config

#include <fsl_mipi_dsi.h>

MIPI DSI controller configuration.

Public Members

dsi_operation_mode_t mode

DSI operation mode. MODE_CFG[cmd_video_mode]

uint8_t packageFlags

OR’ed value of _dsi_dpi_package_flag that controls DPI package composition. PCKHDL_CFG

bool enableNoncontinuousClk

Enables the automatic mechanism to stop providing clock in the clock lane when time allows. LPCLK_CTRL[auto_clklane_ctrl]

uint16_t HsRxDeviceReady_ByteClk

The min time the display device takes to process high-speed read from master before it can continue doing other stuff. The timer starts when D-PHY enters stop state and measured in lane byte clock. HS_RD_TO_CNT[hs_rd_to_cnt]

uint16_t lpRxDeviceReady_ByteClk

The min time the display device takes to process low-power read from master before it can continue doing other stuff. The timer starts when D-PHY enters stop state and measured in lane byte clock. LP_RD_TO_CNT[lp_rd_to_cnt]

uint16_t HsTxDeviceReady_ByteClk

The min time the display device takes to process high-speed write from master before it can continue doing other stuff. The timer starts when D-PHY enters stop state and measured in lane byte clock. HS_WR_TO_CNT[hs_wr_to_cnt]

uint16_t lpTxDeviceReady_ByteClk

The min time the display device takes to process low-power write from master before it can continue doing other stuff. The timer starts when D-PHY enters stop state and measured in lane byte clock. LP_WR_TO_CNT[lp_wr_to_cnt]

struct _dsi_dpi_config

#include <fsl_mipi_dsi.h>

MIPI DSI controller DPI interface configuration.

Public Members

uint8_t virtualChannel

Virtual channel. DPI_VCID[dpi_vcid]

dsi_dpi_color_coding_t colorCoding

DPI color coding. DPI_COLOR_CODING

uint8_t polarityFlags

OR’ed value of _dsi_dpi_polarity_flag that controls signal polarity. DPI_CFG_POL

bool enablelpSwitch

Enable return to low-power inside the VSA/VBP/VFP/VACT/HBP/HFP period when timing allows. VID_MODE_CFG[bit8-13]

bool enableAck

Enable the request for an acknowledge response at the end of a frame. VID_MODE_CFG[frame_bta_ack_en]

dsi_video_mode_t videoMode

Video mode. VID_MODE_CFG[vid_mode_type]

uint16_t pixelPayloadSize

Color bar pattern. VID_MODE_CFG[vpg_orientation][vpg_en][vpg_mode=0] The number of pixels in a single video packet. For 18-bit not loosely packed data types, this number must be a multiple of 4, for YCbCr data types, it must be a multiple of 2. Recommended to set to the line size (in pixels). VID_PKT_SIZE

uint16_t vsw

Number of lines in vertical sync width. VID_VSA_LINES

uint16_t vbp

Number of lines in vertical back porch. VID_VBP_LINES

uint16_t vfp

Number of lines in vertical front porch. VID_VFP_LINES

uint16_t panelHeight

Number of lines in vertical active area. VID_VACTIVE_LINES

uint16_t hsw

Horizontal sync width, in dpi pixel clock. VID_HSA_TIME

uint16_t hbp

Horizontal back porch, in dpi pixel clock. VID_HBP_TIME

uint16_t hfp

Horizontal front porch, in dpi pixel clock. VID_HLINE_TIME = (hsw+hbp+hfp+width)

struct _dsi_command_config

#include <fsl_mipi_dsi.h>

MIPI DSI command mode configuration.

Public Members

uint32_t escClkFreq_Hz

Escape clock frequencey in Hz.

uint16_t lpRxTo_Ns

Timeout value that triggers a low-power reception timeout contention detection. TO_CNT_CFG[lprx_to_cnt]

uint16_t hsTxTo_Ns

Timeout value that triggers a high-speed transmission timeout contention detection. In non-burst mode, the time should be larger than 1.1 times of one frame data transmission time, in burst mode it should be one line. TO_CNT_CFG[hstx_to_cnt]

uint16_t btaTo_Ns

The time period for which MIPI DSI host keeps the link still after completing a Bus Turnaround. BTA_TO_CNT[bta_to_cnt]

struct _dsi_dphy_config

#include <fsl_mipi_dsi.h>

MIPI DSI D-PHY configuration.

Public Members

uint8_t numLanes

Number of lanes. The value range is from 1-4, lane 0-3. PHY_IF_CFG[n_lanes]

uint8_t tStopState_ByteClk

Minimum time that the PHY controller stays in stop state before a HS transmission. TODO in what unit? PHY_IF_CFG[phy_stop_wait_time]

uint16_t tClkHs2Lp_ByteClk

Maximum time that the D-PHY clock lane takes to go from high-speed to low-power in lane byte clock. PHY_TMR_LPCLK_CFG[phy_clkhs2lp_time]

uint16_t tClkLp2Hs_ByteClk

Maximum time that the D-PHY clock lane takes to go from low-power to high-speed in lane byte clock. PHY_TMR_LPCLK_CFG[phy_clklp2hs_time]

uint16_t tDataHs2Lp_ByteClk

Maximum time that the D-PHY data lane takes to go from high-speed to low-power in lane byte clock. PHY_TMR_CFG[phy_hs2lp_time]

uint16_t tDataLp2Hs_ByteClk

Maximum time that the D-PHY data lane takes to go from low-power to high-speed in lane byte clock. PHY_TMR_CFG[phy_lp2hs_time]

uint16_t maxRead_ByteClk

Maximum time required to perform a read command in lane byte clock. PHY_TMR_RD_CFG[max_rd_time]

struct _dsi_transfer

#include <fsl_mipi_dsi.h>

Structure for the data transfer.

Public Members

uint8_t virtualChannel

Virtual channel.

dsi_tx_data_type_t txDataType

TX data type.

uint8_t flags

Flags to control the transfer, see _dsi_transfer_flags.

const uint8_t *txData

The TX data buffer.

uint8_t *rxData

The TX data buffer.

uint16_t txDataSize

Size of the TX data.

uint16_t rxDataSize

Size of the RX data.

bool sendDscCmd

If set to true, the DCS command is specified by dscCmd, otherwise the DCS command is included in the txData.

uint8_t dscCmd

The DCS command to send, only valid when sendDscCmd is true.

MIPI_DSI: MIPI DSI Host Controller

MU: Messaging Unit

uint32_t MU_GetInstance(MU_Type *base)

Get the MU instance index.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

Returns:

MU instance index.

void MU_Init(MU_Type *base)

Initializes the MU module.

This function enables the MU clock only.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

void MU_Deinit(MU_Type *base)

De-initializes the MU module.

This function disables the MU clock only.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

static inline void MU_SendMsgNonBlocking(MU_Type *base, uint32_t regIndex, uint32_t msg)

Writes a message to the TX register.

This function writes a message to the specific TX register. It does not check whether the TX register is empty or not. The upper layer should make sure the TX register is empty before calling this function. This function can be used in ISR for better performance.

while (!(kMU_Tx0EmptyFlag & MU_GetStatusFlags(base))) { }  Wait for TX0 register empty.
MU_SendMsgNonBlocking(base, kMU_MsgReg0, MSG_VAL);  Write message to the TX0 register.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• regIndex – TX register index, see mu_msg_reg_index_t.

• msg – Message to send.

void MU_SendMsg(MU_Type *base, uint32_t regIndex, uint32_t msg)

Blocks to send a message.

This function waits until the TX register is empty and sends the message.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• regIndex – MU message register, see mu_msg_reg_index_t.

• msg – Message to send.

static inline uint32_t MU_ReceiveMsgNonBlocking(MU_Type *base, uint32_t regIndex)

Reads a message from the RX register.

This function reads a message from the specific RX register. It does not check whether the RX register is full or not. The upper layer should make sure the RX register is full before calling this function. This function can be used in ISR for better performance.

uint32_t msg;
while (!(kMU_Rx0FullFlag & MU_GetStatusFlags(base)))
{
}  Wait for the RX0 register full.

msg = MU_ReceiveMsgNonBlocking(base, kMU_MsgReg0);  Read message from RX0 register.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• regIndex – RX register index, see mu_msg_reg_index_t.

Returns:

The received message.

uint32_t MU_ReceiveMsg(MU_Type *base, uint32_t regIndex)

Blocks to receive a message.

This function waits until the RX register is full and receives the message.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• regIndex – MU message register, see mu_msg_reg_index_t

Returns:

The received message.

static inline void MU_SetFlagsNonBlocking(MU_Type *base, uint32_t flags)

Sets the 3-bit MU flags reflect on the other MU side.

This function sets the 3-bit MU flags directly. Every time the 3-bit MU flags are changed, the status flag kMU_FlagsUpdatingFlag asserts indicating the 3-bit MU flags are updating to the other side. After the 3-bit MU flags are updated, the status flag kMU_FlagsUpdatingFlag is cleared by hardware. During the flags updating period, the flags cannot be changed. The upper layer should make sure the status flag kMU_FlagsUpdatingFlag is cleared before calling this function.

while (kMU_FlagsUpdatingFlag & MU_GetStatusFlags(base))
{
}  Wait for previous MU flags updating.

MU_SetFlagsNonBlocking(base, 0U);  Set the mU flags.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• flags – The 3-bit MU flags to set.

void MU_SetFlags(MU_Type *base, uint32_t flags)

Blocks setting the 3-bit MU flags reflect on the other MU side.

This function blocks setting the 3-bit MU flags. Every time the 3-bit MU flags are changed, the status flag kMU_FlagsUpdatingFlag asserts indicating the 3-bit MU flags are updating to the other side. After the 3-bit MU flags are updated, the status flag kMU_FlagsUpdatingFlag is cleared by hardware. During the flags updating period, the flags cannot be changed. This function waits for the MU status flag kMU_FlagsUpdatingFlag cleared and sets the 3-bit MU flags.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• flags – The 3-bit MU flags to set.

static inline uint32_t MU_GetFlags(MU_Type *base)

Gets the current value of the 3-bit MU flags set by the other side.

This function gets the current 3-bit MU flags on the current side.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

Returns:

flags Current value of the 3-bit flags.

static inline uint32_t MU_GetCoreStatusFlags(MU_Type *base)

Gets the MU core status flags.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

Returns:

Bit mask of the MU status flags, see _mu_core_status_flags.

uint32_t MU_GetStatusFlags(MU_Type *base)

Gets the MU status flags.

This function returns the bit mask of the MU status flags. See _mu_status_flags.

uint32_t flags;
flags = MU_GetStatusFlags(base);  Get all status flags.
if (kMU_Tx0EmptyFlag & flags)
{
    The TX0 register is empty. Message can be sent.
    MU_SendMsgNonBlocking(base, kMU_MsgReg0, MSG0_VAL);
}
if (kMU_Tx1EmptyFlag & flags)
{
    The TX1 register is empty. Message can be sent.
    MU_SendMsgNonBlocking(base, kMU_MsgReg1, MSG1_VAL);
}

If there are more than 4 general purpose interrupts, use MU_GetGeneralPurposeStatusFlags.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

Returns:

Bit mask of the MU status flags, see _mu_status_flags.

static inline uint32_t MU_GetInterruptsPending(MU_Type *base)

Gets the MU IRQ pending status of enabled interrupts.

This function returns the bit mask of the pending MU IRQs of enabled interrupts. Only these flags are checked. kMU_Tx0EmptyFlag kMU_Tx1EmptyFlag kMU_Tx2EmptyFlag kMU_Tx3EmptyFlag kMU_Rx0FullFlag kMU_Rx1FullFlag kMU_Rx2FullFlag kMU_Rx3FullFlag kMU_GenInt0Flag kMU_GenInt1Flag kMU_GenInt2Flag kMU_GenInt3Flag

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

Returns:

Bit mask of the MU IRQs pending.

static inline void MU_ClearStatusFlags(MU_Type *base, uint32_t flags)

Clears the specific MU status flags.

This function clears the specific MU status flags. The flags to clear should be passed in as bit mask. See _mu_status_flags.

Clear general interrupt 0 and general interrupt 1 pending flags.
MU_ClearStatusFlags(base, kMU_GenInt0Flag | kMU_GenInt1Flag);

If there are more than 4 general purpose interrupts, use MU_ClearGeneralPurposeStatusFlags.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• flags – Bit mask of the MU status flags. See _mu_status_flags. Only the following flags can be cleared by software, other flags are cleared by hardware:

  • kMU_GenInt0Flag

  • kMU_GenInt1Flag

  • kMU_GenInt2Flag

  • kMU_GenInt3Flag

  • kMU_MuResetInterruptFlag

  • kMU_OtherSideEnterRunInterruptFlag

  • kMU_OtherSideEnterHaltInterruptFlag

  • kMU_OtherSideEnterWaitInterruptFlag

  • kMU_OtherSideEnterStopInterruptFlag

  • kMU_OtherSideEnterPowerDownInterruptFlag

  • kMU_ResetAssertInterruptFlag

  • kMU_HardwareResetInterruptFlag

static inline void MU_EnableInterrupts(MU_Type *base, uint32_t interrupts)

Enables the specific MU interrupts.

This function enables the specific MU interrupts. The interrupts to enable should be passed in as bit mask. See _mu_interrupt_enable.

   Enable general interrupt 0 and TX0 empty interrupt.
MU_EnableInterrupts(base, kMU_GenInt0InterruptEnable | kMU_Tx0EmptyInterruptEnable);

If there are more than 4 general purpose interrupts, use MU_EnableGeneralPurposeInterrupts.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• interrupts – Bit mask of the MU interrupts. See _mu_interrupt_enable.

static inline void MU_DisableInterrupts(MU_Type *base, uint32_t interrupts)

Disables the specific MU interrupts.

This function disables the specific MU interrupts. The interrupts to disable should be passed in as bit mask. See _mu_interrupt_enable.

   Disable general interrupt 0 and TX0 empty interrupt.
MU_DisableInterrupts(base, kMU_GenInt0InterruptEnable | kMU_Tx0EmptyInterruptEnable);

If there are more than 4 general purpose interrupts, use MU_DisableGeneralPurposeInterrupts.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• interrupts – Bit mask of the MU interrupts. See _mu_interrupt_enable.

status_t MU_TriggerInterrupts(MU_Type *base, uint32_t interrupts)

Triggers interrupts to the other core.

This function triggers the specific interrupts to the other core. The interrupts to trigger are passed in as bit mask. See _mu_interrupt_trigger. The MU should not trigger an interrupt to the other core when the previous interrupt has not been processed by the other core. This function checks whether the previous interrupts have been processed. If not, it returns an error.

if (kStatus_Success != MU_TriggerInterrupts(base, kMU_GenInt0InterruptTrigger | kMU_GenInt2InterruptTrigger))
{
     Previous general purpose interrupt 0 or general purpose interrupt 2
     has not been processed by the other core.
}

If there are more than 4 general purpose interrupts, use MU_TriggerGeneralPurposeInterrupts.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• interrupts – Bit mask of the interrupts to trigger. See _mu_interrupt_trigger.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Interrupts have been triggered successfully.

• kStatus_Fail – Previous interrupts have not been accepted.

status_t MU_TriggerNmi(MU_Type *base)

Triggers NMI to the other core.

This function triggers the NMI to the other core. The MU should not trigger NMI to the other core when the previous interrupt has not been processed by the other core. This function checks whether the previous interrupts have been processed. If not, it returns an error.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Interrupts have been triggered successfully.

• kStatus_Fail – Previous interrupts have not been accepted.

static inline void MU_ClearNmi(MU_Type *base)

Clear non-maskable interrupt (NMI) sent by the other core.

This function clears non-maskable interrupt (NMI) sent by the other core.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

static inline void MU_EnableGeneralPurposeInterrupts(MU_Type *base, uint32_t interrupts)

Enables the MU general purpose interrupts.

This function enables the MU general purpose interrupts. The interrupts to enable should be passed in as bit mask of mu_general_purpose_interrupt_t. The function MU_EnableInterrupts only support general interrupt 0~3, this function supports all general interrupts.

For example, to enable general purpose interrupt 0 and 3, use like this:

MU_EnableGeneralPurposeInterrupts(MU, kMU_GeneralPurposeInterrupt0 | kMU_GeneralPurposeInterrupt3);

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• interrupts – Bit mask of the MU general purpose interrupts, see mu_general_purpose_interrupt_t.

static inline void MU_DisableGeneralPurposeInterrupts(MU_Type *base, uint32_t interrupts)

Disables the MU general purpose interrupts.

This function disables the MU general purpose interrupts. The interrupts to disable should be passed in as bit mask of mu_general_purpose_interrupt_t. The function MU_DisableInterrupts only support general interrupt 0~3, this function supports all general interrupts.

For example, to disable general purpose interrupt 0 and 3, use like this:

MU_EnableGeneralPurposeInterrupts(MU, kMU_GeneralPurposeInterrupt0 | kMU_GeneralPurposeInterrupt3);

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• interrupts – Bit mask of the MU general purpose interrupts. see mu_general_purpose_interrupt_t.

static inline uint32_t MU_GetGeneralPurposeStatusFlags(MU_Type *base)

Gets the MU general purpose interrupt status flags.

This function returns the bit mask of the MU general purpose interrupt status flags. MU_GetStatusFlags can only get general purpose interrupt status 0~3, this function can get all general purpose interrupts status.

This example shows to check whether general purpose interrupt 0 and 3 happened.

uint32_t flags;
flags = MU_GetGeneralPurposeStatusFlags(base);
if (kMU_GeneralPurposeInterrupt0 & flags)
{
}
if (kMU_GeneralPurposeInterrupt3 & flags)
{
}

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

Returns:

Bit mask of the MU general purpose interrupt status flags.

static inline void MU_ClearGeneralPurposeStatusFlags(MU_Type *base, uint32_t flags)

Clear the MU general purpose interrupt status flags.

This function clears the specific MU general purpose interrupt status flags. The flags to clear should be passed in as bit mask. mu_general_purpose_interrupt_t_mu_status_flags.

Example to clear general purpose interrupt 0 and general interrupt 1 pending flags.

MU_ClearGeneralPurposeStatusFlags(base, kMU_GeneralPurposeInterrupt0 | kMU_GeneralPurposeInterrupt1);

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• flags – Bit mask of the MU general purpose interrupt status flags. See mu_general_purpose_interrupt_t.

static inline uint32_t MU_GetRxStatusFlags(MU_Type *base)

Return the RX status flags in reverse numerical order.

This function return the RX status flags in reverse order. Note: RFn bits of SR[3-0](mu status register) are mapped in ascending numerical order: RF0 -> SR[0] RF1 -> SR[1] RF2 -> SR[2] RF3 -> SR[3] This function will return these bits in reverse numerical order(RF3->RF1) to comply with MU_GetRxStatusFlags() of mu driver. See MU_GetRxStatusFlags() from drivers/mu/fsl_mu.h

status_reg = MU_GetRxStatusFlags(base);

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

Returns:

MU RX status flags in reverse order

status_t MU_TriggerGeneralPurposeInterrupts(MU_Type *base, uint32_t interrupts)

Triggers general purpose interrupts to the other core.

This function triggers the specific general purpose interrupts to the other core. The interrupts to trigger are passed in as bit mask. See mu_general_purpose_interrupt_t. The MU should not trigger an interrupt to the other core when the previous interrupt has not been processed by the other core. This function checks whether the previous interrupts have been processed. If not, it returns an error.

status_t status;
status = MU_TriggerGeneralPurposeInterrupts(base, kMU_GeneralPurposeInterrupt0 | kMU_GeneralPurposeInterrupt2);

if (kStatus_Success != status)
{
     Previous general purpose interrupt 0 or general purpose interrupt 2
     has not been processed by the other core.
}

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• interrupts – Bit mask of the interrupts to trigger. See mu_general_purpose_interrupt_t.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Interrupts have been triggered successfully.

• kStatus_Fail – Previous interrupts have not been accepted.

void MU_BootOtherCore(MU_Type *base, mu_core_boot_mode_t mode)

Boots the other core.

This function boots the other core with a boot configuration.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• mode – The other core boot mode.

void MU_HoldOtherCoreReset(MU_Type *base)

Holds the other core reset.

This function causes the other core to be held in reset following any reset event.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

static inline void MU_ResetBothSides(MU_Type *base)

Resets the MU for both A side and B side.

This function resets the MU for both A side and B side. Before reset, it is recommended to interrupt processor B, because this function may affect the ongoing processor B programs.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

static inline void MU_SetClockOnOtherCoreEnable(MU_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the clock on the other core.

This function enables or disables the platform clock on the other core when that core enters a stop mode. If disabled, the platform clock for the other core is disabled when it enters stop mode. If enabled, the platform clock keeps running on the other core in stop mode, until this core also enters stop mode.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• enable – Enable or disable the clock on the other core.

void MU_HardwareResetOtherCore(MU_Type *base, bool waitReset, bool holdReset, mu_core_boot_mode_t bootMode)

Hardware reset the other core.

This function resets the other core, the other core could mask the hardware reset by calling MU_MaskHardwareReset. The hardware reset mask feature is only available for some platforms. This function could be used together with MU_BootOtherCore to control the other core reset workflow.

Example 1: Reset the other core, and no hold reset

MU_HardwareResetOtherCore(MU_A, true, false, bootMode);

In this example, the core at MU side B will reset with the specified boot mode.

Example 2: Reset the other core and hold it, then boot the other core later.

 Here the other core enters reset, and the reset is hold
MU_HardwareResetOtherCore(MU_A, true, true, modeDontCare);
 Current core boot the other core when necessary.
MU_BootOtherCore(MU_A, bootMode);

Note

The feature waitReset, holdReset, and bootMode might be not supported for some platforms. waitReset is only available for platforms that FSL_FEATURE_MU_NO_CORE_STATUS not defined as 1 and FSL_FEATURE_MU_HAS_RESET_ASSERT_INT not defined as 0. holdReset is only available for platforms that FSL_FEATURE_MU_HAS_RSTH not defined as 0. bootMode is only available for platforms that FSL_FEATURE_MU_HAS_BOOT not defined as 0.

Parameters:

• base – MU peripheral base address.

• waitReset – Wait the other core enters reset. Only work when there is CSSR0[RAIP]

  • true: Wait until the other core enters reset, if the other core has masked the hardware reset, then this function will be blocked.

  • false: Don’t wait the reset.

• holdReset – Hold the other core reset or not. Only work when there is CCR0[RSTH]

  • true: Hold the other core in reset, this function returns directly when the other core enters reset.

  • false: Don’t hold the other core in reset, this function waits until the other core out of reset.

• bootMode – Boot mode of the other core, if holdReset is true, this parameter is useless.

FSL_MU_DRIVER_VERSION

MU driver version.

enum _mu_status_flags

MU status flags.

Values:

enumerator kMU_Tx0EmptyFlag

TX0 empty.

enumerator kMU_Tx1EmptyFlag

TX1 empty.

enumerator kMU_Tx2EmptyFlag

TX2 empty.

enumerator kMU_Tx3EmptyFlag

TX3 empty.

enumerator kMU_Rx0FullFlag

RX0 full.

enumerator kMU_Rx1FullFlag

RX1 full.

enumerator kMU_Rx2FullFlag

RX2 full.

enumerator kMU_Rx3FullFlag

RX3 full.

enumerator kMU_GenInt0Flag

General purpose interrupt 0 pending.

enumerator kMU_GenInt1Flag

General purpose interrupt 1 pending.

enumerator kMU_GenInt2Flag

General purpose interrupt 2 pending.

enumerator kMU_GenInt3Flag

General purpose interrupt 3 pending.

enumerator kMU_CoreEventPendingFlag

The other core mode entry event pending.

enumerator kMU_RxFullPendingFlag

Any RX full flag is pending.

enumerator kMU_TxEmptyPendingFlag

Any TX empty flag is pending.

enumerator kMU_GenIntPendingFlag

Any general interrupt flag is pending.

enumerator kMU_EventPendingFlag

MU event pending.

enumerator kMU_FlagsUpdatingFlag

MU flags update is on-going.

enumerator kMU_MuInResetFlag

MU of any side is in reset.

enumerator kMU_MuResetInterruptFlag

The other side initializes MU reset.

enumerator kMU_OtherSideEnterRunInterruptFlag

The other side enters run mode.

enumerator kMU_OtherSideEnterHaltInterruptFlag

The other side enters halt mode.

enumerator kMU_OtherSideEnterWaitInterruptFlag

The other side enters wait mode.

enumerator kMU_OtherSideEnterStopInterruptFlag

The other side enters stop mode.

enumerator kMU_OtherSideEnterPowerDownInterruptFlag

The other side enters power down mode.

enumerator kMU_ResetAssertInterruptFlag

The other core reset assert interrupt.

enumerator kMU_HardwareResetInterruptFlag

Current side has been hardware reset by the other side.

enum _mu_interrupt_enable

MU interrupt source to enable.

Values:

enumerator kMU_Tx0EmptyInterruptEnable

TX0 empty.

enumerator kMU_Tx1EmptyInterruptEnable

TX1 empty.

enumerator kMU_Tx2EmptyInterruptEnable

TX2 empty.

enumerator kMU_Tx3EmptyInterruptEnable

TX3 empty.

enumerator kMU_Rx0FullInterruptEnable

RX0 full.

enumerator kMU_Rx1FullInterruptEnable

RX1 full.

enumerator kMU_Rx2FullInterruptEnable

RX2 full.

enumerator kMU_Rx3FullInterruptEnable

RX3 full.

enumerator kMU_GenInt0InterruptEnable

General purpose interrupt 0.

enumerator kMU_GenInt1InterruptEnable

General purpose interrupt 1.

enumerator kMU_GenInt2InterruptEnable

General purpose interrupt 2.

enumerator kMU_GenInt3InterruptEnable

General purpose interrupt 3.

enumerator kMU_OtherSideEnterRunInterruptEnable

The other side enters run mode.

enumerator kMU_OtherSideEnterHaltInterruptEnable

The other side enters halt mode.

enumerator kMU_OtherSideEnterWaitInterruptEnable

The other side enters wait mode.

enumerator kMU_OtherSideEnterStopInterruptEnable

The other side enters stop mode.

enumerator kMU_OtherSideEnterPowerDownInterruptEnable

The other side enters power down mode.

enumerator kMU_ResetAssertInterruptEnable

The other core reset assert interrupt.

enumerator kMU_HardwareResetInterruptEnable

Current side has been hardware reset by the other side.

enumerator kMU_MuResetInterruptEnable

The other side initializes MU reset.

enum _mu_interrupt_trigger

MU interrupt that could be triggered to the other core.

Values:

enumerator kMU_GenInt0InterruptTrigger

General purpose interrupt 0.

enumerator kMU_GenInt1InterruptTrigger

General purpose interrupt 1.

enumerator kMU_GenInt2InterruptTrigger

General purpose interrupt 2.

enumerator kMU_GenInt3InterruptTrigger

General purpose interrupt 3.

enum _mu_core_status_flags

MU core status flags.

Values:

enumerator kMU_OtherSideEnterRunFlag

The other side in run mode.

enumerator kMU_OtherSideEnterHaltFlag

The other side in halt mode.

enumerator kMU_OtherSideEnterWaitFlag

The other side in wait mode.

enumerator kMU_OtherSideEnterStopFlag

The other side in stop mode.

enumerator kMU_OtherSideEnterPowerDownFlag

The other side in power down mode.

enumerator kMU_OtherSideEnterResetFlag

The other core entered reset.

enumerator kMU_HardwareResetFlag

Current side has been hardware reset by the other side.

enum _mu_msg_reg_index

MU message register index.

Values:

enumerator kMU_MsgReg0

Message register 0.

enumerator kMU_MsgReg1

Message register 1.

enumerator kMU_MsgReg2

Message register 2.

enumerator kMU_MsgReg3

Message register 3.

enum _mu_general_purpose_interrupt

MU general purpose interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kMU_GeneralPurposeInterrupt0

General purpose interrupt 0

enumerator kMU_GeneralPurposeInterrupt1

General purpose interrupt 1

enumerator kMU_GeneralPurposeInterrupt2

General purpose interrupt 2

enumerator kMU_GeneralPurposeInterrupt3

General purpose interrupt 3

typedef enum _mu_msg_reg_index mu_msg_reg_index_t

MU message register index.

typedef enum _mu_general_purpose_interrupt mu_general_purpose_interrupt_t

MU general purpose interrupts.

MU_CORE_INTR(intr)

MU_MISC_INTR(intr)

MU_TX_INTR(intr)

MU_RX_INTR(intr)

MU_GI_INTR(intr)

MU_GET_CORE_INTR(intrs)

MU_GET_TX_INTR(intrs)

MU_GET_RX_INTR(intrs)

MU_GET_GI_INTR(intrs)

MU_CORE_FLAG(flag)

MU_STAT_FLAG(flag)

MU_TX_FLAG(flag)

MU_RX_FLAG(flag)

MU_GI_FLAG(flag)

MU_GET_CORE_FLAG(flags)

MU_GET_STAT_FLAG(flags)

MU_GET_TX_FLAG(flags)

MU_GET_RX_FLAG(flags)

MU_GET_GI_FLAG(flags)

FSL_FEATURE_MU_GPI_COUNT

OTFAD: On The Fly AES-128 Decryption Driver

void OTFAD_GetDefaultConfig(otfad_config_t *config)

OTFAD module initialization function.

Parameters:

• config – OTFAD configuration.

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void OTFAD_Init(OTFAD_Type *base, const otfad_config_t *config))

OTFAD module initialization function.

Parameters:

• base – OTFAD base address.

• config – OTFAD configuration.

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void OTFAD_Deinit(OTFAD_Type *base))

Deinitializes the OTFAD.

static inline uint32_t OTFAD_GetOperateMode(OTFAD_Type *base)

OTFAD module get operate mode.

Parameters:

• base – OTFAD base address.

static inline uint32_t OTFAD_GetStatus(OTFAD_Type *base)

OTFAD module get status.

Parameters:

• base – OTFAD base address.

status_t OTFAD_SetEncryptionConfig(OTFAD_Type *base, const otfad_encryption_config_t *config)

OTFAD module set encryption configuration.

Note: if enable keyblob process, the first 256 bytes external memory is use for keyblob data, so this region shouldn’t be in OTFAD region.

Parameters:

• base – OTFAD base address.

• config – encryption configuration.

status_t OTFAD_GetEncryptionConfig(OTFAD_Type *base, otfad_encryption_config_t *config)

OTFAD module get encryption configuration.

Note: if enable keyblob process, the first 256 bytes external memory is use for keyblob data, so this region shouldn’t be in OTFAD region.

Parameters:

• base – OTFAD base address.

• config – encryption configuration.

status_t OTFAD_HitDetermination(OTFAD_Type *base, uint32_t address, uint8_t *contextIndex)

OTFAD module do hit determination.

Parameters:

• base – OTFAD base address.

• address – the physical address space assigned to the QuadSPI(FlexSPI) module.

• contextIndex – hitted context region index.

Returns:

status, such as kStatus_Success or kStatus_OTFAD_ResRegAccessMode.

FSL_OTFAD_DRIVER_VERSION

Driver version.

Status codes for the OTFAD driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_OTFAD_ResRegAccessMode

Restricted register mode

enumerator kStatus_OTFAD_AddressError

End address less than start address

enumerator kStatus_OTFAD_RegionOverlap

the OTFAD does not support any form of memory region overlap, for system accesses that hit in multiple contexts or no contexts, the fetched data is simply bypassed

enumerator kStatus_OTFAD_RegionMiss

For accesses that hit in a single context, but not the selected one

OTFAD context type.

Values:

enumerator kOTFAD_Context_0

context 0

enumerator kOTFAD_Context_1

context 1

enumerator kOTFAD_Context_2

context 2

enumerator kOTFAD_Context_3

context 3

OTFAD operate mode.

Values:

enumerator kOTFAD_NRM

Normal Mode

enumerator kOTFAD_SVM

Security Violation Mode

enumerator kOTFAD_LDM

Logically Disabled Mode

typedef struct _otfad_encryption_config otfad_encryption_config_t

OTFAD encryption configuration structure.

typedef struct _otfad_config otfad_config_t

OTFAD configuration structure.

struct _otfad_encryption_config

#include <fsl_otfad.h>

OTFAD encryption configuration structure.

Public Members

bool valid

The context is valid or not

bool AESdecryption

AES decryption enable

uint8_t readOnly

read write attribute for the entire set of context registers

uint8_t contextIndex

OTFAD context index

uint32_t startAddr

Start address

uint32_t endAddr

End address

uint32_t key[4]

Encryption key

uint32_t counter[2]

Encryption counter

struct _otfad_config

#include <fsl_otfad.h>

OTFAD configuration structure.

Public Members

bool forceSVM

Force entry into SVM after a write

bool forceLDM

Force entry into LDM after a write

bool restrictedRegAccess

Restricted register access enable

bool enableOTFAD

OTFAD has decryption enabled

PDM: Microphone Interface

PDM Driver

void PDM_Init(PDM_Type *base, const pdm_config_t *config)

Initializes the PDM peripheral.

Ungates the PDM clock, resets the module, and configures PDM with a configuration structure. The configuration structure can be custom filled or set with default values by PDM_GetDefaultConfig().

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application to use the PDM driver. Otherwise, accessing the PDM module can cause a hard fault because the clock is not enabled.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• config – PDM configuration structure.

void PDM_Deinit(PDM_Type *base)

De-initializes the PDM peripheral.

This API gates the PDM clock. The PDM module can’t operate unless PDM_Init is called to enable the clock.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

static inline void PDM_Reset(PDM_Type *base)

Resets the PDM module.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

static inline void PDM_Enable(PDM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables PDM interface.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• enable – True means PDM interface is enabled, false means PDM interface is disabled.

static inline void PDM_EnableDoze(PDM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables DOZE.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• enable – True means the module will enter Disable/Low Leakage mode when ipg_doze is asserted, false means the module will not enter Disable/Low Leakage mode when ipg_doze is asserted.

static inline void PDM_EnableDebugMode(PDM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables debug mode for PDM. The PDM interface cannot enter debug mode once in Disable/Low Leakage or Low Power mode.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• enable – True means PDM interface enter debug mode, false means PDM interface in normal mode.

static inline void PDM_EnableInDebugMode(PDM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables PDM interface in debug mode.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• enable – True means PDM interface is enabled debug mode, false means PDM interface is disabled after after completing the current frame in debug mode.

static inline void PDM_EnterLowLeakageMode(PDM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables PDM interface disable/Low Leakage mode.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• enable – True means PDM interface is in disable/low leakage mode, False means PDM interface is in normal mode.

static inline void PDM_EnableChannel(PDM_Type *base, uint8_t channel, bool enable)

Enables/disables the PDM channel.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• channel – PDM channel number need to enable or disable.

• enable – True means enable PDM channel, false means disable.

void PDM_SetChannelConfig(PDM_Type *base, uint32_t channel, const pdm_channel_config_t *config)

PDM one channel configurations.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• config – PDM channel configurations.

• channel – channel number. after completing the current frame in debug mode.

status_t PDM_SetSampleRateConfig(PDM_Type *base, uint32_t sourceClock_HZ, uint32_t sampleRate_HZ)

PDM set sample rate.

Note

This function is depend on the configuration of the PDM and PDM channel, so the correct call sequence is

PDM_Init(base, pdmConfig)
PDM_SetChannelConfig(base, channel, &channelConfig)
PDM_SetSampleRateConfig(base, source, sampleRate)

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• sourceClock_HZ – PDM source clock frequency.

• sampleRate_HZ – PDM sample rate.

status_t PDM_SetSampleRate(PDM_Type *base, uint32_t enableChannelMask, pdm_df_quality_mode_t qualityMode, uint8_t osr, uint32_t clkDiv)

PDM set sample rate.

Deprecated:

Do not use this function. It has been superceded by PDM_SetSampleRateConfig

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• enableChannelMask – PDM channel enable mask.

• qualityMode – quality mode.

• osr – cic oversample rate

• clkDiv – clock divider

uint32_t PDM_GetInstance(PDM_Type *base)

Get the instance number for PDM.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer.

static inline uint32_t PDM_GetStatus(PDM_Type *base)

Gets the PDM internal status flag. Use the Status Mask in _pdm_internal_status to get the status value needed.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

Returns:

PDM status flag value.

static inline uint32_t PDM_GetFifoStatus(PDM_Type *base)

Gets the PDM FIFO status flag. Use the Status Mask in _pdm_fifo_status to get the status value needed.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

Returns:

FIFO status.

static inline uint32_t PDM_GetOutputStatus(PDM_Type *base)

Gets the PDM output status flag. Use the Status Mask in _pdm_output_status to get the status value needed.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

Returns:

output status.

static inline void PDM_ClearStatus(PDM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the PDM Tx status.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• mask – State mask. It can be a combination of the status between kPDM_StatusFrequencyLow and kPDM_StatusCh7FifoDataAvaliable.

static inline void PDM_ClearFIFOStatus(PDM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the PDM Tx status.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• mask – State mask.It can be a combination of the status in _pdm_fifo_status.

static inline void PDM_ClearOutputStatus(PDM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the PDM output status.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• mask – State mask. It can be a combination of the status in _pdm_output_status.

void PDM_EnableInterrupts(PDM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the PDM interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• mask – interrupt source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.

  • kPDM_ErrorInterruptEnable

  • kPDM_FIFOInterruptEnable

static inline void PDM_DisableInterrupts(PDM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the PDM interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• mask – interrupt source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.

  • kPDM_ErrorInterruptEnable

  • kPDM_FIFOInterruptEnable

static inline void PDM_EnableDMA(PDM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the PDM DMA requests.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline uint32_t PDM_GetDataRegisterAddress(PDM_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Gets the PDM data register address.

This API is used to provide a transfer address for the PDM DMA transfer configuration.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer.

• channel – Which data channel used.

Returns:

data register address.

void PDM_ReadFifo(PDM_Type *base, uint32_t startChannel, uint32_t channelNums, void *buffer, size_t size, uint32_t dataWidth)

PDM read fifo.

Note

: This function support 16 bit only for IP version that only supports 16bit.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer.

• startChannel – start channel number.

• channelNums – total enabled channelnums.

• buffer – received buffer address.

• size – number of samples to read.

• dataWidth – sample width.

void PDM_SetChannelGain(PDM_Type *base, uint32_t channel, pdm_df_output_gain_t gain)

Set the PDM channel gain.

Please note for different quality mode, the valid gain value is different, reference RM for detail.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer.

• channel – PDM channel index.

• gain – channel gain, the register gain value range is 0 - 15.

void PDM_SetHwvadConfig(PDM_Type *base, const pdm_hwvad_config_t *config)

Configure voice activity detector.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• config – Voice activity detector configure structure pointer .

static inline void PDM_ForceHwvadOutputDisable(PDM_Type *base, bool enable)

PDM hwvad force output disable.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• enable – true is output force disable, false is output not force.

static inline void PDM_ResetHwvad(PDM_Type *base)

PDM hwvad reset. It will reset VADNDATA register and will clean all internal buffers, should be called when the PDM isn’t running.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

static inline void PDM_EnableHwvad(PDM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable/Disable Voice activity detector. Should be called when the PDM isn’t running.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer.

• enable – True means enable voice activity detector, false means disable.

static inline void PDM_EnableHwvadInterrupts(PDM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the PDM Voice Detector interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• mask – interrupt source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.

  • kPDM_HWVADErrorInterruptEnable

  • kPDM_HWVADInterruptEnable

static inline void PDM_DisableHwvadInterrupts(PDM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the PDM Voice Detector interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• mask – interrupt source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.

  • kPDM_HWVADErrorInterruptEnable

  • kPDM_HWVADInterruptEnable

static inline void PDM_ClearHwvadInterruptStatusFlags(PDM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the PDM voice activity detector status flags.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• mask – State mask,reference _pdm_hwvad_int_status.

static inline uint32_t PDM_GetHwvadInterruptStatusFlags(PDM_Type *base)

Clears the PDM voice activity detector status flags.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

Returns:

status, reference _pdm_hwvad_int_status

static inline uint32_t PDM_GetHwvadInitialFlag(PDM_Type *base)

Get the PDM voice activity detector initial flags.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

Returns:

initial flag.

static inline uint32_t PDM_GetHwvadVoiceDetectedFlag(PDM_Type *base)

Get the PDM voice activity detector voice detected flags. NOte: this flag is auto cleared when voice gone.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

Returns:

voice detected flag.

static inline void PDM_EnableHwvadSignalFilter(PDM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables voice activity detector signal filter.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• enable – True means enable signal filter, false means disable.

void PDM_SetHwvadSignalFilterConfig(PDM_Type *base, bool enableMaxBlock, uint32_t signalGain)

Configure voice activity detector signal filter.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• enableMaxBlock – If signal maximum block enabled.

• signalGain – Gain value for the signal energy.

void PDM_SetHwvadNoiseFilterConfig(PDM_Type *base, const pdm_hwvad_noise_filter_t *config)

Configure voice activity detector noise filter.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• config – Voice activity detector noise filter configure structure pointer .

static inline void PDM_EnableHwvadZeroCrossDetector(PDM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables voice activity detector zero cross detector.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• enable – True means enable zero cross detector, false means disable.

void PDM_SetHwvadZeroCrossDetectorConfig(PDM_Type *base, const pdm_hwvad_zero_cross_detector_t *config)

Configure voice activity detector zero cross detector.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• config – Voice activity detector zero cross detector configure structure pointer .

static inline uint16_t PDM_GetNoiseData(PDM_Type *base)

Reads noise data.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer.

Returns:

Data in PDM noise data register.

static inline void PDM_SetHwvadInternalFilterStatus(PDM_Type *base, pdm_hwvad_filter_status_t status)

set hwvad internal filter status . Note: filter initial status should be asserted for two more cycles, then set it to normal operation.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer.

• status – internal filter status.

void PDM_SetHwvadInEnvelopeBasedMode(PDM_Type *base, const pdm_hwvad_config_t *hwvadConfig, const pdm_hwvad_noise_filter_t *noiseConfig, const pdm_hwvad_zero_cross_detector_t *zcdConfig, uint32_t signalGain)

set HWVAD in envelope based mode . Recommand configurations,

   static const pdm_hwvad_config_t hwvadConfig = {
     .channel           = 0,
     .initializeTime    = 10U,
     .cicOverSampleRate = 0U,
     .inputGain         = 0U,
     .frameTime         = 10U,
     .cutOffFreq        = kPDM_HwvadHpfBypassed,
     .enableFrameEnergy = false,
     .enablePreFilter   = true,
};

   static const pdm_hwvad_noise_filter_t noiseFilterConfig = {
     .enableAutoNoiseFilter = false,
     .enableNoiseMin        = true,
     .enableNoiseDecimation = true,
     .noiseFilterAdjustment = 0U,
     .noiseGain             = 7U,
     .enableNoiseDetectOR   = true,
   };

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer.

• hwvadConfig – internal filter status.

• noiseConfig – Voice activity detector noise filter configure structure pointer.

• zcdConfig – Voice activity detector zero cross detector configure structure pointer .

• signalGain – signal gain value.

void PDM_SetHwvadInEnergyBasedMode(PDM_Type *base, const pdm_hwvad_config_t *hwvadConfig, const pdm_hwvad_noise_filter_t *noiseConfig, const pdm_hwvad_zero_cross_detector_t *zcdConfig, uint32_t signalGain)

brief set HWVAD in energy based mode . Recommand configurations, code static const pdm_hwvad_config_t hwvadConfig = { .channel = 0, .initializeTime = 10U, .cicOverSampleRate = 0U, .inputGain = 0U, .frameTime = 10U, .cutOffFreq = kPDM_HwvadHpfBypassed, .enableFrameEnergy = true, .enablePreFilter = true, };

static const pdm_hwvad_noise_filter_t noiseFilterConfig = { .enableAutoNoiseFilter = true, .enableNoiseMin = false, .enableNoiseDecimation = false, .noiseFilterAdjustment = 0U, .noiseGain = 7U, .enableNoiseDetectOR = false, }; code param base PDM base pointer. param hwvadConfig internal filter status. param noiseConfig Voice activity detector noise filter configure structure pointer. param zcdConfig Voice activity detector zero cross detector configure structure pointer . param signalGain signal gain value, signal gain value should be properly according to application.

void PDM_EnableHwvadInterruptCallback(PDM_Type *base, pdm_hwvad_callback_t vadCallback, void *userData, bool enable)

Enable/Disable hwvad callback.

This function enable/disable the hwvad interrupt for the selected PDM peripheral.

Parameters:

• base – Base address of the PDM peripheral.

• vadCallback – callback Pointer to store callback function, should be NULL when disable.

• userData – user data.

• enable – true is enable, false is disable.

Return values:

None. –

void PDM_TransferCreateHandle(PDM_Type *base, pdm_handle_t *handle, pdm_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the PDM handle.

This function initializes the handle for the PDM transactional APIs. Call this function once to get the handle initialized.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer.

• handle – PDM handle pointer.

• callback – Pointer to the user callback function.

• userData – User parameter passed to the callback function.

status_t PDM_TransferSetChannelConfig(PDM_Type *base, pdm_handle_t *handle, uint32_t channel, const pdm_channel_config_t *config, uint32_t format)

PDM set channel transfer config.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer.

• handle – PDM handle pointer.

• channel – PDM channel.

• config – channel config.

• format – data format, support data width configurations,_pdm_data_width.

Return values:

kStatus_PDM_ChannelConfig_Failed – or kStatus_Success.

status_t PDM_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(PDM_Type *base, pdm_handle_t *handle, pdm_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking receive transfer on PDM.

Note

This API returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call the PDM_RxGetTransferStatusIRQ to poll the transfer status and check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is not kStatus_PDM_Busy, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• handle – Pointer to the pdm_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• xfer – Pointer to the pdm_transfer_t structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully started the data receive.

• kStatus_PDM_Busy – Previous receive still not finished.

void PDM_TransferAbortReceive(PDM_Type *base, pdm_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current IRQ receive.

Note

This API can be called when an interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer early.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• handle – Pointer to the pdm_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void PDM_TransferHandleIRQ(PDM_Type *base, pdm_handle_t *handle)

Tx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer.

• handle – Pointer to the pdm_handle_t structure.

FSL_PDM_DRIVER_VERSION

Version 2.9.1

PDM return status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_PDM_Busy

PDM is busy.

enumerator kStatus_PDM_FIFO_ERROR

PDM FIFO underrun or overflow

enumerator kStatus_PDM_QueueFull

PDM FIFO underrun or overflow

enumerator kStatus_PDM_Idle

PDM is idle

enumerator kStatus_PDM_Output_ERROR

PDM is output error

enumerator kStatus_PDM_ChannelConfig_Failed

PDM channel config failed

enumerator kStatus_PDM_HWVAD_VoiceDetected

PDM hwvad voice detected

enumerator kStatus_PDM_HWVAD_Error

PDM hwvad error

enum _pdm_interrupt_enable

The PDM interrupt enable flag.

Values:

enumerator kPDM_ErrorInterruptEnable

PDM channel error interrupt enable.

enumerator kPDM_FIFOInterruptEnable

PDM channel FIFO interrupt

enum _pdm_internal_status

The PDM status.

Values:

enumerator kPDM_StatusDfBusyFlag

Decimation filter is busy processing data

enumerator kPDM_StatusFIRFilterReady

FIR filter data is ready

enumerator kPDM_StatusCh0FifoDataAvaliable

channel 0 fifo data reached watermark level

enumerator kPDM_StatusCh1FifoDataAvaliable

channel 1 fifo data reached watermark level

enumerator kPDM_StatusCh2FifoDataAvaliable

channel 2 fifo data reached watermark level

enumerator kPDM_StatusCh3FifoDataAvaliable

channel 3 fifo data reached watermark level

enumerator kPDM_StatusCh4FifoDataAvaliable

channel 4 fifo data reached watermark level

enumerator kPDM_StatusCh5FifoDataAvaliable

channel 5 fifo data reached watermark level

enumerator kPDM_StatusCh6FifoDataAvaliable

channel 6 fifo data reached watermark level

enumerator kPDM_StatusCh7FifoDataAvaliable

channel 7 fifo data reached watermark level

enum _pdm_channel_enable_mask

PDM channel enable mask.

Values:

enumerator kPDM_EnableChannel0

channgel 0 enable mask

enumerator kPDM_EnableChannel1

channgel 1 enable mask

enumerator kPDM_EnableChannel2

channgel 2 enable mask

enumerator kPDM_EnableChannel3

channgel 3 enable mask

enumerator kPDM_EnableChannel4

channgel 4 enable mask

enumerator kPDM_EnableChannel5

channgel 5 enable mask

enumerator kPDM_EnableChannel6

channgel 6 enable mask

enumerator kPDM_EnableChannel7

channgel 7 enable mask

enumerator kPDM_EnableChannelAll

enum _pdm_fifo_status

The PDM fifo status.

Values:

enumerator kPDM_FifoStatusUnderflowCh0

channel0 fifo status underflow

enumerator kPDM_FifoStatusUnderflowCh1

channel1 fifo status underflow

enumerator kPDM_FifoStatusUnderflowCh2

channel2 fifo status underflow

enumerator kPDM_FifoStatusUnderflowCh3

channel3 fifo status underflow

enumerator kPDM_FifoStatusUnderflowCh4

channel4 fifo status underflow

enumerator kPDM_FifoStatusUnderflowCh5

channel5 fifo status underflow

enumerator kPDM_FifoStatusUnderflowCh6

channel6 fifo status underflow

enumerator kPDM_FifoStatusUnderflowCh7

channel7 fifo status underflow

enumerator kPDM_FifoStatusOverflowCh0

channel0 fifo status overflow

enumerator kPDM_FifoStatusOverflowCh1

channel1 fifo status overflow

enumerator kPDM_FifoStatusOverflowCh2

channel2 fifo status overflow

enumerator kPDM_FifoStatusOverflowCh3

channel3 fifo status overflow

enumerator kPDM_FifoStatusOverflowCh4

channel4 fifo status overflow

enumerator kPDM_FifoStatusOverflowCh5

channel5 fifo status overflow

enumerator kPDM_FifoStatusOverflowCh6

channel6 fifo status overflow

enumerator kPDM_FifoStatusOverflowCh7

channel7 fifo status overflow

enum _pdm_output_status

The PDM output status.

Values:

enumerator kPDM_OutputStatusUnderFlowCh0

channel0 output status underflow

enumerator kPDM_OutputStatusUnderFlowCh1

channel1 output status underflow

enumerator kPDM_OutputStatusUnderFlowCh2

channel2 output status underflow

enumerator kPDM_OutputStatusUnderFlowCh3

channel3 output status underflow

enumerator kPDM_OutputStatusUnderFlowCh4

channel4 output status underflow

enumerator kPDM_OutputStatusUnderFlowCh5

channel5 output status underflow

enumerator kPDM_OutputStatusUnderFlowCh6

channel6 output status underflow

enumerator kPDM_OutputStatusUnderFlowCh7

channel7 output status underflow

enumerator kPDM_OutputStatusOverFlowCh0

channel0 output status overflow

enumerator kPDM_OutputStatusOverFlowCh1

channel1 output status overflow

enumerator kPDM_OutputStatusOverFlowCh2

channel2 output status overflow

enumerator kPDM_OutputStatusOverFlowCh3

channel3 output status overflow

enumerator kPDM_OutputStatusOverFlowCh4

channel4 output status overflow

enumerator kPDM_OutputStatusOverFlowCh5

channel5 output status overflow

enumerator kPDM_OutputStatusOverFlowCh6

channel6 output status overflow

enumerator kPDM_OutputStatusOverFlowCh7

channel7 output status overflow

enum _pdm_dc_remover

PDM DC remover configurations.

Values:

enumerator kPDM_DcRemoverCutOff21Hz

DC remover cut off 21HZ

enumerator kPDM_DcRemoverCutOff83Hz

DC remover cut off 83HZ

enumerator kPDM_DcRemoverCutOff152Hz

DC remover cut off 152HZ

enumerator kPDM_DcRemoverBypass

DC remover bypass

enum _pdm_df_quality_mode

PDM decimation filter quality mode.

Values:

enumerator kPDM_QualityModeMedium

quality mode memdium

enumerator kPDM_QualityModeHigh

quality mode high

enumerator kPDM_QualityModeLow

quality mode low

enumerator kPDM_QualityModeVeryLow0

quality mode very low0

enumerator kPDM_QualityModeVeryLow1

quality mode very low1

enumerator kPDM_QualityModeVeryLow2

quality mode very low2

enum _pdm_qulaity_mode_k_factor

PDM quality mode K factor.

Values:

enumerator kPDM_QualityModeHighKFactor

high quality mode K factor = 1 / 2

enumerator kPDM_QualityModeMediumKFactor

medium/very low0 quality mode K factor = 2 / 2

enumerator kPDM_QualityModeLowKFactor

low/very low1 quality mode K factor = 4 / 2

enumerator kPDM_QualityModeVeryLow2KFactor

very low2 quality mode K factor = 8 / 2

enum _pdm_df_output_gain

PDM decimation filter output gain.

Values:

enumerator kPDM_DfOutputGain0

Decimation filter output gain 0

enumerator kPDM_DfOutputGain1

Decimation filter output gain 1

enumerator kPDM_DfOutputGain2

Decimation filter output gain 2

enumerator kPDM_DfOutputGain3

Decimation filter output gain 3

enumerator kPDM_DfOutputGain4

Decimation filter output gain 4

enumerator kPDM_DfOutputGain5

Decimation filter output gain 5

enumerator kPDM_DfOutputGain6

Decimation filter output gain 6

enumerator kPDM_DfOutputGain7

Decimation filter output gain 7

enumerator kPDM_DfOutputGain8

Decimation filter output gain 8

enumerator kPDM_DfOutputGain9

Decimation filter output gain 9

enumerator kPDM_DfOutputGain10

Decimation filter output gain 10

enumerator kPDM_DfOutputGain11

Decimation filter output gain 11

enumerator kPDM_DfOutputGain12

Decimation filter output gain 12

enumerator kPDM_DfOutputGain13

Decimation filter output gain 13

enumerator kPDM_DfOutputGain14

Decimation filter output gain 14

enumerator kPDM_DfOutputGain15

Decimation filter output gain 15

enum _pdm_data_width

PDM data width.

Values:

enumerator kPDM_DataWdith16

PDM data width 16bit

enum _pdm_hwvad_interrupt_enable

PDM voice activity detector interrupt type.

Values:

enumerator kPDM_HwvadErrorInterruptEnable

PDM channel HWVAD error interrupt enable.

enumerator kPDM_HwvadInterruptEnable

PDM channel HWVAD interrupt

enum _pdm_hwvad_int_status

The PDM hwvad interrupt status flag.

Values:

enumerator kPDM_HwvadStatusInputSaturation

HWVAD saturation condition

enumerator kPDM_HwvadStatusVoiceDetectFlag

HWVAD voice detect interrupt triggered

enum _pdm_hwvad_hpf_config

High pass filter configure cut-off frequency.

Values:

enumerator kPDM_HwvadHpfBypassed

High-pass filter bypass

enumerator kPDM_HwvadHpfCutOffFreq1750Hz

High-pass filter cut off frequency 1750HZ

enumerator kPDM_HwvadHpfCutOffFreq215Hz

High-pass filter cut off frequency 215HZ

enumerator kPDM_HwvadHpfCutOffFreq102Hz

High-pass filter cut off frequency 102HZ

enum _pdm_hwvad_filter_status

HWVAD internal filter status.

Values:

enumerator kPDM_HwvadInternalFilterNormalOperation

internal filter ready for normal operation

enumerator kPDM_HwvadInternalFilterInitial

interla filter are initial

enum _pdm_hwvad_zcd_result

PDM voice activity detector zero cross detector result.

Values:

enumerator kPDM_HwvadResultOREnergyBasedDetection

zero cross detector result will be OR with energy based detection

enumerator kPDM_HwvadResultANDEnergyBasedDetection

zero cross detector result will be AND with energy based detection

typedef enum _pdm_dc_remover pdm_dc_remover_t

PDM DC remover configurations.

typedef enum _pdm_df_quality_mode pdm_df_quality_mode_t

PDM decimation filter quality mode.

typedef enum _pdm_df_output_gain pdm_df_output_gain_t

PDM decimation filter output gain.

typedef struct _pdm_channel_config pdm_channel_config_t

PDM channel configurations.

typedef struct _pdm_config pdm_config_t

PDM user configuration structure.

typedef enum _pdm_hwvad_hpf_config pdm_hwvad_hpf_config_t

High pass filter configure cut-off frequency.

typedef enum _pdm_hwvad_filter_status pdm_hwvad_filter_status_t

HWVAD internal filter status.

typedef struct _pdm_hwvad_config pdm_hwvad_config_t

PDM voice activity detector user configuration structure.

typedef struct _pdm_hwvad_noise_filter pdm_hwvad_noise_filter_t

PDM voice activity detector noise filter user configuration structure.

typedef enum _pdm_hwvad_zcd_result pdm_hwvad_zcd_result_t

PDM voice activity detector zero cross detector result.

typedef struct _pdm_hwvad_zero_cross_detector pdm_hwvad_zero_cross_detector_t

PDM voice activity detector zero cross detector configuration structure.

typedef struct _pdm_transfer pdm_transfer_t

PDM SDMA transfer structure.

typedef struct _pdm_handle pdm_handle_t

PDM handle.

typedef void (*pdm_transfer_callback_t)(PDM_Type *base, pdm_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

PDM transfer callback prototype.

typedef void (*pdm_hwvad_callback_t)(status_t status, void *userData)

PDM HWVAD callback prototype.

typedef struct _pdm_hwvad_notification pdm_hwvad_notification_t

PDM HWVAD notification structure.

PDM_XFER_QUEUE_SIZE

PDM XFER QUEUE SIZE.

struct _pdm_channel_config

#include <fsl_pdm.h>

PDM channel configurations.

Public Members

pdm_dc_remover_t cutOffFreq

DC remover cut off frequency

pdm_df_output_gain_t gain

Decimation Filter Output Gain

struct _pdm_config

#include <fsl_pdm.h>

PDM user configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableDoze

This module will enter disable/low leakage mode if DOZEN is active with ipg_doze is asserted

uint8_t fifoWatermark

Watermark value for FIFO

pdm_df_quality_mode_t qualityMode

Quality mode

uint8_t cicOverSampleRate

CIC filter over sampling rate

struct _pdm_hwvad_config

#include <fsl_pdm.h>

PDM voice activity detector user configuration structure.

Public Members

uint8_t channel

Which channel uses voice activity detector

uint8_t initializeTime

Number of frames or samples to initialize voice activity detector.

uint8_t cicOverSampleRate

CIC filter over sampling rate

uint8_t inputGain

Voice activity detector input gain

uint32_t frameTime

Voice activity frame time

pdm_hwvad_hpf_config_t cutOffFreq

High pass filter cut off frequency

bool enableFrameEnergy

If frame energy enabled, true means enable

bool enablePreFilter

If pre-filter enabled

struct _pdm_hwvad_noise_filter

#include <fsl_pdm.h>

PDM voice activity detector noise filter user configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableAutoNoiseFilter

If noise fileter automatically activated, true means enable

bool enableNoiseMin

If Noise minimum block enabled, true means enabled

bool enableNoiseDecimation

If enable noise input decimation

bool enableNoiseDetectOR

Enables a OR logic in the output of minimum noise estimator block

uint32_t noiseFilterAdjustment

The adjustment value of the noise filter

uint32_t noiseGain

Gain value for the noise energy or envelope estimated

struct _pdm_hwvad_zero_cross_detector

#include <fsl_pdm.h>

PDM voice activity detector zero cross detector configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableAutoThreshold

If ZCD auto-threshold enabled, true means enabled.

pdm_hwvad_zcd_result_t zcdAnd

Is ZCD result is AND’ed with energy-based detection, false means OR’ed

uint32_t threshold

The adjustment value of the noise filter

uint32_t adjustmentThreshold

Gain value for the noise energy or envelope estimated

struct _pdm_transfer

#include <fsl_pdm.h>

PDM SDMA transfer structure.

Public Members

volatile uint8_t *data

Data start address to transfer.

volatile size_t dataSize

Total Transfer bytes size.

struct _pdm_hwvad_notification

#include <fsl_pdm.h>

PDM HWVAD notification structure.

struct _pdm_handle

#include <fsl_pdm.h>

PDM handle structure.

Public Members

uint32_t state

Transfer status

pdm_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback function called at transfer event

void *userData

Callback parameter passed to callback function

pdm_transfer_t pdmQueue[(4U)]

Transfer queue storing queued transfer

size_t transferSize[(4U)]

Data bytes need to transfer

volatile uint8_t queueUser

Index for user to queue transfer

volatile uint8_t queueDriver

Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

uint32_t format

data format

uint8_t watermark

Watermark value

uint8_t startChannel

end channel

uint8_t channelNums

Enabled channel number

PDM EDMA Driver

void PDM_TransferInstallEDMATCDMemory(pdm_edma_handle_t *handle, void *tcdAddr, size_t tcdNum)

Install EDMA descriptor memory.

Parameters:

• handle – Pointer to EDMA channel transfer handle.

• tcdAddr – EDMA head descriptor address.

• tcdNum – EDMA link descriptor address.

void PDM_TransferCreateHandleEDMA(PDM_Type *base, pdm_edma_handle_t *handle, pdm_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *dmaHandle)

Initializes the PDM Rx eDMA handle.

This function initializes the PDM slave DMA handle, which can be used for other PDM master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified PDM instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer.

• handle – PDM eDMA handle pointer.

• callback – Pointer to user callback function.

• userData – User parameter passed to the callback function.

• dmaHandle – eDMA handle pointer, this handle shall be static allocated by users.

void PDM_TransferSetMultiChannelInterleaveType(pdm_edma_handle_t *handle, pdm_edma_multi_channel_interleave_t multiChannelInterleaveType)

Initializes the multi PDM channel interleave type.

This function initializes the PDM DMA handle member interleaveType, it shall be called only when application would like to use type kPDM_EDMAMultiChannelInterleavePerChannelBlock, since the default interleaveType is kPDM_EDMAMultiChannelInterleavePerChannelSample always

Parameters:

• handle – PDM eDMA handle pointer.

• multiChannelInterleaveType – Multi channel interleave type.

void PDM_TransferSetChannelConfigEDMA(PDM_Type *base, pdm_edma_handle_t *handle, uint32_t channel, const pdm_channel_config_t *config)

Configures the PDM channel.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer.

• handle – PDM eDMA handle pointer.

• channel – channel index.

• config – pdm channel configurations.

status_t PDM_TransferReceiveEDMA(PDM_Type *base, pdm_edma_handle_t *handle, pdm_edma_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking PDM receive using eDMA.

Mcaro MCUX_SDK_PDM_EDMA_PDM_ENABLE_INTERNAL can control whether PDM is enabled internally or externally.

1. Scatter gather case: This functio support dynamic scatter gather and staic scatter gather, a. for the dynamic scatter gather case: Application should call PDM_TransferReceiveEDMA function continuously to make sure new receive request is submit before the previous one finish. b. for the static scatter gather case: Application should use the link transfer feature and make sure a loop link transfer is provided, such as:

   pdm_edma_transfer_t pdmXfer[2] =
    {
        {
        .data  = s_buffer,
        .dataSize = BUFFER_SIZE,
        .linkTransfer = &pdmXfer[1],
        },
   
        {
        .data  = &s_buffer[BUFFER_SIZE],
        .dataSize = BUFFER_SIZE,
        .linkTransfer = &pdmXfer[0]
        },
    };
   

2. Multi channel case: This function support receive multi pdm channel data, for example, if two channel is requested,

   PDM_TransferSetChannelConfigEDMA(DEMO_PDM, &s_pdmRxHandle_0, DEMO_PDM_ENABLE_CHANNEL_0, &channelConfig);
   PDM_TransferSetChannelConfigEDMA(DEMO_PDM, &s_pdmRxHandle_0, DEMO_PDM_ENABLE_CHANNEL_1, &channelConfig);
   PDM_TransferReceiveEDMA(DEMO_PDM, &s_pdmRxHandle_0, pdmXfer);
   

   The output data will be formatted as below if handle->interleaveType =

Note

This interface returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call the PDM_GetReceiveRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status and check whether the PDM transfer is finished.

void PDM_TransferTerminateReceiveEDMA(PDM_Type *base, pdm_edma_handle_t *handle)

Terminate all PDM receive.

This function will clear all transfer slots buffered in the pdm queue. If users only want to abort the current transfer slot, please call PDM_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer.

• handle – PDM eDMA handle pointer.

void PDM_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA(PDM_Type *base, pdm_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a PDM receive using eDMA.

This function only aborts the current transfer slots, the other transfer slots’ information still kept in the handler. If users want to terminate all transfer slots, just call PDM_TransferTerminateReceiveEDMA.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• handle – PDM eDMA handle pointer.

status_t PDM_TransferGetReceiveCountEDMA(PDM_Type *base, pdm_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets byte count received by PDM.

Parameters:

• base – PDM base pointer

• handle – PDM eDMA handle pointer.

• count – Bytes count received by PDM.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is no non-blocking transaction in progress.

FSL_PDM_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION

Version 2.6.3

enum _pdm_edma_multi_channel_interleave

pdm multi channel interleave type

Values:

enumerator kPDM_EDMAMultiChannelInterleavePerChannelSample

enumerator kPDM_EDMAMultiChannelInterleavePerChannelBlock

typedef struct _pdm_edma_handle pdm_edma_handle_t

PDM edma handler.

typedef enum _pdm_edma_multi_channel_interleave pdm_edma_multi_channel_interleave_t

pdm multi channel interleave type

typedef struct _pdm_edma_transfer pdm_edma_transfer_t

PDM edma transfer.

typedef void (*pdm_edma_callback_t)(PDM_Type *base, pdm_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

PDM eDMA transfer callback function for finish and error.

MCUX_SDK_PDM_EDMA_PDM_ENABLE_INTERNAL

the PDM enable position When calling PDM_TransferReceiveEDMA

struct _pdm_edma_transfer

#include <fsl_pdm_edma.h>

PDM edma transfer.

Public Members

volatile uint8_t *data

Data start address to transfer.

volatile size_t dataSize

Total Transfer bytes size.

struct _pdm_edma_transfer *linkTransfer

linked transfer configurations

struct _pdm_edma_handle

#include <fsl_pdm_edma.h>

PDM DMA transfer handle, users should not touch the content of the handle.

Public Members

edma_handle_t *dmaHandle

DMA handler for PDM send

uint8_t count

The transfer data count in a DMA request

uint32_t receivedBytes

total transfer count

uint32_t state

Internal state for PDM eDMA transfer

pdm_edma_callback_t callback

Callback for users while transfer finish or error occurs

bool isLoopTransfer

loop transfer

void *userData

User callback parameter

edma_tcd_t *tcd

TCD pool for eDMA transfer.

uint32_t tcdNum

TCD number

uint32_t tcdUser

Index for user to queue transfer.

uint32_t tcdDriver

Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

volatile uint32_t tcdUsedNum

Index for user to queue transfer.

pdm_edma_multi_channel_interleave_t interleaveType

multi channel transfer interleave type

uint8_t endChannel

The last enabled channel

uint8_t channelNums

total channel numbers

PXP: Pixel Pipeline

void PXP_Init(PXP_Type *base)

Initialize the PXP.

This function enables the PXP peripheral clock, and resets the PXP registers to default status.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

void PXP_Deinit(PXP_Type *base)

De-initialize the PXP.

This function disables the PXP peripheral clock.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

void PXP_Reset(PXP_Type *base)

Reset the PXP.

This function resets the PXP peripheral registers to default status.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

void PXP_ResetControl(PXP_Type *base)

Reset the PXP and the control register to initialized state.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

static inline void PXP_Start(PXP_Type *base)

Start process.

Start PXP process using current configuration.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

static inline void PXP_EnableLcdHandShake(PXP_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable or disable LCD hand shake.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void PXP_SetProcessBlockSize(PXP_Type *base, pxp_block_size_t size)

Set the PXP processing block size.

This function chooses the pixel block size that PXP using during process. Larger block size means better performace, but be careful that when PXP is rotating, the output must be divisible by the block size selected.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• size – The pixel block size.

static inline uint32_t PXP_GetStatusFlags(PXP_Type *base)

Gets PXP status flags.

This function gets all PXP status flags. The flags are returned as the logical OR value of the enumerators _pxp_flags. To check a specific status, compare the return value with enumerators in _pxp_flags. For example, to check whether the PXP has completed process, use like this:

if (kPXP_CompleteFlag & PXP_GetStatusFlags(PXP))
{
    ...
}

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

Returns:

PXP status flags which are OR’ed by the enumerators in the _pxp_flags.

static inline void PXP_ClearStatusFlags(PXP_Type *base, uint32_t statusMask)

Clears status flags with the provided mask.

This function clears PXP status flags with a provided mask.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• statusMask – The status flags to be cleared; it is logical OR value of _pxp_flags.

static inline uint8_t PXP_GetAxiErrorId(PXP_Type *base, uint8_t axiIndex)

Gets the AXI ID of the failing bus operation.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• axiIndex – Whitch AXI to get

  • 0: AXI0

  • 1: AXI1

Returns:

The AXI ID of the failing bus operation.

static inline void PXP_EnableInterrupts(PXP_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables PXP interrupts according to the provided mask.

This function enables the PXP interrupts according to the provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members. See _pxp_interrupt_enable. For example, to enable PXP process complete interrupt and command loaded interrupt, do the following.

PXP_EnableInterrupts(PXP, kPXP_CommandLoadInterruptEnable | kPXP_CompleteInterruptEnable);

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• mask – The interrupts to enable. Logical OR of _pxp_interrupt_enable.

static inline void PXP_DisableInterrupts(PXP_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables PXP interrupts according to the provided mask.

This function disables the PXP interrupts according to the provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members. See _pxp_interrupt_enable.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• mask – The interrupts to disable. Logical OR of _pxp_interrupt_enable.

void PXP_SetAlphaSurfaceBufferConfig(PXP_Type *base, const pxp_as_buffer_config_t *config)

Set the alpha surface input buffer configuration.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• config – Pointer to the configuration.

void PXP_SetAlphaSurfaceBlendConfig(PXP_Type *base, const pxp_as_blend_config_t *config)

Set the alpha surface blending configuration.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

void PXP_SetAlphaSurfaceOverlayColorKey(PXP_Type *base, uint32_t colorKeyLow, uint32_t colorKeyHigh)

Set the alpha surface overlay color key.

If a pixel in the current overlay image with a color that falls in the range from the p colorKeyLow to p colorKeyHigh range, it will use the process surface pixel value for that location. If no PS image is present or if the PS image also matches its colorkey range, the PS background color is used.

Note

Colorkey operations are higher priority than alpha or ROP operations

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• colorKeyLow – Color key low range.

• colorKeyHigh – Color key high range.

static inline void PXP_EnableAlphaSurfaceOverlayColorKey(PXP_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable or disable the alpha surface color key.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

void PXP_SetAlphaSurfacePosition(PXP_Type *base, uint16_t upperLeftX, uint16_t upperLeftY, uint16_t lowerRightX, uint16_t lowerRightY)

Set the alpha surface position in output buffer.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• upperLeftX – X of the upper left corner.

• upperLeftY – Y of the upper left corner.

• lowerRightX – X of the lower right corner.

• lowerRightY – Y of the lower right corner.

static inline void PXP_SetProcessSurfaceBackGroundColor(PXP_Type *base, uint32_t backGroundColor)

Set the back ground color of PS.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• backGroundColor – Pixel value of the background color.

void PXP_SetProcessSurfaceBufferConfig(PXP_Type *base, const pxp_ps_buffer_config_t *config)

Set the process surface input buffer configuration.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• config – Pointer to the configuration.

void PXP_SetProcessSurfaceScaler(PXP_Type *base, uint16_t inputWidth, uint16_t inputHeight, uint16_t outputWidth, uint16_t outputHeight)

Set the process surface scaler configuration.

The valid down scale fact is 1/(2^12) ~ 16.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• inputWidth – Input image width.

• inputHeight – Input image height.

• outputWidth – Output image width.

• outputHeight – Output image height.

void PXP_SetProcessSurfacePosition(PXP_Type *base, uint16_t upperLeftX, uint16_t upperLeftY, uint16_t lowerRightX, uint16_t lowerRightY)

Set the process surface position in output buffer.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• upperLeftX – X of the upper left corner.

• upperLeftY – Y of the upper left corner.

• lowerRightX – X of the lower right corner.

• lowerRightY – Y of the lower right corner.

void PXP_SetProcessSurfaceColorKey(PXP_Type *base, uint32_t colorKeyLow, uint32_t colorKeyHigh)

Set the process surface color key.

If the PS image matches colorkey range, the PS background color is output. Set colorKeyLow to 0xFFFFFFFF and colorKeyHigh to 0 will disable the colorkeying.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• colorKeyLow – Color key low range.

• colorKeyHigh – Color key high range.

static inline void PXP_SetProcessSurfaceYUVFormat(PXP_Type *base, pxp_ps_yuv_format_t format)

Set the process surface input pixel format YUV or YCbCr.

If process surface input pixel format is YUV and CSC1 is not enabled, in other words, the process surface output pixel format is also YUV, then this function should be called to set whether input pixel format is YUV or YCbCr.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• format – The YUV format.

void PXP_SetOutputBufferConfig(PXP_Type *base, const pxp_output_buffer_config_t *config)

Set the PXP outpt buffer configuration.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• config – Pointer to the configuration.

static inline void PXP_SetOverwrittenAlphaValue(PXP_Type *base, uint8_t alpha)

Set the global overwritten alpha value.

If global overwritten alpha is enabled, the alpha component in output buffer pixels will be overwritten, otherwise the computed alpha value is used.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• alpha – The alpha value.

static inline void PXP_EnableOverWrittenAlpha(PXP_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable or disable the global overwritten alpha value.

If global overwritten alpha is enabled, the alpha component in output buffer pixels will be overwritten, otherwise the computed alpha value is used.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void PXP_SetRotateConfig(PXP_Type *base, pxp_rotate_position_t position, pxp_rotate_degree_t degree, pxp_flip_mode_t flipMode)

Set the rotation configuration.

The PXP could rotate the process surface or the output buffer. There are two PXP versions:

• Version 1: Only has one rotate sub module, the output buffer and process surface share the same rotate sub module, which means the process surface and output buffer could not be rotate at the same time. When pass in kPXP_RotateOutputBuffer, the process surface could not use the rotate, Also when pass in kPXP_RotateProcessSurface, output buffer could not use the rotate.

• Version 2: Has two seperate rotate sub modules, the output buffer and process surface could configure the rotation independently.

Upper layer could use the macro PXP_SHARE_ROTATE to check which version is. PXP_SHARE_ROTATE=1 means version 1.

Note

This function is different depends on the macro PXP_SHARE_ROTATE.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• position – Rotate process surface or output buffer.

• degree – Rotate degree.

• flipMode – Flip mode.

void PXP_BuildRect(PXP_Type *base, pxp_output_pixel_format_t outFormat, uint32_t value, uint16_t width, uint16_t height, uint16_t pitch, uint32_t outAddr)

Build a solid rectangle of given pixel value.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• outFormat – output pixel format.

• value – The value of the pixel to be filled in the rectangle in ARGB8888 format.

• width – width of the rectangle.

• height – height of the rectangle.

• pitch – output pitch in byte.

• outAddr – address of the memory to store the rectangle.

void PXP_SetNextCommand(PXP_Type *base, void *commandAddr)

Set the next command.

The PXP supports a primitive ability to queue up one operation while the current operation is running. Workflow:

1. Prepare the PXP register values except STAT, CSCCOEFn, NEXT in the memory in the order they appear in the register map.

2. Call this function sets the new operation to PXP.

3. There are two methods to check whether the PXP has loaded the new operation. The first method is using PXP_IsNextCommandPending. If there is new operation not loaded by the PXP, this function returns true. The second method is checking the flag kPXP_CommandLoadFlag, if command loaded, this flag asserts. User could enable interrupt kPXP_CommandLoadInterruptEnable to get the loaded signal in interrupt way.

4. When command loaded by PXP, a new command could be set using this function.

uint32_t pxp_command1[48];
uint32_t pxp_command2[48];

pxp_command1[0] = ...;
pxp_command1[1] = ...;
...
pxp_command2[0] = ...;
pxp_command2[1] = ...;
...

while (PXP_IsNextCommandPending(PXP))
{
}

PXP_SetNextCommand(PXP, pxp_command1);

while (PXP_IsNextCommandPending(PXP))
{
}

PXP_SetNextCommand(PXP, pxp_command2);

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• commandAddr – Address of the new command.

static inline bool PXP_IsNextCommandPending(PXP_Type *base)

Check whether the next command is pending.

Parameters:

• base – UART peripheral base address.

Returns:

True is pending, false is not.

static inline void PXP_CancelNextCommand(PXP_Type *base)

Cancel command set by PXP_SetNextCommand.

Parameters:

• base – UART peripheral base address.

void PXP_SetCsc2Config(PXP_Type *base, const pxp_csc2_config_t *config)

Set the CSC2 configuration.

The CSC2 module receives pixels in any color space and can convert the pixels into any of RGB, YUV, or YCbCr color spaces. The output pixels are passed onto the LUT and rotation engine for further processing

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• config – Pointer to the configuration.

static inline void PXP_EnableCsc2(PXP_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable or disable the CSC2.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

void PXP_SetCsc1Mode(PXP_Type *base, pxp_csc1_mode_t mode)

Set the CSC1 mode.

The CSC1 module receives scaled YUV/YCbCr444 pixels from the scale engine and converts the pixels to the RGB888 color space. It could only be used by process surface.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• mode – The conversion mode.

static inline void PXP_EnableCsc1(PXP_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable or disable the CSC1.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

void PXP_SetLutConfig(PXP_Type *base, const pxp_lut_config_t *config)

Set the LUT configuration.

The lookup table (LUT) is used to modify pixels in a manner that is not linear and that cannot be achieved by the color space conversion modules. To setup the LUT, the complete workflow is:

1. Use PXP_SetLutConfig to set the configuration, such as the lookup mode.

2. Use PXP_LoadLutTable to load the lookup table to PXP.

3. Use PXP_EnableLut to enable the function.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• config – Pointer to the configuration.

status_t PXP_LoadLutTable(PXP_Type *base, pxp_lut_lookup_mode_t lookupMode, uint32_t bytesNum, uint32_t memAddr, uint16_t lutStartAddr)

Set the look up table to PXP.

If lookup mode is DIRECT mode, this function loads bytesNum of values from the address memAddr into PXP LUT address lutStartAddr. So this function allows only update part of the PXP LUT.

If lookup mode is CACHE mode, this function sets the new address to memAddr and invalid the PXP LUT cache.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• lookupMode – Which lookup mode is used. Note that this parameter is only used to distinguish DIRECT mode and CACHE mode, it does not change the register value PXP_LUT_CTRL[LOOKUP_MODE]. To change that value, use function PXP_SetLutConfig.

• bytesNum – How many bytes to set. This value must be divisable by 8.

• memAddr – Address of look up table to set.

• lutStartAddr – The LUT value will be loaded to LUT from index lutAddr. It should be 8 bytes aligned.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Load successfully.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Failed because of invalid argument.

static inline void PXP_EnableLut(PXP_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable or disable the LUT.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void PXP_Select8kLutBank(PXP_Type *base, pxp_lut_8k_bank_t bank)

Select the 8kB LUT bank in DIRECT_RGB444 mode.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• bank – The bank to select.

void PXP_SetPorterDuffConfig(PXP_Type *base, const pxp_porter_duff_config_t *config)

Set the Porter Duff configuration.

Parameters:

• base – PXP peripheral base address.

• config – Pointer to the configuration.

status_t PXP_GetPorterDuffConfigExt(pxp_porter_duff_blend_mode_t mode, pxp_porter_duff_config_t *config, uint8_t dstGlobalAlphaMode, uint8_t dstAlphaMode, uint8_t dstColorMode, uint8_t srcGlobalAlphaMode, uint8_t srcAlphaMode, uint8_t srcColorMode, uint8_t dstGlobalAlpha, uint8_t srcGlobalAlpha)

Get the Porter Duff configuration.

The FactorMode are selected based on blend mode, the other values are set based on input parameters. These values could be modified after calling this function. This function is extened PXP_GetPorterDuffConfig.

Parameters:

• mode – The blend mode.

• config – Pointer to the configuration.

• dstGlobalAlphaMode – Destination layer (or PS, s0) global alpha mode, see pxp_porter_duff_global_alpha_mode

• dstAlphaMode – Destination layer (or PS, s0) alpha mode, see pxp_porter_duff_alpha_mode.

• dstColorMode – Destination layer (or PS, s0) color mode, see pxp_porter_duff_color_mode.

• srcGlobalAlphaMode – Source layer (or AS, s1) global alpha mode, see pxp_porter_duff_global_alpha_mode

• srcAlphaMode – Source layer (or AS, s1) alpha mode, see pxp_porter_duff_alpha_mode.

• srcColorMode – Source layer (or AS, s1) color mode, see pxp_porter_duff_color_mode.

• dstGlobalAlpha – Destination layer (or PS, s0) global alpha value, 0~255

• srcGlobalAlpha – Source layer (or AS, s1) global alpha value, 0~255

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully get the configuratoin.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The blend mode not supported.

static inline status_t PXP_GetPorterDuffConfig(pxp_porter_duff_blend_mode_t mode, pxp_porter_duff_config_t *config)

Get the Porter Duff configuration by blend mode.

The FactorMode are selected based on blend mode, the AlphaMode are set to kPXP_PorterDuffAlphaStraight, the ColorMode are set to kPXP_PorterDuffColorWithAlpha, the GlobalAlphaMode are set to kPXP_PorterDuffLocalAlpha. These values could be modified after calling this function.

Parameters:

• mode – The blend mode.

• config – Pointer to the configuration.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully get the configuratoin.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The blend mode not supported.

FSL_PXP_DRIVER_VERSION

enum _pxp_interrupt_enable

PXP interrupts to enable.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_CompleteInterruptEnable

PXP process completed. bit 1

enumerator kPXP_CommandLoadInterruptEnable

Interrupt to show that the command set by PXP_SetNextCommand has been loaded. bit 2

enumerator kPXP_LutDmaLoadInterruptEnable

The LUT table has been loaded by DMA. bit 3

enum _pxp_flags

PXP status flags.

Note

These enumerations are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_CompleteFlag

PXP process completed. bit 0

enumerator kPXP_Axi0WriteErrorFlag

PXP encountered an AXI write error and processing has been terminated. bit 1

enumerator kPXP_Axi0ReadErrorFlag

PXP encountered an AXI read error and processing has been terminated. bit 2

enumerator kPXP_CommandLoadFlag

The command set by PXP_SetNextCommand has been loaded, could set new command. bit 3

enumerator kPXP_LutDmaLoadFlag

The LUT table has been loaded by DMA. bit 8

enum _pxp_flip_mode

PXP output flip mode.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_FlipDisable

Flip disable.

enumerator kPXP_FlipHorizontal

Horizontal flip.

enumerator kPXP_FlipVertical

Vertical flip.

enumerator kPXP_FlipBoth

Flip both directions.

enum _pxp_rotate_position

PXP rotate mode.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_RotateOutputBuffer

Rotate the output buffer.

enumerator kPXP_RotateProcessSurface

Rotate the process surface. Cannot be used together with flip, scale, or decimation function.

enum _pxp_rotate_degree

PXP rotate degree.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_Rotate0

Clock wise rotate 0 deg.

enumerator kPXP_Rotate90

Clock wise rotate 90 deg.

enumerator kPXP_Rotate180

Clock wise rotate 180 deg.

enumerator kPXP_Rotate270

Clock wise rotate 270 deg.

enum _pxp_interlaced_output_mode

PXP interlaced output mode.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_OutputProgressive

All data written in progressive format to output buffer 0.

enumerator kPXP_OutputField0

Only write field 0 data to output buffer 0.

enumerator kPXP_OutputField1

Only write field 1 data to output buffer 0.

enumerator kPXP_OutputInterlaced

Field 0 write to buffer 0, field 1 write to buffer 1.

enum _pxp_output_pixel_format

PXP output buffer format.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatARGB8888

32-bit pixels with alpha.

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatRGB888

32-bit pixels without alpha (unpacked 24-bit format)

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatRGB888P

24-bit pixels without alpha (packed 24-bit format)

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatARGB1555

16-bit pixels with alpha.

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatARGB4444

16-bit pixels with alpha.

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatRGB555

16-bit pixels without alpha.

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatRGB444

16-bit pixels without alpha.

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatRGB565

16-bit pixels without alpha.

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatYUV1P444

32-bit pixels (1-plane XYUV unpacked).

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatUYVY1P422

16-bit pixels (1-plane U0,Y0,V0,Y1 interleaved bytes)

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatVYUY1P422

16-bit pixels (1-plane V0,Y0,U0,Y1 interleaved bytes)

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatY8

8-bit monochrome pixels (1-plane Y luma output)

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatY4

4-bit monochrome pixels (1-plane Y luma, 4 bit truncation)

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatYUV2P422

16-bit pixels (2-plane UV interleaved bytes)

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatYUV2P420

16-bit pixels (2-plane UV)

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatYVU2P422

16-bit pixels (2-plane VU interleaved bytes)

enumerator kPXP_OutputPixelFormatYVU2P420

16-bit pixels (2-plane VU)

enum _pxp_ps_pixel_format

PXP process surface buffer pixel format.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatARGB8888

32-bit pixels with alpha(when participates in blend with

alpha surface uses pixel format that has alpha value) or without alpha (unpacked 24-bit format)

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatARGB1555

16-bit pixels with alpha(when participates in blend with

alpha surface uses pixel format that has alpha value) or without alpha.

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatARGB4444

16-bit pixels with alpha(when participates in blend with

alpha surface uses pixel format that has alpha value) or without alpha.

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatRGB565

16-bit pixels without alpha.

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatYUV1P444

32-bit pixels (1-plane XYUV unpacked).

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatUYVY1P422

16-bit pixels (1-plane U0,Y0,V0,Y1 interleaved bytes)

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatVYUY1P422

16-bit pixels (1-plane V0,Y0,U0,Y1 interleaved bytes)

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatY8

8-bit monochrome pixels (1-plane Y luma output)

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatY4

4-bit monochrome pixels (1-plane Y luma, 4 bit truncation)

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatYUV2P422

16-bit pixels (2-plane UV interleaved bytes)

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatYUV2P420

16-bit pixels (2-plane UV)

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatYVU2P422

16-bit pixels (2-plane VU interleaved bytes)

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatYVU2P420

16-bit pixels (2-plane VU)

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatYVU422

16-bit pixels (3-plane)

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatYVU420

16-bit pixels (3-plane)

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatRGBA8888

32-bit pixels with alpha at low 8-bit

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatRGBA5551

16-bit pixels with alpha at low 1-bit.

enumerator kPXP_PsPixelFormatRGBA4444

16-bit pixels with alpha at low 4-bit.

enum _pxp_ps_yuv_format

PXP process surface buffer YUV format.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_PsYUVFormatYUV

YUV format.

enumerator kPXP_PsYUVFormatYCbCr

YCbCr format.

enum _pxp_as_pixel_format

PXP alpha surface buffer pixel format.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_AsPixelFormatARGB8888

32-bit pixels with alpha.

enumerator kPXP_AsPixelFormatRGB888

32-bit pixels without alpha (unpacked 24-bit format)

enumerator kPXP_AsPixelFormatARGB1555

16-bit pixels with alpha.

enumerator kPXP_AsPixelFormatARGB4444

16-bit pixels with alpha.

enumerator kPXP_AsPixelFormatRGB555

16-bit pixels without alpha.

enumerator kPXP_AsPixelFormatRGB444

16-bit pixels without alpha.

enumerator kPXP_AsPixelFormatRGB565

16-bit pixels without alpha.

enumerator kPXP_AsPixelFormatRGBA8888

32-bit pixels with alpha at low 8-bit.

enumerator kPXP_AsPixelFormatRGBA5551

16-bit pixels with alpha at low 1-bit.

enumerator kPXP_AsPixelFormatRGBA4444

16-bit pixels with alpha at low 4-bit.

enum _pxp_alpha_mode

PXP alpha mode during blending.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_AlphaEmbedded

The alpha surface pixel alpha value will be used for blend.

enumerator kPXP_AlphaOverride

The user defined alpha value will be used for blend directly.

enumerator kPXP_AlphaMultiply

The alpha surface pixel alpha value scaled the user defined alpha value will be used for blend, for example, pixel alpha set set to 200, user defined alpha set to 100, then the reault alpha is 200 * 100 / 255.

enumerator kPXP_AlphaRop

Raster operation.

enum _pxp_rop_mode

PXP ROP mode during blending.

Explanation:

• AS: Alpha surface

• PS: Process surface

• nAS: Alpha surface NOT value

• nPS: Process surface NOT value

Values:

enumerator kPXP_RopMaskAs

AS AND PS.

enumerator kPXP_RopMaskNotAs

nAS AND PS.

enumerator kPXP_RopMaskAsNot

AS AND nPS.

enumerator kPXP_RopMergeAs

AS OR PS.

enumerator kPXP_RopMergeNotAs

nAS OR PS.

enumerator kPXP_RopMergeAsNot

AS OR nPS.

enumerator kPXP_RopNotCopyAs

nAS.

enumerator kPXP_RopNot

nPS.

enumerator kPXP_RopNotMaskAs

AS NAND PS.

enumerator kPXP_RopNotMergeAs

AS NOR PS.

enumerator kPXP_RopXorAs

AS XOR PS.

enumerator kPXP_RopNotXorAs

AS XNOR PS.

enum _pxp_block_size

PXP process block size.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_BlockSize8

Process 8x8 pixel blocks.

enumerator kPXP_BlockSize16

Process 16x16 pixel blocks.

enum _pxp_csc1_mode

PXP CSC1 mode.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_Csc1YUV2RGB

YUV to RGB.

enumerator kPXP_Csc1YCbCr2RGB

YCbCr to RGB.

enum _pxp_csc2_mode

PXP CSC2 mode.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_Csc2YUV2RGB

YUV to RGB.

enumerator kPXP_Csc2YCbCr2RGB

YCbCr to RGB.

enumerator kPXP_Csc2RGB2YUV

RGB to YUV.

enumerator kPXP_Csc2RGB2YCbCr

RGB to YCbCr.

enum _pxp_lut_lookup_mode

PXP LUT lookup mode.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_LutCacheRGB565

LUT ADDR = R[7:3],G[7:2],B[7:3]. Use all 16KB of LUT for indirect cached 128KB lookup.

enumerator kPXP_LutDirectY8

LUT ADDR = 16’b0,Y[7:0]. Use the first 256 bytes of LUT. Only third data path byte is tranformed.

enumerator kPXP_LutDirectRGB444

LUT ADDR = R[7:4],G[7:4],B[7:4]. Use one 8KB bank of LUT selected by PXP_Select8kLutBank.

enumerator kPXP_LutDirectRGB454

LUT ADDR = R[7:4],G[7:3],B[7:4]. Use all 16KB of LUT.

enum _pxp_lut_out_mode

PXP LUT output mode.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_LutOutY8

R/Y byte lane 2 lookup, bytes 1,0 bypassed.

enumerator kPXP_LutOutRGBW4444CFA

Byte lane 2 = CFA_Y8, byte lane 1,0 = RGBW4444.

enumerator kPXP_LutOutRGB888

RGB565->RGB888 conversion for Gamma correction.

enum _pxp_lut_8k_bank

PXP LUT 8K bank index used when lookup mode is kPXP_LutDirectRGB444.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_Lut8kBank0

The first 8K bank used.

enumerator kPXP_Lut8kBank1

The second 8K bank used.

enum _pxp_ram

PXP internal memory.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_RamDither0Lut

Dither 0 LUT memory.

enumerator kPXP_RamDither1Lut

Dither 1 LUT memory.

enumerator kPXP_RamDither2Lut

Dither 2 LUT memory.

enum _pxp_dither_mode

PXP dither mode.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_DitherPassThrough

Pass through, no dither.

enumerator kPXP_DitherFloydSteinberg

Floyd-Steinberg. For dither engine 0 only.

enumerator kPXP_DitherAtkinson

Atkinson. For dither engine 0 only.

enumerator kPXP_DitherOrdered

Ordered dither.

enumerator kPXP_DitherQuantOnly

No dithering, only quantization.

enumerator kPXP_DitherSierra

Sierra. For dither engine 0 only.

enum _pxp_dither_lut_mode

PXP dither LUT mode.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_DitherLutOff

The LUT memory is not used for LUT, could be used as ordered dither index matrix.

enumerator kPXP_DitherLutPreDither

Use LUT at the pre-dither stage, The pre-dither LUT could only be used in Floyd mode or Atkinson mode, which are not supported by current PXP module.

enumerator kPXP_DitherLutPostDither

Use LUT at the post-dither stage.

enum _pxp_dither_matrix_size

PXP dither matrix size.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_DitherMatrix4

The dither index matrix is 4x4.

enumerator kPXP_DitherMatrix8

The dither index matrix is 8x8.

enumerator kPXP_DitherMatrix16

The dither index matrix is 16x16.

Porter Duff factor mode. .

Values:

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffFactorOne

Use 1.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffFactorZero

Use 0.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffFactorStraight

Use straight alpha.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffFactorInversed

Use inversed alpha.

Porter Duff global alpha mode. .

Values:

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffGlobalAlpha

Use global alpha.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffLocalAlpha

Use local alpha in each pixel.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffScaledAlpha

Use global alpha * local alpha.

Porter Duff alpha mode. .

Values:

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffAlphaStraight

Use straight alpha, s0_alpha’ = s0_alpha.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffAlphaInversed

Use inversed alpha, s0_alpha’ = 0xFF - s0_alpha.

Porter Duff color mode. .

Values:

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffColorStraight

Deprecated:

Use kPXP_PorterDuffColorNoAlpha.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffColorInversed

Deprecated:

Use kPXP_PorterDuffColorWithAlpha.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffColorNoAlpha

s0_pixel’ = s0_pixel.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffColorWithAlpha

s0_pixel’ = s0_pixel * s0_alpha”.

enum _pxp_porter_duff_blend_mode

PXP Porter Duff blend mode. Note: don’t change the enum item value.

Values:

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffSrc

Source Only

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffAtop

Source Atop

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffOver

Source Over

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffIn

Source In.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffOut

Source Out.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffDst

Destination Only.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffDstAtop

Destination Atop.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffDstOver

Destination Over.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffDstIn

Destination In.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffDstOut

Destination Out.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffXor

XOR.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffClear

Clear.

enumerator kPXP_PorterDuffMax

typedef enum _pxp_flip_mode pxp_flip_mode_t

PXP output flip mode.

typedef enum _pxp_rotate_position pxp_rotate_position_t

PXP rotate mode.

typedef enum _pxp_rotate_degree pxp_rotate_degree_t

PXP rotate degree.

typedef enum _pxp_interlaced_output_mode pxp_interlaced_output_mode_t

PXP interlaced output mode.

typedef enum _pxp_output_pixel_format pxp_output_pixel_format_t

PXP output buffer format.

typedef struct _pxp_output_buffer_config pxp_output_buffer_config_t

PXP output buffer configuration.

typedef enum _pxp_ps_pixel_format pxp_ps_pixel_format_t

PXP process surface buffer pixel format.

typedef enum _pxp_ps_yuv_format pxp_ps_yuv_format_t

PXP process surface buffer YUV format.

typedef struct _pxp_ps_buffer_config pxp_ps_buffer_config_t

PXP process surface buffer configuration.

typedef enum _pxp_as_pixel_format pxp_as_pixel_format_t

PXP alpha surface buffer pixel format.

typedef struct _pxp_as_buffer_config pxp_as_buffer_config_t

PXP alphs surface buffer configuration.

typedef enum _pxp_alpha_mode pxp_alpha_mode_t

PXP alpha mode during blending.

typedef enum _pxp_rop_mode pxp_rop_mode_t

PXP ROP mode during blending.

Explanation:

• AS: Alpha surface

• PS: Process surface

• nAS: Alpha surface NOT value

• nPS: Process surface NOT value

typedef struct _pxp_as_blend_config pxp_as_blend_config_t

PXP alpha surface blending configuration.

typedef enum _pxp_block_size pxp_block_size_t

PXP process block size.

typedef enum _pxp_csc1_mode pxp_csc1_mode_t

PXP CSC1 mode.

typedef enum _pxp_csc2_mode pxp_csc2_mode_t

PXP CSC2 mode.

typedef struct _pxp_csc2_config pxp_csc2_config_t

PXP CSC2 configuration.

Converting from YUV/YCbCr color spaces to the RGB color space uses the following equation structure:

R = A1(Y+D1) + A2(U+D2) + A3(V+D3) G = B1(Y+D1) + B2(U+D2) + B3(V+D3) B = C1(Y+D1) + C2(U+D2) + C3(V+D3)

Converting from the RGB color space to YUV/YCbCr color spaces uses the following equation structure:

Y = A1*R + A2*G + A3*B + D1 U = B1*R + B2*G + B3*B + D2 V = C1*R + C2*G + C3*B + D3

typedef enum _pxp_lut_lookup_mode pxp_lut_lookup_mode_t

PXP LUT lookup mode.

typedef enum _pxp_lut_out_mode pxp_lut_out_mode_t

PXP LUT output mode.

typedef enum _pxp_lut_8k_bank pxp_lut_8k_bank_t

PXP LUT 8K bank index used when lookup mode is kPXP_LutDirectRGB444.

typedef struct _pxp_lut_config pxp_lut_config_t

PXP LUT configuration.

typedef enum _pxp_ram pxp_ram_t

PXP internal memory.

typedef struct _pxp_dither_final_lut_data pxp_dither_final_lut_data_t

PXP dither final LUT data.

typedef struct _pxp_dither_config pxp_dither_config_t

PXP dither configuration.

typedef enum _pxp_porter_duff_blend_mode pxp_porter_duff_blend_mode_t

PXP Porter Duff blend mode. Note: don’t change the enum item value.

typedef struct _pxp_pic_copy_config pxp_pic_copy_config_t

PXP Porter Duff blend mode. Note: don’t change the enum item value.

PXP_LUT_TABLE_BYTE

PXP_INTERNAL_RAM_LUT_BYTE

PXP_SHARE_ROTATE

PXP_USE_PATH

PXP_COMBINE_BYTE_TO_WORD(dataAddr)

struct _pxp_output_buffer_config

#include <fsl_pxp.h>

PXP output buffer configuration.

Public Members

pxp_output_pixel_format_t pixelFormat

Output buffer pixel format.

pxp_interlaced_output_mode_t interlacedMode

Interlaced output mode.

uint32_t buffer0Addr

Output buffer 0 address.

uint32_t buffer1Addr

Output buffer 1 address, used for UV data in YUV 2-plane mode, or field 1 in output interlaced mode.

uint16_t pitchBytes

Number of bytes between two vertically adjacent pixels.

uint16_t width

Pixels per line.

uint16_t height

How many lines in output buffer.

struct _pxp_ps_buffer_config

#include <fsl_pxp.h>

PXP process surface buffer configuration.

Public Members

pxp_ps_pixel_format_t pixelFormat

PS buffer pixel format.

bool swapByte

For each 16 bit word, set true to swap the two bytes.

uint32_t bufferAddr

Input buffer address for the first panel.

uint32_t bufferAddrU

Input buffer address for the second panel.

uint32_t bufferAddrV

Input buffer address for the third panel.

uint16_t pitchBytes

Number of bytes between two vertically adjacent pixels.

struct _pxp_as_buffer_config

#include <fsl_pxp.h>

PXP alphs surface buffer configuration.

Public Members

pxp_as_pixel_format_t pixelFormat

AS buffer pixel format.

uint32_t bufferAddr

Input buffer address.

uint16_t pitchBytes

Number of bytes between two vertically adjacent pixels.

struct _pxp_as_blend_config

#include <fsl_pxp.h>

PXP alpha surface blending configuration.

Public Members

uint8_t alpha

User defined alpha value, only used when alphaMode is kPXP_AlphaOverride or kPXP_AlphaRop.

bool invertAlpha

Set true to invert the alpha.

pxp_alpha_mode_t alphaMode

Alpha mode.

pxp_rop_mode_t ropMode

ROP mode, only valid when alphaMode is kPXP_AlphaRop.

struct _pxp_csc2_config

#include <fsl_pxp.h>

PXP CSC2 configuration.

Converting from YUV/YCbCr color spaces to the RGB color space uses the following equation structure:

R = A1(Y+D1) + A2(U+D2) + A3(V+D3) G = B1(Y+D1) + B2(U+D2) + B3(V+D3) B = C1(Y+D1) + C2(U+D2) + C3(V+D3)

Converting from the RGB color space to YUV/YCbCr color spaces uses the following equation structure:

Y = A1*R + A2*G + A3*B + D1 U = B1*R + B2*G + B3*B + D2 V = C1*R + C2*G + C3*B + D3

Public Members

pxp_csc2_mode_t mode

Convertion mode.

float A1

A1.

float A2

A2.

float A3

A3.

float B1

B1.

float B2

B2.

float B3

B3.

float C1

C1.

float C2

C2.

float C3

C3.

int16_t D1

D1.

int16_t D2

D2.

int16_t D3

D3.

struct _pxp_lut_config

#include <fsl_pxp.h>

PXP LUT configuration.

Public Members

pxp_lut_lookup_mode_t lookupMode

Look up mode.

pxp_lut_out_mode_t outMode

Out mode.

uint32_t cfaValue

The CFA value used when look up mode is kPXP_LutOutRGBW4444CFA.

struct _pxp_dither_final_lut_data

#include <fsl_pxp.h>

PXP dither final LUT data.

Public Members

uint32_t data_3_0

Data 3 to data 0. Data 0 is the least significant byte.

uint32_t data_7_4

Data 7 to data 4. Data 4 is the least significant byte.

uint32_t data_11_8

Data 11 to data 8. Data 8 is the least significant byte.

uint32_t data_15_12

Data 15 to data 12. Data 12 is the least significant byte.

struct _pxp_dither_config

#include <fsl_pxp.h>

PXP dither configuration.

Public Members

uint32_t enableDither0

Enable dither engine 0 or not, set 1 to enable, 0 to disable.

uint32_t enableDither1

Enable dither engine 1 or not, set 1 to enable, 0 to disable.

uint32_t enableDither2

Enable dither engine 2 or not, set 1 to enable, 0 to disable.

uint32_t ditherMode0

Dither mode for dither engine 0. See _pxp_dither_mode.

uint32_t ditherMode1

Dither mode for dither engine 1. See _pxp_dither_mode.

uint32_t ditherMode2

Dither mode for dither engine 2. See _pxp_dither_mode.

uint32_t quantBitNum

Number of bits quantize down to, the valid value is 1~7.

uint32_t lutMode

How to use the memory LUT, see _pxp_dither_lut_mode. This must be set to kPXP_DitherLutOff if any dither engine uses kPXP_DitherOrdered mode.

uint32_t idxMatrixSize0

Size of index matrix used for dither for dither engine 0, see _pxp_dither_matrix_size.

uint32_t idxMatrixSize1

Size of index matrix used for dither for dither engine 1, see _pxp_dither_matrix_size.

uint32_t idxMatrixSize2

Size of index matrix used for dither for dither engine 2, see _pxp_dither_matrix_size.

uint32_t enableFinalLut

Enable the final LUT, set 1 to enable, 0 to disable.

struct pxp_porter_duff_config_t

#include <fsl_pxp.h>

PXP Porter Duff configuration.

Public Members

uint32_t enable

Enable or disable Porter Duff.

uint32_t srcFactorMode

Source layer (or AS, s1) factor mode, see pxp_porter_duff_factor_mode.

uint32_t dstGlobalAlphaMode

Destination layer (or PS, s0) global alpha mode, see pxp_porter_duff_global_alpha_mode.

uint32_t dstAlphaMode

Destination layer (or PS, s0) alpha mode, see pxp_porter_duff_alpha_mode.

uint32_t dstColorMode

Destination layer (or PS, s0) color mode, see pxp_porter_duff_color_mode.

uint32_t dstFactorMode

Destination layer (or PS, s0) factor mode, see pxp_porter_duff_factor_mode.

uint32_t srcGlobalAlphaMode

Source layer (or AS, s1) global alpha mode, see pxp_porter_duff_global_alpha_mode.

uint32_t srcAlphaMode

Source layer (or AS, s1) alpha mode, see pxp_porter_duff_alpha_mode.

uint32_t srcColorMode

Source layer (or AS, s1) color mode, see pxp_porter_duff_color_mode.

uint32_t dstGlobalAlpha

Destination layer (or PS, s0) global alpha value, 0~255.

uint32_t srcGlobalAlpha

Source layer (or AS, s1) global alpha value, 0~255.

struct _pxp_pic_copy_config

#include <fsl_pxp.h>

PXP Porter Duff blend mode. Note: don’t change the enum item value.

Public Members

uint32_t srcPicBaseAddr

Source picture base address.

uint16_t srcPitchBytes

Pitch of the source buffer.

uint16_t srcOffsetX

Copy position in source picture.

uint16_t srcOffsetY

Copy position in source picture.

uint32_t destPicBaseAddr

Destination picture base address.

uint16_t destPitchBytes

Pitch of the destination buffer.

uint16_t destOffsetX

Copy position in destination picture.

uint16_t destOffsetY

Copy position in destination picture.

uint16_t width

Pixel number each line to copy.

uint16_t height

Lines to copy.

pxp_as_pixel_format_t pixelFormat

Buffer pixel format.

RGPIO: Rapid General-Purpose Input/Output Driver

FSL_RGPIO_DRIVER_VERSION

RGPIO driver version 2.1.0.

enum _rgpio_pin_direction

RGPIO direction definition.

Values:

enumerator kRGPIO_DigitalInput

Set current pin as digital input

enumerator kRGPIO_DigitalOutput

Set current pin as digital output

typedef enum _rgpio_pin_direction rgpio_pin_direction_t

RGPIO direction definition.

typedef struct _rgpio_pin_config rgpio_pin_config_t

The RGPIO pin configuration structure.

Each pin can only be configured as either an output pin or an input pin at a time. If configured as an input pin, leave the outputConfig unused. Note that in some use cases, the corresponding port property should be configured in advance with the PORT_SetPinConfig().

struct _rgpio_pin_config

#include <fsl_rgpio.h>

The RGPIO pin configuration structure.

Each pin can only be configured as either an output pin or an input pin at a time. If configured as an input pin, leave the outputConfig unused. Note that in some use cases, the corresponding port property should be configured in advance with the PORT_SetPinConfig().

Public Members

rgpio_pin_direction_t pinDirection

RGPIO direction, input or output

uint8_t outputLogic

Set a default output logic, which has no use in input

RGPIO Driver

void RGPIO_PinInit(RGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, const rgpio_pin_config_t *config)

Initializes a RGPIO pin used by the board.

To initialize the RGPIO, define a pin configuration, as either input or output, in the user file. Then, call the RGPIO_PinInit() function.

This is an example to define an input pin or an output pin configuration.

 Define a digital input pin configuration,
rgpio_pin_config_t config =
{
  kRGPIO_DigitalInput,
  0,
}
Define a digital output pin configuration,
rgpio_pin_config_t config =
{
  kRGPIO_DigitalOutput,
  0,
}

Parameters:

• base – RGPIO peripheral base pointer (RGPIOA, RGPIOB, RGPIOC, and so on.)

• pin – RGPIO port pin number

• config – RGPIO pin configuration pointer

uint32_t RGPIO_GetInstance(RGPIO_Type *base)

Gets the RGPIO instance according to the RGPIO base.

Parameters:

• base – RGPIO peripheral base pointer(PTA, PTB, PTC, etc.)

Return values:

RGPIO – instance

static inline void RGPIO_PinWrite(RGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, uint8_t output)

Sets the output level of the multiple RGPIO pins to the logic 1 or 0.

Parameters:

• base – RGPIO peripheral base pointer (RGPIOA, RGPIOB, RGPIOC, and so on.)

• pin – RGPIO pin number

• output – RGPIO pin output logic level.

  • 0: corresponding pin output low-logic level.

  • 1: corresponding pin output high-logic level.

static inline void RGPIO_WritePinOutput(RGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, uint8_t output)

Sets the output level of the multiple RGPIO pins to the logic 1 or 0.

Deprecated:

Do not use this function. It has been superceded by RGPIO_PinWrite.

static inline void RGPIO_PortSet(RGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple RGPIO pins to the logic 1.

Parameters:

• base – RGPIO peripheral base pointer (RGPIOA, RGPIOB, RGPIOC, and so on.)

• mask – RGPIO pin number macro

static inline void RGPIO_SetPinsOutput(RGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple RGPIO pins to the logic 1.

Deprecated:

Do not use this function. It has been superceded by RGPIO_PortSet.

static inline void RGPIO_PortClear(RGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple RGPIO pins to the logic 0.

Parameters:

• base – RGPIO peripheral base pointer (RGPIOA, RGPIOB, RGPIOC, and so on.)

• mask – RGPIO pin number macro

static inline void RGPIO_ClearPinsOutput(RGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple RGPIO pins to the logic 0.

Deprecated:

Do not use this function. It has been superceded by RGPIO_PortClear.

Parameters:

• base – RGPIO peripheral base pointer (RGPIOA, RGPIOB, RGPIOC, and so on.)

• mask – RGPIO pin number macro

static inline void RGPIO_PortToggle(RGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Reverses the current output logic of the multiple RGPIO pins.

Parameters:

• base – RGPIO peripheral base pointer (RGPIOA, RGPIOB, RGPIOC, and so on.)

• mask – RGPIO pin number macro

static inline void RGPIO_TogglePinsOutput(RGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Reverses the current output logic of the multiple RGPIO pins.

Deprecated:

Do not use this function. It has been superceded by RGPIO_PortToggle.

static inline uint32_t RGPIO_PinRead(RGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Reads the current input value of the RGPIO port.

Parameters:

• base – RGPIO peripheral base pointer (RGPIOA, RGPIOB, RGPIOC, and so on.)

• pin – RGPIO pin number

Return values:

RGPIO – port input value

• 0: corresponding pin input low-logic level.

• 1: corresponding pin input high-logic level.

static inline uint32_t RGPIO_ReadPinInput(RGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Reads the current input value of the RGPIO port.

Deprecated:

Do not use this function. It has been superceded by RGPIO_PinRead.

SAI: Serial Audio Interface

SAI Driver

void SAI_Init(I2S_Type *base)

Initializes the SAI peripheral.

This API gates the SAI clock. The SAI module can’t operate unless SAI_Init is called to enable the clock.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

void SAI_Deinit(I2S_Type *base)

De-initializes the SAI peripheral.

This API gates the SAI clock. The SAI module can’t operate unless SAI_TxInit or SAI_RxInit is called to enable the clock.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

void SAI_TxReset(I2S_Type *base)

Resets the SAI Tx.

This function enables the software reset and FIFO reset of SAI Tx. After reset, clear the reset bit.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

void SAI_RxReset(I2S_Type *base)

Resets the SAI Rx.

This function enables the software reset and FIFO reset of SAI Rx. After reset, clear the reset bit.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

void SAI_TxEnable(I2S_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the SAI Tx.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• enable – True means enable SAI Tx, false means disable.

void SAI_RxEnable(I2S_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the SAI Rx.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• enable – True means enable SAI Rx, false means disable.

static inline void SAI_TxSetBitClockDirection(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_slave_t masterSlave)

Set Rx bit clock direction.

Select bit clock direction, master or slave.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• masterSlave – reference sai_master_slave_t.

static inline void SAI_RxSetBitClockDirection(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_slave_t masterSlave)

Set Rx bit clock direction.

Select bit clock direction, master or slave.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• masterSlave – reference sai_master_slave_t.

static inline void SAI_RxSetFrameSyncDirection(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_slave_t masterSlave)

Set Rx frame sync direction.

Select frame sync direction, master or slave.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• masterSlave – reference sai_master_slave_t.

static inline void SAI_TxSetFrameSyncDirection(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_slave_t masterSlave)

Set Tx frame sync direction.

Select frame sync direction, master or slave.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• masterSlave – reference sai_master_slave_t.

void SAI_TxSetBitClockRate(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t sourceClockHz, uint32_t sampleRate, uint32_t bitWidth, uint32_t channelNumbers)

Transmitter bit clock rate configurations.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• sourceClockHz – Bit clock source frequency.

• sampleRate – Audio data sample rate.

• bitWidth – Audio data bitWidth.

• channelNumbers – Audio channel numbers.

void SAI_RxSetBitClockRate(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t sourceClockHz, uint32_t sampleRate, uint32_t bitWidth, uint32_t channelNumbers)

Receiver bit clock rate configurations.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• sourceClockHz – Bit clock source frequency.

• sampleRate – Audio data sample rate.

• bitWidth – Audio data bitWidth.

• channelNumbers – Audio channel numbers.

void SAI_TxSetBitclockConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_slave_t masterSlave, sai_bit_clock_t *config)

Transmitter Bit clock configurations.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• masterSlave – master or slave.

• config – bit clock other configurations, can be NULL in slave mode.

void SAI_RxSetBitclockConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_slave_t masterSlave, sai_bit_clock_t *config)

Receiver Bit clock configurations.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• masterSlave – master or slave.

• config – bit clock other configurations, can be NULL in slave mode.

void SAI_TxSetFrameSyncConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_slave_t masterSlave, sai_frame_sync_t *config)

SAI transmitter Frame sync configurations.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• masterSlave – master or slave.

• config – frame sync configurations, can be NULL in slave mode.

void SAI_RxSetFrameSyncConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_slave_t masterSlave, sai_frame_sync_t *config)

SAI receiver Frame sync configurations.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• masterSlave – master or slave.

• config – frame sync configurations, can be NULL in slave mode.

void SAI_TxSetSerialDataConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_serial_data_t *config)

SAI transmitter Serial data configurations.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• config – serial data configurations.

void SAI_RxSetSerialDataConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_serial_data_t *config)

SAI receiver Serial data configurations.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• config – serial data configurations.

void SAI_TxSetConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_transceiver_t *config)

SAI transmitter configurations.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• config – transmitter configurations.

void SAI_RxSetConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_transceiver_t *config)

SAI receiver configurations.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• config – receiver configurations.

void SAI_GetClassicI2SConfig(sai_transceiver_t *config, sai_word_width_t bitWidth, sai_mono_stereo_t mode, uint32_t saiChannelMask)

Get classic I2S mode configurations.

Parameters:

• config – transceiver configurations.

• bitWidth – audio data bitWidth.

• mode – audio data channel.

• saiChannelMask – mask value of the channel to be enable.

void SAI_GetLeftJustifiedConfig(sai_transceiver_t *config, sai_word_width_t bitWidth, sai_mono_stereo_t mode, uint32_t saiChannelMask)

Get left justified mode configurations.

Parameters:

• config – transceiver configurations.

• bitWidth – audio data bitWidth.

• mode – audio data channel.

• saiChannelMask – mask value of the channel to be enable.

void SAI_GetRightJustifiedConfig(sai_transceiver_t *config, sai_word_width_t bitWidth, sai_mono_stereo_t mode, uint32_t saiChannelMask)

Get right justified mode configurations.

Parameters:

• config – transceiver configurations.

• bitWidth – audio data bitWidth.

• mode – audio data channel.

• saiChannelMask – mask value of the channel to be enable.

void SAI_GetTDMConfig(sai_transceiver_t *config, sai_frame_sync_len_t frameSyncWidth, sai_word_width_t bitWidth, uint32_t dataWordNum, uint32_t saiChannelMask)

Get TDM mode configurations.

Parameters:

• config – transceiver configurations.

• frameSyncWidth – length of frame sync.

• bitWidth – audio data word width.

• dataWordNum – word number in one frame.

• saiChannelMask – mask value of the channel to be enable.

void SAI_GetDSPConfig(sai_transceiver_t *config, sai_frame_sync_len_t frameSyncWidth, sai_word_width_t bitWidth, sai_mono_stereo_t mode, uint32_t saiChannelMask)

Get DSP mode configurations.

DSP/PCM MODE B configuration flow for TX. RX is similiar but uses SAI_RxSetConfig instead of SAI_TxSetConfig:

SAI_GetDSPConfig(config, kSAI_FrameSyncLenOneBitClk, bitWidth, kSAI_Stereo, channelMask)
SAI_TxSetConfig(base, config)

Note

DSP mode is also called PCM mode which support MODE A and MODE B, DSP/PCM MODE A configuration flow. RX is similiar but uses SAI_RxSetConfig instead of SAI_TxSetConfig:

SAI_GetDSPConfig(config, kSAI_FrameSyncLenOneBitClk, bitWidth, kSAI_Stereo, channelMask)
config->frameSync.frameSyncEarly    = true;
SAI_TxSetConfig(base, config)

Parameters:

• config – transceiver configurations.

• frameSyncWidth – length of frame sync.

• bitWidth – audio data bitWidth.

• mode – audio data channel.

• saiChannelMask – mask value of the channel to enable.

static inline uint32_t SAI_TxGetStatusFlag(I2S_Type *base)

Gets the SAI Tx status flag state.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

Returns:

SAI Tx status flag value. Use the Status Mask to get the status value needed.

static inline void SAI_TxClearStatusFlags(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the SAI Tx status flag state.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• mask – State mask. It can be a combination of the following source if defined:

  • kSAI_WordStartFlag

  • kSAI_SyncErrorFlag

  • kSAI_FIFOErrorFlag

static inline uint32_t SAI_RxGetStatusFlag(I2S_Type *base)

Gets the SAI Tx status flag state.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

Returns:

SAI Rx status flag value. Use the Status Mask to get the status value needed.

static inline void SAI_RxClearStatusFlags(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the SAI Rx status flag state.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• mask – State mask. It can be a combination of the following sources if defined.

  • kSAI_WordStartFlag

  • kSAI_SyncErrorFlag

  • kSAI_FIFOErrorFlag

void SAI_TxSoftwareReset(I2S_Type *base, sai_reset_type_t resetType)

Do software reset or FIFO reset .

FIFO reset means clear all the data in the FIFO, and make the FIFO pointer both to 0. Software reset means clear the Tx internal logic, including the bit clock, frame count etc. But software reset will not clear any configuration registers like TCR1~TCR5. This function will also clear all the error flags such as FIFO error, sync error etc.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• resetType – Reset type, FIFO reset or software reset

void SAI_RxSoftwareReset(I2S_Type *base, sai_reset_type_t resetType)

Do software reset or FIFO reset .

FIFO reset means clear all the data in the FIFO, and make the FIFO pointer both to 0. Software reset means clear the Rx internal logic, including the bit clock, frame count etc. But software reset will not clear any configuration registers like RCR1~RCR5. This function will also clear all the error flags such as FIFO error, sync error etc.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• resetType – Reset type, FIFO reset or software reset

void SAI_TxSetChannelFIFOMask(I2S_Type *base, uint8_t mask)

Set the Tx channel FIFO enable mask.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• mask – Channel enable mask, 0 means all channel FIFO disabled, 1 means channel 0 enabled, 3 means both channel 0 and channel 1 enabled.

void SAI_RxSetChannelFIFOMask(I2S_Type *base, uint8_t mask)

Set the Rx channel FIFO enable mask.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• mask – Channel enable mask, 0 means all channel FIFO disabled, 1 means channel 0 enabled, 3 means both channel 0 and channel 1 enabled.

void SAI_TxSetDataOrder(I2S_Type *base, sai_data_order_t order)

Set the Tx data order.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• order – Data order MSB or LSB

void SAI_RxSetDataOrder(I2S_Type *base, sai_data_order_t order)

Set the Rx data order.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• order – Data order MSB or LSB

void SAI_TxSetBitClockPolarity(I2S_Type *base, sai_clock_polarity_t polarity)

Set the Tx data order.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• polarity –

void SAI_RxSetBitClockPolarity(I2S_Type *base, sai_clock_polarity_t polarity)

Set the Rx data order.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• polarity –

void SAI_TxSetFrameSyncPolarity(I2S_Type *base, sai_clock_polarity_t polarity)

Set the Tx data order.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• polarity –

void SAI_RxSetFrameSyncPolarity(I2S_Type *base, sai_clock_polarity_t polarity)

Set the Rx data order.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• polarity –

static inline void SAI_TxEnableInterrupts(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the SAI Tx interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• mask – interrupt source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.

  • kSAI_WordStartInterruptEnable

  • kSAI_SyncErrorInterruptEnable

  • kSAI_FIFOWarningInterruptEnable

  • kSAI_FIFORequestInterruptEnable

  • kSAI_FIFOErrorInterruptEnable

static inline void SAI_RxEnableInterrupts(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the SAI Rx interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• mask – interrupt source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.

  • kSAI_WordStartInterruptEnable

  • kSAI_SyncErrorInterruptEnable

  • kSAI_FIFOWarningInterruptEnable

  • kSAI_FIFORequestInterruptEnable

  • kSAI_FIFOErrorInterruptEnable

static inline void SAI_TxDisableInterrupts(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the SAI Tx interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• mask – interrupt source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.

  • kSAI_WordStartInterruptEnable

  • kSAI_SyncErrorInterruptEnable

  • kSAI_FIFOWarningInterruptEnable

  • kSAI_FIFORequestInterruptEnable

  • kSAI_FIFOErrorInterruptEnable

static inline void SAI_RxDisableInterrupts(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the SAI Rx interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• mask – interrupt source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.

  • kSAI_WordStartInterruptEnable

  • kSAI_SyncErrorInterruptEnable

  • kSAI_FIFOWarningInterruptEnable

  • kSAI_FIFORequestInterruptEnable

  • kSAI_FIFOErrorInterruptEnable

static inline void SAI_TxEnableDMA(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables/disables the SAI Tx DMA requests.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• mask – DMA source The parameter can be combination of the following sources if defined.

  • kSAI_FIFOWarningDMAEnable

  • kSAI_FIFORequestDMAEnable

• enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline void SAI_RxEnableDMA(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables/disables the SAI Rx DMA requests.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• mask – DMA source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.

  • kSAI_FIFOWarningDMAEnable

  • kSAI_FIFORequestDMAEnable

• enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline uintptr_t SAI_TxGetDataRegisterAddress(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Gets the SAI Tx data register address.

This API is used to provide a transfer address for the SAI DMA transfer configuration.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• channel – Which data channel used.

Returns:

data register address.

static inline uintptr_t SAI_RxGetDataRegisterAddress(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Gets the SAI Rx data register address.

This API is used to provide a transfer address for the SAI DMA transfer configuration.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• channel – Which data channel used.

Returns:

data register address.

void SAI_WriteBlocking(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t bitWidth, uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size)

Sends data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks by polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• channel – Data channel used.

• bitWidth – How many bits in an audio word; usually 8/16/24/32 bits.

• buffer – Pointer to the data to be written.

• size – Bytes to be written.

void SAI_WriteMultiChannelBlocking(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t channelMask, uint32_t bitWidth, uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size)

Sends data to multi channel using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks by polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• channel – Data channel used.

• channelMask – channel mask.

• bitWidth – How many bits in an audio word; usually 8/16/24/32 bits.

• buffer – Pointer to the data to be written.

• size – Bytes to be written.

static inline void SAI_WriteData(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t data)

Writes data into SAI FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• channel – Data channel used.

• data – Data needs to be written.

void SAI_ReadBlocking(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t bitWidth, uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size)

Receives data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks by polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• channel – Data channel used.

• bitWidth – How many bits in an audio word; usually 8/16/24/32 bits.

• buffer – Pointer to the data to be read.

• size – Bytes to be read.

void SAI_ReadMultiChannelBlocking(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t channelMask, uint32_t bitWidth, uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size)

Receives multi channel data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks by polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• channel – Data channel used.

• channelMask – channel mask.

• bitWidth – How many bits in an audio word; usually 8/16/24/32 bits.

• buffer – Pointer to the data to be read.

• size – Bytes to be read.

static inline uint32_t SAI_ReadData(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Reads data from the SAI FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• channel – Data channel used.

Returns:

Data in SAI FIFO.

void SAI_TransferTxCreateHandle(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, sai_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the SAI Tx handle.

This function initializes the Tx handle for the SAI Tx transactional APIs. Call this function once to get the handle initialized.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• handle – SAI handle pointer.

• callback – Pointer to the user callback function.

• userData – User parameter passed to the callback function

void SAI_TransferRxCreateHandle(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, sai_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the SAI Rx handle.

This function initializes the Rx handle for the SAI Rx transactional APIs. Call this function once to get the handle initialized.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – SAI handle pointer.

• callback – Pointer to the user callback function.

• userData – User parameter passed to the callback function.

void SAI_TransferTxSetConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, sai_transceiver_t *config)

SAI transmitter transfer configurations.

This function initializes the Tx, include bit clock, frame sync, master clock, serial data and fifo configurations.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – SAI handle pointer.

• config – tranmitter configurations.

void SAI_TransferRxSetConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, sai_transceiver_t *config)

SAI receiver transfer configurations.

This function initializes the Rx, include bit clock, frame sync, master clock, serial data and fifo configurations.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – SAI handle pointer.

• config – receiver configurations.

status_t SAI_TransferSendNonBlocking(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, sai_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking send transfer on SAI.

Note

This API returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call the SAI_TxGetTransferStatusIRQ to poll the transfer status and check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is not kStatus_SAI_Busy, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – Pointer to the sai_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• xfer – Pointer to the sai_transfer_t structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully started the data receive.

• kStatus_SAI_TxBusy – Previous receive still not finished.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input parameter is invalid.

status_t SAI_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, sai_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking receive transfer on SAI.

Note

This API returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call the SAI_RxGetTransferStatusIRQ to poll the transfer status and check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is not kStatus_SAI_Busy, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• handle – Pointer to the sai_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• xfer – Pointer to the sai_transfer_t structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully started the data receive.

• kStatus_SAI_RxBusy – Previous receive still not finished.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input parameter is invalid.

status_t SAI_TransferGetSendCount(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets a set byte count.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – Pointer to the sai_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• count – Bytes count sent.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

status_t SAI_TransferGetReceiveCount(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets a received byte count.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – Pointer to the sai_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• count – Bytes count received.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

void SAI_TransferAbortSend(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current send.

Note

This API can be called any time when an interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer early.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – Pointer to the sai_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void SAI_TransferAbortReceive(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current IRQ receive.

Note

This API can be called when an interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer early.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• handle – Pointer to the sai_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void SAI_TransferTerminateSend(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle)

Terminate all SAI send.

This function will clear all transfer slots buffered in the sai queue. If users only want to abort the current transfer slot, please call SAI_TransferAbortSend.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

void SAI_TransferTerminateReceive(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle)

Terminate all SAI receive.

This function will clear all transfer slots buffered in the sai queue. If users only want to abort the current transfer slot, please call SAI_TransferAbortReceive.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

void SAI_TransferTxHandleIRQ(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle)

Tx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – Pointer to the sai_handle_t structure.

void SAI_TransferRxHandleIRQ(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle)

Tx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – Pointer to the sai_handle_t structure.

FSL_SAI_DRIVER_VERSION

Version 2.4.4

_sai_status_t, SAI return status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_SAI_TxBusy

SAI Tx is busy.

enumerator kStatus_SAI_RxBusy

SAI Rx is busy.

enumerator kStatus_SAI_TxError

SAI Tx FIFO error.

enumerator kStatus_SAI_RxError

SAI Rx FIFO error.

enumerator kStatus_SAI_QueueFull

SAI transfer queue is full.

enumerator kStatus_SAI_TxIdle

SAI Tx is idle

enumerator kStatus_SAI_RxIdle

SAI Rx is idle

_sai_channel_mask,.sai channel mask value, actual channel numbers is depend soc specific

Values:

enumerator kSAI_Channel0Mask

channel 0 mask value

enumerator kSAI_Channel1Mask

channel 1 mask value

enumerator kSAI_Channel2Mask

channel 2 mask value

enumerator kSAI_Channel3Mask

channel 3 mask value

enumerator kSAI_Channel4Mask

channel 4 mask value

enumerator kSAI_Channel5Mask

channel 5 mask value

enumerator kSAI_Channel6Mask

channel 6 mask value

enumerator kSAI_Channel7Mask

channel 7 mask value

enum _sai_protocol

Define the SAI bus type.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_BusLeftJustified

Uses left justified format.

enumerator kSAI_BusRightJustified

Uses right justified format.

enumerator kSAI_BusI2S

Uses I2S format.

enumerator kSAI_BusPCMA

Uses I2S PCM A format.

enumerator kSAI_BusPCMB

Uses I2S PCM B format.

enum _sai_master_slave

Master or slave mode.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_Master

Master mode include bclk and frame sync

enumerator kSAI_Slave

Slave mode include bclk and frame sync

enumerator kSAI_Bclk_Master_FrameSync_Slave

bclk in master mode, frame sync in slave mode

enumerator kSAI_Bclk_Slave_FrameSync_Master

bclk in slave mode, frame sync in master mode

enum _sai_mono_stereo

Mono or stereo audio format.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_Stereo

Stereo sound.

enumerator kSAI_MonoRight

Only Right channel have sound.

enumerator kSAI_MonoLeft

Only left channel have sound.

enum _sai_data_order

SAI data order, MSB or LSB.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_DataLSB

LSB bit transferred first

enumerator kSAI_DataMSB

MSB bit transferred first

enum _sai_clock_polarity

SAI clock polarity, active high or low.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_PolarityActiveHigh

Drive outputs on rising edge

enumerator kSAI_PolarityActiveLow

Drive outputs on falling edge

enumerator kSAI_SampleOnFallingEdge

Sample inputs on falling edge

enumerator kSAI_SampleOnRisingEdge

Sample inputs on rising edge

enum _sai_sync_mode

Synchronous or asynchronous mode.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_ModeAsync

Asynchronous mode

enumerator kSAI_ModeSync

Synchronous mode (with receiver or transmit)

enum _sai_mclk_source

Mater clock source.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_MclkSourceSysclk

Master clock from the system clock

enumerator kSAI_MclkSourceSelect1

Master clock from source 1

enumerator kSAI_MclkSourceSelect2

Master clock from source 2

enumerator kSAI_MclkSourceSelect3

Master clock from source 3

enum _sai_bclk_source

Bit clock source.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_BclkSourceBusclk

Bit clock using bus clock

enumerator kSAI_BclkSourceMclkOption1

Bit clock MCLK option 1

enumerator kSAI_BclkSourceMclkOption2

Bit clock MCLK option2

enumerator kSAI_BclkSourceMclkOption3

Bit clock MCLK option3

enumerator kSAI_BclkSourceMclkDiv

Bit clock using master clock divider

enumerator kSAI_BclkSourceOtherSai0

Bit clock from other SAI device

enumerator kSAI_BclkSourceOtherSai1

Bit clock from other SAI device

_sai_interrupt_enable_t, The SAI interrupt enable flag

Values:

enumerator kSAI_WordStartInterruptEnable

Word start flag, means the first word in a frame detected

enumerator kSAI_SyncErrorInterruptEnable

Sync error flag, means the sync error is detected

enumerator kSAI_FIFOWarningInterruptEnable

FIFO warning flag, means the FIFO is empty

enumerator kSAI_FIFOErrorInterruptEnable

FIFO error flag

_sai_dma_enable_t, The DMA request sources

Values:

enumerator kSAI_FIFOWarningDMAEnable

FIFO warning caused by the DMA request

_sai_flags, The SAI status flag

Values:

enumerator kSAI_WordStartFlag

Word start flag, means the first word in a frame detected

enumerator kSAI_SyncErrorFlag

Sync error flag, means the sync error is detected

enumerator kSAI_FIFOErrorFlag

FIFO error flag

enumerator kSAI_FIFOWarningFlag

FIFO warning flag

enum _sai_reset_type

The reset type.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_ResetTypeSoftware

Software reset, reset the logic state

enumerator kSAI_ResetTypeFIFO

FIFO reset, reset the FIFO read and write pointer

enumerator kSAI_ResetAll

All reset.

enum _sai_sample_rate

Audio sample rate.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate8KHz

Sample rate 8000 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate11025Hz

Sample rate 11025 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate12KHz

Sample rate 12000 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate16KHz

Sample rate 16000 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate22050Hz

Sample rate 22050 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate24KHz

Sample rate 24000 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate32KHz

Sample rate 32000 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate44100Hz

Sample rate 44100 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate48KHz

Sample rate 48000 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate96KHz

Sample rate 96000 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate192KHz

Sample rate 192000 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate384KHz

Sample rate 384000 Hz

enum _sai_word_width

Audio word width.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_WordWidth8bits

Audio data width 8 bits

enumerator kSAI_WordWidth16bits

Audio data width 16 bits

enumerator kSAI_WordWidth24bits

Audio data width 24 bits

enumerator kSAI_WordWidth32bits

Audio data width 32 bits

enum _sai_transceiver_type

sai transceiver type

Values:

enumerator kSAI_Transmitter

sai transmitter

enumerator kSAI_Receiver

sai receiver

enum _sai_frame_sync_len

sai frame sync len

Values:

enumerator kSAI_FrameSyncLenOneBitClk

1 bit clock frame sync len for DSP mode

enumerator kSAI_FrameSyncLenPerWordWidth

Frame sync length decided by word width

typedef enum _sai_protocol sai_protocol_t

Define the SAI bus type.

typedef enum _sai_master_slave sai_master_slave_t

Master or slave mode.

typedef enum _sai_mono_stereo sai_mono_stereo_t

Mono or stereo audio format.

typedef enum _sai_data_order sai_data_order_t

SAI data order, MSB or LSB.

typedef enum _sai_clock_polarity sai_clock_polarity_t

SAI clock polarity, active high or low.

typedef enum _sai_sync_mode sai_sync_mode_t

Synchronous or asynchronous mode.

typedef enum _sai_mclk_source sai_mclk_source_t

Mater clock source.

typedef enum _sai_bclk_source sai_bclk_source_t

Bit clock source.

typedef enum _sai_reset_type sai_reset_type_t

The reset type.

typedef struct _sai_config sai_config_t

SAI user configuration structure.

typedef enum _sai_sample_rate sai_sample_rate_t

Audio sample rate.

typedef enum _sai_word_width sai_word_width_t

Audio word width.

typedef enum _sai_transceiver_type sai_transceiver_type_t

sai transceiver type

typedef enum _sai_frame_sync_len sai_frame_sync_len_t

sai frame sync len

typedef struct _sai_transfer_format sai_transfer_format_t

sai transfer format

typedef struct _sai_bit_clock sai_bit_clock_t

sai bit clock configurations

typedef struct _sai_frame_sync sai_frame_sync_t

sai frame sync configurations

typedef struct _sai_serial_data sai_serial_data_t

sai serial data configurations

typedef struct _sai_transceiver sai_transceiver_t

sai transceiver configurations

typedef struct _sai_transfer sai_transfer_t

SAI transfer structure.

typedef struct _sai_handle sai_handle_t

typedef void (*sai_transfer_callback_t)(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

SAI transfer callback prototype.

SAI_XFER_QUEUE_SIZE

SAI transfer queue size, user can refine it according to use case.

FSL_SAI_HAS_FIFO_EXTEND_FEATURE

sai fifo feature

struct _sai_config

#include <fsl_sai.h>

SAI user configuration structure.

Public Members

sai_protocol_t protocol

Audio bus protocol in SAI

sai_sync_mode_t syncMode

SAI sync mode, control Tx/Rx clock sync

sai_bclk_source_t bclkSource

Bit Clock source

sai_master_slave_t masterSlave

Master or slave

struct _sai_transfer_format

#include <fsl_sai.h>

sai transfer format

Public Members

uint32_t sampleRate_Hz

Sample rate of audio data

uint32_t bitWidth

Data length of audio data, usually 8/16/24/32 bits

sai_mono_stereo_t stereo

Mono or stereo

uint8_t channel

Transfer start channel

uint8_t channelMask

enabled channel mask value, reference _sai_channel_mask

uint8_t endChannel

end channel number

uint8_t channelNums

Total enabled channel numbers

sai_protocol_t protocol

Which audio protocol used

bool isFrameSyncCompact

True means Frame sync length is configurable according to bitWidth, false means frame sync length is 64 times of bit clock.

struct _sai_bit_clock

#include <fsl_sai.h>

sai bit clock configurations

Public Members

bool bclkSrcSwap

bit clock source swap

bool bclkInputDelay

bit clock actually used by the transmitter is delayed by the pad output delay, this has effect of decreasing the data input setup time, but increasing the data output valid time .

sai_clock_polarity_t bclkPolarity

bit clock polarity

sai_bclk_source_t bclkSource

bit Clock source

struct _sai_frame_sync

#include <fsl_sai.h>

sai frame sync configurations

Public Members

uint8_t frameSyncWidth

frame sync width in number of bit clocks

bool frameSyncEarly

TRUE is frame sync assert one bit before the first bit of frame FALSE is frame sync assert with the first bit of the frame

sai_clock_polarity_t frameSyncPolarity

frame sync polarity

struct _sai_serial_data

#include <fsl_sai.h>

sai serial data configurations

Public Members

sai_data_order_t dataOrder

configure whether the LSB or MSB is transmitted first

uint8_t dataWord0Length

configure the number of bits in the first word in each frame

uint8_t dataWordNLength

configure the number of bits in the each word in each frame, except the first word

uint8_t dataWordLength

used to record the data length for dma transfer

uint8_t dataFirstBitShifted

Configure the bit index for the first bit transmitted for each word in the frame

uint8_t dataWordNum

configure the number of words in each frame

uint32_t dataMaskedWord

configure whether the transmit word is masked

struct _sai_transceiver

#include <fsl_sai.h>

sai transceiver configurations

Public Members

sai_serial_data_t serialData

serial data configurations

sai_frame_sync_t frameSync

ws configurations

sai_bit_clock_t bitClock

bit clock configurations

sai_master_slave_t masterSlave

transceiver is master or slave

sai_sync_mode_t syncMode

transceiver sync mode

uint8_t startChannel

Transfer start channel

uint8_t channelMask

enabled channel mask value, reference _sai_channel_mask

uint8_t endChannel

end channel number

uint8_t channelNums

Total enabled channel numbers

struct _sai_transfer

#include <fsl_sai.h>

SAI transfer structure.

Public Members

uint8_t *data

Data start address to transfer.

size_t dataSize

Transfer size.

struct _sai_handle

#include <fsl_sai.h>

SAI handle structure.

Public Members

I2S_Type *base

base address

uint32_t state

Transfer status

sai_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback function called at transfer event

void *userData

Callback parameter passed to callback function

uint8_t bitWidth

Bit width for transfer, 8/16/24/32 bits

uint8_t channel

Transfer start channel

uint8_t channelMask

enabled channel mask value, refernece _sai_channel_mask

uint8_t endChannel

end channel number

uint8_t channelNums

Total enabled channel numbers

sai_transfer_t saiQueue[(4U)]

Transfer queue storing queued transfer

size_t transferSize[(4U)]

Data bytes need to transfer

volatile uint8_t queueUser

Index for user to queue transfer

volatile uint8_t queueDriver

Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

SAI EDMA Driver

void SAI_TransferTxCreateHandleEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txDmaHandle)

Initializes the SAI eDMA handle.

This function initializes the SAI master DMA handle, which can be used for other SAI master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified SAI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

• callback – Pointer to user callback function.

• userData – User parameter passed to the callback function.

• txDmaHandle – eDMA handle pointer, this handle shall be static allocated by users.

void SAI_TransferRxCreateHandleEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *rxDmaHandle)

Initializes the SAI Rx eDMA handle.

This function initializes the SAI slave DMA handle, which can be used for other SAI master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified SAI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

• callback – Pointer to user callback function.

• userData – User parameter passed to the callback function.

• rxDmaHandle – eDMA handle pointer, this handle shall be static allocated by users.

void SAI_TransferSetInterleaveType(sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_edma_interleave_t interleaveType)

Initializes the SAI interleave type.

This function initializes the SAI DMA handle member interleaveType, it shall be called only when application would like to use type kSAI_EDMAInterleavePerChannelBlock, since the default interleaveType is kSAI_EDMAInterleavePerChannelSample always

Parameters:

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

• interleaveType – Multi channel interleave type.

void SAI_TransferTxSetConfigEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_transceiver_t *saiConfig)

Configures the SAI Tx.

Note

SAI eDMA supports data transfer in a multiple SAI channels if the FIFO Combine feature is supported. To activate the multi-channel transfer enable SAI channels by filling the channelMask of sai_transceiver_t with the corresponding values of _sai_channel_mask enum, enable the FIFO Combine mode by assigning kSAI_FifoCombineModeEnabledOnWrite to the fifoCombine member of sai_fifo_combine_t which is a member of sai_transceiver_t. This is an example of multi-channel data transfer configuration step.

sai_transceiver_t config;
SAI_GetClassicI2SConfig(&config, kSAI_WordWidth16bits, kSAI_Stereo, kSAI_Channel0Mask|kSAI_Channel1Mask);
config.fifo.fifoCombine = kSAI_FifoCombineModeEnabledOnWrite;
SAI_TransferTxSetConfigEDMA(I2S0, &edmaHandle, &config);

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

• saiConfig – sai configurations.

void SAI_TransferRxSetConfigEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_transceiver_t *saiConfig)

Configures the SAI Rx.

Note

SAI eDMA supports data transfer in a multiple SAI channels if the FIFO Combine feature is supported. To activate the multi-channel transfer enable SAI channels by filling the channelMask of sai_transceiver_t with the corresponding values of _sai_channel_mask enum, enable the FIFO Combine mode by assigning kSAI_FifoCombineModeEnabledOnRead to the fifoCombine member of sai_fifo_combine_t which is a member of sai_transceiver_t. This is an example of multi-channel data transfer configuration step.

sai_transceiver_t config;
SAI_GetClassicI2SConfig(&config, kSAI_WordWidth16bits, kSAI_Stereo, kSAI_Channel0Mask|kSAI_Channel1Mask);
config.fifo.fifoCombine = kSAI_FifoCombineModeEnabledOnRead;
SAI_TransferRxSetConfigEDMA(I2S0, &edmaHandle, &config);

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

• saiConfig – sai configurations.

status_t SAI_TransferSendEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking SAI transfer using DMA.

This function support multi channel transfer,

1. for the sai IP support fifo combine mode, application should enable the fifo combine mode, no limitation on channel numbers

2. for the sai IP not support fifo combine mode, sai edma provide another solution which using EDMA modulo feature, but support 2 or 4 channels only.

Note

This interface returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call SAI_GetTransferStatus to poll the transfer status and check whether the SAI transfer is finished.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

• xfer – Pointer to the DMA transfer structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Start a SAI eDMA send successfully.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input argument is invalid.

• kStatus_TxBusy – SAI is busy sending data.

status_t SAI_TransferReceiveEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking SAI receive using eDMA.

This function support multi channel transfer,

1. for the sai IP support fifo combine mode, application should enable the fifo combine mode, no limitation on channel numbers

2. for the sai IP not support fifo combine mode, sai edma provide another solution which using EDMA modulo feature, but support 2 or 4 channels only.

Note

This interface returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call the SAI_GetReceiveRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status and check whether the SAI transfer is finished.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

• xfer – Pointer to DMA transfer structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Start a SAI eDMA receive successfully.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input argument is invalid.

• kStatus_RxBusy – SAI is busy receiving data.

status_t SAI_TransferSendLoopEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_transfer_t *xfer, uint32_t loopTransferCount)

Performs a non-blocking SAI loop transfer using eDMA.

Once the loop transfer start, application can use function SAI_TransferAbortSendEDMA to stop the loop transfer.

Note

This function support loop transfer only,such as A->B->…->A, application must be aware of that the more counts of the loop transfer, then more tcd memory required, as the function use the tcd pool in sai_edma_handle_t, so application could redefine the SAI_XFER_QUEUE_SIZE to determine the proper TCD pool size. This function support one sai channel only.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

• xfer – Pointer to the DMA transfer structure, should be a array with elements counts >=1(loopTransferCount).

• loopTransferCount – the counts of xfer array.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Start a SAI eDMA send successfully.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input argument is invalid.

status_t SAI_TransferReceiveLoopEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_transfer_t *xfer, uint32_t loopTransferCount)

Performs a non-blocking SAI loop transfer using eDMA.

Once the loop transfer start, application can use function SAI_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA to stop the loop transfer.

Note

This function support loop transfer only,such as A->B->…->A, application must be aware of that the more counts of the loop transfer, then more tcd memory required, as the function use the tcd pool in sai_edma_handle_t, so application could redefine the SAI_XFER_QUEUE_SIZE to determine the proper TCD pool size. This function support one sai channel only.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

• xfer – Pointer to the DMA transfer structure, should be a array with elements counts >=1(loopTransferCount).

• loopTransferCount – the counts of xfer array.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Start a SAI eDMA receive successfully.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input argument is invalid.

void SAI_TransferTerminateSendEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle)

Terminate all SAI send.

This function will clear all transfer slots buffered in the sai queue. If users only want to abort the current transfer slot, please call SAI_TransferAbortSendEDMA.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

void SAI_TransferTerminateReceiveEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle)

Terminate all SAI receive.

This function will clear all transfer slots buffered in the sai queue. If users only want to abort the current transfer slot, please call SAI_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

void SAI_TransferAbortSendEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a SAI transfer using eDMA.

This function only aborts the current transfer slots, the other transfer slots’ information still kept in the handler. If users want to terminate all transfer slots, just call SAI_TransferTerminateSendEDMA.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

void SAI_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a SAI receive using eDMA.

This function only aborts the current transfer slots, the other transfer slots’ information still kept in the handler. If users want to terminate all transfer slots, just call SAI_TransferTerminateReceiveEDMA.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

status_t SAI_TransferGetSendCountEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets byte count sent by SAI.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer.

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

• count – Bytes count sent by SAI.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is no non-blocking transaction in progress.

status_t SAI_TransferGetReceiveCountEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets byte count received by SAI.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

• count – Bytes count received by SAI.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is no non-blocking transaction in progress.

uint32_t SAI_TransferGetValidTransferSlotsEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle)

Gets valid transfer slot.

This function can be used to query the valid transfer request slot that the application can submit. It should be called in the critical section, that means the application could call it in the corresponding callback function or disable IRQ before calling it in the application, otherwise, the returned value may not correct.

Parameters:

• base – SAI base pointer

• handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

Return values:

valid – slot count that application submit.

FSL_SAI_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION

Version 2.7.1

enum _sai_edma_interleave

sai interleave type

Values:

enumerator kSAI_EDMAInterleavePerChannelSample

enumerator kSAI_EDMAInterleavePerChannelBlock

typedef struct sai_edma_handle sai_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*sai_edma_callback_t)(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

SAI eDMA transfer callback function for finish and error.

typedef enum _sai_edma_interleave sai_edma_interleave_t

sai interleave type

struct sai_edma_handle

#include <fsl_sai_edma.h>

SAI DMA transfer handle, users should not touch the content of the handle.

Public Members

edma_handle_t *dmaHandle

DMA handler for SAI send

uint8_t nbytes

eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

uint8_t bytesPerFrame

Bytes in a frame

uint8_t channelMask

Enabled channel mask value, reference _sai_channel_mask

uint8_t channelNums

total enabled channel nums

uint8_t channel

Which data channel

uint8_t count

The transfer data count in a DMA request

uint32_t state

Internal state for SAI eDMA transfer

sai_edma_callback_t callback

Callback for users while transfer finish or error occurs

void *userData

User callback parameter

uint8_t tcd[((4U) + 1U) * sizeof(edma_tcd_t)]

TCD pool for eDMA transfer.

sai_transfer_t saiQueue[(4U)]

Transfer queue storing queued transfer.

size_t transferSize[(4U)]

Data bytes need to transfer

sai_edma_interleave_t interleaveType

Transfer interleave type

volatile uint8_t queueUser

Index for user to queue transfer.

volatile uint8_t queueDriver

Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

SEMA42: Hardware Semaphores Driver

FSL_SEMA42_DRIVER_VERSION

SEMA42 driver version.

SEMA42 status return codes.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_SEMA42_Busy

SEMA42 gate has been locked by other processor.

enumerator kStatus_SEMA42_Reseting

SEMA42 gate reseting is ongoing.

enum _sema42_gate_status

SEMA42 gate lock status.

Values:

enumerator kSEMA42_Unlocked

The gate is unlocked.

enumerator kSEMA42_LockedByProc0

The gate is locked by processor 0.

enumerator kSEMA42_LockedByProc1

The gate is locked by processor 1.

enumerator kSEMA42_LockedByProc2

The gate is locked by processor 2.

enumerator kSEMA42_LockedByProc3

The gate is locked by processor 3.

enumerator kSEMA42_LockedByProc4

The gate is locked by processor 4.

enumerator kSEMA42_LockedByProc5

The gate is locked by processor 5.

enumerator kSEMA42_LockedByProc6

The gate is locked by processor 6.

enumerator kSEMA42_LockedByProc7

The gate is locked by processor 7.

enumerator kSEMA42_LockedByProc8

The gate is locked by processor 8.

enumerator kSEMA42_LockedByProc9

The gate is locked by processor 9.

enumerator kSEMA42_LockedByProc10

The gate is locked by processor 10.

enumerator kSEMA42_LockedByProc11

The gate is locked by processor 11.

enumerator kSEMA42_LockedByProc12

The gate is locked by processor 12.

enumerator kSEMA42_LockedByProc13

The gate is locked by processor 13.

enumerator kSEMA42_LockedByProc14

The gate is locked by processor 14.

typedef enum _sema42_gate_status sema42_gate_status_t

SEMA42 gate lock status.

void SEMA42_Init(SEMA42_Type *base)

Initializes the SEMA42 module.

This function initializes the SEMA42 module. It only enables the clock but does not reset the gates because the module might be used by other processors at the same time. To reset the gates, call either SEMA42_ResetGate or SEMA42_ResetAllGates function.

Parameters:

• base – SEMA42 peripheral base address.

void SEMA42_Deinit(SEMA42_Type *base)

De-initializes the SEMA42 module.

This function de-initializes the SEMA42 module. It only disables the clock.

Parameters:

• base – SEMA42 peripheral base address.

status_t SEMA42_TryLock(SEMA42_Type *base, uint8_t gateNum, uint8_t procNum)

Tries to lock the SEMA42 gate.

This function tries to lock the specific SEMA42 gate. If the gate has been locked by another processor, this function returns an error code.

Parameters:

• base – SEMA42 peripheral base address.

• gateNum – Gate number to lock.

• procNum – Current processor number.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Lock the sema42 gate successfully.

• kStatus_SEMA42_Busy – Sema42 gate has been locked by another processor.

void SEMA42_Lock(SEMA42_Type *base, uint8_t gateNum, uint8_t procNum)

Locks the SEMA42 gate.

This function locks the specific SEMA42 gate. If the gate has been locked by other processors, this function waits until it is unlocked and then lock it.

Parameters:

• base – SEMA42 peripheral base address.

• gateNum – Gate number to lock.

• procNum – Current processor number.

static inline void SEMA42_Unlock(SEMA42_Type *base, uint8_t gateNum)

Unlocks the SEMA42 gate.

This function unlocks the specific SEMA42 gate. It only writes unlock value to the SEMA42 gate register. However, it does not check whether the SEMA42 gate is locked by the current processor or not. As a result, if the SEMA42 gate is not locked by the current processor, this function has no effect.

Parameters:

• base – SEMA42 peripheral base address.

• gateNum – Gate number to unlock.

static inline sema42_gate_status_t SEMA42_GetGateStatus(SEMA42_Type *base, uint8_t gateNum)

Gets the status of the SEMA42 gate.

This function checks the lock status of a specific SEMA42 gate.

Parameters:

• base – SEMA42 peripheral base address.

• gateNum – Gate number.

Returns:

status Current status.

status_t SEMA42_ResetGate(SEMA42_Type *base, uint8_t gateNum)

Resets the SEMA42 gate to an unlocked status.

This function resets a SEMA42 gate to an unlocked status.

Parameters:

• base – SEMA42 peripheral base address.

• gateNum – Gate number.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – SEMA42 gate is reset successfully.

• kStatus_SEMA42_Reseting – Some other reset process is ongoing.

static inline status_t SEMA42_ResetAllGates(SEMA42_Type *base)

Resets all SEMA42 gates to an unlocked status.

This function resets all SEMA42 gate to an unlocked status.

Parameters:

• base – SEMA42 peripheral base address.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – SEMA42 is reset successfully.

• kStatus_SEMA42_Reseting – Some other reset process is ongoing.

SEMA42_GATE_NUM_RESET_ALL

The number to reset all SEMA42 gates.

SEMA42_GATEn(base, n)

SEMA42 gate n register address.

The SEMA42 gates are sorted in the order 3, 2, 1, 0, 7, 6, 5, 4, … not in the order 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, … The macro SEMA42_GATEn gets the SEMA42 gate based on the gate index.

The input gate index is XOR’ed with 3U: 0 ^ 3 = 3 1 ^ 3 = 2 2 ^ 3 = 1 3 ^ 3 = 0 4 ^ 3 = 7 5 ^ 3 = 6 6 ^ 3 = 5 7 ^ 3 = 4 …

SPDIF: Sony/Philips Digital Interface

void SPDIF_Init(SPDIF_Type *base, const spdif_config_t *config)

Initializes the SPDIF peripheral.

Ungates the SPDIF clock, resets the module, and configures SPDIF with a configuration structure. The configuration structure can be custom filled or set with default values by SPDIF_GetDefaultConfig().

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application to use the SPDIF driver. Otherwise, accessing the SPDIF module can cause a hard fault because the clock is not enabled.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

• config – SPDIF configuration structure.

void SPDIF_GetDefaultConfig(spdif_config_t *config)

Sets the SPDIF configuration structure to default values.

This API initializes the configuration structure for use in SPDIF_Init. The initialized structure can remain unchanged in SPDIF_Init, or it can be modified before calling SPDIF_Init. This is an example.

spdif_config_t config;
SPDIF_GetDefaultConfig(&config);

Parameters:

• config – pointer to master configuration structure

void SPDIF_Deinit(SPDIF_Type *base)

De-initializes the SPDIF peripheral.

This API gates the SPDIF clock. The SPDIF module can’t operate unless SPDIF_Init is called to enable the clock.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

uint32_t SPDIF_GetInstance(SPDIF_Type *base)

Get the instance number for SPDIF.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

static inline void SPDIF_TxFIFOReset(SPDIF_Type *base)

Resets the SPDIF Tx.

This function makes Tx FIFO in reset mode.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

static inline void SPDIF_RxFIFOReset(SPDIF_Type *base)

Resets the SPDIF Rx.

This function enables the software reset and FIFO reset of SPDIF Rx. After reset, clear the reset bit.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

void SPDIF_TxEnable(SPDIF_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the SPDIF Tx.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

• enable – True means enable SPDIF Tx, false means disable.

static inline void SPDIF_RxEnable(SPDIF_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the SPDIF Rx.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

• enable – True means enable SPDIF Rx, false means disable.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_GetStatusFlag(SPDIF_Type *base)

Gets the SPDIF status flag state.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

Returns:

SPDIF status flag value. Use the _spdif_interrupt_enable_t to get the status value needed.

static inline void SPDIF_ClearStatusFlags(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the SPDIF status flag state.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

• mask – State mask. It can be a combination of the _spdif_interrupt_enable_t member. Notice these members cannot be included, as these flags cannot be cleared by writing 1 to these bits:

  • kSPDIF_UChannelReceiveRegisterFull

  • kSPDIF_QChannelReceiveRegisterFull

  • kSPDIF_TxFIFOEmpty

  • kSPDIF_RxFIFOFull

static inline void SPDIF_EnableInterrupts(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the SPDIF Tx interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

• mask – interrupt source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.

  • kSPDIF_WordStartInterruptEnable

  • kSPDIF_SyncErrorInterruptEnable

  • kSPDIF_FIFOWarningInterruptEnable

  • kSPDIF_FIFORequestInterruptEnable

  • kSPDIF_FIFOErrorInterruptEnable

static inline void SPDIF_DisableInterrupts(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the SPDIF Tx interrupt requests.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

• mask – interrupt source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.

  • kSPDIF_WordStartInterruptEnable

  • kSPDIF_SyncErrorInterruptEnable

  • kSPDIF_FIFOWarningInterruptEnable

  • kSPDIF_FIFORequestInterruptEnable

  • kSPDIF_FIFOErrorInterruptEnable

static inline void SPDIF_EnableDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables/disables the SPDIF DMA requests.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

• mask – SPDIF DMA enable mask, The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined

  • kSPDIF_RxDMAEnable

  • kSPDIF_TxDMAEnable

• enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_TxGetLeftDataRegisterAddress(SPDIF_Type *base)

Gets the SPDIF Tx left data register address.

This API is used to provide a transfer address for the SPDIF DMA transfer configuration.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

data register address.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_TxGetRightDataRegisterAddress(SPDIF_Type *base)

Gets the SPDIF Tx right data register address.

This API is used to provide a transfer address for the SPDIF DMA transfer configuration.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

data register address.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_RxGetLeftDataRegisterAddress(SPDIF_Type *base)

Gets the SPDIF Rx left data register address.

This API is used to provide a transfer address for the SPDIF DMA transfer configuration.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

data register address.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_RxGetRightDataRegisterAddress(SPDIF_Type *base)

Gets the SPDIF Rx right data register address.

This API is used to provide a transfer address for the SPDIF DMA transfer configuration.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

data register address.

void SPDIF_TxSetSampleRate(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t sampleRate_Hz, uint32_t sourceClockFreq_Hz)

Configures the SPDIF Tx sample rate.

The audio format can be changed at run-time. This function configures the sample rate.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• sampleRate_Hz – SPDIF sample rate frequency in Hz.

• sourceClockFreq_Hz – SPDIF tx clock source frequency in Hz.

uint32_t SPDIF_GetRxSampleRate(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t clockSourceFreq_Hz)

Configures the SPDIF Rx audio format.

The audio format can be changed at run-time. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• clockSourceFreq_Hz – SPDIF system clock frequency in hz.

void SPDIF_WriteBlocking(SPDIF_Type *base, uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size)

Sends data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks by polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• buffer – Pointer to the data to be written.

• size – Bytes to be written.

static inline void SPDIF_WriteLeftData(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Writes data into SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• data – Data needs to be written.

static inline void SPDIF_WriteRightData(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Writes data into SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• data – Data needs to be written.

static inline void SPDIF_WriteChannelStatusHigh(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Writes data into SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• data – Data needs to be written.

static inline void SPDIF_WriteChannelStatusLow(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Writes data into SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• data – Data needs to be written.

void SPDIF_ReadBlocking(SPDIF_Type *base, uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size)

Receives data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks by polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• buffer – Pointer to the data to be read.

• size – Bytes to be read.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_ReadLeftData(SPDIF_Type *base)

Reads data from the SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

Data in SPDIF FIFO.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_ReadRightData(SPDIF_Type *base)

Reads data from the SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

Data in SPDIF FIFO.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_ReadChannelStatusHigh(SPDIF_Type *base)

Reads data from the SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

Data in SPDIF FIFO.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_ReadChannelStatusLow(SPDIF_Type *base)

Reads data from the SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

Data in SPDIF FIFO.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_ReadQChannel(SPDIF_Type *base)

Reads data from the SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

Data in SPDIF FIFO.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_ReadUChannel(SPDIF_Type *base)

Reads data from the SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

Data in SPDIF FIFO.

void SPDIF_TransferTxCreateHandle(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle, spdif_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the SPDIF Tx handle.

This function initializes the Tx handle for the SPDIF Tx transactional APIs. Call this function once to get the handle initialized.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

• handle – SPDIF handle pointer.

• callback – Pointer to the user callback function.

• userData – User parameter passed to the callback function

void SPDIF_TransferRxCreateHandle(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle, spdif_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the SPDIF Rx handle.

This function initializes the Rx handle for the SPDIF Rx transactional APIs. Call this function once to get the handle initialized.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• handle – SPDIF handle pointer.

• callback – Pointer to the user callback function.

• userData – User parameter passed to the callback function.

status_t SPDIF_TransferSendNonBlocking(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle, spdif_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking send transfer on SPDIF.

Note

This API returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call the SPDIF_TxGetTransferStatusIRQ to poll the transfer status and check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is not kStatus_SPDIF_Busy, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• handle – Pointer to the spdif_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• xfer – Pointer to the spdif_transfer_t structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully started the data receive.

• kStatus_SPDIF_TxBusy – Previous receive still not finished.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input parameter is invalid.

status_t SPDIF_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle, spdif_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking receive transfer on SPDIF.

Note

This API returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call the SPDIF_RxGetTransferStatusIRQ to poll the transfer status and check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is not kStatus_SPDIF_Busy, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

• handle – Pointer to the spdif_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• xfer – Pointer to the spdif_transfer_t structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Successfully started the data receive.

• kStatus_SPDIF_RxBusy – Previous receive still not finished.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input parameter is invalid.

status_t SPDIF_TransferGetSendCount(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets a set byte count.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• handle – Pointer to the spdif_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• count – Bytes count sent.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

status_t SPDIF_TransferGetReceiveCount(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets a received byte count.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• handle – Pointer to the spdif_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

• count – Bytes count received.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

void SPDIF_TransferAbortSend(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current send.

Note

This API can be called any time when an interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer early.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• handle – Pointer to the spdif_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void SPDIF_TransferAbortReceive(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current IRQ receive.

Note

This API can be called when an interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer early.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

• handle – Pointer to the spdif_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void SPDIF_TransferTxHandleIRQ(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle)

Tx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• handle – Pointer to the spdif_handle_t structure.

void SPDIF_TransferRxHandleIRQ(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle)

Tx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• handle – Pointer to the spdif_handle_t structure.

FSL_SPDIF_DRIVER_VERSION

Version 2.0.7

SPDIF return status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_RxDPLLLocked

SPDIF Rx PLL locked.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_TxFIFOError

SPDIF Tx FIFO error.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_TxFIFOResync

SPDIF Tx left and right FIFO resync.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_RxCnew

SPDIF Rx status channel value updated.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_ValidatyNoGood

SPDIF validaty flag not good.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_RxIllegalSymbol

SPDIF Rx receive illegal symbol.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_RxParityBitError

SPDIF Rx parity bit error.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_UChannelOverrun

SPDIF receive U channel overrun.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_QChannelOverrun

SPDIF receive Q channel overrun.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_UQChannelSync

SPDIF U/Q channel sync found.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_UQChannelFrameError

SPDIF U/Q channel frame error.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_RxFIFOError

SPDIF Rx FIFO error.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_RxFIFOResync

SPDIF Rx left and right FIFO resync.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_LockLoss

SPDIF Rx PLL clock lock loss.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_TxIdle

SPDIF Tx is idle

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_RxIdle

SPDIF Rx is idle

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_QueueFull

SPDIF queue full

enum _spdif_rxfull_select

SPDIF Rx FIFO full falg select, it decides when assert the rx full flag.

Values:

enumerator kSPDIF_RxFull1Sample

Rx full at least 1 sample in left and right FIFO

enumerator kSPDIF_RxFull4Samples

Rx full at least 4 sample in left and right FIFO

enumerator kSPDIF_RxFull8Samples

Rx full at least 8 sample in left and right FIFO

enumerator kSPDIF_RxFull16Samples

Rx full at least 16 sample in left and right FIFO

enum _spdif_txempty_select

SPDIF tx FIFO EMPTY falg select, it decides when assert the tx empty flag.

Values:

enumerator kSPDIF_TxEmpty0Sample

Tx empty at most 0 sample in left and right FIFO

enumerator kSPDIF_TxEmpty4Samples

Tx empty at most 4 sample in left and right FIFO

enumerator kSPDIF_TxEmpty8Samples

Tx empty at most 8 sample in left and right FIFO

enumerator kSPDIF_TxEmpty12Samples

Tx empty at most 12 sample in left and right FIFO

enum _spdif_uchannel_source

SPDIF U channel source.

Values:

enumerator kSPDIF_NoUChannel

No embedded U channel

enumerator kSPDIF_UChannelFromRx

U channel from receiver, it is CD mode

enumerator kSPDIF_UChannelFromTx

U channel from on chip tx

enum _spdif_gain_select

SPDIF clock gain.

Values:

enumerator kSPDIF_GAIN_24

Gain select is 24

enumerator kSPDIF_GAIN_16

Gain select is 16

enumerator kSPDIF_GAIN_12

Gain select is 12

enumerator kSPDIF_GAIN_8

Gain select is 8

enumerator kSPDIF_GAIN_6

Gain select is 6

enumerator kSPDIF_GAIN_4

Gain select is 4

enumerator kSPDIF_GAIN_3

Gain select is 3

enum _spdif_tx_source

SPDIF tx data source.

Values:

enumerator kSPDIF_txFromReceiver

Tx data directly through SPDIF receiver

enumerator kSPDIF_txNormal

Normal operation, data from processor

enum _spdif_validity_config

SPDIF tx data source.

Values:

enumerator kSPDIF_validityFlagAlwaysSet

Outgoing validity flags always set

enumerator kSPDIF_validityFlagAlwaysClear

Outgoing validity flags always clear

The SPDIF interrupt enable flag.

Values:

enumerator kSPDIF_RxDPLLLocked

SPDIF DPLL locked

enumerator kSPDIF_TxFIFOError

Tx FIFO underrun or overrun

enumerator kSPDIF_TxFIFOResync

Tx FIFO left and right channel resync

enumerator kSPDIF_RxControlChannelChange

SPDIF Rx control channel value changed

enumerator kSPDIF_ValidityFlagNoGood

SPDIF validity flag no good

enumerator kSPDIF_RxIllegalSymbol

SPDIF receiver found illegal symbol

enumerator kSPDIF_RxParityBitError

SPDIF receiver found parity bit error

enumerator kSPDIF_UChannelReceiveRegisterFull

SPDIF U channel revceive register full

enumerator kSPDIF_UChannelReceiveRegisterOverrun

SPDIF U channel receive register overrun

enumerator kSPDIF_QChannelReceiveRegisterFull

SPDIF Q channel receive reigster full

enumerator kSPDIF_QChannelReceiveRegisterOverrun

SPDIF Q channel receive register overrun

enumerator kSPDIF_UQChannelSync

SPDIF U/Q channel sync found

enumerator kSPDIF_UQChannelFrameError

SPDIF U/Q channel frame error

enumerator kSPDIF_RxFIFOError

SPDIF Rx FIFO underrun/overrun

enumerator kSPDIF_RxFIFOResync

SPDIF Rx left and right FIFO resync

enumerator kSPDIF_LockLoss

SPDIF receiver loss of lock

enumerator kSPDIF_TxFIFOEmpty

SPDIF Tx FIFO empty

enumerator kSPDIF_RxFIFOFull

SPDIF Rx FIFO full

enumerator kSPDIF_AllInterrupt

all interrupt

The DMA request sources.

Values:

enumerator kSPDIF_RxDMAEnable

Rx FIFO full

enumerator kSPDIF_TxDMAEnable

Tx FIFO empty

typedef enum _spdif_rxfull_select spdif_rxfull_select_t

SPDIF Rx FIFO full falg select, it decides when assert the rx full flag.

typedef enum _spdif_txempty_select spdif_txempty_select_t

SPDIF tx FIFO EMPTY falg select, it decides when assert the tx empty flag.

typedef enum _spdif_uchannel_source spdif_uchannel_source_t

SPDIF U channel source.

typedef enum _spdif_gain_select spdif_gain_select_t

SPDIF clock gain.

typedef enum _spdif_tx_source spdif_tx_source_t

SPDIF tx data source.

typedef enum _spdif_validity_config spdif_validity_config_t

SPDIF tx data source.

typedef struct _spdif_config spdif_config_t

SPDIF user configuration structure.

typedef struct _spdif_transfer spdif_transfer_t

SPDIF transfer structure.

typedef struct _spdif_handle spdif_handle_t

typedef void (*spdif_transfer_callback_t)(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

SPDIF transfer callback prototype.

SPDIF_XFER_QUEUE_SIZE

SPDIF transfer queue size, user can refine it according to use case.

struct _spdif_config

#include <fsl_spdif.h>

SPDIF user configuration structure.

Public Members

bool isTxAutoSync

If auto sync mechanism open

bool isRxAutoSync

If auto sync mechanism open

uint8_t DPLLClkSource

SPDIF DPLL clock source, range from 0~15, meaning is chip-specific

uint8_t txClkSource

SPDIF tx clock source, range from 0~7, meaning is chip-specific

spdif_rxfull_select_t rxFullSelect

SPDIF rx buffer full select

spdif_txempty_select_t txFullSelect

SPDIF tx buffer empty select

spdif_uchannel_source_t uChannelSrc

U channel source

spdif_tx_source_t txSource

SPDIF tx data source

spdif_validity_config_t validityConfig

Validity flag config

spdif_gain_select_t gain

Rx receive clock measure gain parameter.

struct _spdif_transfer

#include <fsl_spdif.h>

SPDIF transfer structure.

Public Members

uint8_t *data

Data start address to transfer.

uint8_t *qdata

Data buffer for Q channel

uint8_t *udata

Data buffer for C channel

size_t dataSize

Transfer size.

struct _spdif_handle

#include <fsl_spdif.h>

SPDIF handle structure.

Public Members

uint32_t state

Transfer status

spdif_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback function called at transfer event

void *userData

Callback parameter passed to callback function

spdif_transfer_t spdifQueue[(4U)]

Transfer queue storing queued transfer

size_t transferSize[(4U)]

Data bytes need to transfer

volatile uint8_t queueUser

Index for user to queue transfer

volatile uint8_t queueDriver

Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

uint8_t watermark

Watermark value

SPDIF eDMA Driver

void SPDIF_TransferTxCreateHandleEDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle, spdif_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *dmaLeftHandle, edma_handle_t *dmaRightHandle)

Initializes the SPDIF eDMA handle.

This function initializes the SPDIF master DMA handle, which can be used for other SPDIF master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified SPDIF instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• handle – SPDIF eDMA handle pointer.

• callback – Pointer to user callback function.

• userData – User parameter passed to the callback function.

• dmaLeftHandle – eDMA handle pointer for left channel, this handle shall be static allocated by users.

• dmaRightHandle – eDMA handle pointer for right channel, this handle shall be static allocated by users.

void SPDIF_TransferRxCreateHandleEDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle, spdif_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *dmaLeftHandle, edma_handle_t *dmaRightHandle)

Initializes the SPDIF Rx eDMA handle.

This function initializes the SPDIF slave DMA handle, which can be used for other SPDIF master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified SPDIF instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• handle – SPDIF eDMA handle pointer.

• callback – Pointer to user callback function.

• userData – User parameter passed to the callback function.

• dmaLeftHandle – eDMA handle pointer for left channel, this handle shall be static allocated by users.

• dmaRightHandle – eDMA handle pointer for right channel, this handle shall be static allocated by users.

status_t SPDIF_TransferSendEDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle, spdif_edma_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking SPDIF transfer using DMA.

Note

This interface returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call SPDIF_GetTransferStatus to poll the transfer status and check whether the SPDIF transfer is finished.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• handle – SPDIF eDMA handle pointer.

• xfer – Pointer to the DMA transfer structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Start a SPDIF eDMA send successfully.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input argument is invalid.

• kStatus_TxBusy – SPDIF is busy sending data.

status_t SPDIF_TransferReceiveEDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle, spdif_edma_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking SPDIF receive using eDMA.

Note

This interface returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call the SPDIF_GetReceiveRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status and check whether the SPDIF transfer is finished.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

• handle – SPDIF eDMA handle pointer.

• xfer – Pointer to DMA transfer structure.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Start a SPDIF eDMA receive successfully.

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input argument is invalid.

• kStatus_RxBusy – SPDIF is busy receiving data.

void SPDIF_TransferAbortSendEDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a SPDIF transfer using eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• handle – SPDIF eDMA handle pointer.

void SPDIF_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a SPDIF receive using eDMA.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

• handle – SPDIF eDMA handle pointer.

status_t SPDIF_TransferGetSendCountEDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets byte count sent by SPDIF.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer.

• handle – SPDIF eDMA handle pointer.

• count – Bytes count sent by SPDIF.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is no non-blocking transaction in progress.

status_t SPDIF_TransferGetReceiveCountEDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets byte count received by SPDIF.

Parameters:

• base – SPDIF base pointer

• handle – SPDIF eDMA handle pointer.

• count – Bytes count received by SPDIF.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.

• kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is no non-blocking transaction in progress.

FSL_SPDIF_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION

Version 2.0.8

typedef struct _spdif_edma_handle spdif_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*spdif_edma_callback_t)(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

SPDIF eDMA transfer callback function for finish and error.

typedef struct _spdif_edma_transfer spdif_edma_transfer_t

SPDIF transfer structure.

struct _spdif_edma_transfer

#include <fsl_spdif_edma.h>

SPDIF transfer structure.

Public Members

uint8_t *leftData

Data start address to transfer.

uint8_t *rightData

Data start address to transfer.

size_t dataSize

Transfer size.

struct _spdif_edma_handle

#include <fsl_spdif_edma.h>

SPDIF DMA transfer handle, users should not touch the content of the handle.

Public Members

edma_handle_t *dmaLeftHandle

DMA handler for SPDIF left channel

edma_handle_t *dmaRightHandle

DMA handler for SPDIF right channel

uint8_t nbytes

eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

uint8_t count

The transfer data count in a DMA request

uint32_t state

Internal state for SPDIF eDMA transfer

spdif_edma_callback_t callback

Callback for users while transfer finish or error occurs

void *userData

User callback parameter

edma_tcd_t leftTcd[(4U) + 1U]

TCD pool for eDMA transfer.

edma_tcd_t rightTcd[(4U) + 1U]

TCD pool for eDMA transfer.

spdif_edma_transfer_t spdifQueue[(4U)]

Transfer queue storing queued transfer.

size_t transferSize[(4U)]

Data bytes need to transfer, left and right are the same, so use one

volatile uint8_t queueUser

Index for user to queue transfer.

volatile uint8_t queueDriver

Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

TMU: Thermal Management Unit Driver

enum _tmu_monitor_site

TMU monitor site.

Values:

enumerator kTMU_MonitorSite0

TMU monitoring site 0.

enum _tmu_interrupt_enable

TMU interrupt enable.

Values:

enumerator kTMU_ImmediateTemperatureInterruptEnable

Immediate temperature threshold exceeded interrupt enable.

enumerator kTMU_AverageTemperatureInterruptEnable

Average temperature threshold exceeded interrupt enable.

enumerator kTMU_AverageTemperatureCriticalInterruptEnable

Average temperature critical threshold exceeded interrupt enable.

enumerator kTMU_RisingTemperatureCriticalInterruptEnable

Rising temperature critical threshold exceeded interrupt enable.

enumerator kTMU_FallingTemperatureCriticalInterruptEnable

Falling temperature critical threshold exceeded interrupt enable.

enum _tmu_interrupt_status_flags

TMU interrupt status flags.

Values:

enumerator kTMU_ImmediateTemperatureStatusFlags

Immediate temperature threshold exceeded(IHTT).

enumerator kTMU_AverageTemperatureStatusFlags

Average temperature threshold exceeded(AHTT).

enumerator kTMU_AverageTemperatureCriticalStatusFlags

Average temperature critical threshold exceeded.(AHTCT)

enumerator kTMU_RisingTemperatureCriticalStatusFlags

Rising temperature critical threshold exceeded.(RTRCT)

enumerator kTMU_FallingTemperatureCriticalStatusFlags

Falling temperature critical threshold exceeded.(FTRCT)

enum _tmu_status_flags

TMU status flags.

Values:

enumerator kTMU_IntervalExceededStatusFlags

Monitoring interval exceeded. The time required to perform measurement of all monitored sites has exceeded the monitoring interval as defined by TMTMIR.

enumerator kTMU_OutOfLowRangeStatusFlags

Out-of-range low temperature measurement detected. A temperature sensor detected a temperature reading below the lowest measurable temperature of 0 °C.

enumerator kTMU_OutOfHighRangeStatusFlags

Out-of-range high temperature measurement detected. A temperature sensor detected a temperature reading above the highest measurable temperature of 160 °C.

enum _tmu_average_low_pass_filter

Average low pass filter setting.

Values:

enumerator kTMU_AverageLowPassFilter1_0

Average low pass filter = 1.

enumerator kTMU_AverageLowPassFilter0_5

Average low pass filter = 0.5.

enumerator kTMU_AverageLowPassFilter0_25

Average low pass filter = 0.25.

enumerator kTMU_AverageLowPassFilter0_125

Average low pass filter = 0.125.

typedef struct _tmu_thresold_config tmu_thresold_config_t

configuration for TMU thresold.

typedef struct _tmu_interrupt_status tmu_interrupt_status_t

TMU interrupt status.

typedef enum _tmu_average_low_pass_filter tmu_average_low_pass_filter_t

Average low pass filter setting.

typedef struct _tmu_config tmu_config_t

Configuration for TMU module.

void TMU_Init(TMU_Type *base, const tmu_config_t *config)

Enable the access to TMU registers and Initialize TMU module.

Parameters:

• base – TMU peripheral base address.

• config – Pointer to configuration structure. Refer to “tmu_config_t” structure.

void TMU_Deinit(TMU_Type *base)

De-initialize TMU module and Disable the access to DCDC registers.

Parameters:

• base – TMU peripheral base address.

void TMU_GetDefaultConfig(tmu_config_t *config)

Gets the default configuration for TMU.

This function initializes the user configuration structure to default value. The default value are:

Example:

config->monitorInterval = 0U;
config->monitorSiteSelection = 0U;
config->averageLPF = kTMU_AverageLowPassFilter1_0;

Parameters:

• config – Pointer to TMU configuration structure.

static inline void TMU_Enable(TMU_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable/Disable the TMU module.

Parameters:

• base – TMU peripheral base address.

• enable – Switcher to enable/disable TMU.

static inline void TMU_EnableInterrupts(TMU_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enable the TMU interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – TMU peripheral base address.

• mask – The interrupt mask. Refer to “_tmu_interrupt_enable” enumeration.

static inline void TMU_DisableInterrupts(TMU_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disable the TMU interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – TMU peripheral base address.

• mask – The interrupt mask. Refer to “_tmu_interrupt_enable” enumeration.

void TMU_GetInterruptStatusFlags(TMU_Type *base, tmu_interrupt_status_t *status)

Get interrupt status flags.

Parameters:

• base – TMU peripheral base address.

• status – The pointer to interrupt status structure. Record the current interrupt status. Please refer to “tmu_interrupt_status_t” structure.

void TMU_ClearInterruptStatusFlags(TMU_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clear interrupt status flags and corresponding interrupt critical site capture register.

Parameters:

• base – TMU peripheral base address.

• mask – The mask of interrupt status flags. Refer to “_tmu_interrupt_status_flags” enumeration.

static inline uint32_t TMU_GetStatusFlags(TMU_Type *base)

Get TMU status flags.

Parameters:

• base – TMU peripheral base address.

Returns:

The mask of status flags. Refer to “_tmu_status_flags” enumeration.

status_t TMU_GetHighestTemperature(TMU_Type *base, uint32_t *temperature)

Get the highest temperature reached for any enabled monitored site within the temperature sensor range.

Parameters:

• base – TMU peripheral base address.

• temperature – Highest temperature recorded in degrees Celsius by any enabled monitored site.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Temperature reading is valid.

• kStatus_Fail – Temperature reading is not valid due to no measured temperature within the sensor range of 0-160 °C for an enabled monitored site.

Returns:

Execution status.

status_t TMU_GetLowestTemperature(TMU_Type *base, uint32_t *temperature)

Get the lowest temperature reached for any enabled monitored site within the temperature sensor range.

Parameters:

• base – TMU peripheral base address.

• temperature – Lowest temperature recorded in degrees Celsius by any enabled monitored site.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Temperature reading is valid.

• kStatus_Fail – Temperature reading is not valid due to no measured temperature within the sensor range of 0-160 °C for an enabled monitored site.

Returns:

Execution status.

status_t TMU_GetImmediateTemperature(TMU_Type *base, float *temperature)

Get the last immediate temperature at site n. The site must be part of the list of enabled monitored sites as defined by monitorSiteSelection in “tmu_config_t” structure.

Parameters:

• base – TMU peripheral base address.

• temperature – Last immediate temperature reading at site 0.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Temperature reading is valid.

• kStatus_Fail – Temperature reading is not valid because temperature out of sensor range or first measurement still pending.

Returns:

Execution status.

status_t TMU_GetAverageTemperature(TMU_Type *base, uint32_t *temperature)

Get the last average temperature at site n. The site must be part of the list of enabled monitored sites as defined by monitorSiteSelection in “tmu_config_t” structure.

Parameters:

• base – TMU peripheral base address.

• temperature – Last average temperature reading at site 0.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Temperature reading is valid.

• kStatus_Fail – Temperature reading is not valid because temperature out of sensor range or first measurement still pending.

Returns:

Execution status.

void TMU_SetHighTemperatureThresold(TMU_Type *base, const tmu_thresold_config_t *config)

Configure the high temperature thresold value and enable/disable relevant thresold.

Parameters:

• base – TMU peripheral base address.

• config – Pointer to configuration structure. Refer to “tmu_thresold_config_t” structure.

FSL_TMU_DRIVER_VERSION

TMU driver version.

Version 2.1.0.

struct _tmu_thresold_config

#include <fsl_tmu.h>

configuration for TMU thresold.

Public Members

bool immediateThresoldEnable

Enable high temperature immediate threshold.

bool averageThresoldEnable

Enable high temperature average threshold.

bool averageCriticalThresoldEnable

Enable high temperature average critical threshold.

bool risingCriticalThresoldEnable

Enable rising temperature rate critical threshold.

bool fallingCriticalThresoldEnable

Enable rising temperature rate critical threshold.

uint8_t immediateThresoldValue

Range:0U-160U. Valid when corresponding thresold is enabled. High temperature immediate threshold value. Determines the current upper temperature threshold, for anyenabled monitored site.

uint8_t averageThresoldValue

Range:0U-160U. Valid when corresponding thresold is enabled. High temperature average threshold value. Determines the average upper temperature threshold, for any enabled monitored site.

uint8_t averageCriticalThresoldValue

Range:0U-160U. Valid when corresponding thresold is enabled. High temperature average critical threshold value. Determines the average upper critical temperature threshold, for any enabled monitored site.

uint8_t risingfallingCriticalThresoldValue

Range:0U-160U. Valid when corresponding thresold is enabled. Rising temperature rate critical threshold value. Determines the rising upper critical temperature threshold, for any enabled monitored site.

struct _tmu_interrupt_status

#include <fsl_tmu.h>

TMU interrupt status.

Public Members

uint32_t interruptDetectMask

The mask of interrupt status flags. Refer to “_tmu_interrupt_status_flags” enumeration.

uint16_t immediateInterruptsSiteMask

The mask of the temperature sensor site associated with a detected IHTT event. Please refer to “_tmu_monitor_site” enumeration.

uint16_t averageInterruptsSiteMask

The mask of the temperature sensor site associated with a detected AHTT event. Please refer to “_tmu_monitor_site” enumeration.

uint16_t averageCriticalInterruptsSiteMask

The mask of the temperature sensor site associated with a detected AHTCT event. Please refer to “_tmu_monitor_site” enumeration.

uint16_t risingCriticalInterruptsSiteMask

The mask of the temperature sensor site associated with a detected RTRCT event. Please refer to “_tmu_monitor_site” enumeration.

uint16_t fallingCriticalInterruptsSiteMask

The mask of the temperature sensor site associated with a detected FTRCT event. Please refer to “_tmu_monitor_site” enumeration.

struct _tmu_config

#include <fsl_tmu.h>

Configuration for TMU module.

Public Members

uint8_t monitorInterval

Temperature monitoring interval in seconds. Please refer to specific table in RM.

uint16_t monitorSiteSelection

By setting the select bit for a temperature sensor site, it is enabled and included in all monitoring functions. If no site is selected, site 0 is monitored by default. Refer to “_tmu_monitor_site” enumeration. Please look up relevant table in reference manual.

tmu_average_low_pass_filter_t averageLPF

The average temperature is calculated as: ALPF x Current_Temp + (1 - ALPF) x Average_Temp. For proper operation, this field should only change when monitoring is disabled.

TPM: Timer PWM Module

uint32_t TPM_GetInstance(TPM_Type *base)

Gets the instance from the base address.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

Returns:

The TPM instance

void TPM_Init(TPM_Type *base, const tpm_config_t *config)

Ungates the TPM clock and configures the peripheral for basic operation.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the TPM driver.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• config – Pointer to user’s TPM config structure.

void TPM_Deinit(TPM_Type *base)

Stops the counter and gates the TPM clock.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

void TPM_GetDefaultConfig(tpm_config_t *config)

Fill in the TPM config struct with the default settings.

The default values are:

     config->prescale = kTPM_Prescale_Divide_1;
     config->useGlobalTimeBase = false;
     config->syncGlobalTimeBase = false;
     config->dozeEnable = false;
     config->dbgMode = false;
     config->enableReloadOnTrigger = false;
     config->enableStopOnOverflow = false;
     config->enableStartOnTrigger = false;
#if FSL_FEATURE_TPM_HAS_PAUSE_COUNTER_ON_TRIGGER
     config->enablePauseOnTrigger = false;
#endif
     config->triggerSelect = kTPM_Trigger_Select_0;
#if FSL_FEATURE_TPM_HAS_EXTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION
     config->triggerSource = kTPM_TriggerSource_External;
     config->extTriggerPolarity = kTPM_ExtTrigger_Active_High;
#endif
#if defined(FSL_FEATURE_TPM_HAS_POL) && FSL_FEATURE_TPM_HAS_POL
     config->chnlPolarity = 0U;
#endif

Parameters:

• config – Pointer to user’s TPM config structure.

tpm_clock_prescale_t TPM_CalculateCounterClkDiv(TPM_Type *base, uint32_t counterPeriod_Hz, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Calculates the counter clock prescaler.

This function calculates the values for SC[PS].

return Calculated clock prescaler value.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• counterPeriod_Hz – The desired frequency in Hz which corresponding to the time when the counter reaches the mod value

• srcClock_Hz – TPM counter clock in Hz

status_t TPM_SetupPwm(TPM_Type *base, const tpm_chnl_pwm_signal_param_t *chnlParams, uint8_t numOfChnls, tpm_pwm_mode_t mode, uint32_t pwmFreq_Hz, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Configures the PWM signal parameters.

User calls this function to configure the PWM signals period, mode, dutycycle and edge. Use this function to configure all the TPM channels that will be used to output a PWM signal

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• chnlParams – Array of PWM channel parameters to configure the channel(s)

• numOfChnls – Number of channels to configure, this should be the size of the array passed in

• mode – PWM operation mode, options available in enumeration tpm_pwm_mode_t

• pwmFreq_Hz – PWM signal frequency in Hz

• srcClock_Hz – TPM counter clock in Hz

Returns:

kStatus_Success if the PWM setup was successful, kStatus_Error on failure

status_t TPM_UpdatePwmDutycycle(TPM_Type *base, tpm_chnl_t chnlNumber, tpm_pwm_mode_t currentPwmMode, uint8_t dutyCyclePercent)

Update the duty cycle of an active PWM signal.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• chnlNumber – The channel number. In combined mode, this represents the channel pair number

• currentPwmMode – The current PWM mode set during PWM setup

• dutyCyclePercent – New PWM pulse width, value should be between 0 to 100 0=inactive signal(0% duty cycle)… 100=active signal (100% duty cycle)

Returns:

kStatus_Success if the PWM setup was successful, kStatus_Error on failure

void TPM_UpdateChnlEdgeLevelSelect(TPM_Type *base, tpm_chnl_t chnlNumber, uint8_t level)

Update the edge level selection for a channel.

Note

When the TPM has PWM pause level select feature (FSL_FEATURE_TPM_HAS_PAUSE_LEVEL_SELECT = 1), the PWM output cannot be turned off by selecting the output level. In this case, must use TPM_DisableChannel API to close the PWM output.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• chnlNumber – The channel number

• level – The level to be set to the ELSnB:ELSnA field; valid values are 00, 01, 10, 11. See the appropriate SoC reference manual for details about this field.

static inline uint8_t TPM_GetChannelContorlBits(TPM_Type *base, tpm_chnl_t chnlNumber)

Get the channel control bits value (mode, edge and level bit fileds).

This function disable the channel by clear all mode and level control bits.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• chnlNumber – The channel number

Returns:

The contorl bits value. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration tpm_chnl_control_bit_mask_t.

static inline void TPM_DisableChannel(TPM_Type *base, tpm_chnl_t chnlNumber)

Dsiable the channel.

This function disable the channel by clear all mode and level control bits.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• chnlNumber – The channel number

static inline void TPM_EnableChannel(TPM_Type *base, tpm_chnl_t chnlNumber, uint8_t control)

Enable the channel according to mode and level configs.

This function enable the channel output according to input mode/level config parameters.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• chnlNumber – The channel number

• control – The contorl bits value. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration tpm_chnl_control_bit_mask_t.

void TPM_SetupInputCapture(TPM_Type *base, tpm_chnl_t chnlNumber, tpm_input_capture_edge_t captureMode)

Enables capturing an input signal on the channel using the function parameters.

When the edge specified in the captureMode argument occurs on the channel, the TPM counter is captured into the CnV register. The user has to read the CnV register separately to get this value.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• chnlNumber – The channel number

• captureMode – Specifies which edge to capture

void TPM_SetupOutputCompare(TPM_Type *base, tpm_chnl_t chnlNumber, tpm_output_compare_mode_t compareMode, uint32_t compareValue)

Configures the TPM to generate timed pulses.

When the TPM counter matches the value of compareVal argument (this is written into CnV reg), the channel output is changed based on what is specified in the compareMode argument.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• chnlNumber – The channel number

• compareMode – Action to take on the channel output when the compare condition is met

• compareValue – Value to be programmed in the CnV register.

void TPM_EnableInterrupts(TPM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected TPM interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration tpm_interrupt_enable_t

void TPM_DisableInterrupts(TPM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected TPM interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• mask – The interrupts to disable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration tpm_interrupt_enable_t

uint32_t TPM_GetEnabledInterrupts(TPM_Type *base)

Gets the enabled TPM interrupts.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration tpm_interrupt_enable_t

void TPM_RegisterCallBack(TPM_Type *base, tpm_callback_t callback)

Register callback.

If channel or overflow interrupt is enabled by the user, then a callback can be registered which will be invoked when the interrupt is triggered.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• callback – Callback function

static inline uint32_t TPM_GetChannelValue(TPM_Type *base, tpm_chnl_t chnlNumber)

Gets the TPM channel value.

Note

The TPM channel value contain the captured TPM counter value for the input modes or the match value for the output modes.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• chnlNumber – The channel number

Returns:

The channle CnV regisyer value.

static inline uint32_t TPM_GetStatusFlags(TPM_Type *base)

Gets the TPM status flags.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration tpm_status_flags_t

static inline void TPM_ClearStatusFlags(TPM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the TPM status flags.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration tpm_status_flags_t

static inline void TPM_SetTimerPeriod(TPM_Type *base, uint32_t ticks)

Sets the timer period in units of ticks.

Timers counts from 0 until it equals the count value set here. The count value is written to the MOD register.

Note

1. This API allows the user to use the TPM module as a timer. Do not mix usage of this API with TPM’s PWM setup API’s.

2. Call the utility macros provided in the fsl_common.h to convert usec or msec to ticks.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• ticks – A timer period in units of ticks, which should be equal or greater than 1.

static inline uint32_t TPM_GetCurrentTimerCount(TPM_Type *base)

Reads the current timer counting value.

This function returns the real-time timer counting value in a range from 0 to a timer period.

Note

Call the utility macros provided in the fsl_common.h to convert ticks to usec or msec.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

Returns:

The current counter value in ticks

static inline void TPM_StartTimer(TPM_Type *base, tpm_clock_source_t clockSource)

Starts the TPM counter.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

• clockSource – TPM clock source; once clock source is set the counter will start running

static inline void TPM_StopTimer(TPM_Type *base)

Stops the TPM counter.

Parameters:

• base – TPM peripheral base address

FSL_TPM_DRIVER_VERSION

TPM driver version 2.3.2.

enum _tpm_chnl

List of TPM channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

Values:

enumerator kTPM_Chnl_0

TPM channel number 0

enumerator kTPM_Chnl_1

TPM channel number 1

enumerator kTPM_Chnl_2

TPM channel number 2

enumerator kTPM_Chnl_3

TPM channel number 3

enumerator kTPM_Chnl_4

TPM channel number 4

enumerator kTPM_Chnl_5

TPM channel number 5

enumerator kTPM_Chnl_6

TPM channel number 6

enumerator kTPM_Chnl_7

TPM channel number 7

enum _tpm_pwm_mode

TPM PWM operation modes.

Values:

enumerator kTPM_EdgeAlignedPwm

Edge aligned PWM

enumerator kTPM_CenterAlignedPwm

Center aligned PWM

enum _tpm_pwm_level_select

TPM PWM output pulse mode: high-true, low-true or no output.

Note

When the TPM has PWM pause level select feature, the PWM output cannot be turned off by selecting the output level. In this case, the channel must be closed to close the PWM output.

Values:

enumerator kTPM_NoPwmSignal

No PWM output on pin

enumerator kTPM_LowTrue

Low true pulses

enumerator kTPM_HighTrue

High true pulses

enum _tpm_chnl_control_bit_mask

List of TPM channel modes and level control bit mask.

Values:

enumerator kTPM_ChnlELSnAMask

Channel ELSA bit mask.

enumerator kTPM_ChnlELSnBMask

Channel ELSB bit mask.

enumerator kTPM_ChnlMSAMask

Channel MSA bit mask.

enumerator kTPM_ChnlMSBMask

Channel MSB bit mask.

enum _tpm_trigger_select

Trigger sources available.

This is used for both internal & external trigger sources (external trigger sources available in certain SoC’s)

Note

The actual trigger sources available is SoC-specific.

Values:

enumerator kTPM_Trigger_Select_0

enumerator kTPM_Trigger_Select_1

enumerator kTPM_Trigger_Select_2

enumerator kTPM_Trigger_Select_3

enumerator kTPM_Trigger_Select_4

enumerator kTPM_Trigger_Select_5

enumerator kTPM_Trigger_Select_6

enumerator kTPM_Trigger_Select_7

enumerator kTPM_Trigger_Select_8

enumerator kTPM_Trigger_Select_9

enumerator kTPM_Trigger_Select_10

enumerator kTPM_Trigger_Select_11

enumerator kTPM_Trigger_Select_12

enumerator kTPM_Trigger_Select_13

enumerator kTPM_Trigger_Select_14

enumerator kTPM_Trigger_Select_15

enum _tpm_output_compare_mode

TPM output compare modes.

Values:

enumerator kTPM_NoOutputSignal

No channel output when counter reaches CnV

enumerator kTPM_ToggleOnMatch

Toggle output

enumerator kTPM_ClearOnMatch

Clear output

enumerator kTPM_SetOnMatch

Set output

enumerator kTPM_HighPulseOutput

Pulse output high

enumerator kTPM_LowPulseOutput

Pulse output low

enum _tpm_input_capture_edge

TPM input capture edge.

Values:

enumerator kTPM_RisingEdge

Capture on rising edge only

enumerator kTPM_FallingEdge

Capture on falling edge only

enumerator kTPM_RiseAndFallEdge

Capture on rising or falling edge

enum _tpm_clock_source

TPM clock source selection.

Values:

enumerator kTPM_SystemClock

System clock

enumerator kTPM_ExternalClock

External TPM_EXTCLK pin clock

enum _tpm_clock_prescale

TPM prescale value selection for the clock source.

Values:

enumerator kTPM_Prescale_Divide_1

Divide by 1

enumerator kTPM_Prescale_Divide_2

Divide by 2

enumerator kTPM_Prescale_Divide_4

Divide by 4

enumerator kTPM_Prescale_Divide_8

Divide by 8

enumerator kTPM_Prescale_Divide_16

Divide by 16

enumerator kTPM_Prescale_Divide_32

Divide by 32

enumerator kTPM_Prescale_Divide_64

Divide by 64

enumerator kTPM_Prescale_Divide_128

Divide by 128

enum _tpm_interrupt_enable

List of TPM interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kTPM_Chnl0InterruptEnable

Channel 0 interrupt.

enumerator kTPM_Chnl1InterruptEnable

Channel 1 interrupt.

enumerator kTPM_Chnl2InterruptEnable

Channel 2 interrupt.

enumerator kTPM_Chnl3InterruptEnable

Channel 3 interrupt.

enumerator kTPM_Chnl4InterruptEnable

Channel 4 interrupt.

enumerator kTPM_Chnl5InterruptEnable

Channel 5 interrupt.

enumerator kTPM_Chnl6InterruptEnable

Channel 6 interrupt.

enumerator kTPM_Chnl7InterruptEnable

Channel 7 interrupt.

enumerator kTPM_TimeOverflowInterruptEnable

Time overflow interrupt.

enum _tpm_status_flags

List of TPM flags.

Values:

enumerator kTPM_Chnl0Flag

Channel 0 flag

enumerator kTPM_Chnl1Flag

Channel 1 flag

enumerator kTPM_Chnl2Flag

Channel 2 flag

enumerator kTPM_Chnl3Flag

Channel 3 flag

enumerator kTPM_Chnl4Flag

Channel 4 flag

enumerator kTPM_Chnl5Flag

Channel 5 flag

enumerator kTPM_Chnl6Flag

Channel 6 flag

enumerator kTPM_Chnl7Flag

Channel 7 flag

enumerator kTPM_TimeOverflowFlag

Time overflow flag

typedef enum _tpm_chnl tpm_chnl_t

List of TPM channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

typedef enum _tpm_pwm_mode tpm_pwm_mode_t

TPM PWM operation modes.

typedef enum _tpm_pwm_level_select tpm_pwm_level_select_t

TPM PWM output pulse mode: high-true, low-true or no output.

Note

When the TPM has PWM pause level select feature, the PWM output cannot be turned off by selecting the output level. In this case, the channel must be closed to close the PWM output.

typedef enum _tpm_chnl_control_bit_mask tpm_chnl_control_bit_mask_t

List of TPM channel modes and level control bit mask.

typedef struct _tpm_chnl_pwm_signal_param tpm_chnl_pwm_signal_param_t

Options to configure a TPM channel’s PWM signal.

typedef enum _tpm_trigger_select tpm_trigger_select_t

Trigger sources available.

This is used for both internal & external trigger sources (external trigger sources available in certain SoC’s)

Note

The actual trigger sources available is SoC-specific.

typedef enum _tpm_output_compare_mode tpm_output_compare_mode_t

TPM output compare modes.

typedef enum _tpm_input_capture_edge tpm_input_capture_edge_t

TPM input capture edge.

typedef enum _tpm_clock_source tpm_clock_source_t

TPM clock source selection.

typedef enum _tpm_clock_prescale tpm_clock_prescale_t

TPM prescale value selection for the clock source.

typedef struct _tpm_config tpm_config_t

TPM config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the TPM peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the TPM_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your config structure instance.

The config struct can be made const so it resides in flash

typedef enum _tpm_interrupt_enable tpm_interrupt_enable_t

List of TPM interrupts.

typedef enum _tpm_status_flags tpm_status_flags_t

List of TPM flags.

typedef void (*tpm_callback_t)(TPM_Type *base)

TPM callback function pointer.

Param base:

TPM peripheral base address.

TPM_MAX_COUNTER_VALUE(x)

Help macro to get the max counter value.

struct _tpm_chnl_pwm_signal_param

#include <fsl_tpm.h>

Options to configure a TPM channel’s PWM signal.

Public Members

tpm_chnl_t chnlNumber

TPM channel to configure. In combined mode (available in some SoC’s), this represents the channel pair number

tpm_pwm_level_select_t level

PWM output active level select

uint8_t dutyCyclePercent

PWM pulse width, value should be between 0 to 100 0=inactive signal(0% duty cycle)… 100=always active signal (100% duty cycle)

struct _tpm_config

#include <fsl_tpm.h>

TPM config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the TPM peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the TPM_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your config structure instance.

The config struct can be made const so it resides in flash

Public Members

tpm_clock_prescale_t prescale

Select TPM clock prescale value

bool useGlobalTimeBase

true: The TPM channels use an external global time base (the local counter still use for generate overflow interrupt and DMA request); false: All TPM channels use the local counter as their timebase

bool syncGlobalTimeBase

true: The TPM counter is synchronized to the global time base; false: disabled

tpm_trigger_select_t triggerSelect

Input trigger to use for controlling the counter operation

bool enableDoze

true: TPM counter is paused in doze mode; false: TPM counter continues in doze mode

bool enableDebugMode

true: TPM counter continues in debug mode; false: TPM counter is paused in debug mode

bool enableReloadOnTrigger

true: TPM counter is reloaded on trigger; false: TPM counter not reloaded

bool enableStopOnOverflow

true: TPM counter stops after overflow; false: TPM counter continues running after overflow

bool enableStartOnTrigger

true: TPM counter only starts when a trigger is detected; false: TPM counter starts immediately

TRDC: Trusted Resource Domain Controller

void TRDC_Init(TRDC_Type *base)

Initializes the TRDC module.

This function enables the TRDC clock.

Parameters:

• base – TRDC peripheral base address.

void TRDC_Deinit(TRDC_Type *base)

De-initializes the TRDC module.

This function disables the TRDC clock.

Parameters:

• base – TRDC peripheral base address.

FSL_TRDC_DRIVER_VERSION

Trdc_core

typedef struct _TRDC_General_Type TRDC_General_Type

TRDC general configuration register definition.

typedef struct _TRDC_FLW_Type TRDC_FLW_Type

TRDC flash logical control register definition.

typedef struct _TRDC_DomainError_Type TRDC_DomainError_Type

TRDC domain error register definition.

typedef struct _TRDC_DomainAssignment_Type TRDC_DomainAssignment_Type

TRDC master domain assignment register definition.

typedef struct _TRDC_MBC_Type TRDC_MBC_Type

TRDC MBC control register definition.

typedef struct _TRDC_MRC_Type TRDC_MRC_Type

TRDC MRC control register definition. MRC_DOM0_RGD_W[region][word].

TRDC_GENERAL_BASE(base)

TRDC base address convert macro.

TRDC_FLW_BASE(base)

TRDC_DOMAIN_ERROR_BASE(base)

TRDC_DOMAIN_ASSIGNMENT_BASE(base)

TRDC_MBC_BASE(base, instance)

TRDC_MRC_BASE(base, instance)

struct _TRDC_General_Type

#include <fsl_trdc_core.h>

TRDC general configuration register definition.

Public Members

__IO uint32_t TRDC_CR

TRDC Register, offset: 0x0

__I uint32_t TRDC_HWCFG0

TRDC Hardware Configuration Register 0, offset: 0xF0

__I uint32_t TRDC_HWCFG1

TRDC Hardware Configuration Register 1, offset: 0xF4

__I uint32_t TRDC_HWCFG2

TRDC Hardware Configuration Register 2, offset: 0xF8

__I uint32_t TRDC_HWCFG3

TRDC Hardware Configuration Register 3, offset: 0xFC

__I uint8_t DACFG [8]

Domain Assignment Configuration Register, array offset: 0x100, array step: 0x1

__IO uint32_t TRDC_IDAU_CR

TRDC IDAU Control Register, offset: 0x1C0

struct _TRDC_FLW_Type

#include <fsl_trdc_core.h>

TRDC flash logical control register definition.

Public Members

__IO uint32_t TRDC_FLW_CTL

TRDC FLW Control, offset: 0x1E0

__I uint32_t TRDC_FLW_PBASE

TRDC FLW Physical Base, offset: 0x1E4

__IO uint32_t TRDC_FLW_ABASE

TRDC FLW Array Base, offset: 0x1E8

__IO uint32_t TRDC_FLW_BCNT

TRDC FLW Block Count, offset: 0x1EC

struct _TRDC_DomainError_Type

#include <fsl_trdc_core.h>

TRDC domain error register definition.

Public Members

__IO uint32_t TRDC_FDID

TRDC Fault Domain ID, offset: 0x1FC

__I uint32_t TRDC_DERRLOC [16]

TRDC Domain Error Location Register, array offset: 0x200, array step: 0x4

struct _TRDC_DomainAssignment_Type

#include <fsl_trdc_core.h>

TRDC master domain assignment register definition.

Public Members

__IO uint32_t PID [8]

Process Identifier, array offset: 0x700, array step: 0x4

struct _TRDC_MBC_Type

#include <fsl_trdc_core.h>

TRDC MBC control register definition.

Public Members

__I uint32_t MBC_MEM_GLBCFG [4]

MBC Global Configuration Register, array offset: 0x10000, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_NSE_BLK_INDEX

MBC NonSecure Enable Block Index, array offset: 0x10010, array step: 0x2000

__O uint32_t MBC_NSE_BLK_SET

MBC NonSecure Enable Block Set, array offset: 0x10014, array step: 0x2000

__O uint32_t MBC_NSE_BLK_CLR

MBC NonSecure Enable Block Clear, array offset: 0x10018, array step: 0x2000

__O uint32_t MBC_NSE_BLK_CLR_ALL

MBC NonSecure Enable Block Clear All, array offset: 0x1001C, array step: 0x2000

__IO uint32_t MBC_MEMN_GLBAC [8]

MBC Global Access Control, array offset: 0x10020, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM0_MEM0_BLK_CFG_W [64]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10040, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM0_MEM0_BLK_NSE_W [16]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10140, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM0_MEM1_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10180, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM0_MEM1_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x101A0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM0_MEM2_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x101A8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM0_MEM2_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x101C8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM0_MEM3_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x101D0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM0_MEM3_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x101F0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM1_MEM0_BLK_CFG_W [64]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10240, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM1_MEM0_BLK_NSE_W [16]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10340, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM1_MEM1_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10380, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM1_MEM1_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x103A0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM1_MEM2_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x103A8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM1_MEM2_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x103C8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM1_MEM3_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x103D0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM1_MEM3_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x103F0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM2_MEM0_BLK_CFG_W [64]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10440, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM2_MEM0_BLK_NSE_W [16]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10540, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM2_MEM1_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10580, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM2_MEM1_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x105A0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM2_MEM2_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x105A8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM2_MEM2_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x105C8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM2_MEM3_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x105D0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM2_MEM3_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x105F0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM3_MEM0_BLK_CFG_W [64]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10640, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM3_MEM0_BLK_NSE_W [16]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10740, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM3_MEM1_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10780, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM3_MEM1_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x107A0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM3_MEM2_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x107A8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM3_MEM2_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x107C8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM3_MEM3_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x107D0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM3_MEM3_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x107F0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM4_MEM0_BLK_CFG_W [64]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10840, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM4_MEM0_BLK_NSE_W [16]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10940, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM4_MEM1_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10980, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM4_MEM1_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x109A0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM4_MEM2_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x109A8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM4_MEM2_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x109C8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM4_MEM3_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x109D0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM4_MEM3_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x109F0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM5_MEM0_BLK_CFG_W [64]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10A40, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM5_MEM0_BLK_NSE_W [16]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10B40, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM5_MEM1_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10B80, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM5_MEM1_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10BA0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM5_MEM2_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10BA8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM5_MEM2_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10BC8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM5_MEM3_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10BD0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM5_MEM3_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10BF0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM6_MEM0_BLK_CFG_W [64]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10C40, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM6_MEM0_BLK_NSE_W [16]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10D40, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM6_MEM1_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10D80, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM6_MEM1_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10DA0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM6_MEM2_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10DA8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM6_MEM2_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10DC8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM6_MEM3_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10DD0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM6_MEM3_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10DF0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM7_MEM0_BLK_CFG_W [64]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10E40, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM7_MEM0_BLK_NSE_W [16]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10F40, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM7_MEM1_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10F80, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM7_MEM1_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10FA0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM7_MEM2_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10FA8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM7_MEM2_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10FC8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM7_MEM3_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x10FD0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM7_MEM3_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x10FF0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM8_MEM0_BLK_CFG_W [64]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11040, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM8_MEM0_BLK_NSE_W [16]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11140, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM8_MEM1_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11180, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM8_MEM1_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x111A0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM8_MEM2_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x111A8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM8_MEM2_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x111C8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM8_MEM3_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x111D0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM8_MEM3_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x111F0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM9_MEM0_BLK_CFG_W [64]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11240, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM9_MEM0_BLK_NSE_W [16]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11340, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM9_MEM1_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11380, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM9_MEM1_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x113A0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM9_MEM2_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x113A8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM9_MEM2_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x113C8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM9_MEM3_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x113D0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM9_MEM3_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x113F0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM10_MEM0_BLK_CFG_W [64]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11440, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM10_MEM0_BLK_NSE_W [16]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11540, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM10_MEM1_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11580, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM10_MEM1_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x115A0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM10_MEM2_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x115A8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM10_MEM2_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x115C8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM10_MEM3_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x115D0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM10_MEM3_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x115F0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM11_MEM0_BLK_CFG_W [64]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11640, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM11_MEM0_BLK_NSE_W [16]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11740, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM11_MEM1_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11780, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM11_MEM1_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x117A0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM11_MEM2_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x117A8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM11_MEM2_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x117C8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM11_MEM3_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x117D0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM11_MEM3_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x117F0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM12_MEM0_BLK_CFG_W [64]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11840, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM12_MEM0_BLK_NSE_W [16]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11940, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM12_MEM1_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11980, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM12_MEM1_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x119A0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM12_MEM2_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x119A8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM12_MEM2_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x119C8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM12_MEM3_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x119D0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM12_MEM3_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x119F0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM13_MEM0_BLK_CFG_W [64]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11A40, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM13_MEM0_BLK_NSE_W [16]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11B40, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM13_MEM1_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11B80, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM13_MEM1_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11BA0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM13_MEM2_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11BA8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM13_MEM2_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11BC8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM13_MEM3_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11BD0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM13_MEM3_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11BF0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM14_MEM0_BLK_CFG_W [64]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11C40, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM14_MEM0_BLK_NSE_W [16]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11D40, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM14_MEM1_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11D80, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM14_MEM1_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11DA0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM14_MEM2_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11DA8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM14_MEM2_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11DC8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM14_MEM3_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11DD0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM14_MEM3_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11DF0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM15_MEM0_BLK_CFG_W [64]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11E40, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM15_MEM0_BLK_NSE_W [16]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11F40, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM15_MEM1_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11F80, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM15_MEM1_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11FA0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM15_MEM2_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11FA8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM15_MEM2_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11FC8, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM15_MEM3_BLK_CFG_W [8]

MBC Memory Block Configuration Word, array offset: 0x11FD0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MBC_DOM15_MEM3_BLK_NSE_W [2]

MBC Memory Block NonSecure Enable Word, array offset: 0x11FF0, array step: index*0x2000, index2*0x4

struct _TRDC_MRC_Type

#include <fsl_trdc_core.h>

TRDC MRC control register definition. MRC_DOM0_RGD_W[region][word].

Public Members

__I uint32_t MRC_GLBCFG

MRC Global Configuration Register, array offset: 0x14000, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_NSE_RGN_INDIRECT

MRC NonSecure Enable Region Indirect, array offset: 0x14010, array step: 0x1000

__O uint32_t MRC_NSE_RGN_SET

MRC NonSecure Enable Region Set, array offset: 0x14014, array step: 0x1000

__O uint32_t MRC_NSE_RGN_CLR

MRC NonSecure Enable Region Clear, array offset: 0x14018, array step: 0x1000

__O uint32_t MRC_NSE_RGN_CLR_ALL

MRC NonSecure Enable Region Clear All, array offset: 0x1401C, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_GLBAC [8]

MRC Global Access Control, array offset: 0x14020, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM0_RGD_W [16][2]

MRC Region Descriptor Word 0..MRC Region Descriptor Word 1, array offset: 0x14040, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x8, index3*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM0_RGD_NSE

MRC Region Descriptor NonSecure Enable, array offset: 0x140C0, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM1_RGD_W [16][2]

MRC Region Descriptor Word 0..MRC Region Descriptor Word 1, array offset: 0x14140, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x8, index3*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM1_RGD_NSE

MRC Region Descriptor NonSecure Enable, array offset: 0x141C0, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM2_RGD_W [16][2]

MRC Region Descriptor Word 0..MRC Region Descriptor Word 1, array offset: 0x14240, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x8, index3*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM2_RGD_NSE

MRC Region Descriptor NonSecure Enable, array offset: 0x142C0, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM3_RGD_W [16][2]

MRC Region Descriptor Word 0..MRC Region Descriptor Word 1, array offset: 0x14340, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x8, index3*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM3_RGD_NSE

MRC Region Descriptor NonSecure Enable, array offset: 0x143C0, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM4_RGD_W [16][2]

MRC Region Descriptor Word 0..MRC Region Descriptor Word 1, array offset: 0x14440, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x8, index3*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM4_RGD_NSE

MRC Region Descriptor NonSecure Enable, array offset: 0x144C0, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM5_RGD_W [16][2]

MRC Region Descriptor Word 0..MRC Region Descriptor Word 1, array offset: 0x14540, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x8, index3*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM5_RGD_NSE

MRC Region Descriptor NonSecure Enable, array offset: 0x145C0, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM6_RGD_W [16][2]

MRC Region Descriptor Word 0..MRC Region Descriptor Word 1, array offset: 0x14640, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x8, index3*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM6_RGD_NSE

MRC Region Descriptor NonSecure Enable, array offset: 0x146C0, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM7_RGD_W [16][2]

MRC Region Descriptor Word 0..MRC Region Descriptor Word 1, array offset: 0x14740, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x8, index3*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM7_RGD_NSE

MRC Region Descriptor NonSecure Enable, array offset: 0x147C0, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM8_RGD_W [16][2]

MRC Region Descriptor Word 0..MRC Region Descriptor Word 1, array offset: 0x14840, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x8, index3*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM8_RGD_NSE

MRC Region Descriptor NonSecure Enable, array offset: 0x148C0, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM9_RGD_W [16][2]

MRC Region Descriptor Word 0..MRC Region Descriptor Word 1, array offset: 0x14940, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x8, index3*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM9_RGD_NSE

MRC Region Descriptor NonSecure Enable, array offset: 0x149C0, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM10_RGD_W [16][2]

MRC Region Descriptor Word 0..MRC Region Descriptor Word 1, array offset: 0x14A40, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x8, index3*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM10_RGD_NSE

MRC Region Descriptor NonSecure Enable, array offset: 0x14AC0, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM11_RGD_W [16][2]

MRC Region Descriptor Word 0..MRC Region Descriptor Word 1, array offset: 0x14B40, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x8, index3*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM11_RGD_NSE

MRC Region Descriptor NonSecure Enable, array offset: 0x14BC0, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM12_RGD_W [16][2]

MRC Region Descriptor Word 0..MRC Region Descriptor Word 1, array offset: 0x14C40, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x8, index3*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM12_RGD_NSE

MRC Region Descriptor NonSecure Enable, array offset: 0x14CC0, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM13_RGD_W [16][2]

MRC Region Descriptor Word 0..MRC Region Descriptor Word 1, array offset: 0x14D40, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x8, index3*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM13_RGD_NSE

MRC Region Descriptor NonSecure Enable, array offset: 0x14DC0, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM14_RGD_W [16][2]

MRC Region Descriptor Word 0..MRC Region Descriptor Word 1, array offset: 0x14E40, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x8, index3*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM14_RGD_NSE

MRC Region Descriptor NonSecure Enable, array offset: 0x14EC0, array step: 0x1000

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM15_RGD_W [16][2]

MRC Region Descriptor Word 0..MRC Region Descriptor Word 1, array offset: 0x14F40, array step: index*0x1000, index2*0x8, index3*0x4

__IO uint32_t MRC_DOM15_RGD_NSE

MRC Region Descriptor NonSecure Enable, array offset: 0x14FC0, array step: 0x1000

struct MBC_DERR

Public Members

__I uint32_t W0

MBC Domain Error Word0 Register, array offset: 0x400, array step: 0x10

__I uint32_t W1

MBC Domain Error Word1 Register, array offset: 0x404, array step: 0x10

__O uint32_t W3

MBC Domain Error Word3 Register, array offset: 0x40C, array step: 0x10

struct MRC_DERR

Public Members

__I uint32_t W0

MRC Domain Error Word0 Register, array offset: 0x480, array step: 0x10

__I uint32_t W1

MRC Domain Error Word1 Register, array offset: 0x484, array step: 0x10

__O uint32_t W3

MRC Domain Error Word3 Register, array offset: 0x48C, array step: 0x10

union __unnamed78__

Public Members

struct _TRDC_DomainAssignment_Type MDA_DFMT0[8]

struct _TRDC_DomainAssignment_Type MDA_DFMT1[8]

struct MDA_DFMT0

Public Members

__IO uint32_t MDA_W_DFMT0 [8]

DAC Master Domain Assignment Register, array offset: 0x800, array step: index*0x20, index2*0x4

struct MDA_DFMT1

Public Members

__IO uint32_t MDA_W_DFMT1 [1]

DAC Master Domain Assignment Register, array offset: 0x800, array step: index*0x20, index2*0x4

TRGMUX: Trigger Mux Driver

static inline void TRGMUX_LockRegister(TRGMUX_Type *base, uint32_t index)

Sets the flag of the register which is used to mark writeable.

The function sets the flag of the register which is used to mark writeable. Example:

TRGMUX_LockRegister(TRGMUX0,kTRGMUX_Trgmux0Dmamux0);

Parameters:

• base – TRGMUX peripheral base address.

• index – The index of the TRGMUX register, see the enum trgmux_device_t defined in <SOC>.h.

status_t TRGMUX_SetTriggerSource(TRGMUX_Type *base, uint32_t index, trgmux_trigger_input_t input, uint32_t trigger_src)

Configures the trigger source of the appointed peripheral.

The function configures the trigger source of the appointed peripheral. Example:

TRGMUX_SetTriggerSource(TRGMUX0, kTRGMUX_Trgmux0Dmamux0, kTRGMUX_TriggerInput0, kTRGMUX_SourcePortPin);

Parameters:

• base – TRGMUX peripheral base address.

• index – The index of the TRGMUX register, see the enum trgmux_device_t defined in <SOC>.h.

• input – The MUX select for peripheral trigger input

• trigger_src – The trigger inputs for various peripherals. See the enum trgmux_source_t defined in <SOC>.h.

Return values:

• kStatus_Success – Configured successfully.

• kStatus_TRGMUX_Locked – Configuration failed because the register is locked.

FSL_TRGMUX_DRIVER_VERSION

TRGMUX driver version.

TRGMUX configure status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_TRGMUX_Locked

Configure failed for register is locked

enum _trgmux_trigger_input

Defines the MUX select for peripheral trigger input.

Values:

enumerator kTRGMUX_TriggerInput0

The MUX select for peripheral trigger input 0

enumerator kTRGMUX_TriggerInput1

The MUX select for peripheral trigger input 1

enumerator kTRGMUX_TriggerInput2

The MUX select for peripheral trigger input 2

enumerator kTRGMUX_TriggerInput3

The MUX select for peripheral trigger input 3

typedef enum _trgmux_trigger_input trgmux_trigger_input_t

Defines the MUX select for peripheral trigger input.

TSTMR: Timestamp Timer Driver

FSL_TSTMR_DRIVER_VERSION

Version 2.0.2

static inline uint64_t TSTMR_ReadTimeStamp(TSTMR_Type *base)

Reads the time stamp.

This function reads the low and high registers and returns the 56-bit free running counter value. This can be read by software at any time to determine the software ticks. TSTMR registers can be read with 32-bit accesses only. The TSTMR LOW read should occur first, followed by the TSTMR HIGH read.

Parameters:

• base – TSTMR peripheral base address.

Returns:

The 56-bit time stamp value.

static inline void TSTMR_DelayUs(TSTMR_Type *base, uint64_t delayInUs)

Delays for a specified number of microseconds.

This function repeatedly reads the timestamp register and waits for the user-specified delay value.

Parameters:

• base – TSTMR peripheral base address.

• delayInUs – Delay value in microseconds.

FSL_COMPONENT_ID

USDHC: Ultra Secured Digital Host Controller Driver

void USDHC_Init(USDHC_Type *base, const usdhc_config_t *config)

USDHC module initialization function.

Configures the USDHC according to the user configuration.

Example:

usdhc_config_t config;
config.cardDetectDat3 = false;
config.endianMode = kUSDHC_EndianModeLittle;
config.dmaMode = kUSDHC_DmaModeAdma2;
config.readWatermarkLevel = 128U;
config.writeWatermarkLevel = 128U;
USDHC_Init(USDHC, &config);

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• config – USDHC configuration information.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Operate successfully.

void USDHC_Deinit(USDHC_Type *base)

Deinitializes the USDHC.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

bool USDHC_Reset(USDHC_Type *base, uint32_t mask, uint32_t timeout)

Resets the USDHC.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• mask – The reset type mask(_usdhc_reset).

• timeout – Timeout for reset.

Return values:

• true – Reset successfully.

• false – Reset failed.

status_t USDHC_SetAdmaTableConfig(USDHC_Type *base, usdhc_adma_config_t *dmaConfig, usdhc_data_t *dataConfig, uint32_t flags)

Sets the DMA descriptor table configuration. A high level DMA descriptor configuration function.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• dmaConfig – ADMA configuration

• dataConfig – Data descriptor

• flags – ADAM descriptor flag, used to indicate to create multiple or single descriptor, please refer to enum _usdhc_adma_flag.

Return values:

• kStatus_OutOfRange – ADMA descriptor table length isn’t enough to describe data.

• kStatus_Success – Operate successfully.

status_t USDHC_SetInternalDmaConfig(USDHC_Type *base, usdhc_adma_config_t *dmaConfig, const uint32_t *dataAddr, bool enAutoCmd23)

Internal DMA configuration. This function is used to config the USDHC DMA related registers.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• dmaConfig – ADMA configuration.

• dataAddr – Transfer data address, a simple DMA parameter, if ADMA is used, leave it to NULL.

• enAutoCmd23 – Flag to indicate Auto CMD23 is enable or not, a simple DMA parameter, if ADMA is used, leave it to false.

Return values:

• kStatus_OutOfRange – ADMA descriptor table length isn’t enough to describe data.

• kStatus_Success – Operate successfully.

status_t USDHC_SetADMA2Descriptor(uint32_t *admaTable, uint32_t admaTableWords, const uint32_t *dataBufferAddr, uint32_t dataBytes, uint32_t flags)

Sets the ADMA2 descriptor table configuration.

Parameters:

• admaTable – ADMA table address.

• admaTableWords – ADMA table length.

• dataBufferAddr – Data buffer address.

• dataBytes – Data Data length.

• flags – ADAM descriptor flag, used to indicate to create multiple or single descriptor, please refer to enum _usdhc_adma_flag.

Return values:

• kStatus_OutOfRange – ADMA descriptor table length isn’t enough to describe data.

• kStatus_Success – Operate successfully.

status_t USDHC_SetADMA1Descriptor(uint32_t *admaTable, uint32_t admaTableWords, const uint32_t *dataBufferAddr, uint32_t dataBytes, uint32_t flags)

Sets the ADMA1 descriptor table configuration.

Parameters:

• admaTable – ADMA table address.

• admaTableWords – ADMA table length.

• dataBufferAddr – Data buffer address.

• dataBytes – Data length.

• flags – ADAM descriptor flag, used to indicate to create multiple or single descriptor, please refer to enum _usdhc_adma_flag.

Return values:

• kStatus_OutOfRange – ADMA descriptor table length isn’t enough to describe data.

• kStatus_Success – Operate successfully.

static inline void USDHC_EnableInternalDMA(USDHC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables internal DMA.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• enable – enable or disable flag

static inline void USDHC_EnableInterruptStatus(USDHC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupt status.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• mask – Interrupt status flags mask(_usdhc_interrupt_status_flag).

static inline void USDHC_DisableInterruptStatus(USDHC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupt status.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• mask – The interrupt status flags mask(_usdhc_interrupt_status_flag).

static inline void USDHC_EnableInterruptSignal(USDHC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupt signal corresponding to the interrupt status flag.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• mask – The interrupt status flags mask(_usdhc_interrupt_status_flag).

static inline void USDHC_DisableInterruptSignal(USDHC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupt signal corresponding to the interrupt status flag.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• mask – The interrupt status flags mask(_usdhc_interrupt_status_flag).

static inline uint32_t USDHC_GetEnabledInterruptStatusFlags(USDHC_Type *base)

Gets the enabled interrupt status.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current interrupt status flags mask(_usdhc_interrupt_status_flag).

static inline uint32_t USDHC_GetInterruptStatusFlags(USDHC_Type *base)

Gets the current interrupt status.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current interrupt status flags mask(_usdhc_interrupt_status_flag).

static inline void USDHC_ClearInterruptStatusFlags(USDHC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears a specified interrupt status. write 1 clears.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• mask – The interrupt status flags mask(_usdhc_interrupt_status_flag).

static inline uint32_t USDHC_GetAutoCommand12ErrorStatusFlags(USDHC_Type *base)

Gets the status of auto command 12 error.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Auto command 12 error status flags mask(_usdhc_auto_command12_error_status_flag).

static inline uint32_t USDHC_GetAdmaErrorStatusFlags(USDHC_Type *base)

Gets the status of the ADMA error.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

Returns:

ADMA error status flags mask(_usdhc_adma_error_status_flag).

static inline uint32_t USDHC_GetPresentStatusFlags(USDHC_Type *base)

Gets a present status.

This function gets the present USDHC’s status except for an interrupt status and an error status.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Present USDHC’s status flags mask(_usdhc_present_status_flag).

void USDHC_GetCapability(USDHC_Type *base, usdhc_capability_t *capability)

Gets the capability information.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• capability – Structure to save capability information.

static inline void USDHC_ForceClockOn(USDHC_Type *base, bool enable)

Forces the card clock on.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• enable – enable/disable flag

uint32_t USDHC_SetSdClock(USDHC_Type *base, uint32_t srcClock_Hz, uint32_t busClock_Hz)

Sets the SD bus clock frequency.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• srcClock_Hz – USDHC source clock frequency united in Hz.

• busClock_Hz – SD bus clock frequency united in Hz.

Returns:

The nearest frequency of busClock_Hz configured for SD bus.

bool USDHC_SetCardActive(USDHC_Type *base, uint32_t timeout)

Sends 80 clocks to the card to set it to the active state.

This function must be called each time the card is inserted to ensure that the card can receive the command correctly.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• timeout – Timeout to initialize card.

Return values:

• true – Set card active successfully.

• false – Set card active failed.

static inline void USDHC_AssertHardwareReset(USDHC_Type *base, bool high)

Triggers a hardware reset.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• high – 1 or 0 level

static inline void USDHC_SetDataBusWidth(USDHC_Type *base, usdhc_data_bus_width_t width)

Sets the data transfer width.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• width – Data transfer width.

static inline void USDHC_WriteData(USDHC_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Fills the data port.

This function is used to implement the data transfer by Data Port instead of DMA.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• data – The data about to be sent.

static inline uint32_t USDHC_ReadData(USDHC_Type *base)

Retrieves the data from the data port.

This function is used to implement the data transfer by Data Port instead of DMA.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

Returns:

The data has been read.

void USDHC_SendCommand(USDHC_Type *base, usdhc_command_t *command)

Sends command function.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• command – configuration

static inline void USDHC_EnableWakeupEvent(USDHC_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables or disables a wakeup event in low-power mode.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• mask – Wakeup events mask(_usdhc_wakeup_event).

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void USDHC_CardDetectByData3(USDHC_Type *base, bool enable)

Detects card insert status.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• enable – enable/disable flag

static inline bool USDHC_DetectCardInsert(USDHC_Type *base)

Detects card insert status.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

static inline void USDHC_EnableSdioControl(USDHC_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables or disables the SDIO card control.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• mask – SDIO card control flags mask(_usdhc_sdio_control_flag).

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void USDHC_SetContinueRequest(USDHC_Type *base)

Restarts a transaction which has stopped at the block GAP for the SDIO card.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

static inline void USDHC_RequestStopAtBlockGap(USDHC_Type *base, bool enable)

Request stop at block gap function.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• enable – True to stop at block gap, false to normal transfer.

void USDHC_SetMmcBootConfig(USDHC_Type *base, const usdhc_boot_config_t *config)

Configures the MMC boot feature.

Example:

usdhc_boot_config_t config;
config.ackTimeoutCount = 4;
config.bootMode = kUSDHC_BootModeNormal;
config.blockCount = 5;
config.enableBootAck = true;
config.enableBoot = true;
config.enableAutoStopAtBlockGap = true;
USDHC_SetMmcBootConfig(USDHC, &config);

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• config – The MMC boot configuration information.

static inline void USDHC_EnableMmcBoot(USDHC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the mmc boot mode.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void USDHC_SetForceEvent(USDHC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Forces generating events according to the given mask.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• mask – The force events bit posistion (_usdhc_force_event).

static inline void UDSHC_SelectVoltage(USDHC_Type *base, bool en18v)

Selects the USDHC output voltage.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• en18v – True means 1.8V, false means 3.0V.

void USDHC_EnableDDRMode(USDHC_Type *base, bool enable, uint32_t nibblePos)

The enable/disable DDR mode.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• enable – enable/disable flag

• nibblePos – nibble position

void USDHC_SetDataConfig(USDHC_Type *base, usdhc_transfer_direction_t dataDirection, uint32_t blockCount, uint32_t blockSize)

USDHC data configuration.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• dataDirection – Data direction, tx or rx.

• blockCount – Data block count.

• blockSize – Data block size.

void USDHC_TransferCreateHandle(USDHC_Type *base, usdhc_handle_t *handle, const usdhc_transfer_callback_t *callback, void *userData)

Creates the USDHC handle.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• handle – USDHC handle pointer.

• callback – Structure pointer to contain all callback functions.

• userData – Callback function parameter.

status_t USDHC_TransferNonBlocking(USDHC_Type *base, usdhc_handle_t *handle, usdhc_adma_config_t *dmaConfig, usdhc_transfer_t *transfer)

Transfers the command/data using an interrupt and an asynchronous method.

This function sends a command and data and returns immediately. It doesn’t wait for the transfer to complete or to encounter an error. The application must not call this API in multiple threads at the same time. Because of that this API doesn’t support the re-entry mechanism.

Note

Call API USDHC_TransferCreateHandle when calling this API.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• handle – USDHC handle.

• dmaConfig – ADMA configuration.

• transfer – Transfer content.

Return values:

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Argument is invalid.

• kStatus_USDHC_BusyTransferring – Busy transferring.

• kStatus_USDHC_PrepareAdmaDescriptorFailed – Prepare ADMA descriptor failed.

• kStatus_Success – Operate successfully.

status_t USDHC_TransferBlocking(USDHC_Type *base, usdhc_adma_config_t *dmaConfig, usdhc_transfer_t *transfer)

Transfers the command/data using a blocking method.

This function waits until the command response/data is received or the USDHC encounters an error by polling the status flag.

The application must not call this API in multiple threads at the same time. Because this API doesn’t support the re-entry mechanism.

Note

There is no need to call API USDHC_TransferCreateHandle when calling this API.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• dmaConfig – adma configuration

• transfer – Transfer content.

Return values:

• kStatus_InvalidArgument – Argument is invalid.

• kStatus_USDHC_PrepareAdmaDescriptorFailed – Prepare ADMA descriptor failed.

• kStatus_USDHC_SendCommandFailed – Send command failed.

• kStatus_USDHC_TransferDataFailed – Transfer data failed.

• kStatus_Success – Operate successfully.

void USDHC_TransferHandleIRQ(USDHC_Type *base, usdhc_handle_t *handle)

IRQ handler for the USDHC.

This function deals with the IRQs on the given host controller.

Parameters:

• base – USDHC peripheral base address.

• handle – USDHC handle.

FSL_USDHC_DRIVER_VERSION

Driver version 2.8.4.

Enum _usdhc_status. USDHC status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_USDHC_BusyTransferring

Transfer is on-going.

enumerator kStatus_USDHC_PrepareAdmaDescriptorFailed

Set DMA descriptor failed.

enumerator kStatus_USDHC_SendCommandFailed

Send command failed.

enumerator kStatus_USDHC_TransferDataFailed

Transfer data failed.

enumerator kStatus_USDHC_DMADataAddrNotAlign

Data address not aligned.

enumerator kStatus_USDHC_ReTuningRequest

Re-tuning request.

enumerator kStatus_USDHC_TuningError

Tuning error.

enumerator kStatus_USDHC_NotSupport

Not support.

enumerator kStatus_USDHC_TransferDataComplete

Transfer data complete.

enumerator kStatus_USDHC_SendCommandSuccess

Transfer command complete.

enumerator kStatus_USDHC_TransferDMAComplete

Transfer DMA complete.

Enum _usdhc_capability_flag. Host controller capabilities flag mask. .

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_SupportAdmaFlag

Support ADMA.

enumerator kUSDHC_SupportHighSpeedFlag

Support high-speed.

enumerator kUSDHC_SupportDmaFlag

Support DMA.

enumerator kUSDHC_SupportSuspendResumeFlag

Support suspend/resume.

enumerator kUSDHC_SupportV330Flag

Support voltage 3.3V.

enumerator kUSDHC_SupportV300Flag

Support voltage 3.0V.

enumerator kUSDHC_SupportV180Flag

Support voltage 1.8V.

enumerator kUSDHC_Support4BitFlag

Flag in HTCAPBLT_MBL’s position, supporting 4-bit mode.

enumerator kUSDHC_Support8BitFlag

Flag in HTCAPBLT_MBL’s position, supporting 8-bit mode.

enumerator kUSDHC_SupportDDR50Flag

SD version 3.0 new feature, supporting DDR50 mode.

enumerator kUSDHC_SupportSDR104Flag

Support SDR104 mode.

enumerator kUSDHC_SupportSDR50Flag

Support SDR50 mode.

Enum _usdhc_wakeup_event. Wakeup event mask. .

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_WakeupEventOnCardInt

Wakeup on card interrupt.

enumerator kUSDHC_WakeupEventOnCardInsert

Wakeup on card insertion.

enumerator kUSDHC_WakeupEventOnCardRemove

Wakeup on card removal.

enumerator kUSDHC_WakeupEventsAll

All wakeup events

Enum _usdhc_reset. Reset type mask. .

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_ResetAll

Reset all except card detection.

enumerator kUSDHC_ResetCommand

Reset command line.

enumerator kUSDHC_ResetData

Reset data line.

enumerator kUSDHC_ResetTuning

Reset tuning circuit.

enumerator kUSDHC_ResetsAll

All reset types

Enum _usdhc_transfer_flag. Transfer flag mask.

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_EnableDmaFlag

Enable DMA.

enumerator kUSDHC_CommandTypeSuspendFlag

Suspend command.

enumerator kUSDHC_CommandTypeResumeFlag

Resume command.

enumerator kUSDHC_CommandTypeAbortFlag

Abort command.

enumerator kUSDHC_EnableBlockCountFlag

Enable block count.

enumerator kUSDHC_EnableAutoCommand12Flag

Enable auto CMD12.

enumerator kUSDHC_DataReadFlag

Enable data read.

enumerator kUSDHC_MultipleBlockFlag

Multiple block data read/write.

enumerator kUSDHC_EnableAutoCommand23Flag

Enable auto CMD23.

enumerator kUSDHC_ResponseLength136Flag

136-bit response length.

enumerator kUSDHC_ResponseLength48Flag

48-bit response length.

enumerator kUSDHC_ResponseLength48BusyFlag

48-bit response length with busy status.

enumerator kUSDHC_EnableCrcCheckFlag

Enable CRC check.

enumerator kUSDHC_EnableIndexCheckFlag

Enable index check.

enumerator kUSDHC_DataPresentFlag

Data present flag.

Enum _usdhc_present_status_flag. Present status flag mask. .

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_CommandInhibitFlag

Command inhibit.

enumerator kUSDHC_DataInhibitFlag

Data inhibit.

enumerator kUSDHC_DataLineActiveFlag

Data line active.

enumerator kUSDHC_SdClockStableFlag

SD bus clock stable.

enumerator kUSDHC_WriteTransferActiveFlag

Write transfer active.

enumerator kUSDHC_ReadTransferActiveFlag

Read transfer active.

enumerator kUSDHC_BufferWriteEnableFlag

Buffer write enable.

enumerator kUSDHC_BufferReadEnableFlag

Buffer read enable.

enumerator kUSDHC_ReTuningRequestFlag

Re-tuning request flag, only used for SDR104 mode.

enumerator kUSDHC_DelaySettingFinishedFlag

Delay setting finished flag.

enumerator kUSDHC_CardInsertedFlag

Card inserted.

enumerator kUSDHC_CommandLineLevelFlag

Command line signal level.

enumerator kUSDHC_Data0LineLevelFlag

Data0 line signal level.

enumerator kUSDHC_Data1LineLevelFlag

Data1 line signal level.

enumerator kUSDHC_Data2LineLevelFlag

Data2 line signal level.

enumerator kUSDHC_Data3LineLevelFlag

Data3 line signal level.

enumerator kUSDHC_Data4LineLevelFlag

Data4 line signal level.

enumerator kUSDHC_Data5LineLevelFlag

Data5 line signal level.

enumerator kUSDHC_Data6LineLevelFlag

Data6 line signal level.

enumerator kUSDHC_Data7LineLevelFlag

Data7 line signal level.

Enum _usdhc_interrupt_status_flag. Interrupt status flag mask. .

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_CommandCompleteFlag

Command complete.

enumerator kUSDHC_DataCompleteFlag

Data complete.

enumerator kUSDHC_BlockGapEventFlag

Block gap event.

enumerator kUSDHC_DmaCompleteFlag

DMA interrupt.

enumerator kUSDHC_BufferWriteReadyFlag

Buffer write ready.

enumerator kUSDHC_BufferReadReadyFlag

Buffer read ready.

enumerator kUSDHC_CardInsertionFlag

Card inserted.

enumerator kUSDHC_CardRemovalFlag

Card removed.

enumerator kUSDHC_CardInterruptFlag

Card interrupt.

enumerator kUSDHC_ReTuningEventFlag

Re-Tuning event, only for SD3.0 SDR104 mode.

enumerator kUSDHC_TuningPassFlag

SDR104 mode tuning pass flag.

enumerator kUSDHC_TuningErrorFlag

SDR104 tuning error flag.

enumerator kUSDHC_CommandTimeoutFlag

Command timeout error.

enumerator kUSDHC_CommandCrcErrorFlag

Command CRC error.

enumerator kUSDHC_CommandEndBitErrorFlag

Command end bit error.

enumerator kUSDHC_CommandIndexErrorFlag

Command index error.

enumerator kUSDHC_DataTimeoutFlag

Data timeout error.

enumerator kUSDHC_DataCrcErrorFlag

Data CRC error.

enumerator kUSDHC_DataEndBitErrorFlag

Data end bit error.

enumerator kUSDHC_AutoCommand12ErrorFlag

Auto CMD12 error.

enumerator kUSDHC_DmaErrorFlag

DMA error.

enumerator kUSDHC_CommandErrorFlag

Command error

enumerator kUSDHC_DataErrorFlag

Data error

enumerator kUSDHC_ErrorFlag

All error

enumerator kUSDHC_DataFlag

Data interrupts

enumerator kUSDHC_DataDMAFlag

Data interrupts

enumerator kUSDHC_CommandFlag

Command interrupts

enumerator kUSDHC_CardDetectFlag

Card detection interrupts

enumerator kUSDHC_SDR104TuningFlag

SDR104 tuning flag.

enumerator kUSDHC_AllInterruptFlags

All flags mask

Enum _usdhc_auto_command12_error_status_flag. Auto CMD12 error status flag mask. .

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_AutoCommand12NotExecutedFlag

Not executed error.

enumerator kUSDHC_AutoCommand12TimeoutFlag

Timeout error.

enumerator kUSDHC_AutoCommand12EndBitErrorFlag

End bit error.

enumerator kUSDHC_AutoCommand12CrcErrorFlag

CRC error.

enumerator kUSDHC_AutoCommand12IndexErrorFlag

Index error.

enumerator kUSDHC_AutoCommand12NotIssuedFlag

Not issued error.

Enum _usdhc_standard_tuning. Standard tuning flag.

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_ExecuteTuning

Used to start tuning procedure.

enumerator kUSDHC_TuningSampleClockSel

When std_tuning_en bit is set, this bit is used to select sampleing clock.

Enum _usdhc_adma_error_status_flag. ADMA error status flag mask. .

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_AdmaLenghMismatchFlag

Length mismatch error.

enumerator kUSDHC_AdmaDescriptorErrorFlag

Descriptor error.

Enum _usdhc_adma_error_state. ADMA error state.

This state is the detail state when ADMA error has occurred.

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_AdmaErrorStateStopDma

Stop DMA, previous location set in the ADMA system address is errored address.

enumerator kUSDHC_AdmaErrorStateFetchDescriptor

Fetch descriptor, current location set in the ADMA system address is errored address.

enumerator kUSDHC_AdmaErrorStateChangeAddress

Change address, no DMA error has occurred.

enumerator kUSDHC_AdmaErrorStateTransferData

Transfer data, previous location set in the ADMA system address is errored address.

enumerator kUSDHC_AdmaErrorStateInvalidLength

Invalid length in ADMA descriptor.

enumerator kUSDHC_AdmaErrorStateInvalidDescriptor

Invalid descriptor fetched by ADMA.

enumerator kUSDHC_AdmaErrorState

ADMA error state

Enum _usdhc_force_event. Force event bit position. .

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventAutoCommand12NotExecuted

Auto CMD12 not executed error.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventAutoCommand12Timeout

Auto CMD12 timeout error.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventAutoCommand12CrcError

Auto CMD12 CRC error.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventEndBitError

Auto CMD12 end bit error.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventAutoCommand12IndexError

Auto CMD12 index error.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventAutoCommand12NotIssued

Auto CMD12 not issued error.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventCommandTimeout

Command timeout error.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventCommandCrcError

Command CRC error.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventCommandEndBitError

Command end bit error.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventCommandIndexError

Command index error.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventDataTimeout

Data timeout error.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventDataCrcError

Data CRC error.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventDataEndBitError

Data end bit error.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventAutoCommand12Error

Auto CMD12 error.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventCardInt

Card interrupt.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventDmaError

Dma error.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventTuningError

Tuning error.

enumerator kUSDHC_ForceEventsAll

All force event flags mask.

enum _usdhc_transfer_direction

Data transfer direction.

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_TransferDirectionReceive

USDHC transfer direction receive.

enumerator kUSDHC_TransferDirectionSend

USDHC transfer direction send.

enum _usdhc_data_bus_width

Data transfer width.

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_DataBusWidth1Bit

1-bit mode

enumerator kUSDHC_DataBusWidth4Bit

4-bit mode

enumerator kUSDHC_DataBusWidth8Bit

8-bit mode

enum _usdhc_endian_mode

Endian mode.

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_EndianModeBig

Big endian mode.

enumerator kUSDHC_EndianModeHalfWordBig

Half word big endian mode.

enumerator kUSDHC_EndianModeLittle

Little endian mode.

enum _usdhc_dma_mode

DMA mode.

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_DmaModeSimple

External DMA.

enumerator kUSDHC_DmaModeAdma1

ADMA1 is selected.

enumerator kUSDHC_DmaModeAdma2

ADMA2 is selected.

enumerator kUSDHC_ExternalDMA

External DMA mode selected.

Enum _usdhc_sdio_control_flag. SDIO control flag mask. .

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_StopAtBlockGapFlag

Stop at block gap.

enumerator kUSDHC_ReadWaitControlFlag

Read wait control.

enumerator kUSDHC_InterruptAtBlockGapFlag

Interrupt at block gap.

enumerator kUSDHC_ReadDoneNo8CLK

Read done without 8 clk for block gap.

enumerator kUSDHC_ExactBlockNumberReadFlag

Exact block number read.

enum _usdhc_boot_mode

MMC card boot mode.

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_BootModeNormal

Normal boot

enumerator kUSDHC_BootModeAlternative

Alternative boot

enum _usdhc_card_command_type

The command type.

Values:

enumerator kCARD_CommandTypeNormal

Normal command

enumerator kCARD_CommandTypeSuspend

Suspend command

enumerator kCARD_CommandTypeResume

Resume command

enumerator kCARD_CommandTypeAbort

Abort command

enumerator kCARD_CommandTypeEmpty

Empty command

enum _usdhc_card_response_type

The command response type.

Defines the command response type from card to host controller.

Values:

enumerator kCARD_ResponseTypeNone

Response type: none

enumerator kCARD_ResponseTypeR1

Response type: R1

enumerator kCARD_ResponseTypeR1b

Response type: R1b

enumerator kCARD_ResponseTypeR2

Response type: R2

enumerator kCARD_ResponseTypeR3

Response type: R3

enumerator kCARD_ResponseTypeR4

Response type: R4

enumerator kCARD_ResponseTypeR5

Response type: R5

enumerator kCARD_ResponseTypeR5b

Response type: R5b

enumerator kCARD_ResponseTypeR6

Response type: R6

enumerator kCARD_ResponseTypeR7

Response type: R7

Enum _usdhc_adma1_descriptor_flag. The mask for the control/status field in ADMA1 descriptor.

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma1DescriptorValidFlag

Valid flag.

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma1DescriptorEndFlag

End flag.

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma1DescriptorInterrupFlag

Interrupt flag.

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma1DescriptorActivity1Flag

Activity 1 flag.

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma1DescriptorActivity2Flag

Activity 2 flag.

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma1DescriptorTypeNop

No operation.

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma1DescriptorTypeTransfer

Transfer data.

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma1DescriptorTypeLink

Link descriptor.

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma1DescriptorTypeSetLength

Set data length.

Enum _usdhc_adma2_descriptor_flag. ADMA1 descriptor control and status mask.

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma2DescriptorValidFlag

Valid flag.

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma2DescriptorEndFlag

End flag.

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma2DescriptorInterruptFlag

Interrupt flag.

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma2DescriptorActivity1Flag

Activity 1 mask.

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma2DescriptorActivity2Flag

Activity 2 mask.

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma2DescriptorTypeNop

No operation.

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma2DescriptorTypeReserved

Reserved.

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma2DescriptorTypeTransfer

Transfer type.

enumerator kUSDHC_Adma2DescriptorTypeLink

Link type.

Enum _usdhc_adma_flag. ADMA descriptor configuration flag. .

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_AdmaDescriptorSingleFlag

Try to finish the transfer in a single ADMA descriptor. If transfer size is bigger than one ADMA descriptor’s ability, new another descriptor for data transfer.

enumerator kUSDHC_AdmaDescriptorMultipleFlag

Create multiple ADMA descriptors within the ADMA table, this is used for mmc boot mode specifically, which need to modify the ADMA descriptor on the fly, so the flag should be used combining with stop at block gap feature.

enum _usdhc_burst_len

DMA transfer burst len config.

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_EnBurstLenForINCR

Enable burst len for INCR.

enumerator kUSDHC_EnBurstLenForINCR4816

Enable burst len for INCR4/INCR8/INCR16.

enumerator kUSDHC_EnBurstLenForINCR4816WRAP

Enable burst len for INCR4/8/16 WRAP.

Enum _usdhc_transfer_data_type. Tansfer data type definition.

Values:

enumerator kUSDHC_TransferDataNormal

Transfer normal read/write data.

enumerator kUSDHC_TransferDataTuning

Transfer tuning data.

enumerator kUSDHC_TransferDataBoot

Transfer boot data.

enumerator kUSDHC_TransferDataBootcontinous

Transfer boot data continuously.

typedef enum _usdhc_transfer_direction usdhc_transfer_direction_t

Data transfer direction.

typedef enum _usdhc_data_bus_width usdhc_data_bus_width_t

Data transfer width.

typedef enum _usdhc_endian_mode usdhc_endian_mode_t

Endian mode.

typedef enum _usdhc_dma_mode usdhc_dma_mode_t

DMA mode.

typedef enum _usdhc_boot_mode usdhc_boot_mode_t

MMC card boot mode.

typedef enum _usdhc_card_command_type usdhc_card_command_type_t

The command type.

typedef enum _usdhc_card_response_type usdhc_card_response_type_t

The command response type.

Defines the command response type from card to host controller.

typedef enum _usdhc_burst_len usdhc_burst_len_t

DMA transfer burst len config.

typedef uint32_t usdhc_adma1_descriptor_t

Defines the ADMA1 descriptor structure.

typedef struct _usdhc_adma2_descriptor usdhc_adma2_descriptor_t

Defines the ADMA2 descriptor structure.

typedef struct _usdhc_capability usdhc_capability_t

USDHC capability information.

Defines a structure to save the capability information of USDHC.

typedef struct _usdhc_boot_config usdhc_boot_config_t

Data structure to configure the MMC boot feature.

typedef struct _usdhc_config usdhc_config_t

Data structure to initialize the USDHC.

typedef struct _usdhc_command usdhc_command_t

Card command descriptor.

Defines card command-related attribute.

typedef struct _usdhc_adma_config usdhc_adma_config_t

ADMA configuration.

typedef struct _usdhc_scatter_gather_data_list usdhc_scatter_gather_data_list_t

Card scatter gather data list.

Allow application register uncontinuous data buffer for data transfer.

typedef struct _usdhc_scatter_gather_data usdhc_scatter_gather_data_t

Card scatter gather data descriptor.

Defines a structure to contain data-related attribute. The ‘enableIgnoreError’ is used when upper card driver wants to ignore the error event to read/write all the data and not to stop read/write immediately when an error event happens. For example, bus testing procedure for MMC card.

typedef struct _usdhc_scatter_gather_transfer usdhc_scatter_gather_transfer_t

usdhc scatter gather transfer.

typedef struct _usdhc_data usdhc_data_t

Card data descriptor.

Defines a structure to contain data-related attribute. The ‘enableIgnoreError’ is used when upper card driver wants to ignore the error event to read/write all the data and not to stop read/write immediately when an error event happens. For example, bus testing procedure for MMC card.

typedef struct _usdhc_transfer usdhc_transfer_t

Transfer state.

typedef struct _usdhc_handle usdhc_handle_t

USDHC handle typedef.

typedef struct _usdhc_transfer_callback usdhc_transfer_callback_t

USDHC callback functions.

typedef status_t (*usdhc_transfer_function_t)(USDHC_Type *base, usdhc_transfer_t *content)

USDHC transfer function.

typedef struct _usdhc_host usdhc_host_t

USDHC host descriptor.

USDHC_MAX_BLOCK_COUNT

Maximum block count can be set one time.

FSL_USDHC_ENABLE_SCATTER_GATHER_TRANSFER

USDHC scatter gather feature control macro.

USDHC_ADMA1_ADDRESS_ALIGN

The alignment size for ADDRESS filed in ADMA1’s descriptor.

USDHC_ADMA1_LENGTH_ALIGN

The alignment size for LENGTH field in ADMA1’s descriptor.

USDHC_ADMA2_ADDRESS_ALIGN

The alignment size for ADDRESS field in ADMA2’s descriptor.

USDHC_ADMA2_LENGTH_ALIGN

The alignment size for LENGTH filed in ADMA2’s descriptor.

USDHC_ADMA1_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SHIFT

The bit shift for ADDRESS filed in ADMA1’s descriptor.

Address/page field	Reserved	Attribute
31 12	11 6	05	04	03	02	01	00
address or data length	000000	Act2	Act1	0	Int	End	Valid

Act2	Act1	Comment	31-28	27-12
0	0	No op	Don’t care
0	1	Set data length	0000	Data Length
1	0	Transfer data	Data address
1	1	Link descriptor	Descriptor address

USDHC_ADMA1_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_MASK

The bit mask for ADDRESS field in ADMA1’s descriptor.

USDHC_ADMA1_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH_SHIFT

The bit shift for LENGTH filed in ADMA1’s descriptor.

USDHC_ADMA1_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH_MASK

The mask for LENGTH field in ADMA1’s descriptor.

USDHC_ADMA1_DESCRIPTOR_MAX_LENGTH_PER_ENTRY

The maximum value of LENGTH filed in ADMA1’s descriptor. Since the max transfer size ADMA1 support is 65535 which is indivisible by 4096, so to make sure a large data load transfer (>64KB) continuously (require the data address be always align with 4096), software will set the maximum data length for ADMA1 to (64 - 4)KB.

USDHC_ADMA2_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH_SHIFT

The bit shift for LENGTH field in ADMA2’s descriptor.

Address field	Length	Reserved	Attribute
63 32	31 16	15 06	05	04	03	02	01	00
32-bit address	16-bit length	0000000000	Act2	Act1	0	Int	End	Valid

Act2	Act1	Comment	Operation
0	0	No op	Don’t care
0	1	Reserved	Read this line and go to next one
1	0	Transfer data	Transfer data with address and length set in this descriptor line
1	1	Link descriptor	Link to another descriptor

USDHC_ADMA2_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH_MASK

The bit mask for LENGTH field in ADMA2’s descriptor.

USDHC_ADMA2_DESCRIPTOR_MAX_LENGTH_PER_ENTRY

The maximum value of LENGTH field in ADMA2’s descriptor.

struct _usdhc_adma2_descriptor

#include <fsl_usdhc.h>

Defines the ADMA2 descriptor structure.

Public Members

uint32_t attribute

The control and status field.

const uint32_t *address

The address field.

struct _usdhc_capability

#include <fsl_usdhc.h>

USDHC capability information.

Defines a structure to save the capability information of USDHC.

Public Members

uint32_t sdVersion

Support SD card/sdio version.

uint32_t mmcVersion

Support EMMC card version.

uint32_t maxBlockLength

Maximum block length united as byte.

uint32_t maxBlockCount

Maximum block count can be set one time.

uint32_t flags

Capability flags to indicate the support information(_usdhc_capability_flag).

struct _usdhc_boot_config

#include <fsl_usdhc.h>

Data structure to configure the MMC boot feature.

Public Members

uint32_t ackTimeoutCount

Timeout value for the boot ACK. The available range is 0 ~ 15.

usdhc_boot_mode_t bootMode

Boot mode selection.

uint32_t blockCount

Stop at block gap value of automatic mode. Available range is 0 ~ 65535.

size_t blockSize

Block size.

bool enableBootAck

Enable or disable boot ACK.

bool enableAutoStopAtBlockGap

Enable or disable auto stop at block gap function in boot period.

struct _usdhc_config

#include <fsl_usdhc.h>

Data structure to initialize the USDHC.

Public Members

uint32_t dataTimeout

Data timeout value.

usdhc_endian_mode_t endianMode

Endian mode.

uint8_t readWatermarkLevel

Watermark level for DMA read operation. Available range is 1 ~ 128.

uint8_t writeWatermarkLevel

Watermark level for DMA write operation. Available range is 1 ~ 128.

uint8_t readBurstLen

Read burst len.

uint8_t writeBurstLen

Write burst len.

struct _usdhc_command

#include <fsl_usdhc.h>

Card command descriptor.

Defines card command-related attribute.

Public Members

uint32_t index

Command index.

uint32_t argument

Command argument.

usdhc_card_command_type_t type

Command type.

usdhc_card_response_type_t responseType

Command response type.

uint32_t response[4U]

Response for this command.

uint32_t responseErrorFlags

Response error flag, which need to check the command reponse.

uint32_t flags

Cmd flags.

struct _usdhc_adma_config

#include <fsl_usdhc.h>

ADMA configuration.

Public Members

usdhc_dma_mode_t dmaMode

DMA mode.

usdhc_burst_len_t burstLen

Burst len config.

uint32_t *admaTable

ADMA table address, can’t be null if transfer way is ADMA1/ADMA2.

uint32_t admaTableWords

ADMA table length united as words, can’t be 0 if transfer way is ADMA1/ADMA2.

struct _usdhc_scatter_gather_data_list

#include <fsl_usdhc.h>

Card scatter gather data list.

Allow application register uncontinuous data buffer for data transfer.

struct _usdhc_scatter_gather_data

#include <fsl_usdhc.h>

Card scatter gather data descriptor.

Defines a structure to contain data-related attribute. The ‘enableIgnoreError’ is used when upper card driver wants to ignore the error event to read/write all the data and not to stop read/write immediately when an error event happens. For example, bus testing procedure for MMC card.

Public Members

bool enableAutoCommand12

Enable auto CMD12.

bool enableAutoCommand23

Enable auto CMD23.

bool enableIgnoreError

Enable to ignore error event to read/write all the data.

usdhc_transfer_direction_t dataDirection

data direction

uint8_t dataType

this is used to distinguish the normal/tuning/boot data.

size_t blockSize

Block size.

usdhc_scatter_gather_data_list_t sgData

scatter gather data

struct _usdhc_scatter_gather_transfer

#include <fsl_usdhc.h>

usdhc scatter gather transfer.

Public Members

usdhc_scatter_gather_data_t *data

Data to transfer.

usdhc_command_t *command

Command to send.

struct _usdhc_data

#include <fsl_usdhc.h>

Card data descriptor.

Defines a structure to contain data-related attribute. The ‘enableIgnoreError’ is used when upper card driver wants to ignore the error event to read/write all the data and not to stop read/write immediately when an error event happens. For example, bus testing procedure for MMC card.

Public Members

bool enableAutoCommand12

Enable auto CMD12.

bool enableAutoCommand23

Enable auto CMD23.

bool enableIgnoreError

Enable to ignore error event to read/write all the data.

uint8_t dataType

this is used to distinguish the normal/tuning/boot data.

size_t blockSize

Block size.

uint32_t blockCount

Block count.

uint32_t *rxData

Buffer to save data read.

const uint32_t *txData

Data buffer to write.

struct _usdhc_transfer

#include <fsl_usdhc.h>

Transfer state.

Public Members

usdhc_data_t *data

Data to transfer.

usdhc_command_t *command

Command to send.

struct _usdhc_transfer_callback

#include <fsl_usdhc.h>

USDHC callback functions.

Public Members

void (*CardInserted)(USDHC_Type *base, void *userData)

Card inserted occurs when DAT3/CD pin is for card detect

void (*CardRemoved)(USDHC_Type *base, void *userData)

Card removed occurs

void (*SdioInterrupt)(USDHC_Type *base, void *userData)

SDIO card interrupt occurs

void (*BlockGap)(USDHC_Type *base, void *userData)

stopped at block gap event

void (*TransferComplete)(USDHC_Type *base, usdhc_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

Transfer complete callback.

void (*ReTuning)(USDHC_Type *base, void *userData)

Handle the re-tuning.

struct _usdhc_handle

#include <fsl_usdhc.h>

USDHC handle.

Defines the structure to save the USDHC state information and callback function.

Note

All the fields except interruptFlags and transferredWords must be allocated by the user.

Public Members

usdhc_data_t *volatile data

Transfer parameter. Data to transfer.

usdhc_command_t *volatile command

Transfer parameter. Command to send.

volatile uint32_t transferredWords

Transfer status. Words transferred by DATAPORT way.

usdhc_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback function.

void *userData

Parameter for transfer complete callback.

struct _usdhc_host

#include <fsl_usdhc.h>

USDHC host descriptor.

Public Members

USDHC_Type *base

USDHC peripheral base address.

uint32_t sourceClock_Hz

USDHC source clock frequency united in Hz.

usdhc_config_t config

USDHC configuration.

usdhc_capability_t capability

USDHC capability information.

usdhc_transfer_function_t transfer

USDHC transfer function.

WDOG32: 32-bit Watchdog Timer

void WDOG32_GetDefaultConfig(wdog32_config_t *config)

Initializes the WDOG32 configuration structure.

This function initializes the WDOG32 configuration structure to default values. The default values are:

wdog32Config->enableWdog32 = true;
wdog32Config->clockSource = kWDOG32_ClockSource1;
wdog32Config->prescaler = kWDOG32_ClockPrescalerDivide1;
wdog32Config->workMode.enableWait = true;
wdog32Config->workMode.enableStop = false;
wdog32Config->workMode.enableDebug = false;
wdog32Config->testMode = kWDOG32_TestModeDisabled;
wdog32Config->enableUpdate = true;
wdog32Config->enableInterrupt = false;
wdog32Config->enableWindowMode = false;
wdog32Config->windowValue = 0U;
wdog32Config->timeoutValue = 0xFFFFU;

See also

wdog32_config_t

Parameters:

• config – Pointer to the WDOG32 configuration structure.

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void WDOG32_Init(WDOG_Type *base, const wdog32_config_t *config))

Initializes the WDOG32 module.

This function initializes the WDOG32. To reconfigure the WDOG32 without forcing a reset first, enableUpdate must be set to true in the configuration.

Example:

wdog32_config_t config;
WDOG32_GetDefaultConfig(&config);
config.timeoutValue = 0x7ffU;
config.enableUpdate = true;
WDOG32_Init(wdog_base,&config);

Note

If there is errata ERR010536 (FSL_FEATURE_WDOG_HAS_ERRATA_010536 defined as 1), then after calling this function, user need delay at least 4 LPO clock cycles before accessing other WDOG32 registers.

Parameters:

• base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

• config – The configuration of the WDOG32.

void WDOG32_Deinit(WDOG_Type *base)

De-initializes the WDOG32 module.

This function shuts down the WDOG32. Ensure that the WDOG_CS.UPDATE is 1, which means that the register update is enabled.

Parameters:

• base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void WDOG32_Unlock(WDOG_Type *base))

Unlocks the WDOG32 register written.

Disables the WDOG32 module.

Enables the WDOG32 module.

This function unlocks the WDOG32 register written.

Before starting the unlock sequence and following the configuration, disable the global interrupts. Otherwise, an interrupt could effectively invalidate the unlock sequence and the WCT may expire. After the configuration finishes, re-enable the global interrupts.

This function writes a value into the WDOG_CS register to enable the WDOG32. The WDOG_CS register is a write-once register. Please check the enableUpdate is set to true for calling WDOG32_Init to do wdog initialize. Before call the re-configuration APIs, ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

This function writes a value into the WDOG_CS register to disable the WDOG32. The WDOG_CS register is a write-once register. Please check the enableUpdate is set to true for calling WDOG32_Init to do wdog initialize. Before call the re-configuration APIs, ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

Parameters:

• base – WDOG32 peripheral base address

• base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

• base – WDOG32 peripheral base address

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void WDOG32_EnableInterrupts(WDOG_Type *base, uint32_t mask))

Enables the WDOG32 interrupt.

Clears the WDOG32 flag.

Disables the WDOG32 interrupt.

This function writes a value into the WDOG_CS register to enable the WDOG32 interrupt. The WDOG_CS register is a write-once register. Please check the enableUpdate is set to true for calling WDOG32_Init to do wdog initialize. Before call the re-configuration APIs, ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

Example to clear an interrupt flag:

WDOG32_ClearStatusFlags(wdog_base,kWDOG32_InterruptFlag);

Parameters:

• base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

• mask – The interrupts to enable. The parameter can be a combination of the following source if defined:

  • kWDOG32_InterruptEnable

  This function writes a value into the WDOG_CS register to disable the WDOG32 interrupt. The WDOG_CS register is a write-once register. Please check the enableUpdate is set to true for calling WDOG32_Init to do wdog initialize. Before call the re-configuration APIs, ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

• base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

• mask – The interrupts to disabled. The parameter can be a combination of the following source if defined:

  • kWDOG32_InterruptEnable

  This function clears the WDOG32 status flag.

• base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

• mask – The status flags to clear. The parameter can be any combination of the following values:

  • kWDOG32_InterruptFlag

static inline uint32_t WDOG32_GetStatusFlags(WDOG_Type *base)

Gets the WDOG32 all status flags.

This function gets all status flags.

Example to get the running flag:

uint32_t status;
status = WDOG32_GetStatusFlags(wdog_base) & kWDOG32_RunningFlag;

See also

_wdog32_status_flags_t

• true: related status flag has been set.

• false: related status flag is not set.

Parameters:

• base – WDOG32 peripheral base address

Returns:

State of the status flag: asserted (true) or not-asserted (false).

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void WDOG32_SetTimeoutValue(WDOG_Type *base, uint16_t timeoutCount))

Sets the WDOG32 timeout value.

This function writes a timeout value into the WDOG_TOVAL register. The WDOG_TOVAL register is a write-once register. To ensure the reconfiguration fits the timing of WCT, unlock function will be called inline.

Parameters:

• base – WDOG32 peripheral base address

• timeoutCount – WDOG32 timeout value, count of WDOG32 clock ticks.

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void WDOG32_SetWindowValue(WDOG_Type *base, uint16_t windowValue))

Sets the WDOG32 window value.

This function writes a window value into the WDOG_WIN register. The WDOG_WIN register is a write-once register. Please check the enableUpdate is set to true for calling WDOG32_Init to do wdog initialize. Before call the re-configuration APIs, ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

Parameters:

• base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

• windowValue – WDOG32 window value.

static inline void WDOG32_Refresh(WDOG_Type *base)

Refreshes the WDOG32 timer.

This function feeds the WDOG32. This function should be called before the Watchdog timer is in timeout. Otherwise, a reset is asserted.

Parameters:

• base – WDOG32 peripheral base address

static inline uint16_t WDOG32_GetCounterValue(WDOG_Type *base)

Gets the WDOG32 counter value.

This function gets the WDOG32 counter value.

Parameters:

• base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current WDOG32 counter value.

WDOG_FIRST_WORD_OF_UNLOCK

First word of unlock sequence

WDOG_SECOND_WORD_OF_UNLOCK

Second word of unlock sequence

WDOG_FIRST_WORD_OF_REFRESH

First word of refresh sequence

WDOG_SECOND_WORD_OF_REFRESH

Second word of refresh sequence

FSL_WDOG32_DRIVER_VERSION

WDOG32 driver version.

enum _wdog32_clock_source

Describes WDOG32 clock source.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockSource0

Clock source 0

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockSource1

Clock source 1

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockSource2

Clock source 2

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockSource3

Clock source 3

enum _wdog32_clock_prescaler

Describes the selection of the clock prescaler.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockPrescalerDivide1

Divided by 1

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockPrescalerDivide256

Divided by 256

enum _wdog32_test_mode

Describes WDOG32 test mode.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG32_TestModeDisabled

Test Mode disabled

enumerator kWDOG32_UserModeEnabled

User Mode enabled

enumerator kWDOG32_LowByteTest

Test Mode enabled, only low byte is used

enumerator kWDOG32_HighByteTest

Test Mode enabled, only high byte is used

enum _wdog32_interrupt_enable_t

WDOG32 interrupt configuration structure.

This structure contains the settings for all of the WDOG32 interrupt configurations.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG32_InterruptEnable

Interrupt is generated before forcing a reset

enum _wdog32_status_flags_t

WDOG32 status flags.

This structure contains the WDOG32 status flags for use in the WDOG32 functions.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG32_RunningFlag

Running flag, set when WDOG32 is enabled

enumerator kWDOG32_InterruptFlag

Interrupt flag, set when interrupt occurs

typedef enum _wdog32_clock_source wdog32_clock_source_t

Describes WDOG32 clock source.

typedef enum _wdog32_clock_prescaler wdog32_clock_prescaler_t

Describes the selection of the clock prescaler.

typedef struct _wdog32_work_mode wdog32_work_mode_t

Defines WDOG32 work mode.

typedef enum _wdog32_test_mode wdog32_test_mode_t

Describes WDOG32 test mode.

typedef struct _wdog32_config wdog32_config_t

Describes WDOG32 configuration structure.

struct _wdog32_work_mode

#include <fsl_wdog32.h>

Defines WDOG32 work mode.

Public Members

bool enableWait

Enables or disables WDOG32 in wait mode

bool enableStop

Enables or disables WDOG32 in stop mode

bool enableDebug

Enables or disables WDOG32 in debug mode

struct _wdog32_config

#include <fsl_wdog32.h>

Describes WDOG32 configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableWdog32

Enables or disables WDOG32

wdog32_clock_source_t clockSource

Clock source select

wdog32_clock_prescaler_t prescaler

Clock prescaler value

wdog32_work_mode_t workMode

Configures WDOG32 work mode in debug stop and wait mode

wdog32_test_mode_t testMode

Configures WDOG32 test mode

bool enableUpdate

Update write-once register enable

bool enableInterrupt

Enables or disables WDOG32 interrupt

bool enableWindowMode

Enables or disables WDOG32 window mode

uint16_t windowValue

Window value

uint16_t timeoutValue

Timeout value

CACHE: CACHE Memory Controller

uint32_t XCACHE_GetInstanceByAddr(uint32_t address)

brief Returns an instance number given physical memory address.

param address The physical memory address.

Returns:

XCACHE instance number starting from 0.

void XCACHE_EnableCache(XCACHE_Type *base)

Enables the cache.

Parameters:

• base – XCACHE peripheral base address.

void XCACHE_DisableCache(XCACHE_Type *base)

Disables the cache.

Parameters:

• base – XCACHE peripheral base address.

void XCACHE_InvalidateCache(XCACHE_Type *base)

Invalidates the cache.

Parameters:

• base – XCACHE peripheral base address.

void XCACHE_InvalidateCacheByRange(uint32_t address, uint32_t size_byte)

Invalidates cache by range.

Note

Address and size should be aligned to “XCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE”. The startAddr here will be forced to align to XCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE if startAddr is not aligned. For the size_byte, application should make sure the alignment or make sure the right operation order if the size_byte is not aligned.

Parameters:

• address – The physical address of cache.

• size_byte – size of the memory to be invalidated, should be larger than 0, better to align with cache line size.

void XCACHE_CleanCache(XCACHE_Type *base)

Cleans the cache.

Parameters:

• base – XCACHE peripheral base address.

void XCACHE_CleanCacheByRange(uint32_t address, uint32_t size_byte)

Cleans cache by range.

Note

Address and size should be aligned to “XCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE”. The startAddr here will be forced to align to XCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE if startAddr is not aligned. For the size_byte, application should make sure the alignment or make sure the right operation order if the size_byte is not aligned.

Parameters:

• address – The physical address of cache.

• size_byte – size of the memory to be cleaned, should be larger than 0, better to align with cache line size.

void XCACHE_CleanInvalidateCache(XCACHE_Type *base)

Cleans and invalidates the cache.

Parameters:

• base – XCACHE peripheral base address.

void XCACHE_CleanInvalidateCacheByRange(uint32_t address, uint32_t size_byte)

Cleans and invalidate cache by range.

Note

Address and size should be aligned to “XCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE”. The startAddr here will be forced to align to XCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE if startAddr is not aligned. For the size_byte, application should make sure the alignment or make sure the right operation order if the size_byte is not aligned.

Parameters:

• address – The physical address of cache.

• size_byte – size of the memory to be Cleaned and Invalidated, should be larger than 0, better to align with cache line size.

void XCACHE_EnableWriteBuffer(XCACHE_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the write buffer.

Parameters:

• base – XCACHE peripheral base address.

• enable – The enable or disable flag. true - enable the write buffer. false - disable the write buffer.

static inline void ICACHE_InvalidateByRange(uint32_t address, uint32_t size_byte)

Invalidates instruction cache by range.

Note

Address and size should be aligned to XCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE due to the cache operation unit FSL_FEATURE_XCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE. The startAddr here will be forced to align to the cache line size if startAddr is not aligned. For the size_byte, application should make sure the alignment or make sure the right operation order if the size_byte is not aligned.

Parameters:

• address – The physical address.

• size_byte – size of the memory to be invalidated, should be larger than 0, better to align with cache line size.

static inline void DCACHE_InvalidateByRange(uint32_t address, uint32_t size_byte)

Invalidates data cache by range.

Note

Address and size should be aligned to XCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE due to the cache operation unit FSL_FEATURE_XCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE. The startAddr here will be forced to align to the cache line size if startAddr is not aligned. For the size_byte, application should make sure the alignment or make sure the right operation order if the size_byte is not aligned.

Parameters:

• address – The physical address.

• size_byte – size of the memory to be invalidated, should be larger than 0, better to align with cache line size.

static inline void DCACHE_CleanByRange(uint32_t address, uint32_t size_byte)

Clean data cache by range.

Note

Address and size should be aligned to XCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE due to the cache operation unit FSL_FEATURE_XCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE. The startAddr here will be forced to align to the cache line size if startAddr is not aligned. For the size_byte, application should make sure the alignment or make sure the right operation order if the size_byte is not aligned.

Parameters:

• address – The physical address.

• size_byte – size of the memory to be cleaned, should be larger than 0, better to align with cache line size.

static inline void DCACHE_CleanInvalidateByRange(uint32_t address, uint32_t size_byte)

Cleans and Invalidates data cache by range.

Note

Address and size should be aligned to XCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE due to the cache operation unit FSL_FEATURE_XCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE. The startAddr here will be forced to align to the cache line size if startAddr is not aligned. For the size_byte, application should make sure the alignment or make sure the right operation order if the size_byte is not aligned.

Parameters:

• address – The physical address.

• size_byte – size of the memory to be Cleaned and Invalidated, should be larger than 0, better to align with cache line size.

FSL_CACHE_DRIVER_VERSION

cache driver version.

XCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE

cache line size.